My korean1 2nd ed

Page 1



My Korean 1 Young-A Cho In-Jung Cho Douglas Ling


To our parents

This book and its accompanying audio files are licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Noncommercial-Share Alike 2.5 Australia License. To view a copy of this license, visit http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/2.5/au/. This book and its accompanying audio files are available online at http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/korean/klec. Help us improve! Korean.Studies@arts.monash.edu.au

First edition: August 2009 Second edition, First print run: February 2010 Second edition, Online release: July 2010


CONTENTS ์ฐจ๋ก€ ix

PREFACE TO THE TEACHER AND THE LEARNER

xiii 1

UNIT 1 ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”? ๏‚ท

Situation Dialogue 1

3

๏‚ท

Greetings

5

๏‚ท

Introducing Yourself

7

๏‚ท

Introducing Others

8

๏‚ท

+ye-yo/i-e-yo โ€˜amโ€™; โ€˜areโ€™; โ€˜isโ€™

9

๏‚ท

Situation Dialogue 2

13

๏‚ท

Korean Names

14

๏‚ท

Addressing People at the Office: Titles

16

๏‚ท

Addressing Peers at School: โ€˜seonbaeโ€™ and โ€˜hubaeโ€™

18

๏‚ท

Addressing Unknown People at the Shops

19

๏‚ท

Situation Dialogue 3

23

๏‚ท

Saying Goodbye

24

๏‚ท

Greetings, Thanks and Other Expressions

27 31

UNIT 2 ํ•œ๊ธ€ ๏‚ท

Hangeul (Korean Alphabet)

32

๏‚ท

Basic Consonants ใ„ฑ ใ„ด ใ„ท ใ„น ใ… ใ…‚ ใ…… ใ…‡ ใ…ˆ ใ…Ž

33

๏‚ท

The Pure Vowel ใ…

35

๏‚ท

Aspirated Consonants ใ…‹ ใ…Œ ใ… ใ…Š

39

๏‚ท

Other Pure Vowels (ใ…) ใ… ใ…“ ใ…” ใ…œ ใ…ฃ ใ…š ใ…ก ใ…—

42

๏‚ท

Writing Syllables

46

๏‚ท

Tensed Consonants ใ„ฒ ใ„ธ ใ…ƒ ใ…‰ ใ…†

49

i


๏‚ท

Pronouncing Final Consonants

51

๏‚ท

Combined Vowels

53

๏‚ท

Sound Shifts

58

๏‚ท

Classroom Expressions

66

๏‚ท

24 Basic Consonants and Vowels (Table)

69

๏‚ท

Expanded Consonants and Vowels (Table)

70 73

UNIT 3 ํ”ผ์ž ์ข‹์•„ํ•˜์„ธ์š”? Discussing likes and dislikes ๏‚ท

Situation Dialogue 1

75

๏‚ท

Style of Speech

77

๏‚ท

Situation Dialogue 2

79

๏‚ท

Word Order

80

๏‚ท

Yes/No Questions

82

๏‚ท

Saying โ€˜Yesโ€™ and โ€˜Noโ€™

83

๏‚ท

Vocabulary: Food ์Œ์‹

84

๏‚ท

Situation Dialogue 3

89

๏‚ท

Negative Question Usage

90

๏‚ท

Spaces Between Words

91 95

UNIT 4 ์–ด๋”” ๊ฐ€์„ธ์š”? Asking people where they are going ๏‚ท

Situation Dialogue 1

97

๏‚ท

Vocabulary: Places

98

๏‚ท

์–ด๋”” ๊ฐ€(์„ธ์š”)? as a Greeting

99

๏‚ท

Situation Dialogue 2

103

๏‚ท

Destination Particle +์— โ€˜toโ€™

105

๏‚ท

Topic Particle +์€/๋Š”

108

๏‚ท

Situation Dialogue 3

111

ii


๏‚ท

Coming & Going: ์™€์š”, ๊ฐ€์š”, ๋‹ค๋…€์š”

112 115

UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒˆ ํ† ์š”์ผ์— ๋ญ ํ•˜์„ธ์š”? Talking about your daily routine Talking about what you are doing ๏‚ท

Situation Dialogue 1

117

๏‚ท

Verb (Doing Words) and their Endings

120

+์•„/์–ด, +์•„/์–ด์š”, +(์œผ)์„ธ์š” ๏‚ท

Verb Table: Present Tense Endings

122

๏‚ท

Casual Question Verb Endings +๋‹ˆ/๋ƒ?

126

๏‚ท

๋ญ โ€˜Whatโ€™

127

๏‚ท

Situation Dialogue 2

131

๏‚ท

Vocabulary: Time Words ์‹œ๊ฐ„

134

๏‚ท

Time Particle +์— โ€˜inโ€™ or โ€˜atโ€™ or โ€˜onโ€™

135

๏‚ท

Location Particle +์—์„œ โ€˜inโ€™ or โ€˜atโ€™

137

๏‚ท

Situation Dialogue 3

143

๏‚ท

Asking Opinions โ€˜โ€ฆ์–ด๋•Œ(์š”)?โ€™

145

๏‚ท

Adjective (Describing Words) and Their Endings

147

+์•„/์–ด, +์•„/์–ด์š”, +(์œผ)์„ธ์š” ๏‚ท

Adjective Table: Present Tense Endings

150

๏‚ท

Vocabulary: Transitional Words

152 155

UNIT 6 ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์— ๋งŒ๋‚ ๊นŒ์š”? Talking about the time Making appointments Talking about class timetables ๏‚ท

Situation Dialogue 1

157

๏‚ท

Spaces Between Words Revisited

159

๏‚ท

๋ฌด์Šจ: โ€˜Which..?โ€™; โ€˜What kind of ..?โ€™; โ€˜What..?โ€™

160

iii


๏‚ท

Vocabulary: Question Words

161

๏‚ท

Vocabulary: Study Words

161

๏‚ท

Telling the Time: # oโ€™clock

162

๏‚ท

๋ช‡: โ€˜How many..?โ€™; โ€˜What..?โ€™; โ€˜How (old)..?โ€™

163

๏‚ท

Suggestions 1: +์ž โ€˜Letโ€™sโ€ฆโ€™

168

๏‚ท

Situation Dialogue 2

171

๏‚ท

โ€ฆ+๋ถ€ํ„ฐ โ€ฆ+๊นŒ์ง€: โ€˜fromโ€ฆ tillโ€ฆโ€™

174

๏‚ท

Suggestions 2: +(์œผ)ใ„น๊นŒ์š”? โ€˜Shall weโ€ฆ?โ€™

178

๏‚ท

Situation Dialogue 3

183

UNIT 7 ์–ด์ œ ๋ญ ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”?

191

Talking about past events ๏‚ท

Situation Dialogue 1

193

๏‚ท

Verb and Adjectives: Past Tense Endings

195

๏‚ท

Situation Dialogue 2

205

๏‚ท

๋ชป โ€˜can notโ€™ or โ€˜did notโ€™ because of inability -

208

unintentionally ๏‚ท

+๊ฑฐ๋“ ์š” โ€˜It's because...โ€™

210

๏‚ท

Situation Dialogue 3

213

๏‚ท

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  and +๊ณ  โ€˜andโ€™; โ€˜and thenโ€™

216

๏‚ท

Three โ€˜andsโ€™: +ํ•˜๊ณ , +๊ณ  and ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ 

218 225

UNIT 8 ๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š” Ordering in a cafรฉ or restaurant ๏‚ท

Situation Dialogue 1

227

๏‚ท

Asking for Something in a Shop

229

๏‚ท

Situation Dialogue 2

235

๏‚ท

+(์œผ)ใ„น๋ž˜์š” โ€˜I wantโ€ฆโ€™; โ€˜I willโ€ฆโ€™

238

๏‚ท

Counting Nouns

242

iv


๏‚ท

Situation Dialogue 3

251

๏‚ท

Restaurant Related Expressions

255

๏‚ท

Pure Korean Numbers

256

๏‚ท

Noun +ํ•˜๊ณ , +(์ด)๋ž‘, +๊ณผ/์™€ โ€˜andโ€™

262 265

UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”? Asking for and giving prices Asking for a discount ๏‚ท

Situation Dialogue 1

267

๏‚ท

์•„๋‹ˆ์—์š” โ€˜am/are/is notโ€™

270

๏‚ท

์–ผ๋งˆ โ€˜How much?โ€™

273

๏‚ท

Sino-Korean Numbers

274

๏‚ท

Telling the Time: # minutes

286

๏‚ท

Situation Dialogue 2

289

๏‚ท

Rate and Ratio Particle +์— โ€˜perโ€™

292

๏‚ท

Delimiter Particle +๋งŒ โ€˜onlyโ€™

293

๏‚ท

Situation Dialogue 3

299

๏‚ท

Demonstrative Pronouns:

301

์ด (this), ๊ทธ (that) , ์ € (that over there) and ์–ด๋Š (which) ๏‚ท

Vocabulary: Colour Terms ์ƒ‰

302

๏‚ท

Vocabulary: Consumer Items

304 313

UNIT 10 ์ „๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”? Talking about yourself and your family ๏‚ท

Situation Dialogue 1

315

๏‚ท

Expressing Your Age

318

๏‚ท

Addressing Peers at School: ๋ณตํ•™์ƒ

319

๏‚ท

Education System in Korea

320

๏‚ท

Situation Dialogue 2

323

v


๏‚ท

Vocabulary: Faculties and Departments

326

๏‚ท

Word Contractions

328

๏‚ท

Situation Dialogue 3

331

๏‚ท

Vocabulary: Family ๊ฐ€์กฑ

334

๏‚ท

Honorific Subject and Topic Particles

338

๏‚ท

Possessive Pronouns

340

๏‚ท

Vocabulary: Occupations ์ง์—…

342

๏‚ท

โ€ฆ์ด/๊ฐ€ ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ๋˜์„ธ์š”? โ€˜Would you mind telling me โ€ฆ?โ€™

344

๏‚ท

Sending a Text Message

350

TRANSCRIPT OF LISTENING TASKS

355

APPENDIX Notes for Verb and Adjective Tables

374

Special Conjugation Rules of Verb and Adjective

376

Appendix 1: Copular โ€˜beโ€™

378

Appendix 2: Verb Present Tense Endings

380

Appendix 3: Verb Past Tense Endings

384

Appendix 4: Verb Future Tense Endings

388

Appendix 5: Verbs with

392

+(์œผ)ใ„น๊นŒ(์š”)?; +(์œผ)ใ„น๋ž˜(์š”), +(์œผ)์‹ค๋ž˜(์š”)?, +(์œผ)์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ?; +(์œผ)ใ„น๊ฒŒ(์š”), +๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค Appendix 6: Verbs with + ์ž; +๊ณ 

396

Appendix 7: Verbs with

398

+๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”), +์•˜/์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”) & +(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”) Appendix 8: Verbs with

400

+๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”), +์•˜/์—ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”) & +(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”) Appendix 9: Casual Verb Endings

402

+์•„/์–ด, +์•˜/์—ˆ์–ด, +(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฑฐ์•ผ; +(์œผ)ใ„น๊นŒ?; +(์œผ)ใ„น๋ž˜; +(์œผ)ใ„น๊ฒŒ Appendix 10: Adjective Present Tense Endings

406

Appendix 11: Adjective Past Tense Endings

414

vi


Appendix 12: Adjective Future Tense Endings

422

Appendix 13: Adjectives with +๊ณ ; +๋„ค(์š”)

430

Appendix 14: Adjectives with

434

+(์œผ)ใ„ด๋ฐ(์š”), +์•˜/์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”) & (์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”) Appendix 15: Adjectives with

438

+๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”), +์•˜/์—ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”) & +(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”) Appendix 16: Casual Adjective Endings

442

+์•„/์–ด, +์•˜/์—ˆ์–ด, +(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฑฐ์•ผ Appendix 17: Particles and Suffixes

446

Appendix 18: Korean Editing Symbols and Handwriting Sheet

448

vii



Preface

This textbook began its life as a personal collection of language activities which complemented the textbook Learning Korean: New Directions 1, (Pilot Edition 1) used in some Australian universities including Monash University where we started teaching Korean in 1992. In 1995, this meagre collection grew into a textbook of its own entitled Letรข€™s Speak Korean. The following year the book went through a major change when Douglas Ling, a former student of ours and a lecturer in Film Studies at RMIT University (as a matter of fact, he is happily retired now), started helping us to rephrase the grammar explanations to be more suitable for Australian learners. The book title also changed to Talking to Koreans and we started to build a Korean language learning web site based on the book and kept all the materials on the site open to the public. This open access policy was part of our efforts to promote Korean language in Australia as well as around the world and to help other Korean language educators who strove to provide a better learning environment because of a dearth of Korean language learning materials. During the following years, we kept modifying the book based on studentsรข€™ feedback and needs, added more learning materials to the web, as well as making another title change into the current My Korean in 1998. However, in late 2006, we lost a significant amount of our on-line materials when our university introduced a new university-wide content management system. Only the small amount but most important materials, have been migrated into the new system with generous assistance from the Faculty of Arts. This situation was somewhat disastrous, however, it gave us a chance to rethink not only the whole project but also about our approach to teaching, resulting in another major rewrite for the book.

ix


We have changed all the situation dialogues to make them more authentic. In particular, we have broken away from the conventional method of using mainly polite styles of speech throughout the entire book, because this method tends to create highly unauthentic situations. For example, this method created a very unlikely situation where two close friends used the polite style of speech to each other. Therefore, we have used different styles of speech which are appropriate to each situation, resulting in the use of close friend style of speech in most cases. This style of speech is also more appropriate for our students because they can immediately use it when they talk to one another or when they talk to their Korean friends. Another major change is the use of comics for every situation dialogue to provide more extra-linguistic cues. When we communicate, we use all kind of extra-linguistic cues available to make sense out of each otherโ€™s speech. However, text-only dialogues lack these extra-linguistic cues and make a studentโ€™s job of making sense out of an already foreign language a lot harder. In order to solve this problem, we have used comics alongside the recording of each situation dialogue, turning the dialogue multimodal and as close as to that of a real situation. This multimodal dialogue allows learners make meaning by using a crucial combination of words, graphics and sound. Now, we should like to thank all those who have contributed in different ways to this book: ๏‚ท

To the Korea Foundation for the 2008 grant which made it possible to include the comics for the situation dialogues and gave us the last push into finishing this book;

๏‚ท

To Ju Han Lee from Yeundoo Studio in Korea (http://yeundoo.com) for the front cover design and the comics for the situation dialogues, and Lae-Young Lee for her assistance with comic storyboard descriptions;

๏‚ท

To Hye-Jung Kim for most of the illustrations other than the situation dialogue comics;

x


๏‚ท

To Joel Atkinson, Erin Fitzgerald, Stephen Gartlan and Vicky Ryan for formatting and editing;

๏‚ท

To Youngsam Moon for providing invaluable information about contemporary Korean expressions used by young people and for various administrative works including organising a recording party and taking part in it himself;

๏‚ท

To Jihee Jung, Youngsun Hwang, Seongin Choi, Moon Chung and Seonghwan Ahn for volunteering to do the recording;

๏‚ท

To all the past and current students for their valuable feedback and insights which they have let us gain through the collaborative exploration of learning the language;

๏‚ท

To Jung Sim Kim, Korean studies subject librarian at Monash University for her hard work in building up the great Korean collection which was invaluable in writing this book;

๏‚ท

To our colleagues at the School of Languages, Cultures and Linguistics at Monash University, in particular, Robert Irving, Bruce Jacobs, Helen Marriott, Gloria Davies and Alison Tokita for their support and encouragement;

๏‚ท

And last but not least to our good friends, Lendriani and Nigel Thursfield, Vicky and William Quek, Janet and Jim Murray, and Douglas and Helena Ling for their love and support. Following our open access policy, this book and its accompanying

audio files are licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution-Noncommercial-Share Alike 2.5 Australia License in the hope that this book will make a small contribution to the development of Korean language education throughout the world. As one of Less Commonly Taught Languages, Korean still suffers from a dearth of learning materials. Korean teachers often have to design their courses and develop learning materials that suit their students on top of their normal teaching duties, let alone their fight to keep the Korean program alive. We have met many marvelous teachers xi


over the years and they have been our inspiration. We hope this book will help those teachers in their efforts of creating a better learning environment for their students. To all, many thanks again for your assistance and encouragement. Melbourne

Young-A Cho

10 July, 2009

In-Jung Cho

xii


To the teacher and the learner This book is primarily written for a Korean language university course for beginners, but it may be used in other settings including self-study. The guidelines, therefore, are focused on teaching or learning in a university setting, but we suggest that all the users of the book read them regardless of whether you are a teacher or a student enrolled in a course or you are using it on your own for independent study. Objectives This book is an introduction to contemporary Korean, with special emphasis on spoken usage for everyday situations. It introduces learners to the Korean alphabet and everyday situations in Korean culture to help them acquire รข€˜survivalรข€™ Korean. Basic Approach Our experiences of teaching Korean for more than two decades and the results of language learning research tell us that a good foundation of language structures is essential for learners to be successful. This book, therefore, concentrates on giving learners a good working knowledge of the basic structure and grammar of the Korean language with a limited number of vocabulary items that are frequently used in everyday situations. Once they acquire this knowledge, they can expand their vocabulary quite easily on their own as need arises. This approach can also maximise small contact hours (usually four to five hours a week) available in many university settings. Structure of the book This book is organised into ten units and is basically taught one unit per week in one semester. Each unit is composed of three situation dialogues, grammar

xiii


explanations and various tasks such as role plays, listening, writing and reading. The first two units are essentially about some Korean sounds and the Korean alphabet. Unit One presents usual greetings and introductions through which learners familiarize themselves with the sounds of the Korean language. Unit Two deals with the Korean alphabet and is the only unit without any situation dialogues. Once the students learn the Korean alphabetic symbols and how these are put together to create meaningful sounds, they should be able to improve their skills of reading aloud Korean writing over the course of the rest of the book. Unit Three and Four introduce the basic Korean sentence structure, which is in the order of Subject-Object-Verb, compared to the English order of Subject-Verb-Object. You should not try to understand all of the expressions in the situation dialogues in Unit Three. We have tried to make the situation dialogues as natural as possible and this has resulted in the inclusion of a few expressions that are a bit challenging at this early stage of learning. Unit Five is a crucial one which deals with verb conjugations for the first time. It shows how to attach present tense endings to verb stems, which are one of many to follow. It is, therefore, vital that students fully grasp this grammar point. Unit Six deals with how to make simple suggestions and also introduces pure Korean numbers one to twelve in the form of telling the time. This is done deliberately to prepare the learners for the counting nouns to be introduced in Unit Eight, and also to expose them to the forms of pure Korean numbers one to four used in conjunction with counting nouns before they learn the full forms of these numbers. Unit Seven deals with the past tense verb endings. Once the students learn these, they can virtually talk about the events of all three tenses, that is, past, present and future time because the present tense endings in Korean can be used for many future events as well. Unit Eight and Nine are essentially xiv


about buying things that involves the learning of pure Korean numbers and Sino-Korean numbers. Unit Ten presents how to talk about yourself and your family. There are eighteen appendices. Appendices One to Sixteen have verb and adjective conjugation tables. Appendix Seventeen is a list of the particles and suffixes covered in the book. Appendix Eighteen is a list of basic Korean editing symbols and a handwriting sheet, which can be used for writing practice or writing assignments. Situation dialogues, role plays and listening tasks As mentioned above, each unit is composed of three situation dialogues, grammar explanations and various tasks such as role plays, listening, writing and reading. The situation dialogues, role plays and listening tasks require some explanation. The situation dialogues are presented in two modes: comics and text-only mode. Comics are used to provide extra-linguistic cues which are normally available when we communicate. The comics and the recording of each situation dialogue provide multimodal language input to help studentsรข€™ job of making meaning. There are also some differences in spellings used in the comics and the corresponding text-only dialogue. We use the colloquial version in the comics to show how some words are pronounced differently from their standard spellings. The situation dialogues are also presented in two settings: the Korean setting and the Australian setting. The first setting involves mainly two Korean university students, Minseo Kim and Jihun Park. The second setting revolves around three university students, Minjun Kim, Paul Smith and Hyeonu Lee, who are studying in Australia. The presence of any of these characters will tell you in which setting each dialogue is taking place. The role plays are somewhat mechanical and different from those based on communicative methods. They are to provide a more interesting setting for the practice of speaking and listening. They can, however, be used xv


as a basis for the more communicative nature of role plays by encouraging the students to be more creative and to play with the language. The listening tasks are from our old out-of-print listening book Elementary Task-Centered Listening Comprehension of Korean 1, which was published in 1994 and later changed its title into Korean Through Active Listening 1. The listening book was always used alongside the textbook until it became out of print in early 2008. This development has allowed the incorporation of the listening tasks into the textbook, resulting in the more rounded and user-friendly textbook. We have to admit that the expressions in the listening tasks are not as natural as they should be, but they still provide good input via listening, which is very important in language learning. The listening tasks do not have answer keys. It has only the transcript at the end of the book and the learners are required to find the answers themselves first by listening and then by reading. Romanisation This book has used the Korean government romanisation system.

xvi


1 ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Unit Focus: ๏‚ท Greetings and Introductions

o Greetings o Introducing Yourself o Introducing Others o +ye-yo/i-e-yo โ€˜amโ€™; โ€˜areโ€™; โ€˜isโ€™ o Korean Names o Addressing People at the Office: Titles o Addressing Peers at School: โ€˜seonbaeโ€™ and โ€˜hubaeโ€™ o Addressing Unknown People at the Shops o Saying Goodbye o Greeting, Thanks and Other Expressions


2

UNIT 1 ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?


3

UNIT 1 ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Situation Dialogue 1 Paul, Minseo, Minjun and Jihun are introducing themselves. Kim

Annyeong๏ƒ—haseyo?

Hello,

Minseo:

Jeoneun โ€˜Kim Minseoโ€™yeyo.

Iโ€™m ๏ผญinseo Kim.

Yeonse daehakgyo๏ƒ—eseo

Iโ€™m majoring in English

yeongmunhak

Literature at Yonsei

jeongong๏ƒ—haeyo. Uri oppa๏ƒ—yeyo.

University. This is my older brother. (Lit. our older brother)

Kim

Annyeonghaseyo?

Hello,

Minjun:

โ€˜Kim Minjunโ€™imnida.

Iโ€™m Minjun Kim.

Hoju โ€˜Monashโ€™ daehakgyo

Iโ€™m an exchange student from

gyohwan๏ƒ—haksaeng๏ƒ—imnida.

Monash University in

Je chingu โ€˜Paulโ€™imnida.

Australia. This is my friend, Paul.

Paul

Annyeonghaseyo?

Hello.

Smith:

โ€˜Paul Smithโ€™imnida.

Iโ€™m Paul Smith.

Jeodo โ€˜Monashโ€™ daehak

Iโ€™m also a student from

haksaeng๏ƒ—imnida.

Monash University.

Hangugeo๏ƒ—hago gyeongjehak gongbu๏ƒ—hamnida.

I study Korean language and economics.

Park

Jeoneun minseo namja chingu

Iโ€™m Minseoโ€™s boyfriend, Jihun

Jihun:

โ€˜Park Jihunโ€™irago hamnida.

Park.

(Mineso squints at Jihun.)

(Mineso squints at Jihun.)

Namja chingu aniyeyo.

Heโ€™s not my boyfriend.

Kim Minseo:

The romanization used in this textbook is the official Korean language romanization system in the Republic of Korea.


4

UNIT 1 ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Vocabulary Annyeong๏ƒ—haseyo? Hello; How do you do?

gyohwan๏ƒ— haksaeng

exchange student

jeoneun

jeo I /me +neun topic particle am/are/is {polite}

chingu

friend

jeodo

jeo I/me +do also/too

yeonse daehakgyo

Yonsei University

daehak

university

+eseo

at; in

haksaeng

student

yeongmunhak

English literature

hangugeo

Korean (language)

jeongong๏ƒ—haeyo

major in

hago

and; with

je

my

gyeongjehak economics

oppa

older brother (term used by females) am/are/is {polite}

gongbu๏ƒ— hamnida

study{formal}

namja chingu

Boyfriend

+imnida

am/are/is {formal}

+irago hamnida

am/is called {formal}

hoju

Australia

aniyeyo

am/are/is not

monaesi daehakgyo

Monash University

+yeyo

+ieyo


5

UNIT 1 ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Greetings There are three basic ways to greet someone in Korean, depending on what degree of politeness and/or formality the situation requires: ๏‚ท

์•ˆ๋…•? An-nyeong?

(Very casual โ€“ not used among adults)

๏‚ท

์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”? An-nyeong-ha-se-yo?

(Honorific)

๏‚ท

์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ? An-nyeong-ha-sim-ni-kka?

(Honorific, formal)

1) Generally, you should use the honorific form: Jack:

์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”? An-nyeong-ha-se-yo?

Olivia: ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”? An-nyeong-ha-se-yo?

2) However, when a student greets a teacher, the formal expression can be used: Student:

์„ ์ƒ๋‹˜,1 ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ? Seon-saeng-nim, an-nyeong-ha-sim-ni-kka?

Teacher: ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”? An-nyeong-ha-se-yo?


6

UNIT 1 ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

3) And when two young people bump into each other on the street, they can just say ์•ˆ๋…•? (An-nyeong?). Or they might say: Amanda:

Susan,1 ์–ด๋”” ๊ฐ€๋‹ˆ? Susan, eo-di ga-ni? (Susan, are you going somewhere?)

Susan:

์‘, ์–ด๋”” ๊ฐ€. Eung, eo-di ga.

(Yeah, I am. Lit. I am going somewhere.)

Note 1: The student addresses the teacher by the title โ€˜์„ ์ƒ๋‹˜ (Seon-saengnim)โ€™, which is respectful. On the other hand, Amanda just addresses her close friend by name. (There will be more on titles later).


7

UNIT 1 ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Introducing Yourself After greeting somebody for the first time, you can say: ๏‚ท

๋งŒ๋‚˜์„œ ๋ฐ˜๊ฐ‘์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. Itโ€™s nice to meet you. Man-na-seo ban-gap-seum-ni-da. OR

๏‚ท

์ฒ˜์Œ ๋ต™๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.

Iโ€™m pleased to meet you.

Cheo-eum boep-get-seum-ni-da. And then introduce yourself: ๏‚ท

Robert ์ž…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.

(I) am Robert.

Robert-im-ni-da. ๏‚ท

Robert ๋ผ๊ณ  ํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. (I) am Robert. (Lit. I am called โ€˜Robertโ€™.) Robert-ra-go ham--ni-da.

You may have noticed that the pronoun โ€˜Iโ€™ is omitted, as is normally the case in Korean sentences where the subject is obvious. When referring to the person you are addressing, the Korean pronoun for โ€˜youโ€™ is almost never used: ๏‚ท

Robert ๋‹ˆ?

Are (you) Robert?

Robert-ni?

(Casual)


8

UNIT 1 ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Introducing Others When introducing somebody, you can use: ๏‚ท

(์ด๋ถ„์€) ๊น€ ์„ ์ƒ๋‹˜์ด์„ธ์š”.

(Honorific)

I-bun-eun Kim Seon-saeng-nim-i-se-yo This (distinguished person) is Mr. Kim. ๏‚ท

(์ด์ชฝ์€) John ์ด์—์š”.

(Polite)

I-tchog-eun John-i-e-yo. This (person) is John. ๏‚ท

์ œ ์นœ๊ตฌ Paul ์ž…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.

(Formal)

Je chin-gu โ€˜Paulโ€™-im-n-ida. This is my friend, Paul. ๏‚ท

Paul ์ด์•ผ.

(Casual)

โ€˜Paulโ€™-i-ya. This is Paul. You will notice that the term for โ€˜this (person)โ€™ is different in each sentence, and so is the final ending. The term and ending used in the first sentence show a greater level of respect, and are termed โ€˜honorificโ€™. (์ด๋ถ„์€ literally means โ€˜this distinguished personโ€™, whereas ์ด์ชฝ์€ literally means โ€˜over hereโ€™.) You can also introduce someone without saying โ€œThis isโ€ in casual speech. The use of different verb endings will be introduced in the next unit.


9

UNIT 1 ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

+i-e-yo/ye-yo โ€˜amโ€™; โ€˜areโ€™; โ€˜isโ€™ We use ending +์ด์—์š” (i-e-yo) or +์˜ˆ์š” (ye-yo) when we want to say who someone is. In English, you have to change the verb โ€˜to beโ€™ depending on who you are talking about. For example โ€œI am...โ€, โ€œYou are...โ€, โ€œShe is ...โ€, โ€œThey are...โ€. However, in Korean, the change is dependant on the last letter of the personโ€™s name is a vowel or consonant. ๏‚ท

If the noun ends in a vowel: +์˜ˆ์š” (ye-yo) ์ €๋Š” ๊น€๋ฏผ์„œ์˜ˆ์š”.

I am Minseo Kim.

Jeo-neun Kim Minseo-ye-yo. ๏‚ท

If it ends in a consonant: +์ด์—์š” (i-e-yo) ์ €๋Š” ๊น€๋ฏผ์ค€์ด์—์š”.

I am Minjun Kim.

Jeo-neun Kim Minjun-i-e-yo. This structure has the general form โ€˜A is Bโ€™ (when B is a noun and not an adjective) and is therefore widely used. Note that A must be a noun, pronoun or wh-question word, and B must be a noun and not an adjective. For example, you cannot use this form to say โ€œHe is stupidโ€. You will study this in more detail further on. The very casual version of +์ด์—์š” (i-e-yo) or +์˜ˆ์š” (ye-yo) is +์ด์•ผ (i-ya) or +์•ผ (ya) which follow the exactly same rule explained above. The formal version however has only one form, +์ž…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค (im-ni-da). Noun + i-e-yo/ye-yo

(Polite)

Noun + i-ya/ya

(Casual)

Noun + im-ni-da

(Formal)


10

UNIT 1 ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Task 1: Role Play Introduce yourself to the other students, using the dialogue below. [๋Œ€ํ™” ๋ณด๊ธฐ Example Dialogue 1] An-nyeong-ha-se-yo?

How do you do?

[Name]-im-in-da

Iโ€™m [name].

[๋Œ€ํ™” ๋ณด๊ธฐ Example Dialogue 2] An-nyeong-ha-se-yo?

How do you do?

[Name]-( i)-e-yo

Iโ€™m [name].

[๋Œ€ํ™” ๋ณด๊ธฐ Example Dialogue 3] An-nyeong-ha-se-yo?

How do you do?

[Name]-( i)-ra-go-ham-ni-da

Iโ€™m [name].

[๋Œ€ํ™” ๋ณด๊ธฐ Example Dialogue 4] An-nyeong-ha-sim-ni-kka?

How do you do?

[Name]-( i)-ra-go-ham-ni-da

Iโ€™m [name].


UNIT 1 ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

11


12

UNIT 1 ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?


13

UNIT 1 ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Situation Dialogue 2 Kim Yeongjun is meeting a businessman, Robert Irving, at the airport. Irving: Annyeong๏ƒ—hasimnikka?

Kim:

How do you do?

โ€˜Robert Irvingโ€™imnida.

Iโ€™m Robert Irving.

Annyeong๏ƒ—hasimnikka?

How do you do?

โ€˜Kim Yeongjunโ€™imnida. .

Iโ€™m Kim Yongjun.

Irving: Mannaseo bangap๏ƒ—seumnida.

Itโ€™s nice to meet you.

Kim:

Itโ€™s a pleasure to meet you.

Cheoeum boepget๏ƒ—seumnida.

Note: When businessmen from different companies meet, they will normally shake hands and exchange name cards (๋ช…ํ•จ myeong-ham).

Vocabulary Annyeong๏ƒ—hasimnikka?

How do you do? {honorific, formal}

+imnida.

am/are/is {formal}

mannaseo

[manna meet +seo because]

bangap๏ƒ—seumnida

feel delighted {formal}

cheoeum

the first time

boepget๏ƒ—seumnida

meet (with pleasure) {formal}


14

UNIT 1 ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Korean Names Korean names consist of a family name followed by a given name. Most Korean given names are comprised of two syllables, though some only have one. The three most common family names in Korea are ๊น€ (Kim), ์ด (Yi, often written Lee), and ๋ฐ• (Park). Together, these three names account for around 45% of the population. Family name groups are divided by patrilineal decent into branches or clans. (There are about 280 such branches of Kim). Until recently, it was illegal for people of the same branch to marry, no matter how distantly related. Branches are usually identified by a place name where the clan is said to have originated, such as โ€˜Kyeongju Kimโ€™. Common Korean family names: ๊น€ Kim

์ด Yi

๋ฐ• Pak

์ตœ Choe

์ • Cheong

์กฐ Cho

์žฅ Chang

์œค Yun

์‹  Sin

ํ•œ Han

ํ™ Hong

์œ  Yu

๊ฐ• Kang

์†ก Song

Korean given names are typically comprised of Sino-Korean characters, ํ•œ์ž (hanja), traditionally chosen with the help of a fortune-teller. Some parents now give their children names that can only be written in the Korean alphabet, ํ•œ๊ธ€ (hangeul).


15

UNIT 1 ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Below are the top five baby names for boys and girls in 2006, often used in television dramas: ๋‚จ์ž (Male)

๋ฏผ์ค€ Minjun

๋ฏผ์žฌ Minjae

์ง€ํ›ˆ Jihun

ํ˜„์šฐ Hyeonu

์ค€์„œ Junseo

์—ฌ์ž (Female)

์„œ์—ฐ Seoyeon

๋ฏผ์„œ Minseo

์ˆ˜๋นˆ Subin

์„œํ˜„ Seohyeon

๋ฏผ์ง€ Minji

The following are common names in 1975 and 1945 respectively. Note the female names from 1945 end with โ€˜jaโ€™, equivalent to the โ€˜koโ€™ common in Japanese female names. This reflects the Japanese colonial period, which ended in that year: 1975

1945

๋‚จ์ž (Male)

์ •ํ›ˆ Jeonghun

์„ฑํ˜ธ Seongho

์„ฑํ›ˆ Seonghun

์—ฌ์ž (Female)

๋ฏธ์˜ Miyeong

์€์ • Eunjeong

์€์ฃผ Eunju

๋‚จ์ž (Male)

์˜์ˆ˜ Yeongsu

์˜ํ˜ธ Yeongho

์˜์‹ Yeongsik

์—ฌ์ž (Female)

์˜์ž Yeongja

์ •์ž Jeongja

์ˆœ์ž Sunja


16

UNIT 1 ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Addressing People at the Office: Titles In Korea titles are very important in showing respect to someone with a higher position than you. Therefore, if someone has a title and you know it, you must use it. For example, if someone is a manager, you will call them โ€˜manager๏ƒ—nimโ€™, even if they are not your manager. You will notice that that these titles have โ€˜nimโ€™ at the end of them, which is used to show respect to seniors. Other titles for superiors include: ๏‚ท

์Šค๋ฏธ์Šค ๊ต์ˆ˜๋‹˜

Professor Smith

Smith gyo-su-nim ๏‚ท

๊น€ ์‚ฌ์žฅ๋‹˜

Company President Kim

Kim sa-jang-nim Examples: (1)

๋ฐ• ์„ ์ƒ๋‹˜ ์•‰์œผ์„ธ์š”.

Mr. Park, please have a seat.

Pak Seon-saeng-nim an-jeu-se-yo. (2)

(A police officer addressing a well-dressed older man.) ์„ ์ƒ๋‹˜, ์ €์ชฝ์œผ๋กœ ๊ฐ€์‹ญ์‹œ์˜ค.

Sir, please move over there.

Seonsaengnim, jeojjogeuro gasipsio.

When people have no title and are of equal or lower status than you, you can use their full name + ์”จ(ssi). For example, if the lowest person in the office is called Yeong-Jun Kim, you would refer to them as โ€˜Kim Yeong-Jun ssiโ€™. It is rude however to use โ€˜ssiโ€™, if you are a junior to the person you are addressing.


UNIT 1 ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

17

โ€˜ssiโ€™ should also be used after someoneโ€™s given name where there is equal status, but it is offensive to address anyone by โ€˜their surname and ์”จ(ssi)โ€™, such as โ€˜๊น€ ์”จ(Kim ssi)โ€™, so be careful! It is also not used between people in the same gender, so it is best to avoid this title at this stage!


18

UNIT 1 ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Addressing Peers at School: โ€˜seonbaeโ€™ and โ€˜hubaeโ€™ In Korea, age is very important in establishing the relationship between speakers. Therefore, when you are at university, you will address people in the years above or below you with special titles. The title for someone in a year above you is โ€˜์„ ๋ฐฐ (seonbae)โ€™ and โ€˜ํ›„๋ฐฐ (hubae)โ€™ is used for someone in a lower year level. For example, if you are a 2nd year student, you are the โ€˜seonbaeโ€™ of a 1st year student and โ€˜hubaeโ€™ of a 3rd year student. If you are not very close to a person in an older year level, you would add the respectful โ€˜๋‹˜ (nim)โ€™ to the title, so that they are called โ€˜seonbae-nimโ€™. However, if you are very close to someone in an older year, you may also one of the kinship terms (hyeong, nuna, eonni, oppa ).


UNIT 1 ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

19

Addressing Unknown People at the Shops Although shop assistants wear name tags, they will never use their given name to introduce themselves. (You will never have someone say โ€œHi, Please call me Samโ€ to you in Korea, even though this might be appropriate in Australia.) Depending on the shop, the shop assistant will use โ€˜sonnim (customer)โ€™ or โ€˜gogaek-nim (distinguished customer)โ€™ for you, or sometimes a kinship term. For example, a young clerk at the bank may address a customer with the polite and neutral term โ€˜seonsaeng-nim (Mr/Ms/Teacher)โ€™ or โ€˜gogaek-nim (Dear customer)โ€™.

In the market, for young girls, they might use โ€˜eonniโ€™, for middle aged women โ€˜ajummaโ€™, and for middle aged men (and maybe younger men too) โ€˜ajeossi'. Elderly customers are referred to as โ€˜harabeojiโ€™ for men and โ€˜halmeoniโ€™ for women. If you need to call out to a staff member to attract their attention, the term you use depends on the type of business. If you are at a cafรฉ or restaurant, you can use a kinship term, for example to a young female waitress using "eonni" (literally older sister) if you are a female, but usually people don't use any term but simple say "yeogiyo" (literally over here!) to catch their attention. If you are in a shop, you can use kinship terms as described above (i.e. eonni, ajumma, ajeossi, harabeoji, halmeoni, etc.).


20

UNIT 1 ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Task 2: Role Play Move around the classroom and introduce yourself to the other students, using the dialogue below. Write down your classmatesโ€™ namesโ€” in Korean if possible. [๋Œ€ํ™” ๋ณด๊ธฐ Example Dialogue] A:

B:

An-nyeong-ha-se-yo?

How do you do?

[Name]-im-ni-da

Iโ€™m [name].

Cheo-eum boep-get-seum-ni-da.

Iโ€™m pleased to meet you.

[Name]-im-in-da

Iโ€™m [name].

Man-na-seo pan-gap-seumnida.

Glad to meet you.

์ด๋ฆ„ ireum (name)


21

UNIT 1 ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Task 3: Listening โ˜ž ๋ฌธํ˜• (EXPONENT) ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”? An-nyeong-ha-se-yo?

How are you? / How do you do?

๋งŒ๋‚˜์„œ ๋ฐ˜๊ฐ‘์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. Man-na-seo ban-gap-seum-ni-da

It's nice to meet you.

A์ด์—์š”/์˜ˆ์š”. A-i-e-yo/ye-yo

I'm A.

์ฒ˜์Œ ๋ต™๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. Cheo-eum boep-get-seum-ni-da.

I'm pleased to meet you.

โ˜ž ํ•„์ˆ˜ ์–ดํœ˜ (ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY) (first or full name) ์”จ (ssi) polite neutral title such as Mr. and Ms.

โ˜ž Listen carefully to the following dialogue in which two people are greeting each other. Draw lines connecting pairs of people who are greeting each other. Ready? Listen! 1.ํ† ๋งˆ์Šค Thomas

a.์˜์ง„ Yeongjin (male)

2.์ˆ˜์ž” Susan

b.์ˆ˜๋ฏธ Sumi (female)

3.ํด Paul

c.์„ ์˜ Seonyeong (female)

4.์•„๋งŒ๋‹ค Amanda

d.๋ฏผ์„ญ Minseop (male)


22

UNIT 1 ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?


23

UNIT 1 ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Situation Dialogue 3 Robert Irving is leaving Korea and saying goodbye to Kim Yeongjun. Irving:

Kim:

Gamsa๏ƒ—hamnida.

Thank you.

Annyeonghi gyesipsio.

Goodbye.

Annyeonghi gasipsio.

Goodbye.

Minjunโ€™s sister is seeing him off as he goes to Australia as an exchange student. Minseo:

Oppa, jal ga.

Bye, Minjun. (Lit. Bye, older brother)

Minjun:

Jal isseo.

Take care.

Minseo:

Jeonhwa๏ƒ—hae.

Call me.

Minjun:

Arasseo.

Okay.

Vocabulary gamsa๏ƒ—hamnida

thank you

annyeonghi

safely/in good health

gyesipsio

stay; be {honorific, formal}

gasipsio

go {honorific, formal}

oppa

older brother (term used by females)

jal

well; safely; much

ga

go {casual}

isseo

stay {casual}

jeonhwa๏ƒ—hae

ring; call {casual}

arasseo

okay {casual}


24

UNIT 1 ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Saying Goodbye When saying goodbye to one who is leaving, you can say: ๏‚ท

์•ˆ๋…•ํžˆ ๊ฐ€์„ธ์š”. An-nyeong-hi ga-se-yo.

๏‚ท

์•ˆ๋…•ํžˆ ๊ฐ€์‹ญ์‹œ์˜ค. An-nyeong-hi ga-sip-s-io. (Honorific, formal)

๏‚ท

์ž˜ ๊ฐ€. Jal ga.

(Honorific)

(Casual)

When you are saying goodbye to one who is staying, you can say: ๏‚ท

์•ˆ๋…•ํžˆ ๊ณ„์„ธ์š”. An-nyeong-hi gye-se-yo.

๏‚ท

์•ˆ๋…•ํžˆ ๊ณ„์‹ญ์‹œ์˜ค. An-nyeon-ghi gye-sip-si-o.(Honorific, formal)

๏‚ท

์ž˜ ์žˆ์–ด. Jal iss-eo.

(Honorific)

(Casual)

Close friends who are young will just say โ€˜์•ˆ๋…• Annyeongโ€™ in both instances.


25

UNIT 1 ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Task 4: Role Play When you leave at the end of the class, say good-bye to your teacher (who is staying) and your classmates (who are leaving).

Task 5: Writing How should you say goodbye in the following situations? You areโ€ฆ

talking toโ€ฆ

atโ€ฆ

student

teacher

street

student

teacher

teacherโ€™s office

student

friend

street

student

friend

friendโ€™s home

customer

pharmacist

pharmacy

waitress

customer

restaurant

son

mother

home

bank teller

customer

bank

businessman

customer

airport

so you sayโ€ฆ Annyeonghi kaseyo.

Danyeo๏ƒ—oget๏ƒ—seumnida 1

Note 1: Used when you are leaving home but will be coming back later.


26

UNIT 1 ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Task 6: Listening โ˜ž ๋ฌธํ˜• (EXPONENT) Goodbye to one who is leaving.

์•ˆ๋…•ํžˆ ๊ฐ€์„ธ์š”/๊ฐ€์‹ญ์‹œ์˜ค. An-nyeong-hi ga-se-yo/ga-sip-s-io.

Goodbye to one who is staying.

์•ˆ๋…•ํžˆ ๊ณ„์„ธ์š”/๊ณ„์‹ญ์‹œ์˜ค. An-nyeong-hi gye-se-yo/gye-sip-s-io.

โ˜ž ํ•„์ˆ˜ ์–ดํœ˜ (ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY) ์„ ์ƒ seonsaeng

teacher

+๋‹˜ nim

sir/madam

โ˜ž You are going to hear some dialogue in which two people are saying goodbye to each other. As you know, Korean has different expressions for "Goodbye" depending on whether it is directed to someone leaving or staying. Listen carefully and write down L(eaving) in the box next to the people who are leaving and S(taying) to the people who are staying. Ready? Listen! 1. ํ† ๋งˆ์Šค Thomas

์ˆ˜๋ฏธ Sumi (female)

2. ์˜์ง„ Yeongjin (male)

์ˆ˜์ž” Susan

3. ํด Paul

์„ ์ƒ๋‹˜ (teacher) seonsaengnim

4. ๋ฏผ์„ญ Minseop (male)

์•„๋งŒ๋‹ค Amanda


27

UNIT 1 ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Greetings, Thanks and Other Expressions (1)

์•ˆ๋…•? An-nyeong? (Very casual โ€“ not used among adults)

Hi!

(2)

์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”? (Honorific) An-nyeong-ha-se-yo?

How are you?

(3)

์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ? (Honorific, formal) An-nyeong-ha-sim-ni-kka?

How are you?

(4)

๋งŒ๋‚˜์„œ ๋ฐ˜๊ฐ€์›Œ. (Casual) Man-na-seo ban-ga-wo๏ผŽ

Nice to meet you.

(5)

๋งŒ๋‚˜์„œ ๋ฐ˜๊ฐ‘์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. (Formal) Man-na-seo ban-gap-seum-ni-da๏ผŽ

Pleased to meet you.

(6)

์ฒ˜์Œ ๋ต™๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. (Formal) Cheo-eum boep-get-seum-ni-da.

Itโ€™s a pleasure to meet you.

(7)

์˜ค๋ž˜๊ฐ„๋งŒ์ž…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. (Formal) O-rae-gan-man-im-ni-da.

Itโ€™s been a long time.

(8)

์˜ค๋ž˜๊ฐ„๋งŒ์ด์—์š”. O-rae-gan-man-i-e-yo.

Long time no see.

(9)

์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ์ง€๋‚ด์„ธ์š”? Eo-tteo-ke-ji-nae-se-yo?

How are you doing?

(10)

์ž˜ ์ง€๋‚ด์š”. Jal-ji-nae-yo.

I am fine.

(11)

๊ทธ์ € ๊ทธ๋ž˜์š”. Geu-jeo-geu-rae-yo.

So-so.

(12)

๋˜ ๋ต™๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. (Formal) Tto-poep-ge-sseum-ni-da.

Hope to see you again.

(13)

๋ฏธ์•ˆํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. Mi-an-ham-ni-da.

(14)

๋Šฆ์–ด์„œ ๋ฏธ์•ˆํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. (Formal) Neoj-eo-seo mi-an-ham-ni-da.

(Formal)

(Lit. First time see you)

Iโ€™m sorry.

I am sorry, Iโ€™m late.


28

UNIT 1 ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

(15)

๊ดœ์ฐฎ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. (Formal) Gwaen-chan-sseum-ni-da.

(16)

๊ดœ์ฐฎ์•„. Gwaen-chan-a-yo.

(17)

๊ฐ์‚ฌํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. Gam-sa-ham-ni-da.

Thank you.

(18)

๊ณ ๋ง™์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. Go-map-seum-ni-da.

Thank you.

(19)

๊ณ ๋งˆ์›Œ. Go-ma-wo.

(20)

๋ญ˜์š”. Mwol-yo.

Youโ€™re welcome.

(21)

์•„๋‹ˆ์˜ˆ์š”. A-ni-ye-yo.

Youโ€™re welcome. (Lit. It is not.)

(22)

๋„ค/์˜ˆ. Ne/Ye.

Yes.

(23)

์‘/์–ด. Eung/eo.

Yeah.

(24)

์ €๊ธฐ์š”. Jeo-gi-yo.

Excuse me.

(25)

์ž ๊น๋งŒ์š”/์ž ์‹œ๋งŒ์š”. Jam-kkan-man-yo/Jam-si-man-yo.

Wait a minute, please.

(26)

์•„๋‹ˆ์š”/ ์•„๋‡จ. A-ni-yo/A-nyo.

No.

(27)

์•„๋‹ˆ. A-ni.

Nope./Nah.

(28)

์ž˜ ๊ฐ€. Jal ga.

(Casual)

(Casual)

(Casual)

Itโ€™s all right.

Itโ€™s O.K.

Thanks๏ผŽ

Goodbye (to someone leaving)


29

UNIT 1 ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”? (29)

์•ˆ๋…•ํžˆ ๊ฐ€์„ธ์š”. (Honorific) An-nyeong-hi ga-se-yo.

Goodbye (to someone leaving)

(30)

์•ˆ๋…•ํžˆ ๊ฐ€์‹ญ์‹œ์˜ค.(Honorific, formal) An-nyeong-hi ga-sip-si-o.

Goodbye (to someone leaving)

(31)

์ž˜ ์žˆ์–ด. Jal iss-eo.

(32)

์•ˆ๋…•ํžˆ ๊ณ„์„ธ์š”. (Honorific) An-nyeong-hi gye-se-yo.

Goodbye (to someone staying)

(33)

์•ˆ๋…•ํžˆ ๊ณ„์‹ญ์‹œ์˜ค.(Honorific, formal) An-nyeong-hi gye-sip-si-o.

Goodbye (to someone staying)

(Casual)

Goodbye (to someone staying)


30

UNIT 1 ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?


2 ํ•œ๊ธ€

Unit Focus: ๏‚ท Reading Hangeul ๏‚ท Writing Hangeul ๏‚ท Sound Shifts ๏‚ท Classroom Expressions


32

UNIT 2 ํ•œ๊ธ€

Hangeul We write English by stringing individual letters together. But when using the Korean writing system Hangeul, we have to think in terms of syllables. A simple example is the word โ€˜Canadaโ€™ - Ca-na-da. In Korean this becomes ์บ๋‚˜๋‹ค. Every Korean syllable occupies the same amount of space, no matter how many characters are in the syllable, and are written to fit into a square box. Like English, Hangeul is comprised of consonants and vowels.

์บ ๋‚˜ ๋‹ค kae

Camera

Peter

Mary

Banana

Radio

na

Ca-me-ra

Pe-ter

Ma-ry

Ba-na-na

Ra-di-o

da

์นด

๋ฉ”

๋ผ

ka

me

Ra

ํ”ผ

ํ„ฐ

pi

teo

๋ฉ”

๋ฆฌ

me

ri

๋ฐ”

๋‚˜

๋‚˜

ba

na

na

๋ผ

๋””

์˜ค

ra

di

o


33

UNIT 2 ํ•œ๊ธ€

Basic Consonants (1)

ใ„ฑ

k/g

(as in kid or game)

(2)

ใ„ท

t/d

(as in tiger or dog)

(3)

ใ…‚

p/b

(as in pig or bed)

(4)

ใ…ˆ

ch/j

(as in charming or jungle)

(5)

ใ……

s

(as in speech)

(6)

ใ…

m

(as in mother)

(7)

ใ„ด

n

(as in noise)

(8)

ใ„น

r/l

(as in rain or lily)

(9)

ใ…Ž

h

(as in high)

(10)

ใ…‡1

ng

(as in ring) This sound only applies when ใ…‡ is the final consonant of a syllable. When the same symbol is used at the start of a syllable it has no sound, and acts as a dummy consonant for syllables that begin with a vowel.

Note: According to the original Hunmin Jeongeum text: ใ„ฑ depicts the root of the tongue blocking the throat; ใ„ด depicts the outline of the tongue touching the upper palate; ใ… depicts the outline of the mouth; ใ…… depicts the outline of the incisors (the teeth at the front); ใ…‡ depicts the outline of the throat. The other symbols were derived by adding strokes to the basic ones.


34

UNIT 2 ํ•œ๊ธ€

Practise writing the consonants, paying attention to the stroke order shown below.

Symbol Sound Name g/k

giyeok

n

nieun

d/t

digeut

r/l

rieul

m

mieum

b/p

biup

s/t

siot

ร˜/ng

ieung

j/t

jieut

h/t

hieut

ใ„ฑใ„ฑใ„ฑใ„ฑใ„ฑใ„ฑ ใ„ดใ„ด ใ„ด ใ„ด ใ„ด ใ„ด ใ„ทใ„ทใ„ทใ„ทใ„ทใ„ท ใ„นใ„นใ„นใ„นใ„นใ„น ใ…ใ…ใ…ใ…ใ…ใ… ใ…‚ใ…‚ใ…‚ใ…‚ใ…‚ใ…‚ ใ……ใ……ใ……ใ……ใ……ใ…… ใ…‡ใ…‡ใ…‡ใ…‡ใ…‡ใ…‡ ใ…ˆใ…ˆใ…ˆใ…ˆใ…ˆใ…ˆ ใ…Žใ…Žใ…Žใ…Žใ…Žใ…Ž


35

UNIT 2 ํ•œ๊ธ€

The Pure Vowel The vowel ใ… is equivalent to the second and last โ€˜aโ€™ in Canada. Practise writing the consonants on the left with ใ… to form syllables.

ใ„ฑ

๊ฐ€

๊ฐ€ ๊ฐ€

๊ฐ€ ๊ฐ€ ๊ฐ€ ๊ฐ€ ๊ฐ€

ใ„ด

๋‚˜

๋‚˜ ๋‚˜

๋‚˜ ๋‚˜ ๋‚˜ ๋‚˜ ๋‚˜

ใ„ท

๋‹ค

๋‹ค ๋‹ค

๋‹ค ๋‹ค ๋‹ค ๋‹ค ๋‹ค

ใ„น

๋ผ

๋ผ ๋ผ

๋ผ ๋ผ ๋ผ ๋ผ ๋ผ

ใ…

๋งˆ

๋งˆ ๋งˆ

๋งˆ ๋งˆ ๋งˆ ๋งˆ ๋งˆ

ใ…‚

๋ฐ”

๋ฐ” ๋ฐ”

๋ฐ” ๋ฐ” ๋ฐ” ๋ฐ” ๋ฐ”

ใ……

์‚ฌ

์‚ฌ ์‚ฌ

์‚ฌ ์‚ฌ ์‚ฌ ์‚ฌ ์‚ฌ

ใ…‡

์•„

์•„ ์•„

์•„ ์•„ ์•„ ์•„ ์•„

ใ…ˆ

์ž

์ž ์ž

์ž ์ž ์ž ์ž ์ž

ใ…Ž

ํ•˜

ํ•˜ ํ•˜

ํ•˜ ํ•˜ ํ•˜ ํ•˜ ํ•˜


36

UNIT 2 ํ•œ๊ธ€

With these syllables we can now create some Korean words:

(1)

๊ฐ€๋‚˜

ka-na

Ghana (African country)

(2)

๋‚˜๋ผ

na-ra

country

(3)

๋‹ค๋ฆฌ

ta-ri

leg; bridge

(4)

๋ผ๋””์˜ค

ra-di-o

radio

(5)

๋งˆ์ฐจ

ma-cha

carriage

(6)

๋ฐ”๋‹ค

pa-da

ocean

(7)

์‚ฌ์ž

sa-ja

lion

(8)

์ž

ja

ruler

(9)

ํ•˜๋‚˜

ha-na

one

Each word above is made up of syllables containing an initial consonant and a vowel. This is a basic rule - every written Korean syllable must contain an initial consonant and a vowel.

(10) ์•„๊ธฐ

a-gi

baby

(11) ์•„๋‚ด

a-nae

wife

(12) ์•„๋ž˜

a-rae

under; below

(13) ์•„๋งˆ

a-ma

perhaps

(14) ์•„์‹œ์•„

a-si-a

Asia

(15) ์•„๋ฆฌ์•„

a-ri-a

aria

In this group, there are syllables that begin with the dummy consonant ใ…‡, which has no sound. Remember, there has to be a consonant at the beginning of the syllable!


37

UNIT 2 ํ•œ๊ธ€

(16) ์‚ฌ๋ž‘

sa-rang

love

(17) ์‚ฐ

san

mountain

(18) ์‚ฌ๋žŒ

sa-ram

person

(19) ๊ฐ•

kang

river

(20) ์žฅ๋งˆ

chang-ma

long rain

This last group includes syllables that also have a final consonant. These syllables must still fit into the โ€˜square boxโ€™ even though there is an extra letter. The space occupied by the initial consonant and the vowel is reduced to allow room underneath for the final consonant.


38

UNIT 2 ํ•œ๊ธ€

Task 1: Listen and Write Listen and fill in the missing first consonant in the space in each box. The first and second ones have been done for you. 1.

๊ฐ€ ๋‚˜

Ghana

2.

๊ฐ•

river

3.

ใ… ๋ผ

country

4.

ใ… ๋น„

butterfly

5.

ใ… ๋ฆฌ ....

leg; bridge

6.

ใ… ๋”” ์˜ค

radio

7.

ใ… ์Šค ํฌ

mask

8.

ใ… ์Œ

hearts and minds

9.

ใ… ๋‚˜ ๋‚˜

banana

10.

ใ… ๋‹ค

ocean

11.

ใ… ๋žŒ

person

12.

ใ… ๋ž‘

love

13.

ใ… ์ž

lion

14.

ใ… ๊ธฐ

baby

15.

ใ… ์‹œ ์•„

Asia

16.

ใ…

ruler

17.

ใ… ๊ธฐ

oneself; you

18.

ํ•˜

ใ…

one (in number)

19.

ใ… ๋งˆ

hippopotamus

20.

ใ… ์ง€ ๋งŒ

but


39

UNIT 2 ํ•œ๊ธ€

Aspirated Consonants (1)

ใ…‹

k

(as in kite)

(2)

ใ…Œ

t

(as in tank)

(3)

ใ…

p

(as in punk)

(4)

ใ…Š

ch

(as in cheese)

Practise writing these aspirated consonants. Symbol Sound Name k

kieuk

t

tieut

p

pieup

ch/t

chieut

ใ…‹ ใ…‹ใ…‹ใ…‹ใ…‹ใ…‹ ใ…Œ ใ…Œใ…Œใ…Œใ…Œใ…Œ ใ… ใ…ใ…ใ…ใ…ใ…

To understand what an aspirated consonant is, put your hand in front of your lips while saying kite. You can feel a burst of air. The difference between ใ…‹ (an aspirated consonant) and ใ„ฑ (a simple consonant) is the amount of air you exhale when you make the sound. When you pronounce ใ„ฑ, the amount of air you expel is quite small. This difference is similar to that between โ€˜ใ…Œ and ใ„ทโ€™, โ€˜ใ… and ใ…‚โ€™ and โ€˜ใ…Š and ใ…ˆโ€™.


40

UNIT 2 ํ•œ๊ธ€

Now make some syllables with ใ…:

ใ…‹

์นด

์นด ์นด ์นด ์นด ์นด ์นด ์นด

ใ…Œ

ํƒ€

ํƒ€ ํƒ€ ํƒ€ ํƒ€ ํƒ€ ํƒ€ ํƒ€

ใ…

ํŒŒ

ํŒŒ ํŒŒ ํŒŒ ํŒŒ ํŒŒ ํŒŒ ํŒŒ

์ฐจ

์ฐจ ์ฐจ ์ฐจ ์ฐจ ์ฐจ ์ฐจ ์ฐจ

Examples:

(1) ์ฐจ

cha

tea; car

(2) ์ฐจํ‘œ

cha-pyo

railroad (bus, streetcar) ticket

(3) ์นด๋“œ

ka-deu

card

(4) ์นด๋ฉ”๋ผ

ka-me-ra

camera

(5) ํƒ€์ž๊ธฐ

ta-ja-gi

typewriter

(6) ํƒ€์ด์–ด

ta-i-o

tire

(7) ํŒŒ๋„

pa-do

wave

(8) ํŒŒ๋ฆฌ

pa-ri

Paris


UNIT 2 ํ•œ๊ธ€

41

Task 2: Listening โ˜ž ํ•„์ˆ˜ ๋ฌธ์ž (ESSENTIAL LETTERS: Consonants +์•„)

๊ฐ€๋‚˜๋‹ค๋ผ๋งˆ๋ฐ”์‚ฌ์•„์ž์ฐจ์นดํƒ€ํŒŒํ•˜ โ˜ž You will practise the Korean consonants with the vowel '์•„'. Draw lines connecting two letters that you hear. Try to read them aloud on your own before you begin. Ready? Listen!


42

UNIT 2 ํ•œ๊ธ€

Other Pure Vowels In English there are five pure vowels: โ€˜aโ€™, โ€˜eโ€™, โ€˜iโ€™, โ€˜oโ€™ and โ€˜uโ€™. There are also many combination vowels, like โ€˜eaโ€™ in the word wheat, โ€˜oiโ€™ in the word noise, and โ€˜ouโ€™ in house. The word Canada illustrates a major problem in learning to pronounce English. The same letter, in this case โ€˜aโ€™, can have more than one pronunciation. But happily, in Korean each vowel symbol always represents the same sound. So once youโ€™ve learnt the symbols, you will always know how to pronounce the correct sound. There are nine pure vowels: (1)

ใ…

a

(as in Canada)

(2)

ใ…

ae

(as in Canada)

(3)

ใ…“

eo

(as in computer)

(4)

ใ…”

e

(as in bed)

(5)

ใ…œ

u

(as in book)

(6)

ใ…ฃ

i

(as in see)

(7)

ใ…š

oe

(as in wet)

The last two pure vowels are harder to pronounce as there are no direct equivalents in English. (8)

ใ…ก

eu

(If you say โ€˜the cat sat on the matโ€™ stressing โ€˜cat and matโ€™, the sound of the unstressed โ€˜eโ€™ in the โ€˜theโ€™ is close to this vowel.)

(9)

ใ…—

o

(This is the hardest to get right. It is somewhere between the โ€˜oโ€™ in hope and the โ€˜orโ€™ in horde. The sound comes from the front of the mouth with your lips forming a circle.)


UNIT 2 ํ•œ๊ธ€

43

Note 1: All vowel symbols are formed by combining the following three basic elements: โ€˜ยทโ€™ depicts heaven; โ€˜ใ…กโ€™ depicts earth; and โ€˜ใ…ฃโ€™ depicts humankind. Mouth position of vowels As you can see from the diagram below, the vowels in Korean depend on how open the mouth is when pronounced and whether the sound is produced from the front of the mouth or the back near the throat. Therefore, it is hard to distinguish between ์— and ์•  as they are both pronounced from a similar mouth position with only a very slight difference in the opening of the mouth.

Note 2: It is customary for vowels to be preceded by the dummy consonant โ€˜ใ…‡โ€™ when they stand independently: ์•„, ์• , ์–ด, ์—, ์šฐ, ์ด, ์™ธ, ์œผ and ์˜ค.


44

UNIT 2 ํ•œ๊ธ€

Now practise writing them with the dummy consonant โ€˜ใ…‡โ€™ stroke by stroke:

Symbol Sound & Name a eo o u eu i ae e oe

์•„์•„์•„์•„์•„์•„์•„ ์–ด์–ด์–ด์–ด์–ด์–ด์–ด ์˜ค์˜ค์˜ค์˜ค์˜ค์˜ค์˜ค ์šฐ์šฐ์šฐ์šฐ์šฐ์šฐ์šฐ ์œผ์œผ ์œผ ์œผ ์œผ ์œผ ์œผ ์ด์ด์ด์ด์ด์ด์ด ์• ์• ์• ์• ์• ์• ์•  ์—์—์—์—์—์—์— ์™ธ์™ธ์™ธ์™ธ์™ธ์™ธ์™ธ


UNIT 2 ํ•œ๊ธ€

45

Task 3: Listening โ˜ž ํ•„์ˆ˜ ๋ฌธ์ž (ESSENTIAL LETTERS: Vowels)

์•„ ์•ผ ์–ด ์—ฌ ์˜ค ์š” ์šฐ ์œ  ์œผ ์ด โ˜ž You will practise some Korean vowels. Draw lines connecting two letters that you hear. Try to read them aloud on your own before you begin. Ready? Listen!


46

UNIT 2 ํ•œ๊ธ€

Writing Syllables As mentioned earlier, every syllable is written to fit into the same imaginary square boxโ€”no matter how many characters are in the syllable. How the box is divided up depends first on the shape of the vowel. When you look at the pure vowels, you will see that they have a predominant shape. Thus we can think of them as being vertical: ใ… ใ…“ ใ…ฃ ใ… ใ…”, horizontal: ใ…— ใ…œ ใ…ก, or combined: ใ…š. Have a look at how the vowel shapes the syllable: With vertical vowels with no end consonant, the box is divided vertically in half, with the initial consonant on the left and the vowel on the right:

๊ฐ€ ์ปค ์ด ์ƒˆ ํ…Œ With vertical vowels with an end consonant, the space for the initial consonant and vowel is reduced to allow room underneath for the final consonant:

๊ฐ• ์ปด ์ผ ์ƒ‰ ํ… With horizontal vowels with no end consonant, the box is divided in half horizontally, with the initial consonant at the top and the vowel at the bottom:

๋„ ์šฐ ํฌ ๊ดด With horizontal vowels with an end consonant, again the end consonant is placed at the bottom. The initial consonant and vowel are pushed upwards:

๋ˆ ์›€ ํด ๊ต‰


47

UNIT 2 ํ•œ๊ธ€ Examples:

(1)

๋ ˆ๋ชฌ

lemon

(2)

๋ฒ„์Šค

bus

(3)

์Šˆํผ๋งˆ์ผ“

supermarket

(4)

์•„์ด์Šคํฌ๋ฆผ ice cream

(5)

์•จ๋ฒ”

album

(6)

์˜ค๋ Œ์ง€

orange

(7)

์ฃผ์Šค

juice

(8)

์นด์„ธํŠธ

cassette

(9)

์บฅ๊ฑฐ๋ฃจ

kangaroo

(10) ์ปคํ”ผ

coffee

(11) ์ปดํ“จํ„ฐ

computer

(12) ํƒ์‹œ

taxi

(13) ํ…Œ๋‹ˆ์Šค

tennis

(14) ํ…”๋ ˆ๋น„์ „

television

(15) ํ”ผ์•„๋…ธ

piano

(16) ํ”ผ์ž

pizza

(17) ํ–„๋ฒ„๊ฑฐ

hamburger

(18) ํ˜ธํ…”

hotel


48

UNIT 2 ํ•œ๊ธ€

Task 4: Listening โ˜ž ํ•„์ˆ˜ ๋ฌธ์ž (ESSENTIAL LETTERS: Consonants + Vowels)

๊ฐ€๊ณ ๋„ˆ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค๋„๋ฃจ๋Ÿฌ๋ฏธ๋ฌด๋ธŒ๋ฒ„ ์†Œ์„œ์ฃผ์ž์น˜์ดˆ์ปคํฌํ‘ธํ”ผํ—ˆํ˜ธ โ˜ž You will practise various combinations of Korean consonants and vowels. Draw lines connecting two letters that you hear. Try to read them aloud on your own before you begin. Ready? Listen!


49

UNIT 2 ํ•œ๊ธ€

Tensed Consonants (1)

ใ„ฒ

kk

(as in sky)

(2)

ใ„ธ

tt

(as in stop)

(3)

ใ…ƒ

pp

(as in spy)

(4)

ใ…‰

jj

(similar to its easy)

(5)

ใ…†

ss

(as in essence)

A tensed consonant such as ใ„ฒ sounds like trying to pronounce two ใ„ฑ at the same time. It requires more effort and you need to tense the muscles around your vocal chords. Now practise writing these consonants: Symbol Sound Name

ใ„ฒ ใ„ธ ใ…ƒ ใ…‰ ใ…†

kk

ssang giyeok

tt

ssang digeut

pp

ssang bieup

jj

ssang jieut

ss

ssang siot

ใ„ฒ ใ„ฒใ„ฒใ„ฒใ„ฒใ„ฒ ใ„ธ ใ„ธใ„ธใ„ธใ„ธใ„ธ ใ…ƒ ใ…ƒใ…ƒใ…ƒใ…ƒใ…ƒ ใ…‰ ใ…‰ใ…‰ใ…‰ใ…‰ใ…‰ ใ…† ใ…†ใ…†ใ…†ใ…†ใ…†


50

UNIT 2 ํ•œ๊ธ€

Examples:

(1) ๊ผฌ๋ฆฌ

tail

(2) ๋”ฐ๋ผ ํ•˜์„ธ์š”

repeat after me

(3) ๋ฐ”๋น ์š”

(I am) busy

(4) ์งœ์š”

(It is) salty

(5) ์‹ธ์š”

(It is) cheap


51

UNIT 2 ํ•œ๊ธ€

Pronouncing Final Consonants All the consonants except for ใ„ธ, ใ…ƒ and ใ…‰ can be final consonants. However, there are only seven final consonant sounds when pronouncing individual syllables. These are called Batchim (๋ฐ›์นจ) and have their own sound: Consonant

Sound

Example

(1)

ใ„ฑ

k

๊ทน์žฅ

cinema

(2)

ใ„ด

n

๋ˆˆ

eye; snow

(3)

ใ„ท

t

๋“ฃ๊ธฐ

listening

(4)

ใ„น

r/ l

๋ฐœ

foot

(5)

ใ…

m

์Œ์•…

music

(6)

ใ…‚

p

๋ฐฅ

cooked rice; meal

(7)

ใ…‡

ng

์‹ฑ๊ฐ€ํฌ๋ฅด

Singapore

Other final consonants take on one of the above seven end consonant sounds: Consonant

Sound

Example

(8)

ใ…‹

๏ƒ 

k (ใ„ฑ)

๋ถ€์—Œ

kitchen

(9)

ใ„ฒ

๏ƒ 

k (ใ„ฑ)

๊นŽ๋‹ค

cut down

(10)

ใ……

๏ƒ 

t (ใ„ท)

์˜ท

clothes

(11)

ใ…†

๏ƒ 

t (ใ„ท)

์ƒ€๋‹ค

bought

(12)

ใ…ˆ

๏ƒ 

t (ใ„ท)

๋‚ฎ

daytime

(13)

ใ…Š

๏ƒ 

t (ใ„ท)

๊ฝƒ

flower

(14)

ใ…Œ

๏ƒ 

t (ใ„ท)

๋

end

(15)

ใ…Ž

๏ƒ 

t (ใ„ท)

ํžˆ์—

the name of Korean letter โ€˜ใ…Žโ€™

(16)

ใ…

๏ƒ 

p (ใ…‚)

์•ž

front


52

UNIT 2 ํ•œ๊ธ€

Task 5: Listening โ˜ž ํ•„์ˆ˜ ๋ฌธ์ž(ESSENTIAL LETTERS: Consonant + Vowel +Consonant)

๊ฐ•๊ณต๊ธธ๊น€๋‚จ๋ฌธ๋ฏผ๋ฐ•๋ฐ˜๋ฐฉ๋ณ€์„ ์„ฑ ์†์†ก์Šน์‹ ์‹ฌ์•ˆ์–‘์—„์—ฐ์—ผ์˜ฅ์œค์Œ ์ธ์ž„์žฅ์ „์ •์ง„์ฒœํƒํ•œํ•จํ˜„ํ˜•ํ™ โ˜ž You will practise Korean letters consisting of 'consonant + vowel + consonant' and belonging to Korean Family names. Draw lines connecting the letters in the sequence that you hear. Have a look at the letters and read them aloud before you begin. The first pair is given as a starting point. Ready? Listen.


53

UNIT 2 ํ•œ๊ธ€

Combined Vowels There are twelve combination vowels: โ€˜iโ€™ + a, eo, o, u, ae, e

Examples

(1)

ใ…‘

ya

(as in yard)

์•ผ๊ตฌ

baseball

(2)

ใ…•

yeo

(between yawn and young)

์—ฌ์ž

female

(3)

ใ…›

yo

(similar to yor- of New York)

์š”๋ฆฌ์‚ฌ

chef

(4)

ใ… 

yu

(as in new)

์œ ๋ฆฌ

glass

(5)

ใ…’

yae

(as in yam)

์–˜๊ธฐ

story

(6)

ใ…–

ye

(as in yes)

์˜ˆ

yes

โ€˜oโ€™ + a, ae, i (7)

ใ…˜

wa

(as in Washington)

๊ณผ์ž

sweets

(8)

ใ…™

wae

(as in swam)

์™œ

why

โ€˜uโ€™ + o, e, i (9)

ใ…

wo

(as in was)

๋ญ

what

(10)

ใ…ž

we

(as in wet)

์›จ์ดํ„ฐ

waiter

(11)

ใ…Ÿ

wi

(as in weak)

๊ท€

ear

ui

(as in โ€˜can weโ€™

์˜์‚ฌ

doctor

โ€˜euโ€™ + i (12)

ใ…ข

if you say it quickly)


54

UNIT 2 ํ•œ๊ธ€

Now practise writing them with the dummy consonant โ€˜ใ…‡โ€™ stroke by stroke: Symbol Sound & Name ya yeo yo yu yae ye wa wae wo we wi ui

์•ผ์•ผ์•ผ์•ผ์•ผ์•ผ์•ผ ์—ฌ์—ฌ์—ฌ์—ฌ์—ฌ์—ฌ์—ฌ ์š”์š”์š”์š”์š”์š”์š” ์œ ์œ ์œ ์œ ์œ ์œ ์œ  ์–˜์–˜ ์–˜ ์–˜ ์–˜ ์–˜ ์–˜ ์˜ˆ์˜ˆ์˜ˆ์˜ˆ์˜ˆ์˜ˆ์˜ˆ ์™€์™€์™€์™€์™€์™€์™€ ์™œ์™œ์™œ์™œ์™œ์™œ์™œ ์›Œ์›Œ์›Œ์›Œ์›Œ์›Œ์›Œ ์›จ์›จ์›จ์›จ์›จ์›จ์›จ ์œ„์œ„์œ„์œ„์œ„์œ„์œ„ ์˜์˜์˜์˜์˜์˜์˜


55

UNIT 2 ํ•œ๊ธ€

Task 6: Read Street Signs Read the following street signs. 1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.


56

UNIT 2 ํ•œ๊ธ€

Task 7: Listening โ˜ž ํ•„์ˆ˜ ์–ดํœ˜ (ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY: Country Names)

๊ฐ€๋ด‰

Gabon

๋‚˜๋ฏธ๋น„์•„

Namibia

๋‚˜์ด์ง€๋ฆฌ์•„

Nigeria

๋‹ˆ์ œ๋ฅด

Niger

๋ฆฌ๋น„์•„

Libya

๋งˆ๋‹ค๊ฐ€์Šค์นด๋ฅด

Madagascar

๋ง๋ฆฌ

Mali

๋ชจ๋กœ์ฝ”

Moroco

๋ชจ๋ฆฌํƒ€๋‹ˆ

Mauritanie

๋ชจ์ž ๋น„ํฌ

Mozambique

๋ณด์ธ ์™€๋‚˜

Botswana

์†Œ๋ง๋ฆฌ์•„

Somalia

์ˆ˜๋‹จ

Sudan

์•Œ์ œ๋ฆฌ

Algeria

์•™๊ณจ๋ผ

Angola

์—ํ‹ฐ์˜คํ”ผ์•„

Ethiopia

์ด์ง‘ํŠธ

Egypt

์ž์ด๋ฅด

Zaire

์ž ๋น„์•„

Zambia

์ฐจ๋“œ

Chad

์ผ€๋ƒ

Kenya

ํƒ„์ž๋‹ˆ์•„

Tanzania

โ˜ž In this task, you will continue to practise the alphabet using the names of African countries. Write down the number of the country that you hear next to the country name on the map below. Have a look at the map and read aloud the country names before you begin. Ready? Listen!


UNIT 2 ํ•œ๊ธ€

57


58

UNIT 2 ํ•œ๊ธ€

Sound Shifts 1. Resyllabification You will have noticed that some of the consonants are represented by two roman letters, for example ใ„ฑ:k/g, ใ„ท: t/d and ใ…‚:p/b. When these consonants end an individual syllable, we use the k, t, p set of sounds but the sound is cut off. The same thing can happen in English. Say the words pot, pop, pock very quickly. You will find that you donโ€™t actually make the t, p, k sounds at the ends of the words. Your mouth goes to a position to make the sounds but doesnโ€™t go through with it. We say that these end consonants are โ€˜unreleasedโ€™. While in English you can say these words more clearly and enunciate the end consonants, in Korean these t, k, p end consonants are always unreleased when we say a syllable on its own. But when we run syllables together, the end sound can shift depending on what follows. Again the same thing applies in English. Say the following sentences quickly, and with a bit of a drawl: look over there sit on the chair drop in some time When you say these quickly, you always sound the k, t, and p at the end of โ€˜lookโ€™, โ€˜sitโ€™ and โ€˜dropโ€™. But the sound can also slide: k to g, t to d and p to b. If you say these consonants in pairs, you will see that the way you use your mouth to make them is very close. So when you talk quickly, it is very easy to slide from one to the other. Another example is the phrase โ€˜sit downโ€™. When you say it quickly, it naturally becomes โ€˜siddownโ€™. It takes more effort to make distinct t and d sounds and you have to talk more slowly.


59

UNIT 2 ํ•œ๊ธ€

People generally like to speak quickly, and the sound shift allows that with minimum effort. Look at the Korean word for โ€˜thinkโ€™: ์ƒ๊ฐํ•ด์š”. Saeng-kak-hae-yo. The romanization represents the pronunciation if you say it very slowly, one syllable at a time. Practise these separately and then say them quickly, running them together. You will find that the sounds shift a bit and a smooth and natural pronunciation is saenggakaeyo. For the same reason: ์ฑ…์ด

is not chaek-i

but

chaegi

๋จน์–ด์š”

is not meok-eo-yo

but

meogeoyo

but

mianhamnida

but

hangeul.

๋ฏธ์•ˆํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค is not mi-an-hap-ni-ta is not han-keul

ํ•œ๊ธ€

2. Consonant assimilation The nasal consonants are ใ„ด and ใ…. To keep pronunciation easy and flowing some consonants get changed before these two consonants as shown below: Some p-based sounds become โ€˜mโ€™: ใ…‚, ใ…

๏ƒ 

ใ… sound

Some t, s, ch, and h-based sounds become โ€˜nโ€™: ใ„ท, ใ…Œ, ใ……, ใ…†, ใ…ˆ, ใ…Š, ใ…Ž

๏ƒ 

ใ„ด sound


60

UNIT 2 ํ•œ๊ธ€

k/g based sounds become โ€˜ngโ€™, like in English singer (not sin-ger) ใ„ฑ, ใ…‹, ใ„ฒ

๏ƒ 

ใ…‡ sound

Examples Spelling

Pronunciation

์ž…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ž„๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์žˆ๋Š”๋ฐ

์ธ๋Š”๋ฐ

์ผํ•™๋…„

์ด๋ž‘๋…„

ใ„น also has its own assimilation rules. If ใ„น and ใ„ด come together, the ใ„น wins (donโ€™t say the ใ„ด at all). It means the n BECOMES an l. If ใ„น comes before an โ€˜๏ฝ‰โ€™ or โ€˜yโ€™ sound the ใ„น sound is doubled. More of an โ€˜lโ€™ sound than an โ€˜rโ€™ sound. ๏ƒ 

double ใ„น (l) sound

ใ„น + (์ด, ์•ผ, ์—ฌ, ์œ , etc.) ๏ƒ 

double ใ„น (l) sound

ใ„น+ใ„ด

Examples Spelling

Pronunciation

์ง„๋ฆฌ

์งˆ๋ฆฌ

๊ณค๋ž€

๊ณจ๋ž€

ํŒ”๋…„

ํŒ”๋ จ

์„œ์šธ์—ญ

์„œ์šธ๋ ฅ

These changes are made to keep pronunciation economical. Have you ever wondered how Koreans seem to be able to speak so fast?


61

UNIT 2 ํ•œ๊ธ€ 3. Tensification

The following shows the difference between untensed and tensed consonants in Korean: Untensed

Tensed

ใ„ฑ

๏ƒ 

ใ„ฒ

ใ„ท

๏ƒ 

ใ„ธ

ใ…‚

๏ƒ 

ใ…ƒ

ใ……

๏ƒ 

ใ…†

ใ…ˆ

๏ƒ 

ใ…‰

Sometimes itโ€™s easier to tense a consonant when itโ€™s before another strong consonant, rather than assimilating it like we did with the nasal consonants ใ„ด and ใ…. Examples Spelling

Pronunciation

ํ•™๊ต

ํ•™๊พœ

์‹๋‹น

์‹๋•…

๊ตญ๋ฐฅ

๊ตญ๋นฑ

์ฑ…์ƒ

์ฑ…์Œ

์ˆ™์ œ

์ˆ™์ฉจ


62

UNIT 2 ํ•œ๊ธ€

4. Aspiration and ใ…Ž weakening The โ€˜hโ€™ sound is very weak in English as well as Korean. For example, when you pronounce โ€˜hourโ€™ it sounds like โ€˜ourโ€™. The โ€˜ใ…Žโ€™ tends to become silent in casual speech between vowels, after the nasal consonants ใ„ด and ใ…, or after the consonant ใ„น. Examples Spelling

Pronunciation

์ข‹์•„์š”

์กฐ์•„์š”

์ „ํ™”

์ €๋†”

๊ฐํžˆ

๊ฐ€๋ฏธ

๋งํ•ด ๋ด

๋งˆ๋ž˜ ๋ด

When ใ…Ž precedes or follows immediately ใ„ฑ, ใ„ท, ใ…‚ or ใ…ˆ, it becomes silent but making these soft consonants harder (or aspirated): Softer

Harder

ใ„ฑ

๏ƒ 

ใ…‹

ใ„ท

๏ƒ 

ใ…Œ

ใ…‚

๏ƒ 

ใ…

ใ…ˆ

๏ƒ 

ใ…Š

Examples Spelling

Pronunciation

์ถ•ํ•˜

์ถ”์นด

์ข‹๋‹ค

์กฐํƒ€

์ž…ํ•™

์ดํŒ

๊ทธ๋ ‡์ง€

๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ์น˜


UNIT 2 ํ•œ๊ธ€

63

You donโ€™t have to think of these sound shifts as a set of rules that you must learn. If you practise saying the syllables quickly, running them together, the reason for the shifts will become obvious, and eventually altering your pronunciation in this way will become natural. Pronouncing Korean is relatively easy because, apart from these sound shifts, Korean words sound the way they look. As you will be introduced to new words, sentences, and the like, through printed text, it is important that you devote some time to learning Hangeul.


64

UNIT 2 ํ•œ๊ธ€

Task 8: Read and Match Write the capital cities next to the appropriate Australian state or territory underneath. The first one has been done for you. Capital Cities a.๋‹ค์œˆ

e. ์• ๋“ค๋ ˆ์ด๋“œ

b. ๋ฉœ๋ฒ„๋ฅธ

f. ํผ์Šค

c. ๋ธŒ๋ฆฌ์ฆˆ๋ฒˆ

g. ์บ”๋ฒ„๋ผ โˆš

d. ์‹œ๋“œ๋‹ˆ

h. ํ˜ธ๋ฐ”ํŠธ

State or Territory

Capital City

1. ์˜ค์ŠคํŠธ๋ ˆ์ผ๋ฆฌ์•„ ์บํ”ผํ„ธ ํ…Œ๋ฆฌํ† ๋ฆฌ ์บ”๋ฒ„๋ผ 2. ๋‰ด ์‚ฌ์šฐ์Šค ์›จ์ผ์Šค 3. ๋น…ํ† ๋ฆฌ์•„ 4. ์‚ฌ์šฐ์Šค ์˜ค์ŠคํŠธ๋ ˆ์ผ๋ฆฌ์•„ 5. ๋…ธ๋˜ ํ…Œ๋ฆฌํ† ๋ฆฌ 6. ์›จ์Šคํ„ด ์˜ค์ŠคํŠธ๋ ˆ์ผ๋ฆฌ์•„ 7. ํ€ธ์ฆˆ๋žœ๋“œ 8. ํƒœ์ฆˆ๋ฉ”์ด๋‹ˆ์•„


65

UNIT 2 ํ•œ๊ธ€

Task 9: Read and Match Write the capital cities next to the appropriate country underneath. The first one has been done for you. Capital Cities a. ์„œ์šธ โˆš

h. ์ž์นด๋ฅดํƒ€

b. ์˜คํƒ€์™€

i. ํ…Œํ—ค๋ž€

c. ์ฝธ๋ผ๋ฃธํ‘ธ๋ฅด

j. ๋ฒ ๋ฅผ๋ฆฐ

d. ๋„์ฟ„

k. ์บ”๋ฒ„๋ผ

e. ์›Œ์‹ฑํ„ด

l. ํŒŒ๋ฆฌ (Paris)

f. ํƒ€์ด๋ฒ ์ด

m. ๋ฒ ์ด์ง•

g. ๋Ÿฐ๋˜

Country

Capital City

Country

1. ํ•œ๊ตญ

์„œ์šธ

8. ์ธ๋„๋„ค์‹œ์•„

2. ๋Œ€๋งŒ/ํƒ€์ด์™„

9. ์ผ๋ณธ (Japan)

3. ๋…์ผ (Germany)

10. ์ค‘๊ตญ (China)

4. ๋ง๋ ˆ์ด์‹œ์•„

11. ์บ๋‚˜๋‹ค

5. ๋ฏธ๊ตญ (USA)

12. ํ”„๋ž‘์Šค

6. ์˜๊ตญ (England)

13. ํ˜ธ์ฃผ / ์˜ค์ŠคํŠธ๋ ˆ์ผ๋ฆฌ์•„

7. ์ด๋ž€

Capital City


66

UNIT 2 ํ•œ๊ธ€

Classroom Expressions (1)

์ฑ… ํŽด์„ธ์š”. Chaek pyeoseyo.

Open your book.

(2)

์ž˜ ๋“ค์œผ์„ธ์š”. Jal deureuseyo.

Listen carefully.

(3)

๋”ฐ๋ผ ํ•˜์„ธ์š”. Ttara haseyo.

Repeat after me.

(4)

์ฝ์–ด ๋ณด์„ธ์š”. Ilgeo boseyo

Please read.

(5)

๋Œ€๋‹ตํ•ด ๋ณด์„ธ์š”. Daedapae boseyo.

Answer (the question).

(6)

์จ ๋ณด์„ธ์š”. Sseo boseyo.

Please write it.

(7)

์•Œ๊ฒ ์–ด์š”? Algesseoyo?

Do you understand?

(8)

๋„ค, ์•Œ๊ฒ ์–ด์š”. Ne, algesseoyo.

Yes, I understand.

(9)

[์•„๋‡จ] ์ž˜ ๋ชจ๋ฅด๊ฒ ๋Š”๋ฐ์š”. [Anyo] jal moreugenneundeyo.

No, I donโ€™t really understandโ€ฆ

(10) ์งˆ๋ฌธ ์žˆ์–ด์š”? Jilmun isseoyo?

Do you have any questions?

(11) ๋„ค, ์žˆ๋Š”๋ฐ์š”. Ne, inneundeyo.

Yes, I have (a question).

(12) [์งˆ๋ฌธ] ์—†๋Š”๋ฐ์š”. [Jilmun] eomneundeyo

I donโ€™t have (any questions).

(13) ์ฒœ์ฒœํžˆ [๋ง์”€]ํ•ด ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”. Please speak/say it slowly. Cheoncheonhi [malsseum]hae juseyo.


67

UNIT 2 ํ•œ๊ธ€ (14) ์žŠ์–ด๋ฒ„๋ ธ๋Š”๋ฐ์š”. Ijeobeoryeonneundeyo.

Iโ€™ve forgotten.

(15) โ€œTestโ€ ํ•œ๊ตญ์–ด๋กœ ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”? โ€œTestโ€ hangugeoro mwoyeyo?

How do you say โ€œtestโ€ in Korean?

(16) โ€œ์‹œํ—˜โ€์ด๋ผ๊ณ  ํ•ด์š”. โ€œSiheomโ€irago haeyo.

You say โ€œsiheomโ€.

(17) ํ•œ๊ตญ๋ง๋กœ ํ•˜์„ธ์š”. Hangungmallo haseyo.

Please speak/say it in Korean.

(18) ๋‹ค์‹œ ํ•œ๋ฒˆ ํ•ด ๋ณด์„ธ์š”. Dasi hanbeon hae boseyo

Try it again.

(19) ๋งž์•˜์–ด์š”. Majasseoyo.

Thatโ€™s correct.

(20) ํ‹€๋ ธ๋Š”๋ฐ์š”. Teullyeonneundeyo.

Thatโ€™s not right.

(21) ์˜ค๋Š˜์€ ์ด๋งŒ ํ•˜๊ฒ ์–ด์š”. Oneureun iman hagesseoyo.

Weโ€™ll stop here today.


68

UNIT 2 ํ•œ๊ธ€


69

UNIT 2 ํ•œ๊ธ€

24 Basic Consonants and Vowels

ใ„ฑ

g

ใ„ด

n

ใ„ท

d

ใ„น

r

ใ…

m

ใ…‚

b

ใ……

s

ใ…‡

ร˜/ng

ใ…ˆ

j

ใ…Š

ch

ใ…‹

k

ใ…Œ

t

ใ…

p

ใ…Ž

h

ใ…

ใ…‘

ใ…“

ใ…•

ใ…—

ใ…›

ใ…œ

ใ… 

ใ…ก

ใ…ฃ

a

ya

eo

yeo

o

yo

u

yu

eu

i

๊ฐ€

๊ฐธ

๊ฑฐ

๊ฒจ

๊ณ 

๊ต

๊ตฌ

๊ทœ

๊ทธ

๊ธฐ


70

UNIT 2 ํ•œ๊ธ€

Expanded Consonants and Vowels

ใ„ฑ

g

ใ„ฒ

kk

ใ„ด

n

ใ„ท

d

ใ„ธ

tt

ใ„น

r

ใ…

m

ใ…‚

b

ใ…ƒ

pp

ใ……

s

ใ…†

ss

ใ…‡

ร˜/ng

ใ…ˆ

j

ใ…‰

jj

ใ…Š

ch

ใ…‹

k

ใ…Œ

t

ใ…

p

ใ…Ž

h

ใ…

ใ…

ใ…‘

ใ…’

ใ…“

ใ…”

ใ…•

ใ…–

ใ…—

ใ…˜

a

ae

ya

yae

eo

e

yeo

ye

o

wa

๊ฐ€

๊ฐœ

๊ฐธ

๊ฑ”

๊ฑฐ

๊ฒŒ

๊ฒจ

๊ณ„

๊ณ 

๊ณผ


71

UNIT 2 ํ•œ๊ธ€

Expanded Consonants and Vowels (Continued)

ใ„ฑ

g

ใ„ฒ

kk

ใ„ด

n

ใ„ท

d

ใ„ธ

tt

ใ„น

r

ใ…

m

ใ…‚

b

ใ…ƒ

pp

ใ……

s

ใ…†

ss

ใ…‡

ร˜/ng

ใ…ˆ

j

ใ…‰

jj

ใ…Š

ch

ใ…‹

k

ใ…Œ

t

ใ…

p

ใ…Ž

h

ใ…™

ใ…š

ใ…›

ใ…œ

ใ…

ใ…ž

ใ…Ÿ

ใ… 

ใ…ก

ใ…ข

ใ…ฃ

wae

oe

yo

u

wo

we

wi

yu

eu

ui

i

๊ด˜

๊ดด

๊ต

๊ตฌ

๊ถˆ

๊ถค

๊ท€

๊ทœ

๊ทธ

๊ธ”

๊ธฐ


72

UNIT 2 ํ•œ๊ธ€


3 ํ”ผ์ž ์ข‹์•„ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Unit Focus: ๏‚ท Discussing Likes and Dislikes

o Style of Speech o Word Order o Yes/No Questions o Saying โ€˜Yesโ€™ and โ€˜Noโ€™ o Vocabulary: Food ์Œ์‹ o Negative Question Usage o Spaces Between Words


74

UNIT 3 ํ”ผ์ž ์ข‹์•„ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?


75

UNIT 3 ํ”ผ์ž ์ข‹์•„ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Situation Dialogue 1 Minjunโ€™s Korean friend Hyeonu is picking him up at Melbourne airport. ํ˜„์šฐ:

๋ฏผ์ค€์•„, ์—ฌ๊ธฐ์•ผ.

๋ฏผ์ค€:

์–ด, ๊ทธ๋ž˜. ์•ผ, ์˜ค๋žœ๋งŒ์ด๋‹ค. ์ž˜ ์ง€๋ƒˆ์–ด?

ํ˜„์šฐ:

๊ทธ๋Ÿผ, ์ž˜ ์ง€๋‚ด์ง€. ๊ทผ๋ฐ, ๋„ˆ ์•ˆ ํ”ผ๊ณคํ•ด?

๋ฏผ์ค€:

๊ดœ์ฐฎ์•„.

ํ˜„์šฐ:

๊ฐ€๋ฐฉ ์ค˜.

๋ฏผ์ค€:

์•„๋ƒ, ์•ˆ ๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์›Œ.

Romanisation and Translation Hyeonu:

Minjuna, yeogiya.

Hey Minjun, over here!

Minjun:

Eo, geurae.

Oh, right.

Ya, oraen๏ƒ—manida.

Hey, itโ€™s been a while.

Jal jinaesseo?

How ya been?

Geureom, jal jinaeji.

Oh, alright.

Geunde, neo an pigonhae?

Hey arenโ€™t you tired?

Hyeonu:

(Lit. By the way, arenโ€™t you tired?) Minjun:

Gwaenchana.

Iโ€™m fine.

Hyeonu:

Gabang jwo.

Give us your bag. (Lit. Give me the bag.)

Minjun:

Anya, an mugeowo.

No, itโ€™s not heavy.


76

UNIT 3 ํ”ผ์ž ์ข‹์•„ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Vocabulary +์•„

casual ending for addressing a person with their first name. +์•„ is used when the personโ€™s name ends in a consonant (eg. ๋ฏผ์ค€์•„) and+์•ผ is used for a vowel (eg. ํ˜„์šฐ์•ผ).

์—ฌ๊ธฐ

here

์–ด

oh; yeah

๊ทธ๋ž˜

indeed

์˜ค๋žœ๋งŒ์ด๋‹ค long time no see. ์ž˜ ์ง€๋ƒˆ์–ด

been well

๊ทธ๋Ÿผ

yes; in that case

์ž˜ ์ง€๋‚ด์ง€

been well; am well

๊ทผ๋ฐ

by the way; but

๋„ˆ

you

์•ˆ

not

ํ”ผ๊ณคํ•ด

tired

๊ดœ์ฐฎ์•„

okay

๊ฐ€๋ฐฉ

bag

์ค˜

give

์•„๋ƒ

no/nah

๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์›Œ

heavy

Note: At this stage you do not need to understand all the grammar presented in the situation dialogues. It will be helpful to memorise expressions even though you may not understand how they are constructed.


77

UNIT 3 ํ”ผ์ž ์ข‹์•„ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Style of Speech You have seen that Korean has different styles of speech depending on the relationship between the speakers. The four most commonly used are: 1) ์ปคํ”ผ ์ข‹์•„ํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ?

(Honorific, formal)

2) ์ปคํ”ผ ์ข‹์•„ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

(Honorific)

3) ์ปคํ”ผ ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”?

(Polite)

4) ์ปคํ”ผ ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด?

(Casual)

Styles (1) and (2) are honorific and are used when you need to be polite. Style (1) is also formal. Style (4) is used among close friends or when you speak to younger family members. Style (3) is polite and informal. This is used when you talk informally to people you donโ€™t know well who are of similar status to you. It is also used when you speak to people you feel close to, if they are a bit older than you and their social status is higher than yours. Korean verbs consist of a stem which carries the basic meaning โ€˜์ข‹์•„ํ•˜-โ€™ (like), and an ending such as +์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ as in (1), +์„ธ์š” as in (2), and so on, which carries a grammatical function (past, present, or future, statement, question, or request, politeness, etc.).


78

UNIT 3 ํ”ผ์ž ์ข‹์•„ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?


79

UNIT 3 ํ”ผ์ž ์ข‹์•„ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Situation Dialogue 2 Hyeonu is showing Minjun around Melbourne and it is about lunch time. ํ˜„์šฐ:

๋ฐฐ ์•ˆ ๊ณ ํŒŒ?

๋ฏผ์ค€:

์–ด... ์•ฝ๊ฐ„.

ํ˜„์šฐ:

์ ์‹ฌ ๋ญ ๋จน์„๋ž˜? ํ”ผ์ž ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด?

๋ฏผ์ค€:

ํ”ผ์ž๏ผŸ ๊ทธ๋Ÿผ.

ํ˜„์šฐ:

๊ทธ๋Ÿผ, ์šฐ๋ฆฌ ํ”ผ์ž ๋จน์ž.

Romanisation and Translation Hyeonu:

Bae an gopa?

You hungry? (Lit. Arenโ€™t you hungry)

Minjun:

Eo... yakgan.

Yeah, a bit.

Hyeonu:

Jeomsim mwo meogeullae?

Whaddaya want for lunch?

Pija joahae?

Pizza ok?

Minjun:

Pija๏ผŸ Geureom.

Pizza? Alright.

Hyeonu:

Geureom, uri pija meokja.

Pizza it is then. (Lit. Then letโ€™s eat pizza.)

Vocabulary ๋ฐฐ ๊ณ ํŒŒ

hungry

๋ญ

what

์•ˆ

not

ํ”ผ์ž

pizza

์–ด

yeah; oh

์ข‹์•„ํ•ด

like

์•ฝ๊ฐ„

a little

๊ทธ๋Ÿผ

of course

๊ทธ๋Ÿผ

yes; in that case

์šฐ๋ฆฌ

we

์ ์‹ฌ

lunch

๋จน์ž

letโ€™s eat

๋ญ ๋จน์„๋ž˜?

What will you eat?


80

UNIT 3 ํ”ผ์ž ์ข‹์•„ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Word Order Language has a structure. Look at the examples below: a)

I

like

pizza.

(Subject)

(Verb)

(Object)

I

pizza

like.

(Subject)

(Object)

(Verb)

b)

The obvious difference between them is the order of the words. Why donโ€™t people say sentence (b)? English sentences follow a basic Subject-VerbObject pattern as in (a). The Korean pattern is Subject-Object-Verb as in (b). The verb always comes at the end of the sentence. Here are the Korean counterparts of โ€˜Iโ€™, โ€˜likeโ€™, and โ€˜pizzaโ€™: I

like

pizza.

์ €

์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”

ํ”ผ์ž

Now, letโ€™s say โ€˜I like pizzaโ€™ in Korean. ์ € (subject) comes first, and then ํ”ผ์ž (object) second, and ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š” (verb) last. Therefore, โ€˜I like pizzaโ€™ in Korean is: 1)

์ €

ํ”ผ์ž

์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”.

I

pizza

like


81

UNIT 3 ํ”ผ์ž ์ข‹์•„ํ•˜์„ธ์š”? You may think you have learnt only one sentence, โ€˜์ € ํ”ผ์ž ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”โ€™. However, if we replace ํ”ผ์ž with ๋กœ๋ฒ„ํŠธ (Robert), ์ปคํ”ผ (coffee) or

์•„์ด์Šคํฌ๋ฆผ (ice cream) - just a few of the words you have learnt so far - you can already make lots of Korean sentences: 2) ์ € ๋กœ๋ฒ„ํŠธ ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”. 3) ์ € ์ปคํ”ผ ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”. 4) ์ € ์•„์ด์Šคํฌ๋ฆผ ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”. Before we go on any further, we have to learn one more thing about the above sentence pattern. When we talk about ourselves, we usually add a topic particle ๋Š” to ์ € (I) or ์ €ํฌ (we). Therefore, sentences (1) - (4) could be changed as follows: 5) ์ €๋Š”

ํ”ผ์ž ๋กœ๋ฒ„ํŠธ ์ปคํ”ผ ์•„์ด์Šคํฌ๋ฆผ

์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”


82

UNIT 3 ํ”ผ์ž ์ข‹์•„ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Yes/No Questions In the previous section we learnt how to make a simple statement such as โ€˜์ € ํ”ผ์ž ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”โ€™. Turning this into a question is quite simple. You just say โ€˜ํ”ผ์ž ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”?โ€™ with a rising intonation. So if a sentence has a rising intonation at the end, it becomes a question: a) ํ”ผ์ž ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”๏€ฆ?

(Do you) like pizza?

And if it has a falling intonation, it becomes a statement: b) ์ € ํ”ผ์ž ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”๏€จ.

I like pizza.

You may be asking what has happened to the pronoun โ€˜youโ€™ in the question form. As mentioned in Unit 1 โ€˜Introducing Yourselfโ€™, the equivalent Korean pronouns of โ€˜Iโ€™, โ€˜youโ€™, โ€˜he/sheโ€™, โ€˜itโ€™ and โ€˜theyโ€™ are normally omitted when it is obvious in context to whom or what you are referring. In particular, the Korean pronoun for โ€˜youโ€™ is hardly ever used, unless the speakers are very close. To use it in any other situation is very insulting. The most common strategy when you are addressing someone is either to omit a subject altogether, or to use the personโ€™s name instead. For example: (1) (๋„ˆ) ํ”ผ์ž ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด?

(Do you) like pizza?

(Casual)

(2) ๋กœ๋ฒ„ํŠธ, ํ”ผ์ž ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด?

Robert, do you like pizza?

(Casual)


83

UNIT 3 ํ”ผ์ž ์ข‹์•„ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Saying โ€˜Yesโ€™ and โ€˜Noโ€™ Now, letโ€™s learn how to say โ€˜yesโ€™ or โ€˜noโ€™ to the above question. Casual

Polite

Yes

์–ด or ์‘

๋„ค

No

์•„๋‹ˆ

์•„๋‹ˆ์š”

If you like pizza, you can just say ์–ด (yes), or say ์–ด and repeat the verb ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š” as in the dialogue below. In English, we can add โ€˜I doโ€™ as in โ€˜Yes, I doโ€™. But in Korean, simply repeat the verb. (1)

Friend 1:

ํ”ผ์ž ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด?

Do you like pizza?

Friend 2:

์–ด, ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด.

Yes, I do.

If you donโ€™t like pizza, you can just say ์•„๋‹ˆ (no) to your friend. You can also add the verb, but in this case you have to use the negative of the verb (just as in English you say โ€˜no, I donโ€™tโ€™) which you can form by putting the negative word ์•ˆ right before the verb ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด as in the dialogue below. (2) Friend 1: Friend 2:

ํ”ผ์ž ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด?

Do you like pizza?

์•„๋‹ˆ, ์•ˆ ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด.

No, I donโ€™t.

However, it sounds too direct, so an indirect reply is often used, as in the dialogue below. (3) Friend 1: Friend 2:

ํ”ผ์ž ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด?

Do you like pizza?

๋‚œ ๋ณ„๋กœ์•ผ

Not really. (Lit. Not particularly).

In Korean, it is considered impolite to say โ€˜noโ€™ directly. Instead, you would normally give an excuse or reason without actually saying ์•„๋‹ˆ์š” (no). For example, if someone asked you if you had a spare moment to lend them a hand, you might reply with ์ข€ ๋ฐ”์œ๋ฐ์š” ( I am a little bit busy).


84

UNIT 3 ํ”ผ์ž ์ข‹์•„ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Vocabulary: Food ์Œ์‹ ๊ณผ์ผ (Fruit) ์‚ฌ๊ณผ

apple

๋”ธ๊ธฐ

strawberry

์˜ค๋ Œ์ง€

orange

์ˆ˜๋ฐ•

watermelon

ํฌ๋„

grape

์ž๋ชฝ

grapefruit

๋ฐฐ

pear

๋ณต์ˆญ์•„

peach

ํ† ๋งˆํ† 

tomato

๊ฐ

persimmon

์ฑ„์†Œ (Vegetables) ๊ฐ์ž

potato

์–‘๋ฐฐ์ถ”

cabbage

๋ฒ„์„ฏ

mushroom

์˜ค์ด

cucumber

๋‹น๊ทผ

carrot

์–‘ํŒŒ

onion

์˜ฅ์ˆ˜์ˆ˜

corn

๋ฌด

white radish

๋ฐฐ์ถ”

Korean cabbage

ํŒŒ

spring onion

(wombok)

์Œ๋ฃŒ์ˆ˜ (Beverages) ์ฝœ๋ผ

cola

์ธ์‚ผ์ฐจ

ginseng tea

ํ™์ฐจ

black tea

๋ณด๋ฆฌ์ฐจ

barley tea

์šฐ์œ 

milk

ํƒ„์‚ฐ์Œ๋ฃŒ

soft drinks

์˜ค๋ Œ์ง€ ์ฃผ์Šค

orange juice

๋…น์ฐจ

green tea

์ปคํ”ผ

coffee

๋งฅ์ฃผ

beer

์ฐจ

tea

๋ธŒ๋žœ๋””

brandy

๋ฌผ

water

์œ„์Šคํ‚ค

whisky


85

UNIT 3 ํ”ผ์ž ์ข‹์•„ํ•˜์„ธ์š”? ๊ณ ๊ธฐ/ํ•ด์‚ฐ๋ฌผ (Meat/Seafood) ์ƒ์„ 

fish

์†Œ๊ณ ๊ธฐ

beef

๊ฒŒ

crab

์–‘๊ณ ๊ธฐ

lamb/mutton

๋‹ญ๊ณ ๊ธฐ

chicken

๋ผ์ง€๊ณ ๊ธฐ

pork

์น˜์ฆˆ

cheese

๋น„์Šคํ‚ท/๊ณผ์ž

biscuit

๋นต

bread

๋„๋„›

doughnut

์ผ€์ดํฌ

cake

์Œ€

rice

์ดˆ์ฝœ๋ฆฟ

chocolate

๋ฐฅ

cooked rice; meal

์ƒŒ๋“œ์œ„์น˜

sandwich

๋‹ฌ๊ฑ€

egg

๊ธฐํƒ€ (Other)


86

UNIT 3 ํ”ผ์ž ์ข‹์•„ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

ํ•œ๊ตญ์ธ์ด ๊ฐ€์žฅ ์ข‹์•„ํ•˜๋Š” ์Œ์‹์€? What are Koreansโ€™ favourite foods? Food

Response

๋œ์žฅ์ฐŒ๊ฐœ

22.7 %

๊น€์น˜์ฐŒ๊ฐœ

17.5 %

๊น€์น˜

16.2 %

๋ถˆ๊ณ ๊ธฐ

8.2 %

๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ

5.4 %

ํ•œ๊ตญ์ธ์ด ์ข‹์•„ํ•˜๋Š” ์Œ๋ฃŒ๋Š”? What are Koreansโ€™ favourite drinks? Drink

Response

์ปคํ”ผ

65.7 %

์šฐ์œ 

29.5 %

์ฃผ์Šค

21.2 %

์š”๊ตฌ๋ฅดํŠธ

17.7 %

์ฝœ๋ผ

13.5 %

์ฐจ

9.7 %

ํƒ„์‚ฐ์Œ๋ฃŒ (Soft Drinks)

8.6 %

๋“œ๋งํฌ์ œ (Energy Drinks)

6.6 %

์Šคํฌ์ธ  ์Œ๋ฃŒ (Sports Drinks)

6.2 %


87

UNIT 3 ํ”ผ์ž ์ข‹์•„ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Task 1: Word Check Select the odd one out in each row of words below. The first one has been done for you. 1.

๋ฐฐ์ถ” โˆจ

์‚ฌ๊ณผ

ํฌ๋„

๋ฐฐ

2.

์‚ฌ๊ณผ

์˜ค๋ Œ์ง€

ํฌ๋„

์–‘ํŒŒ

3.

๊ฐ์ž

๋”ธ๊ธฐ

๋‹น๊ทผ

์˜ฅ์ˆ˜์ˆ˜

4.

์น˜์ฆˆ ์ผ€์ดํฌ

๋นต

์ดˆ์ฝœ๋ฆฟ ์ผ€์ดํฌ

๊ฒŒ

5.

๋‹ฌ๊ฑ€

๋‹ญ๊ณ ๊ธฐ

์†Œ๊ณ ๊ธฐ

์–‘๊ณ ๊ธฐ

6.

์ƒ์„ 

์šฐ์œ 

๋‹ญ๊ณ ๊ธฐ

์†Œ๊ณ ๊ธฐ

7.

์ฃผ์Šค

๋งฅ์ฃผ

์œ„์Šคํ‚ค

๋ธŒ๋žœ๋””

8.

์šฐ์œ 

์ฝœ๋ผ

์ฃผ์Šค

๋งฅ์ฃผ

9.

ํ™์ฐจ

์ธ์‚ผ์ฐจ

์ปคํ”ผ

ํฌ๋„์ฃผ

10. ๋‹น๊ทผ

์˜ฅ์ˆ˜์ˆ˜

์–‘๊ณ ๊ธฐ

๊ฐ์ž

Task 2: Word Check Match the list of items with where you can buy them. The first one is done for you. ์‚ฌ๊ณผ โˆš

๋ฐฐ์ถ”

์˜ค๋ Œ์ง€

์–‘ํŒŒ

ํฌ๋„

๋ผ์ง€๊ณ ๊ธฐ

๋นต

์ผ€์ดํฌ

๋‹ฌ๊ฑ€

์–‘๊ณ ๊ธฐ

๋‹ญ๊ณ ๊ธฐ

๋ฐฐ

์†Œ๊ณ ๊ธฐ

๊ฐ์ž

๋ฒ„์„ฏ

๋‹น๊ทผ

๊ณผ์ผ ๊ฐ€๊ฒŒ (fruit shop): ์ฑ„์†Œ ๊ฐ€๊ฒŒ (vegetable shop): ์ œ๊ณผ์  (bakery): ์ •์œก์  (butcher):

์‚ฌ๊ณผ,


88

UNIT 3 ํ”ผ์ž ์ข‹์•„ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?


89

UNIT 3 ํ”ผ์ž ์ข‹์•„ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Situation Dialogue 3 Hyeonu and Minjun go to a pizza shop. ํ˜„์šฐ:

๋“ค์–ด๊ฐ€์ž.

Minjun sees Hyeonu eating an olive. ๋ฏผ์ค€:

๋„ˆ ์˜ฌ๋ฆฌ๋ธŒ ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด?

ํ˜„์šฐ:

์‘, ์™œ? ๋„Œ ์‹ซ์–ด?

๋ฏผ์ค€:

์–ด. ๋‚œ ๋ณ„๋กœ์•ผ.

Romanisation and Translation Hyeonu:

Deureogaja.

Letโ€™s go in here.

(Minjun sees Hyeonu eating an olive.) Minjun:

Neo ollibeu joahae?

You like olives?

Hyeonu:

Eung, wae? Neon sireo? Yep, why? Donโ€™t you like โ€˜em? (Lit. You dislike them?)

Minjun:

Eo.

Nah. (Lit. Yeah)

Nan byeolloya.

Not really. (Lit. I donโ€™t particularly.)

Vocabulary ๋“ค์–ด๊ฐ€์ž

Letโ€™s go in.

๋„Œ [๋„ˆ+ใ„ด]

you

๋„ˆ

you

์‹ซ์–ด

dislike

์˜ฌ๋ฆฌ๋ธŒ

olive(s)

์–ด

yeah; oh

์ข‹์•„ํ•ด

like

๋‚œ [๋‚˜+ใ„ด]

I

์‘

yeah/yep

๋ณ„๋กœ์•ผ

not really

์™œ

why


90

UNIT 3 ํ”ผ์ž ์ข‹์•„ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Negative Question Usage When asking questions in Korean, people use the negative form very often. For example, in Situation Dialogue 2, โ€œ๋ฐฐ ์•ˆ ๊ณ ํŒŒ?โ€ (Are you not hungry?) is used where in English we would ask Are you hungry? (โ€œ๋ฐฐ ๊ณ ํŒŒ?โ€). When this is used, you should think of the question as if it were not in the negative form. Negative questions are used often because they are indirect and therefore less intimidating. Using the negative form often will make your Korean sound more natural. Another aspect of negative questions that can be very confusing to non-native speakers of Korean is that when answering, the opposite occurs from what happens in English. If in English someone asks you Arenโ€™t you hungry? you can respond by saying No, Iโ€™m not hungry but in Korean you would have to reply with Yes, Iโ€™m not hungry (์–ด, ๋ฐฐ ์•ˆ ๊ณ ํŒŒ) because you are agreeing with the negation, i.e. agreeing that you are indeed not hungry. On the other hand, if you are hungry then you can reply with No, Iโ€™m hungry (์•„๋‹ˆ, ๋ฐฐ ๊ณ ํŒŒ) which may sound very strange in English, but it is a correct and natural way to respond in Korean. A good strategy for avoiding the โ€œyes/noโ€ problem is to just answer the question with a straight statement. For example, ๋ฐฐ ์•ˆ ๊ณ ํŒŒ (Iโ€™m hungry).


91

UNIT 3 ํ”ผ์ž ์ข‹์•„ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Spaces Between Words As in English, there are spaces between words in Korean sentences. The difference is, postpositional words (what are prepositions in English) and sentence endings in Korean are attached to the end of the word, without a space in between. Therefore when we type or write Korean we need to leave a space after words unless they have a postposition or sentence ending attached: (1)

๏

์ € ํ”ผ์ž ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”.

I like pizza.

(2)

๏

์ €ํ”ผ์ž์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”.

Ilikepizza.

(3)

๏

์ € ํ”ผ ์ž ์ข‹ ์•„ ํ•ด ์š”.

I l i k e p i z z a.

As you can see above, sentences are harder to read with no spaces between the words. The spacing is made more obvious on the hand writing sheet shown below.

์ €

ํ”ผ

์ž

์ข‹

์•„

๋ฏธ

์”จ

๋Š”

ํ”ผ

์ž

์š”

?

ํ•ด

์š”

.

์ˆ˜

์ข‹ ์•„ ํ•˜ ์„ธ


92

UNIT 3 ํ”ผ์ž ์ข‹์•„ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Task 3: ํ”ผ์ž ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด? Move around the classroom asking your classmates if they like the foods below. [๋Œ€ํ™” ๋ณด๊ธฐ Example Dialogue] A:

ํ”ผ์ž ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด?

B:

์‘, [ ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด. ]

A:

์ƒŒ๋“œ์œ„์น˜๋Š”?

B:

๋ณ„๋กœ [ ์•ˆ ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด. ]

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.


93

UNIT 3 ํ”ผ์ž ์ข‹์•„ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Task 4: Writing You are being asked about what foods you like and dislike. Write your answers to the following questions according to the preferences provided below. Use the examples 1, 2 and 7 as a model. ๏‚ท

You like a lot: apple, coffee, beef.

๏‚ท

You like: pear, pork, milk, lamb, wine.

๏‚ท

You donโ€™t like much: fish, beer.

1. ๋ฐฐ ์ข‹์•„ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

๋„ค, ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”.

2. ์‚ฌ๊ณผ๋Š”์š”?

์•„์ฃผ ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”.

3. ์šฐ์œ  ์ข‹์•„ํ•˜์„ธ์š”? 4. ์ปคํ”ผ๋Š”์š”? 5. ์–‘๊ณ ๊ธฐ ์ข‹์•„ํ•˜์„ธ์š”? 6. ์†Œ๊ณ ๊ธฐ๋Š”์š”? 7. ์ƒ์„  ์ข‹์•„ํ•˜์„ธ์š”? 8. ๋ผ์ง€๊ณ ๊ธฐ๋Š”์š”? 9. ํฌ๋„์ฃผ ์ข‹์•„ํ•˜์„ธ์š”? 10. ๋งฅ์ฃผ๋Š”์š”?

๋ณ„๋กœ ์•ˆ ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”.


94

UNIT 3 ํ”ผ์ž ์ข‹์•„ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Task 5: Listening โ˜ž ๋ฌธํ˜• (EXPONENT) A ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”?

Do you like A?

๋„ค, (A) ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”.

Yes, I like (A).

์•„๋‹ˆ์˜ค, (A) ์•ˆ ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”.

No, I don't like (A).

โ˜ž ํ•„์ˆ˜ ์–ดํœ˜ (ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY) ์•„์ด

child

๋„ค

yes

์•„๋‹ˆ์˜ค

no

์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”

like

์•ˆ

not

๊ทธ๋Ÿผ

then

ํ”ผ์ž

pizza

์•„์ฃผ

very much

์ŠคํŒŒ๊ฒŒํ‹ฐ

spaghetti

ํ–„๋ฒ„๊ฑฐ

hamburger

๋ถˆ๊ณ ๊ธฐ

Korean beef barbecue

๊น€์น˜

Kimchi(pickled Korean cabbage)

์งœ์žฅ๋ฉด

Korean version of Hokkiean mee noodle

โ˜ž You will hear a teacher asking what sort of food Korean children like these days. Put a mark 'O' next to the food they like and a mark 'X' next to the food they do not like. Ready? Listen! ์•„์ด 1 ๋ถˆ ๊ณ  ๊ธฐ ๊น€

์น˜

์งœ ์žฅ ๋ฉด ํ–„ ๋ฒ„ ๊ฑฐ ํ”ผ

์ž

์ŠคํŒŒ๊ฒŒํ‹ฐ

์•„์ด 2

์•„์ด 3


4 ์–ด๋”” ๊ฐ€์„ธ์š”?

Unit Focus: ๏‚ท Asking People Where They Are Going

o Vocabulary: Places o ์–ด๋”” ๊ฐ€(์„ธ์š”)? as a Greeting o Destination Particle +์— โ€˜toโ€™ o Topic Particle +์€/๋Š” o Coming & Going: ์™€์š”, ๊ฐ€์š”, ๋‹ค๋…€์š”


96

UNIT 4 ์–ด๋”” ๊ฐ€์„ธ์š”?


97

UNIT 4 ์–ด๋”” ๊ฐ€์„ธ์š”?

Situation Dialogue 1 Jihun and Mineo are on campus at university. ์ง€ํ›ˆ:

๋ฏผ์„œ์•ผ, ์–ด๋”” ๊ฐ€?

๋ฏผ์„œ:

๋„์„œ๊ด€.

์ง€ํ›ˆ:

์•„, ๊ทธ๋ž˜? ๋‚˜๋ˆ๋ฐ. ๊ฐ™์ด ๊ฐ€์ž.

๋ฏผ์„œ:

๊ทธ๋ž˜, ๊ทธ๋Ÿผ.

Romanisation and Translation Jihun:

Minseoยทya, eodi ga?

Hey, Minseo, where ya going?

Minjun:

Doseogwan.

Library.

Jihun:

A, geurae?

Oh yeah?

Nadonde.

Me too.

Gachi gaja.

Iโ€™ll come with you. (Lit. Letโ€™s go together.)

Minjun:

Geurae, geureom.

Yeah, alright.

Vocabulary ์•ผ/์•„

casual ending for addressing a person with their first name

์–ด๋””

where

๊ฐ€

[๊ฐ€ go+์•„(casual present tense ending)] go

๋„์„œ๊ด€

library

๋‚˜๋ˆ๋ฐ

[๋‚˜ me +๋„/๋‘ too+ใ„ด๋ฐ(casual soft ending)] me, too. (๋„ is often pronounced as ๋‘ so in comics ๋‘ is used to show the casual nature of the conversation.)

๊ฐ™์ด

together (๊ฐ™์ด is pronounced ga-chi, not ga-ti.)

๊ฐ€์ž

[๊ฐ€ go +์ž letโ€™s] letโ€™s go


98

UNIT 4 ์–ด๋”” ๊ฐ€์„ธ์š”?

Vocabulary: Places ์ง‘

home

๋„์„œ๊ด€

library

ํ•™๊ต

school

๋ณ‘์›

hospital

์€ํ–‰

bank

์‹œ๋‚ด

the city

์‹๋‹น

restaurant

์‹œ์žฅ

market

์šฐ์ฒด๊ตญ

post office

์„œ์ 

bookshop

๊ฐ€๊ฒŒ

shop

์Šˆํผ(๋งˆ์ผ“)

supermarket

๊ณตํ•ญ

airport

๋ฐฑํ™”์ 

department store

ํ™”์žฅ์‹ค

toilet

ํšŒ์‚ฌ

office

์ปคํ”ผ์ˆ

coffee shop

์ˆ ์ง‘/ํ˜ธํ”„์ง‘ pub

๊ทน์žฅ

theatre; cinema

๋งˆํŠธ

mart

์•ฝ๊ตญ

pharmacy

์˜ํ™”๊ด€

cinema

ํŽธ์˜์ 

convenience store

๊ณต์›

park

๋ฏธ์šฉ์‹ค

hairdresserโ€™s

์ด๋ฐœ์†Œ

barberโ€™s

๋ชฉ์š•ํƒ•

public bathhouse

์ฐœ์งˆ๋ฐฉ

public sauna

๋…ธ๋ž˜๋ฐฉ

kareoke room

๋น„๋””์˜ค๋ฐฉ

video room

๋ฉ€ํ‹ฐ๋ฐฉ

๋…ธ๋ž˜๋ฐฉ+PC ๋ฐฉ+

PC ๋ฐฉ/

Internet cafe

DVD ๋ฐฉ+๊ฒŒ์ž„๋ฐฉ

๊ฒŒ์ž„๋ฐฉ

ํšŒ์˜

meeting (formal)

๋ฏธํŒ…

์ˆ˜์—…

class

meeting / date


99

UNIT 4 ์–ด๋”” ๊ฐ€์„ธ์š”?

์–ด๋”” ๊ฐ€(์„ธ์š”)? as a Greeting In Australian English we often say โ€˜How are you goingโ€™ as a greeting, but itโ€™s not a very serious question and a simple โ€˜goodโ€™ or โ€˜not badโ€™ is enough to reply politely, even if youโ€™ve had a really bad day. Similarly, Koreans use ์–ด๋”” ๊ฐ€? (Are you going somewhere?) as a greeting. You donโ€™t need to give a specific answer and can just say ์‘, ์–ด๋”” ์ข€... (Yeah, just somewhere...)

์–ด๋”” ๊ฐ€?

(Casual)

์–ด๋”” ๊ฐ€์š”?

(Polite)

์–ด๋”” ๊ฐ€์„ธ์š”?

(Honorific)

Note that the intonation pattern changes for ์–ด๋”” depending on whether you are using it as โ€œwhere?โ€ or โ€œsomewhereโ€ as shown in the diagram below:

Where are you going?

Are you going somewhere?

When we use ์–ด๋”” ๊ฐ€? as โ€œWhere are you going?โ€, the intonation of the last syllable โ€˜๊ฐ€โ€™ rises slightly and then falls. On the other hand, when we use ์–ด๋”” ๊ฐ€? as โ€œAre you going somewhere?โ€, the intonation of the last syllable โ€˜๊ฐ€โ€™ rises steeply.


100

UNIT 4 ์–ด๋”” ๊ฐ€์„ธ์š”?

If you canโ€™t differentiate between these two questions, the best strategy is to just reply ์–ด๋”” ์ข€... (Just somewhere...) because someone who is not very close to you will not ask โ€œWhere are you going?โ€ in Korean.


101

UNIT 4 ์–ด๋”” ๊ฐ€์„ธ์š”?

Task 1: Role Play Choose 3-5 places that you would like to go from the locations given below. Write them down in Korean beside the place where you are going. Talk about them with a partner using the following dialogue as an example. [๋Œ€ํ™” ๋ณด๊ธฐ Example Dialogue] A: [ name ], ์–ด๋”” ๊ฐ€? B:

[ place ].

A: ์•„, ๊ทธ๋ž˜? ๋‚˜๋‘”๋ฐ/๋‚˜๋ˆ๋ฐ. ๊ฐ™์ด ๊ฐ€์ž. B:

๊ทธ๋ž˜, ๊ทธ๋Ÿผ.

home

library

school

hospital

bank

the city

restaurant

market

post office

bookshop

shop

supermarket

airport

department store

toilet

office

coffee shop

pub

theatre; cinema

mart

pharmacy

cinema

kareoke room

video room

convenience store

class

meeting (formal)

meeting / date


102

UNIT 4 ์–ด๋”” ๊ฐ€์„ธ์š”?


103

UNIT 4 ์–ด๋”” ๊ฐ€์„ธ์š”?

Situation Dialogue 2 Minseo and Jihun are at a bus stop near university. ์ง€ํ›ˆ:

๋ฏผ์„œ์•ผ, ์–ด๋”” ๊ฐ€?

๋ฏผ์„œ:

๊ฐ•๋‚จ์—ญ์—.

์ง€ํ›ˆ:

์•„, ๊ทธ๋ž˜?

๋ฏผ์„œ:

๋„Œ?

์ง€ํ›ˆ:

๋‚œ ์ง‘์— ๊ฐ€.

๋ฏผ์„œ:

์ž˜ ๊ฐ€.

์ง€ํ›ˆ:

๋„ˆ๋„.

Romanisation and Translation Jihun:

Minseoยทya, eodi ga?

Hey Minseo, where ya going?

Minseo:

Gangnamyeoge.

Gangnam station.

Jihun:

A, geurae?

Yeah? (Lit. Oh, is that so?)

Minseo:

Neon?

You?

Jihun:

Nan jibe ga.

Going home.

Minseo:

Jal ga.

See ya. (Lit. Go well.)

Jihun:

Neodo.

Bye. (Lit. You too.)

Vocabulary ์–ด๋””

where

๊ฐ€

[๊ฐ€ go+์•„(casual present tense ending)] go

๊ฐ•๋‚จ์—ญ

Gangnam station: major Seoul subway station

+์—

to

๋„Œ

[๋„ˆ you +ใ„ด(topic particle)] you

๋‚œ

[๋‚˜ I +ใ„ด(topic particle)] I

์ž˜๊ฐ€

[ ์ž˜ well/carefully/properly/a lot ๊ฐ€ go] goodbye

๋„ˆ๋‘

[๋„ˆ you +๋„/๋‘ too ] you too.


104

UNIT 4 ์–ด๋”” ๊ฐ€์„ธ์š”?

Note: In Korean, โ€œWhere are you going?โ€ is not always answered with the location of the place youโ€™re going to, but sometimes also the purpose. For example, instead of saying โ€œto the poolโ€, when someone asks where you are going, you might just say โ€œto swimโ€: A: ์–ด๋”” ๊ฐ€?

Where are you going?

B: ์ˆ˜์˜ํ•˜๋Ÿฌ. (Instead of โ€˜์ˆ˜์˜์žฅ์—โ€™)

To swim.


105

UNIT 4 ์–ด๋”” ๊ฐ€์„ธ์š”?

Destination Particle +์— โ€˜toโ€™ When you want to say that you are going somewhere, you can use:

Place +์— ๊ฐ€

(Casual)

Place +์— ๊ฐ€์š”

(Polite)

+์— is equivalent to the English โ€˜toโ€™. However, in English the โ€˜toโ€™ in โ€˜Iโ€™m going to schoolโ€™ comes before the place โ€˜schoolโ€™. In Korean, +์— is added at the end of the place word. Since +์— is a postposition, there is no space between it and the place word, as explained previously. (See โ€˜Spaces Between Wordsโ€™ in Unit 3.): (1) ํ•™๊ต์— ๊ฐ€์š”.

Iโ€™m going to school.

(2) A: ์–ด๋”” ๊ฐ€์š”?

Where are you going?

B: ์ง‘์— ๊ฐ€์š”. (3) A: ์–ด๋””(์—)1 ๊ฐ€์„ธ์š”? B: ํ•™๊ต(์—) ๊ฐ€์š”.

Iโ€™m going home.

Where are you going? Iโ€™m going to school.

Note 1: +์— is also different from the English โ€˜toโ€™ in that it can be omitted in colloquial speech as long as the context does not make the meaning less clear. However, +์— cannot be omitted when the word to which +์— is attached consists of a single syllable, for example: ์ง‘, ๊ฐ•, ์‚ฐ, and so on.


106

UNIT 4 ์–ด๋”” ๊ฐ€์„ธ์š”?

Task 2: Role Play Suppose that you are on the way to one of the places below. (Write down the place you are going in Korean beside the English.) Now, go around the classroom and ask your classmates where they are going, using the example dialogue below. Write their names beside the places where they are going. When you are asked, reply that you are going to the place you selected. [๋Œ€ํ™” ๋ณด๊ธฐ Example Dialogue] A:

[ name ], ์–ด๋”” ๊ฐ€?

B:

[ place ]์—.

A:

์•„, ๊ทธ๋ž˜?

B:

๋„Œ?

A:

๋‚œ [ place ]์— ๊ฐ€.

B:

์ž˜ ๊ฐ€.

A:

๋„ˆ๋‘/๋„ˆ๋„.

1.

home

12.

library

2.

school

13.

hospital

3.

bank

14.

city

4.

restaurant

15.

market

5.

post office

16.

bookshop

6.

shop

17.

supermarket

7.

airport

18.

department store

8.

toilet

19.

office

9.

coffee shop

20.

pub

10. theatre

21.

mart

11. pharmacy

22.

cinema


107

UNIT 4 ์–ด๋”” ๊ฐ€์„ธ์š”?

Task 3: Listening โ˜ž ๋ฌธํ˜• (EXPONENT) ์–ด๋”” ๊ฐ€์š”?

Where are you going?

A(place)์— ๊ฐ€์š”.

I'm going to A.

Verb stem + ใ…‚์‹œ๋‹ค/์์‹œ๋‹ค

Let's (verb)

โ˜ž ํ•„์ˆ˜ ์–ดํœ˜ (ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY) ํ•™๊ต

school

์€ํ–‰

bank

์‹๋‹น

restaurant

์šฐ์ฒด๊ตญ

post office

์ง‘

home

๊ฐ€๊ฒŒ

shop

ํ™”์žฅ์‹ค

toilet

์ปคํ”ผ์ˆ

coffee shop

+๋„

also

๊ฐ™์ด

together

โ˜ž Listen carefully to the following dialogue and draw lines connecting people with the places where they are going. Ready? Listen! 1. ํ† ๋งˆ์Šค(Thomas)

a.ํ•™๊ต school

2. ์ˆ˜์ž”(Susan)

b.์‹๋‹น restaurant

3. ํด(Paul)

c.์šฐ์ฒด๊ตญ post office

4. ์•„๋งŒ๋‹ค(Amanda)

d.์ง‘ home

5. ์„ ์˜(female)

e.ํ™”์žฅ์‹ค rest room

6. ๋ฏผ์„ญ(male)

f.๊ฐ€๊ฒŒ shop

7. ์˜์ง„(male)

g.์€ํ–‰ bank

8. ์ˆ˜๋ฏธ(female)

h.์ปคํ”ผ์ˆ coffee shop


108

UNIT 4 ์–ด๋”” ๊ฐ€์„ธ์š”?

Topic Particle +์€/๋Š” When the topic particle +์€/๋Š” is added to a noun, its general meaning is like the English โ€˜as for (noun)โ€™ or โ€˜with regard to (noun)โ€™. +์€/๋Š” can be used in many ways. In this section we will use it to describe what one person (or one subject) is doing in contrast to another. Rules: ๏‚ท

๏‚ท

If the noun ends in a vowel, add +๋Š”. ์ €+๋Š”

โ†’ ์ €๋Š” (writing) or

์ €+ใ„ด

โ†’ ์ „

(speaking)

If the noun ends in a consonant, add +์€. ํด+์€

โ†’ ํด์€

Examples: (1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

ํด์€ ํ•œ๊ตญ์–ด ๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•ด์š”.

Paul is studying Korean.

์ €๋Š” ์‚ฌํšŒํ•™ ๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•ด์š”.

I am studying sociology.

ํด์€ ์ƒŒ๋“œ์œ„์น˜ ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”.

Paul likes sandwiches.

ํ•˜์ง€๋งŒ ์ˆ˜๋ฏธ๋Š” ์•ˆ ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”.

But Sumi doesnโ€™t.

ํด์€ ํ˜ธ์ฃผ ์‚ฌ๋žŒ์ด์—์š”.

Paul is an Australian.

์ˆ˜๋ฏธ๋Š” ํ•œ๊ตญ ์‚ฌ๋žŒ์ด์—์š”.

Sumi is a Korean.

ํด์€ ์„œ์ ์— ๊ฐ€์š”.

Paul is going to the bookshop.

์ˆ˜๋ฏธ๋Š” ์€ํ–‰์— ๊ฐ€์š”.

Sumi is going to the bank.


UNIT 4 ์–ด๋”” ๊ฐ€์„ธ์š”?

109


110

UNIT 4 ์–ด๋”” ๊ฐ€์„ธ์š”?


111

UNIT 4 ์–ด๋”” ๊ฐ€์„ธ์š”?

Situation Dialogue 3 Paul sees Hyeonu on campus. ํด:

ํ˜„์šฐ์•ผ, ์–ด๋”” ๊ฐ€๋ƒ?

ํ˜„์šฐ:

ํด์ด๊ตฌ๋‚˜! ์ˆ˜์˜์žฅ์— ๊ฐ€. ๋„Œ?

ํด:

ํ•œ๊ตญ์–ด ์ˆ˜์—….

ํ˜„์šฐ:

๊ทธ๋ž˜? ์—ด์‹ฌํžˆ ํ•ด!

Romanisation and Translation Paul:

Hyeonuya, eodi ganya?

Hey Hyeonu, where ya goinโ€™?

Hyeonu:

Poriguna!

Oh, itโ€™s you, Paul!

Suyeongjange ga.

Iโ€™m goinโ€™ to the swimming pool.

Neon?

You?

Paul:

Hangugeo sueop.

Korean class.

Hyeonu:

Geurae? Yeolsimhi hae!

Yeah? Donโ€™t work too hard! (Lit. Work hard!)

Vocabulary ๊ฐ€๋ƒ?

[๊ฐ€ go +๋ƒ(very casual question ending often used among boys)]

๊ฐ€๋‹ˆ?

[๊ฐ€ go +๋‹ˆ(very casual question ending often used among girls)]

์ด๊ตฌ๋‚˜!

[์ด am/are/is +๊ตฌ๋‚˜(verb ending indicating surprise; an exclamation)]

์ˆ˜์˜์žฅ

[์ˆ˜์˜ swimming ์žฅ place] swimming pool

ํ•œ๊ตญ์–ด

[ํ•œ๊ตญ Korean ์–ด language] the Korean language

์ˆ˜์—…

class (the time spent being taught, not a group of students)

์—ด์‹ฌํžˆ

hard โ€“ as in โ€œworking hardโ€

ํ•ด

do (refers to something mentioned earlier)


112

UNIT 4 ์–ด๋”” ๊ฐ€์„ธ์š”?

Coming & Going ์™€์š”, ๊ฐ€์š”, ๋‹ค๋…€์š” In Korean the words ์™€์š” (come), ๊ฐ€์š” (go), and ๋‹ค๋…€์š” (go to and from regularly) are used differently from their English equivalents. If you meet some classmates in the street and they ask where you are going, you reply โ€˜์ง‘์— ๊ฐ€์š”โ€™ (I am going home). However if speaking on the phone to someone who is at home, a Korean will say โ€˜์ง€๊ธˆ ์ง‘์— ๊ฐ€์š”โ€™ (I am going home), whereas in English you would say, โ€˜I am coming home now.โ€™ This is because in Korean the use of ์™€์š” and ๊ฐ€์š” depends on your location (the speakerโ€™s location), rather than the location of the person to whom you are speaking. Finally, in English we might ask, โ€˜Which university do you go to?โ€™ However, in Korean this would be, โ€˜์–ด๋Š ํ•™๊ต์— ๋‹ค๋…€์š”?โ€™ The verb ๋‹ค๋…€์š” is used when you go somewhere on a regular basis. It implies a process of going to and from that place repeatedly. So if someone asks you โ€˜์–ด๋Š ๋ณ‘์›์— ๋‹ค๋…€์š”?โ€™ (Which hospital do you go to?), you must be a doctor or nurse - or very sick! The sentence โ€˜์–ด๋Š ๋ณ‘์›์— ๊ฐ€์š”?โ€™ (Which hospital are you going to?) is used to refer to a single trip. It implies that at present you are on your way to the hospital.


113

UNIT 4 ์–ด๋”” ๊ฐ€์„ธ์š”?

Task 4: Word Check Write down the Korean words next to the English equivalent. The first one is done for you. a.

๊ฐ€๊ฒŒ

g.

๊ณตํ•ญ

m.

๊ทน์žฅ

b.

๋„์„œ๊ด€

h.

๋ฐฑํ™”์ 

n.

๋ณ‘์›

c.

์„œ์ 

i.

์Šˆํผ๋งˆ์ผ“

o.

์‹œ์žฅ

d.

์‹๋‹น

j.

์•ฝ๊ตญ

p.

์šฐ์ฒด๊ตญ

e.

์€ํ–‰

k.

์ง‘

q.

์ปคํ”ผ์ˆ

f.

ํ•™๊ต

l.

ํ™”์žฅ์‹ค

r.

์˜ํ™”๊ด€

1.

shop

2.

school

11. library

3.

bank

12. hospital

4.

restaurant

13. market

5.

post office

14. bookshop

6.

home

15. supermarket

7.

toilet

16. department store

8.

coffee shop

17. airport

9.

cinema

18. theatre

โˆจ

๊ฐ€๊ฒŒ

10. pharmacy


114

UNIT 4 ์–ด๋”” ๊ฐ€์„ธ์š”?

Task 5: Writing Here is a list of items you need to find. Underneath is a list of useful telephone numbers from a Korean community information booklet. Write down where you can obtain the items. The first one is done for you. Item 1. ์‚ฌ์ „ (dictionary)

Place where you can obtain it ์ œ์ผ ์„œ์  or ๋„์„œ๊ด€

2. ๋น„๋””์˜ค 3. ๊น€์น˜ (Korean pickled cabbage) 4. ์ปคํ”ผ 5. ์•„์Šคํ”ผ๋ฆฐ 6. ์ผ€์ต 7. ๋ถˆ๊ณ ๊ธฐ (Korean BBQ dish) 8. ์šฐํ‘œ (stamp) 9. ํ•œ๊ตญ ์‹ ๋ฌธ (newspaper) 10. ํ•œ๊ตญ ์˜ํ™” a.

ํ•œ๊ธ€ ํ•™๊ต โ˜Ž 9405-2230

h.

ํ–‰๋ณต ๋นต์ง‘

โ˜Ž 2327-3479

b.

์™ธํ™˜ ์€ํ–‰ โ˜Ž 4432-1110

i.

ํ•œ๊ตญ๋ณ‘์›

โ˜Ž 3457-5531

c.

์„œ์šธ ์‹๋‹น โ˜Ž 8623-2743

j.

์„œ์šธ์•ฝ๊ตญ

โ˜Ž 2348-8624

d.

๋„์„œ๊ด€

โ˜Ž 3464-1336

k.

์„œ์šธ์˜ํ™”๊ด€

โ˜Ž 3469-1128

e.

์šฐ์ฒด๊ตญ

โ˜Ž 2393-2010

l.

88 ์ปคํ”ผ์ˆ

โ˜Ž 8862-7736

f.

๋Ÿญํ‚ค ์Šˆํผ โ˜Ž 3437-2766

m. ํ•œ๊ตญ ๋น„๋””์˜ค โ˜Ž 8905-9230

g.

์ œ์ผ ์„œ์  โ˜Ž 9815-4340

n.

์„œ์šธ๋งˆํŠธ

โ˜Ž 2326-3092


5 ์ด๋ฒˆ ํ† ์š”์ผ์— ๋ญ ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Unit Focus: ๏‚ท Talking About What You Are Doing ๏‚ท Talking About Your Daily Routine

o Verbs (Doing Words) and their Endings o ๋ญ โ€˜whatโ€™ o Vocabulary: Time Words o Time Particle +์— โ€˜inโ€™, โ€˜atโ€™ or โ€˜onโ€™ o Location Particle +์—์„œ โ€˜inโ€™ or โ€˜atโ€™ o Asking Opinions โ€ฆ ์–ด๋•Œ(์š”)? โ€˜How is โ€ฆ?โ€™ o Adjectives (Describing Words) and their Endings o Vocabulary: Transitional Words


116

UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒˆ ํ† ์š”์ผ์— ๋ญ ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?


117

UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒˆ ํ† ์š”์ผ์— ๋ญ ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Situation Dialogue 1 Minseo is at the library when she receives a call from Jihun. ์ง€ํ›ˆ:

์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ญ ํ•˜๋ƒ?

๋ฏผ์„œ:

๋ฆฌํฌํŠธ ์จ. ๊ทผ๋ฐ, ์™œ?

์ง€ํ›ˆ:

๊ทธ๋ƒฅ.

๋ฏผ์„œ:

๋‚˜ ๋ฐ”๋น . ๋นจ๋ฆฌ ๋งํ•ด.

์ง€ํ›ˆ:

์•„๋ƒ, ๊ทธ๋ƒฅ. ๋ฆฌํฌํŠธ ๋งˆ์ € ํ•ด.

Romanisation and Translation Jihun:

Jigeum mwo hanya?

Whatcha doinโ€™?

Minseo:

Ripoteu sseo.

Writing an assignment.

Geunde, wae?

Why? (Lit. Anyway/but, why?)

Jihun:

Geunyang.

No reason.

Minseo:

Na bappa. Ppalli malhae.

Iโ€™m busy. Just say it. (Lit. Quickly say it.)

Jihun:

Anya, geunyang.

Nah, I was just asking.

Ripoteu majeo hae.

Finish the assignment. (Lit. do the rest of the assignment).

Vocabulary ์ง€๊ธˆ

now

๋ญ ํ•˜๋ƒ? [๋ญ what ํ•˜ do +๋ƒ?(very casual question ending often used among boys)] Whatcha doinโ€™? ๋ฆฌํฌํŠธ

report (often pronounced as ๋ ˆํฌํŠธ)

์จ

[์“ฐ write+์–ด(casual present tense ending)] write

๊ทผ๋ฐ

by the way; but


118

UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒˆ ํ† ์š”์ผ์— ๋ญ ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

์™œ

why

๊ทธ๋ƒฅ

no reason

๋ฐ”๋น 

[๋ฐ”์˜ busy+์•„(casual present tense ending)] busy

๋นจ๋ฆฌ

quickly

๋งํ•ด

[๋งํ•˜ speak ๏ƒ ๋งํ•ด (casual present tense form)] say; speak

์•„๋ƒ

nah

๋งˆ์ € ํ•ด

[๋งˆ์ € rest of + ํ•ด do] finish


UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒˆ ํ† ์š”์ผ์— ๋ญ ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

119


120

UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒˆ ํ† ์š”์ผ์— ๋ญ ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Verb (Doing Words) and their Endings +์•„/์–ด, +์•„/์–ด์š”, +(์œผ)์„ธ์š” In unit three you have learned the different styles of speech used in Korean depending on the relationship between speakers. Here we will focus on three types: 1) casual form, 2) polite form, and 3) honorific form. Verb Stem

+์•„/์–ด

(Casual)

Verb Stem

+์•„/์–ด์š”

(Polite)

Verb Stem

+(์œผ)์„ธ์š”

(Honorific)

Verb endings are quite similar to the English present tense, as in โ€˜I studyโ€™ or โ€˜she studiesโ€™. However, it is also used to indicate an action that is going on at present, as in โ€˜I am studying at the momentโ€™ (as well as โ€˜I am studying at Monash University this yearโ€™). 1) Casual form ๏‚ท

If the last vowel of the stem is ใ… (ใ…‘) or ใ…— (ใ…›): +์•„ ์‚ด

+์•„

๏ƒ 

์‚ด์•„ live/lives/is living, etc

๊ฐ€

+์•„

๏ƒ 

๊ฐ€

go/goes/ is going, etc (๊ฐ€ already hasใ… and no final consonant, so you donโ€™t need to add ์•„)

๏‚ท

If the last vowel is not ใ… (ใ…‘) or ใ…— (ใ…›): +์–ด ๋จน

+์–ด

๏ƒ 

๋จน์–ด eat/eats/is eating, etc

์ฝ

+์–ด

๏ƒ 

์ฝ์–ด read/reads/is reading, etc

์“ฐ

+์–ด

๏ƒ 

์จ

write/writes/is writing, etc (When the stem ends in the vowel โ€˜ใ…กโ€™, it is dropped.)

When there is no final consonant, the vowels are usually combined into


121

UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒˆ ํ† ์š”์ผ์— ๋ญ ํ•˜์„ธ์š”? one syllable:

๏‚ท

์˜ค

+์•„

๏ƒ 

์™€

come/comes/is coming, etc

์ฃผ

+์–ด

๏ƒ 

์ค˜

give/gives/is giving, etc

If the stem ends in ํ•˜: ํ•˜ โ†’ ํ•ด ํ•˜

๏ƒ 

ํ•ด

do/does/am doing, etc.

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•˜

๏ƒ 

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•ด

study/studies/am studying, etc.

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ•˜

๏ƒ 

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ•ด

talk/talks/am talking, etc.

This rule is useful when you look up unknown words in the dictionary. Donโ€™t worry too much about having to remember these rules. The best way at this stage is to memorize both stem and ending together. 2) Polite form Polite form is constructed in the same way as casual form except that you add ์š” at the end.

์‚ด +์•„

๏ƒ  ์‚ด์•„ + ์š”

๏ƒ 

์‚ด์•„์š”

live/lives/is living, etc

๋จน +์–ด

๏ƒ  ๋จน์–ด + ์š”

๏ƒ 

๋จน์–ด์š”

eat/eats/is eating, etc

3) Honorific form There are rules for forming honorific form depending on whether the verb stem ends in a consonant or vowel. ๏‚ท

If the verb stem ends in a vowel: +์„ธ์š” ๊ฐ€

๏‚ท

+์„ธ์š”

๏ƒ 

๊ฐ€์„ธ์š”

go/goes/ is going, etc

If the verb stem ends in a consonant: +์œผ์„ธ์š” ์•‰

+์œผ์„ธ์š” ๏ƒ 

์•‰์œผ์„ธ์š” sit/sits/is sitting, etc

Refer to the verb table on the following pages to see the three different forms for a range of verbs.


122

UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒˆ ํ† ์š”์ผ์— ๋ญ ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Verb Table: Present Tense Endings English

Casual Form Ending +์•„/์–ด

Stem

borrow (books)

(์ฑ…) ๋นŒ๋ฆฌ

+์–ด

(์ฑ…) ๋นŒ๋ ค

buy (shoes)

(๊ตฌ๋‘) ์‚ฌ

(+์•„)

(๊ตฌ๋‘) ์‚ฌ

clean (house)

(์ง‘) ์ฒญ์†Œํ•˜

ํ•˜โ†’ํ•ด

(์ง‘) ์ฒญ์†Œํ•ด

dance

(์ถค) ์ถ”

+์–ด

(์ถค) ์ถฐ

dislike

์‹ซ์–ดํ•˜

ํ•˜โ†’ํ•ด

์‹ซ์–ดํ•ด

draw (drawing)

(๊ทธ๋ฆผ) ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ

+์–ด

(๊ทธ๋ฆผ) ๊ทธ๋ ค

drink (juice)

(์ฃผ์Šค) ๋งˆ์‹œ

+์–ด

(์ฃผ์Šค) ๋งˆ์…”

do (homework)

(์ˆ™์ œ) ํ•˜

ํ•˜โ†’ํ•ด

(์ˆ™์ œ) ํ•ด

eat (an apple)

(์‚ฌ๊ณผ) ๋จน

+์–ด

(์‚ฌ๊ณผ) ๋จน์–ด

get married

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ•˜

ํ•˜โ†’ํ•ด

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ•ด

give

์ฃผ

+์–ด

์ค˜

have (money)

(๋ˆ) ์žˆ

+์–ด

(๋ˆ) ์žˆ์–ด

not have (time)

(์‹œ๊ฐ„) ์—†

+์–ด

(์‹œ๊ฐ„) ์—†์–ด

kiss

ํ‚ค์Šคํ•˜

ํ•˜โ†’ํ•ด

ํ‚ค์Šคํ•ด

like

์ข‹์•„ํ•˜

ํ•˜โ†’ํ•ด

์ข‹์•„ํ•ด

listen to (music)

(์Œ์•…) ๋“ฃ

๋“ฃ โ†’ ๋“ค+์–ด

(์Œ์•…) ๋“ค์–ด*

love

์‚ฌ๋ž‘ํ•˜

ํ•˜โ†’ํ•ด

์‚ฌ๋ž‘ํ•ด

make (phone call)

์ „ํ™”ํ•˜

ํ•˜โ†’ํ•ด

์ „ํ™”ํ•ด


123

UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒˆ ํ† ์š”์ผ์— ๋ญ ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Polite Form +์•„/์–ด์š”

Honorific Form +(์œผ)์„ธ์š”

Question Ending Question Ending +๋‹ˆ? +๋ƒ?

(์ฑ…) ๋นŒ๋ ค์š”

(์ฑ…) ๋นŒ๋ฆฌ์„ธ์š”

(์ฑ…) ๋นŒ๋ฆฌ๋‹ˆ?

(์ฑ…) ๋นŒ๋ฆฌ๋ƒ?

(๊ตฌ๋‘) ์‚ฌ์š”

(๊ตฌ๋‘) ์‚ฌ์„ธ์š”

(๊ตฌ๋‘) ์‚ฌ๋‹ˆ?

(๊ตฌ๋‘) ์‚ฌ๋ƒ?

(์ง‘) ์ฒญ์†Œํ•ด์š”

(์ง‘) ์ฒญ์†Œํ•˜์„ธ์š”

(์ง‘) ์ฒญ์†Œํ•˜๋‹ˆ?

(์ง‘) ์ฒญ์†Œํ•˜๋ƒ?

(์ถค) ์ถฐ์š”

(์ถค) ์ถ”์„ธ์š”

(์ถค) ์ถ”๋‹ˆ?

(์ถค) ์ถ”๋ƒ?

์‹ซ์–ดํ•ด์š”

์‹ซ์–ดํ•˜์„ธ์š”

์‹ซ์–ดํ•˜๋‹ˆ?

์‹ซ์–ดํ•˜๋ƒ?

(๊ทธ๋ฆผ) ๊ทธ๋ ค์š”

(๊ทธ๋ฆผ) ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์„ธ์š”

(๊ทธ๋ฆผ) ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๋‹ˆ?

(๊ทธ๋ฆผ) ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๋ƒ?

(์ฃผ์Šค) ๋งˆ์…”์š”

(์ฃผ์Šค) ๋“œ์„ธ์š”*

(์ฃผ์Šค) ๋งˆ์‹œ๋‹ˆ?

(์ฃผ์Šค) ๋งˆ์‹œ๋ƒ?

(์ˆ™์ œ) ํ•ด์š”

(์ˆ™์ œ) ํ•˜์„ธ์š”

(์ˆ™์ œ)ํ•˜๋‹ˆ?

(์ˆ™์ œ)ํ•˜๋ƒ?

(์‚ฌ๊ณผ) ๋จน์–ด์š”

(์‚ฌ๊ณผ) ๋“œ์„ธ์š”*

(์‚ฌ๊ณผ) ๋จน๋‹ˆ?

(์‚ฌ๊ณผ) ๋จน๋ƒ?

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ•ด์š”

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ•˜์„ธ์š”

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ•˜๋‹ˆ?

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ•˜๋ƒ?

์ค˜์š”

์ฃผ์„ธ์š”

์ฃผ๋‹ˆ?

์ฃผ๋ƒ?

(๋ˆ) ์žˆ์–ด์š”

(๋ˆ) ์žˆ์œผ์„ธ์š”

(๋ˆ) ์žˆ๋‹ˆ?

(๋ˆ) ์žˆ๋ƒ?

(์‹œ๊ฐ„) ์—†์–ด์š”

(์‹œ๊ฐ„) ์—†์œผ์„ธ์š”

(์‹œ๊ฐ„) ์—†๋‹ˆ?

(์‹œ๊ฐ„) ์—†๋ƒ?

ํ‚ค์Šคํ•ด์š”

ํ‚ค์Šคํ•˜์„ธ์š”

ํ‚ค์Šคํ•˜๋‹ˆ?

ํ‚ค์Šคํ•˜๋ƒ?

์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”

์ข‹์•„ํ•˜์„ธ์š”

์ข‹์•„ํ•˜๋‹ˆ?

์ข‹์•„ํ•˜๋ƒ?

(์Œ์•…) ๋“ค์–ด์š”*

(์Œ์•…) ๋“ค์œผ์„ธ์š”* (์Œ์•…) ๋“ฃ๋‹ˆ?

(์Œ์•…) ๋“ฃ๋ƒ?

์‚ฌ๋ž‘ํ•ด์š”

์‚ฌ๋ž‘ํ•˜์„ธ์š”

์‚ฌ๋ž‘ํ•˜๋‹ˆ?

์‚ฌ๋ž‘ํ•˜๋ƒ?

์ „ํ™”ํ•ด์š”

์ „ํ™”ํ•˜์„ธ์š”

์ „ํ™”ํ•˜๋‹ˆ?

์ „ํ™”ํ•˜๋ƒ?


124

UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒˆ ํ† ์š”์ผ์— ๋ญ ํ•˜์„ธ์š”? English

Casual Form Ending +์•„/์–ด

Stem

meet (friend)

(์นœ๊ตฌ) ๋งŒ๋‚˜

(+์•„)

(์นœ๊ตฌ) ๋งŒ๋‚˜

play tennis

ํ…Œ๋‹ˆ์Šค ์น˜

+์–ด

ํ…Œ๋‹ˆ์Šค ์ณ

put on (clothes)

(์˜ท) ์ž…

+์–ด

(์˜ท) ์ž…์–ด

read (book)

(์ฑ…) ์ฝ

+์–ด

(์ฑ…) ์ฝ์–ด

rest

์‰ฌ

+์–ด

์‰ฌ์–ด

ride (bike)

(์ž์ „๊ฑฐ) ํƒ€

(+์•„)

(์ž์ „๊ฑฐ) ํƒ€

shop

์‡ผํ•‘ํ•˜

ํ•˜โ†’ํ•ด

์‡ผํ•‘ํ•ด

sing

๋…ธ๋ž˜ํ•˜

ํ•˜โ†’ํ•ด

๋…ธ๋ž˜ํ•ด

sleep

(์ž ) ์ž

(+์•„)

(์ž ) ์ž

smoke (cigarettes)

(๋‹ด๋ฐฐ) ํ”ผ์šฐ

+์–ด

(๋‹ด๋ฐฐ) ํ”ผ์›Œ

study

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•˜

ํ•˜โ†’ํ•ด

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•ด

take a photo

์‚ฌ์ง„ ์ฐ

+์–ด

์‚ฌ์ง„ ์ฐ์–ด

text a message

๋ฌธ์ž ๋ณด๋‚ด

(+์–ด)

๋ฌธ์ž ๋ณด๋‚ด

wait for (bus)

(๋ฒ„์Šค) ๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆฌ

+์–ด

(๋ฒ„์Šค) ๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ ค

watch (television)

(ํ…”๋ ˆ๋น„์ „) ๋ณด

+์•„

(ํ…”๋ ˆ๋น„์ „) ๋ด

write (letter)

(ํŽธ์ง€) ์“ฐ

drop โ€˜ใ…กโ€™ +์–ด

(ํŽธ์ง€) ์จ*

withdraw (money)

(๋ˆ) ์ฐพ

+์•„

(๋ˆ) ์ฐพ์•„

work

์ผํ•˜

ํ•˜โ†’ํ•ด

์ผํ•ด


125

UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒˆ ํ† ์š”์ผ์— ๋ญ ํ•˜์„ธ์š”? Polite Form +์•„/์–ด์š”

Honorific Form +(์œผ)์„ธ์š”

Question Ending +๋‹ˆ?

Question Ending +๋ƒ?

(์นœ๊ตฌ) ๋งŒ๋‚˜์š”

(์นœ๊ตฌ) ๋งŒ๋‚˜์„ธ์š”

(์นœ๊ตฌ) ๋งŒ๋‚˜๋‹ˆ?

(์นœ๊ตฌ) ๋งŒ๋‚˜๋ƒ?

ํ…Œ๋‹ˆ์Šค ์ณ์š”

ํ…Œ๋‹ˆ์Šค ์น˜์„ธ์š”

ํ…Œ๋‹ˆ์Šค ์น˜๋‹ˆ?

ํ…Œ๋‹ˆ์Šค ์น˜๋ƒ?

(์˜ท) ์ž…์–ด์š”

(์˜ท) ์ž…์œผ์„ธ์š”

(์˜ท) ์ž…๋‹ˆ?

(์˜ท) ์ž…๋ƒ?

(์ฑ…) ์ฝ์–ด์š”

(์ฑ…) ์ฝ์œผ์„ธ์š”

(์ฑ…) ์ฝ๋‹ˆ?

(์ฑ…) ์ฝ๋ƒ?

์‰ฌ์–ด์š”

์‰ฌ์„ธ์š”

์‰ฌ๋‹ˆ?

์‰ฌ๋ƒ?

(์ž์ „๊ฑฐ) ํƒ€์š”

(์ž์ „๊ฑฐ) ํƒ€์„ธ์š”

(์ž์ „๊ฑฐ) ํƒ€๋‹ˆ?

(์ž์ „๊ฑฐ) ํƒ€๋ƒ?

์‡ผํ•‘ํ•ด์š”

์‡ผํ•‘ํ•˜์„ธ์š”

์‡ผํ•‘ํ•˜๋‹ˆ?

์‡ผํ•‘ํ•˜๋ƒ?

๋…ธ๋ž˜ํ•ด์š”

๋…ธ๋ž˜ํ•˜์„ธ์š”

๋…ธ๋ž˜ํ•˜๋‹ˆ?

๋…ธ๋ž˜ํ•˜๋ƒ?

(์ž ) ์ž์š”

(์ž ) ์ž์„ธ์š”

(์ž ) ์ž๋‹ˆ?

(์ž ) ์ž๋ƒ?

(๋‹ด๋ฐฐ) ํ”ผ์›Œ์š”

(๋‹ด๋ฐฐ) ํ”ผ์šฐ์„ธ์š”

(๋‹ด๋ฐฐ) ํ”ผ์šฐ๋‹ˆ?

(๋‹ด๋ฐฐ) ํ”ผ์šฐ๋ƒ?

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•ด์š”

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•˜์„ธ์š”

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•˜๋‹ˆ?

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•˜๋ƒ?

์‚ฌ์ง„ ์ฐ์–ด์š”

์‚ฌ์ง„ ์ฐ์œผ์„ธ์š”

์‚ฌ์ง„ ์ฐ๋‹ˆ?

์‚ฌ์ง„ ์ฐ๋ƒ?

๋ฌธ์ž ๋ณด๋‚ด์š”

๋ฌธ์ž ๋ณด๋‚ด์„ธ์š”

๋ฌธ์ž ๋ณด๋‚ด๋‹ˆ?

๋ฌธ์ž ๋ณด๋‚ด๋ƒ?

(๋ฒ„์Šค) ๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ ค์š” (ํ…”๋ ˆ๋น„์ „) ๋ด์š”

(๋ฒ„์Šค) ๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆฌ์„ธ์š” (ํ…”๋ ˆ๋น„์ „) ๋ณด์„ธ์š”

(๋ฒ„์Šค) ๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆฌ๋‹ˆ? (ํ…”๋ ˆ๋น„์ „) ๋ณด๋‹ˆ?

(๋ฒ„์Šค) ๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆฌ๋ƒ? (ํ…”๋ ˆ๋น„์ „) ๋ณด๋ƒ?

(ํŽธ์ง€) ์จ์š”

(ํŽธ์ง€) ์“ฐ์„ธ์š”

(ํŽธ์ง€) ์“ฐ๋‹ˆ?

(ํŽธ์ง€) ์“ฐ๋ƒ?

(๋ˆ) ์ฐพ์•„์š”

(๋ˆ) ์ฐพ์œผ์„ธ์š”

(๋ˆ) ์ฐพ๋‹ˆ?

(๋ˆ) ์ฐพ๋ƒ?

์ผํ•ด์š”

์ผํ•˜์„ธ์š”

์ผํ•˜๋‹ˆ?

์ผํ•˜๋ƒ?


126

UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒˆ ํ† ์š”์ผ์— ๋ญ ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Casual Question Verb Endings +๋‹ˆ?/+๋ƒ? The verb forms you studied previously in this unit can also be used for making questions. However, in casual form the following is an alternative question style: Verb Stem

+๋‹ˆ?

(less blunt)

Verb Stem

+๋ƒ?

(more blunt)

The +๋ƒ? ending is more blunt and tends to be used more by males and the less blunt +๋‹ˆ? form is used more by females. The rule for constructing these forms is quite simple: Verb Stem +๋‹ˆ?/+๋ƒ? as shown in the verb table in the previous pages. Examples: (1) ์Œ์•… ๋“ฃ๋‹ˆ?

Are you listing to music?

์Œ์•… ๋“ฃ๋ƒ? (2) ์ง‘์— ๊ฐ€๋‹ˆ?

Are you going home?

์ง‘์— ๊ฐ€๋ƒ? (3) ์ ์‹ฌ ๋จน๋‹ˆ?

Are you having lunch?

์ ์‹ฌ ๋จน๋ƒ? (4) ๋ฌธ์ž ํ•˜๋‹ˆ? ๋ฌธ์ž ํ•˜๋ƒ?

Are you texting (on the mobile phone)?


127

UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒˆ ํ† ์š”์ผ์— ๋ญ ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

๋ญ โ€˜whatโ€™ Asking questions such as โ€˜What do you like?โ€™ or โ€˜What are you doing now?โ€™ is very simple in Korean. The counterpart of โ€˜whatโ€™ is ๋ญ. But you have to remember that in Korean the pronoun โ€˜youโ€™ is usually omitted when it is obvious who you are referring to. Therefore, we just put ์ข‹์•„ํ•˜์„ธ์š”? after ๋ญ as follows: (1) ๋ญ ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด?

What do you like?

(Casual)

(2) ๋ญ ์ข‹์•„ํ•˜๋‹ˆ?

What do you like?

(Casual)

(3) ๋ญ ์ข‹์•„ํ•˜๋ƒ?

What do you like?

(Casual)

(4) ๋ญ ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”?

What do you like?

(Polite)

(5) ๋ญ ์ข‹์•„ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

What do you like?

(Honorific)

You can ask โ€˜What are you doing now?โ€™ in the same way. The counterpart of โ€˜are doingโ€™ in Korean is ํ•ด์š”. But to be polite to your classmates weโ€™ll use ํ•˜์„ธ์š”.

(6) ๋ญ ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

What are you doing?

If we add ์ง€๊ธˆ (now) to the beginning of the sentence it becomes:

(7) A: ์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ญ ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

What are you doing now?

B: ์•„๋ฌด ๊ฒƒ๋„ ์•ˆ ํ•ด์š”. Iโ€™m not doing anything.


128

UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒˆ ํ† ์š”์ผ์— ๋ญ ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Task 1: Role Play Choose one of the following activities. Now, go around the classroom and practise the dialogue with your classmates. [๋Œ€ํ™” ๋ณด๊ธฐ Example Dialogue] A:

์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ญ ํ•˜๋ƒ?

B:

[ ๋ ˆํฌํŠธ ์จ. ] ๊ทผ๋ฐ, ์™œ?

A:

๊ทธ๋ƒฅ.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.


129

UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒˆ ํ† ์š”์ผ์— ๋ญ ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Task 2: Listening โ˜ž ๋ฌธํ˜• (EXPONENT) ์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ญ ํ•ด์š”?

What are you doing now?

(Something) Verb stem + ์•„/์–ด์š”.

I'm (verb)ing (something).

Noun + ํ•ด์š”.

I'm doing Noun .

โ˜ž ํ•„์ˆ˜ ์–ดํœ˜ (ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY) ๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•ด์š”

study

์ „ํ™”ํ•ด์š”

telephone

๋จน์–ด์š”

eat

๋“ค์–ด์š”

listen

์ฝ์–ด์š”

read

์ž  ์ž์š”

sleep

๋งˆ์…”์š”

drink

์ž…์–ด์š”

put on

๋งŒ๋‚˜์š”

meet

๋ถˆ๋Ÿฌ์š”

sing

์ถค ์ถฐ์š”

dance

๋ด์š”

see or watch

๋…ธ๋ž˜

song

ํ…”๋ ˆ๋น„์ „

television

์นœ๊ตฌ

friend

์˜ท

clothes

์ฃผ์Šค

juice

์ฑ…

book

์Œ์•…

music

์‚ฌ๊ณผ

apple

โ˜ž You are going to hear a dialogue that describes various activities. Write down the letter of the picture that describes what you hear. Ready? Listen! 1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.


130

UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒˆ ํ† ์š”์ผ์— ๋ญ ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?


131

UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒˆ ํ† ์š”์ผ์— ๋ญ ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Situation Dialogue 2 Minjun and Hyeonu are on campus talking about plans for the coming Saturday. ๋ฏผ์ค€:

์ด๋ฒˆ ํ† ์š”์ผ์— ๋ญ ํ•ด?

ํ˜„์šฐ:

ํ† ์š”์ผ?1 ํ† ์š”์ผ์—” ์•Œ๋ฐ”ํ•ด.

๋ฏผ์ค€:

๋ฌด์Šจ ์•Œ๋ฐ”? 2

ํ˜„์šฐ:

์‹๋‹น์—์„œ ์„œ๋น™.

๋ฏผ์ค€:

๊ทธ๋Ÿผ ์ผ์š”์ผ์€?

ํ˜„์šฐ:

์•„์ง ๊ณ„ํš ์—†์–ด.

Romanisation and Translation Minjun:

Ibeon toyoire mwo hae?

Hyeonu: Toyoil? Toyoiren albahae.

What are you up to this Saturday? Saturday? Iโ€™m working (my casual job) on Saturday.

Minjun:

Museun alba?

Hyeonu: Sikdangeseo seobing.

What job? Waiter in a restaurant. (Lit. Waiting tables in a restaurant.)

Minjun:

Geureom iryoireun?

Hyeonu: Ajik gyehoek eopseo.

What about Sunday then? No plans yet.

Vocabulary ์ด๋ฒˆ

this

ํ† ์š”์ผ

Saturday

+์—

on

๋ญ

what

ํ•ด

[ํ•˜ do๏ƒ ํ•ด(casual present tense form)] do; are doing


132

UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒˆ ํ† ์š”์ผ์— ๋ญ ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

+์—”

[+์— on/at/to +ใ„ด(emphasis)]

์•Œ๋ฐ”ํ•ด

[์•Œ๋ฐ”ํ•˜ do casual work ๏ƒ ์•Œ๋ฐ”ํ•ด(casual present tense form)] doing casual work

๋ฌด์Šจ

what (kind of)

์‹๋‹น

restaurant

+์—์„œ

in; at

์„œ๋น™

waiting tables (serving)

๊ทธ๋Ÿผ

well then

์ผ์š”์ผ

Sunday

์•„์ง

yet; still

๊ณ„ํš

plan

์—†์–ด

[์—† there isnโ€™t; not have +์–ด(casual present tense ending)] there isnโ€™t any; do not have any

Note 1: Echo questions, like โ€œํ† ์š”์ผ?โ€ in the dialogue above, are frequently used to confirm what someone else has just said and show that you are listening. They support the conversation and show your active interest. Note 2:

๋ฌด์Šจ is used in front of the noun that you are asking about and means โ€œwhat (movie)?โ€, โ€œwhat kind of (person)?โ€, โ€œwhich (colour)?โ€. You need to be very careful not to use ๋ญ (what) in these cases because โ€œwhatโ€ and โ€œwhat somethingโ€ in Korean are different.


133

UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒˆ ํ† ์š”์ผ์— ๋ญ ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

โ€˜However, instead of โ€˜๋ฌด์Šจ Noun?โ€™, you can also use the form โ€˜Noun ๋ญ?โ€™ for the same effect as shown in the dialogue below:

A: ์ด๋ฒˆ ํ† ์š”์ผ์— ๋ญ ํ•ด?

What are you up to this Saturday?

B: ์•Œ๋ฐ”ํ•ด.

Iโ€™m working (my casual job).

A: ์•Œ๋ฐ” ๋ญ?

What job?

(instead of โ€˜๋ฌด์Šจ ์•Œ๋ฐ”?โ€™) B: ์‹๋‹น์—์„œ ์„œ๋น™.

Waiter in a restaurant.


134

UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒˆ ํ† ์š”์ผ์— ๋ญ ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Vocabulary: Time Words (์‹œ๊ฐ„) ์˜ค์ „ am

์˜คํ›„ pm

์•„์นจ morning

์ ์‹ฌ midday

์ฃผ์ค‘ weekdays

์ฃผ๋ง weekend

ํ‰์ผ weekday workday

ํœด์ผ public holiday

์ง€๋‚œ ์ฃผ last week

์ด๋ฒˆ ์ฃผ this week

๋‹ค์Œ ์ฃผ next week

์ง€๋‚œ ํ•™๊ธฐ last semester

์ด๋ฒˆ ํ•™๊ธฐ this semester

๋‹ค์Œ ํ•™๊ธฐ next semester

์ž‘๋…„ / ์ง€๋‚œ ํ•ด last year

๊ธˆ๋…„ / ์˜ฌํ•ด this year

๋‚ด๋…„ / ๋‹ค์Œ ํ•ด next year

์›”์š”์ผ Monday

ํ™”์š”์ผ Tuesday

์ˆ˜์š”์ผ Wednesday

๊ธˆ์š”์ผ Friday

ํ† ์š”์ผ Saturday

์ผ์š”์ผ Sunday

์ €๋… evening

๋ฐค night

๋ชฉ์š”์ผ Thursday


UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒˆ ํ† ์š”์ผ์— ๋ญ ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

135

Time Particle +์— โ€˜inโ€™, โ€˜atโ€™ or โ€˜onโ€™ When you want to indicate that something has happened at a particular time, you attach the particle +์— to a time word.

Time Word +์— (1) ์•„์นจ์— ํ•™๊ต์— ๊ฐ€์š”.

I go to school in the morning.

(2) ์˜คํ›„์— ์ˆ˜์˜์žฅ์— ๊ฐ€์š”.

I go to a swimming pool in the afternoon.

(3) ์—ฌ๋Ÿ ์‹œ์— ์ง‘์— ์™€์š”.

Iโ€™m coming home at 8 oโ€™clock.

(4) ์ฃผ๋ง์— ์‹œ๋“œ๋‹ˆ์— ๊ฐ€์š”.

Iโ€™m going to Sydney at the weekend.

However, there are a few time words that are used without +์—: ์˜ค๋Š˜ (today)

์ง€๊ธˆ (now)

์–ด์ œ (yesterday)

์˜ฌํ•ด (this year)

๋‚ด์ผ (tomorrow)

(5) ๋‚ด์ผ ๊ทน์žฅ์— ๊ฐ€์š”

Iโ€™m going to a cinema tomorrow.

(6) ์ง€๊ธˆ ์ข€ ๋ฐ”๋น ์š”.

Iโ€™m a bit busy at the moment.

When two or more time words are used together, the time particle +์— is attached to the last one only: (7) ์•„์นจ ์—ฌ๋Ÿ ์‹œ์— ํ•™๊ต์— ๊ฐ€์š”. (8) ๋‚ด์ผ ์•„์นจ ์ผ๊ณฑ ์‹œ์— ํ•™๊ต์— ๊ฐ€์š”.

I go to school at 8 oโ€™clock in the morning. (You would not say ์•„์นจ์— ์—ฌ๋Ÿ ์‹œ์—) I am going to school at 7 oโ€™clock tomorrow morning.


136

UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒˆ ํ† ์š”์ผ์— ๋ญ ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Task 3: Writing Write your answers to the following questions according to the information below. 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 have been done for you. morning: go to university, play tennis, swim, drink coffee, eat breakfast afternoon: come home, listen to music, drink tea evening: read the newspaper, study Korean, night: watch TV, write a letter, go to a night club weekend: clean the house, do shopping, meet a friend, go to the cinema 1. ์ €๋Š”

์•„์นจ์—

ํ•™๊ต์— ๊ฐ€์š”.

2. ์ €๋Š”

์˜คํ›„์—

์ง‘์— ์™€์š”.

3. ์ €๋Š”

์ €๋…์—

์‹ ๋ฌธ ์ฝ์–ด์š”.

4. ์ €๋Š”

๋ฐค์—

5. ์ €๋Š”

์ฃผ๋ง์—

ํ…”๋ ˆ๋น„์ „ ๋ด์š”. ์ง‘ ์ฒญ์†Œํ•ด์š”.

6. ์ €๋Š”

ํ…Œ๋‹ˆ์Šค ์ณ์š”.

7. ์ €๋Š”

์ปคํ”ผ ๋งˆ์…”์š”.

8. ์ €๋Š”

์Œ์•… ๋“ค์–ด์š”.

9. ์ €๋Š”

ํ•œ๊ตญ์–ด ๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•ด์š”.

10. ์ €๋Š”

ํŽธ์ง€ ์จ์š”.

11. ์ €๋Š”

์‡ผํ•‘ํ•ด์š”.

12. ์ €๋Š”

์ˆ˜์˜ํ•ด์š”.

13. ์ €๋Š”

์ฐจ ๋งˆ์…”์š”.

14. ์ €๋Š”

๊ทน์žฅ์— ๊ฐ€์š”.

15. ์ €๋Š”

๋‚˜์ดํŠธ ํด๋Ÿฝ์— ๊ฐ€์š”.

16. ์ €๋Š”

์•„์นจ ๋จน์–ด์š”.

17. ์ €๋Š”

์นœ๊ตฌ ๋งŒ๋‚˜์š”.


137

UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒˆ ํ† ์š”์ผ์— ๋ญ ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Location Particle +์—์„œ โ€˜inโ€™ or โ€˜atโ€™ +์—์„œ is used to indicate where an activity takes place. It is equivalent to the English โ€˜inโ€™ or โ€˜atโ€™ when used in relation to an activity. This is a distinction that English does not make, so try to remember that when an activity is involved, use +์—์„œ, not +์—.

Location +์—์„œ Examples: (1) ๋ฐฑํ™”์ ์—์„œ ๋ฐ”์ง€ ์‚ฌ์š”.

I am buying a pair of trousers in the department store.

(2) ๋ชจ๋‚ด์‹œ ๋Œ€ํ•™๊ต์—์„œ ํ•œ๊ตญ์–ด ๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•ด์š”.

I am studying Korean at Monash University.

(3) ์€ํ–‰์—์„œ ๋ˆ ์ฐพ์•„์š”.

Iโ€™m withdrawing money at a bank.

(4) ์„œ์ ์—์„œ ์ฑ… ์‚ฌ์š”.

Iโ€™m buying a book at a bookshop.

(5) ํšŒ์‚ฌ์—์„œ ์ผ ํ•ด์š”.

Iโ€™m working at the office.

(6) ๋„์„œ๊ด€์—์„œ ์ฑ… ๋นŒ๋ ค์š”.

I am borrowing a book at the library.

(7) ์‹๋‹น์—์„œ ์ ์‹ฌ ๋จน์–ด์š”.

I am having lunch at a restaurant.


138

UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒˆ ํ† ์š”์ผ์— ๋ญ ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Task 4: Writing Fill in an appropriate place name for the activities below.

1.

๋ฐฑํ™”์ ์—์„œ

2.

๋ชจ๋‚ด์‹œ ๋Œ€ํ•™๊ต์—์„œ

๋ฐ”์ง€ ์‚ฌ์š”. ํ•œ๊ตญ์–ด ๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•ด์š”.

3.

๋ˆ ์ฐพ์•„์š”.

4.

์ฑ… ์‚ฌ์š”.

5.

์ผํ•ด์š”.

6.

์ฑ… ๋นŒ๋ ค์š”.

7.

์ ์‹ฌ ๋จน์–ด์š”.

8.

์ž์ „๊ฑฐ ํƒ€์š”.

9.

ํ…Œ๋‹ˆ์Šค ์ณ์š”.

10.

์Œ์•… ๋“ค์–ด์š”.

11.

์‡ผํ•‘ํ•ด์š”.

12.

์นœ๊ตฌ ๋งŒ๋‚˜์š”.

13.

์ฒญ์†Œํ•ด์š”.

14.

์ˆ  ๋งˆ์…”์š”.

15.

์ถค ์ถฐ์š”.

16.

๋…ธ๋ž˜ ๋ถˆ๋Ÿฌ์š”.

17.

์Œ์‹ ๋งŒ๋“ค์–ด์š”.

18.

์ปคํ”ผ ๋งˆ์…”์š”.

19.

ํ•œ๊ตญ ์Œ์‹ ๋จน์–ด์š”.

20.

ํ…”๋ ˆ๋น„์ „ ๋ด์š”.


139

UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒˆ ํ† ์š”์ผ์— ๋ญ ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Task 5: Role Play Choose two of the activities below that you usually do on the weekend. Move around the classroom and discuss your weekend activities with your classmates. [๋Œ€ํ™” ๋ณด๊ธฐ Example Dialogue] A: ์ฃผ๋ง์— ๋ณดํ†ต(usually) ๋ญ ํ•ด? B: ํ† ์š”์ผ์—” [ ๋„์„œ๊ด€์—์„œ ๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•ด. ] ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ์ผ์š”์ผ์—” [ ์ง‘์—์„œ ์ฒญ์†Œํ•ด. ] ๋„Œ?

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.


140

UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒˆ ํ† ์š”์ผ์— ๋ญ ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Task 6: Writing Complete the dialogues using the pictures. 1.

์ˆ˜๋ฏธ:

ํ† ์š”์ผ์— ๋ณดํ†ต(usually) ๋ญ ํ•ด?

ํด:

์˜ค์ „์—๋Š” ๋„์„œ๊ด€์—์„œ ๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•ด. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ์˜คํ›„์—๋Š” ์ง‘์—์„œ ์ฒญ์†Œํ•ด. ๋„Œ?

์ˆ˜๋ฏธ:

2. ๋ฏผ์„ญ:

์˜ค์ „์—๋Š”

.

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ์˜คํ›„์—๋Š”

.

ํ† ์š”์ผ์— ๋ณดํ†ต ๋ญ ํ•ด?

์•„๋งŒ๋‹ค: ์˜ค์ „์—๋Š” ์Šˆํผ๋งˆ์ผ“์—์„œ ์•Œ๋ฐ”ํ•ด. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ์˜คํ›„์—๋Š” ์ง‘์—์„œ ์ฒญ์†Œํ•ด. ๋„Œ? ๋ฏผ์„ญ:

์˜ค์ „์—๋Š”

.

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ์˜คํ›„์—๋Š”

.


UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒˆ ํ† ์š”์ผ์— ๋ญ ํ•˜์„ธ์š”? 3.

์˜์ค€:

์ฃผ๋ง์— ๋ณดํ†ต ๋ญ ํ•ด?

๋กœ๋ฒ„ํŠธ: ํ† ์š”์ผ์—๋Š” ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ์ผ์š”์ผ์—๋Š”

4.

์„ฑ์ฐฌ:

141

. .

์ฃผ๋ง์— ๋ณดํ†ต ๋ญ ํ•ด?

์•ค๋“œ๋ฅ˜: ํ† ์š”์ผ์—๋Š” ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ์ผ์š”์ผ์—๋Š”

. .


142

UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒˆ ํ† ์š”์ผ์— ๋ญ ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?


143

UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒˆ ํ† ์š”์ผ์— ๋ญ ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Situation Dialogue 3 Minjun sees Hyeonu talking to Paul and asks who Paul is. ๋ฏผ์ค€:

ํ•œ๊ตญ์–ด ์ž˜ํ•˜๋Š”๋ฐ. ๋ˆ„๊ตฌ์•ผ?

ํ˜„์šฐ:

ํด์ด์•ผ. ๋‚˜๋ž‘ ๊ฒฝ์ œํ•™ ๊ฐ™์ด ๋“ค์–ด.

๋ฏผ์ค€:

๊ทธ๋ž˜? ๊ฒฝ์ œํ•™ ์ˆ˜์—… ์–ด๋•Œ? ์•ˆ ํž˜๋“ค์–ด?

ํ˜„์šฐ:

ํž˜๋“ค์–ด. ํ…Œ์ŠคํŠธ๋„ ๋งŽ์•„.

๋ฏผ์ค€:

๊ณผ์ œ๋Š”?

ํ˜„์šฐ:

๊ณผ์ œ๋Š” ์—†์–ด.

Romanisation and Translation Minjun:

Hyeonu:

Hangugeo jal haneunde.

His Koreanโ€™s good.

Nuguya?

Who is โ€™e?

Poriya. Narang gyeongjehak Paul. Heโ€™s in my economics class gachi deureo.

(Lit. with me).

Geurae?

Yeah?

Gyeongjehak sueop eottae?

Howโ€™s the class?

An himdeureo?

Is it hard? (Lit. Is it not hard?)

Himdeureo.

Itโ€™s hard.

Teseuteudo mana.

Lotโ€™s of tests too.

Minjun:

Gwajeneun?

What about the homework?

Hyeonu:

Gwajeneun eopseo.

No homework.

Minjun:

Hyeonu:

Vocabulary ํ•œ๊ตญ์–ด

Korean language

์ž˜ํ•˜๋Š”๋ฐ

good at (Lit. do well)


144

UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒˆ ํ† ์š”์ผ์— ๋ญ ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

๋ˆ„๊ตฌ

who

+์•ผ

+์•ผ/์ด์•ผ is the casual form of +์˜ˆ์š”/์ด์—์š”(am/are/is).

๋‚˜

I; me

+๋ž‘

with; +(์ด)๋ž‘

๊ฒฝ์ œํ•™

economics

๊ฐ™์ด

together

๋“ค์–ด

[๋“ฃ listen to๏ƒ ๋“ค+์–ด(casual present tense ending)] take (a class)

๊ทธ๋ž˜?

yeah?

์ˆ˜์—…

class

์–ด๋•Œ?

What is it like?

์•ˆ

not

ํž˜๋“ค์–ด

[ํž˜๋“ค hard+์–ด(casual present tense ending)] hard (hard work)

ํ…Œ์ŠคํŠธ

test

+๋„

too

๋งŽ์•„

[๋งŽ ample+์–ด(casual present tense ending)] there are lots of; have lots of

๊ณผ์ œ

homework

์—†์–ด

[์—† there isnโ€™t; not have +์–ด(casual present tense ending)] there isnโ€™t any; do not have any


145

UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒˆ ํ† ์š”์ผ์— ๋ญ ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Asking Opinions โ€ฆ ์–ด๋•Œ(์š”)? โ€˜How is โ€ฆ?โ€™ Noun

์–ด๋•Œ?

(Casual)

Noun

์–ด๋•Œ์š”?

(Polite)

Noun

์–ด๋– ์„ธ์š”?

(Honorific)

When you want to ask an opinion about something (the topic), you can say โ€œโ€ฆ ์–ด๋•Œ์š”? (How is ...?)โ€ as in โ€œHowโ€™s the class?โ€ (or โ€œWhat is โ€ฆ like?โ€ as in โ€œWhat is Korean food like?โ€). The answer will be like โ€œIt (the class) is hard.โ€ In English, question words like โ€˜what, when, where, who, why, howโ€™ appear at the beginning of the sentence, but Korean sentence order is the same as the answer, which means the topic comes first whether it is a question or not . There is no โ€œisโ€ when you use these verbs. They all include โ€œisโ€ in their meaning. A:

์ˆ˜์—… ์–ด๋•Œ์š”? class how is?

How is class?

B:

(์ˆ˜์—…) ํž˜๋“ค์–ด์š”. class is hard

It is hard.

Examples: (1) A: ํ•œ๊ตญ์–ด ์ˆ˜์—… ์–ด๋•Œ์š”? B: ๊ดœ์ฐฎ์•„์š”.

(2) A: ์ปคํ”ผ ์–ด๋•Œ? B: ์–ด, ์•„์ฃผ ์ข‹์•„.

(3) A: ํ•œ๊ตญ ์Œ์‹ ์–ด๋•Œ์š”? B: ์•„์ฃผ ๋งค์›Œ์š”.

Howโ€™s the Korean class? Itโ€™s all right.

Howโ€™s the coffee? Uh, itโ€™s very good.

What is Korean food like? Itโ€™s very chilly hot.


146

UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒˆ ํ† ์š”์ผ์— ๋ญ ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Task 7: Role Play Practise the dialogue with a partner, using the adjectives given below. You may ask about classes. [๋Œ€ํ™” ๋ณด๊ธฐ Example Dialogue] A:

[ ๊ฒฝ์ œํ•™ ์ˆ˜์—… ] ์–ด๋•Œ?

B:

[ ํž˜๋“ค์–ด. ].

A:

[ ํ•œ๊ตญ์–ด ]๋Š”? / [ ๊ฒฝ์˜ํ•™ ]์€?

B:

[ ์žฌ๋ฐŒ์–ด / ์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์–ด. ]

์–ด๋ ค์›Œ

difficult

ํž˜๋“ค์–ด

hard

์‰ฌ์›Œ

easy

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์–ด

interesting

์žฌ๋ฏธ์—†์–ด

not interesting

.


147

UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒˆ ํ† ์š”์ผ์— ๋ญ ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Adjectives (Describing Words) and their Endings +์•„/์–ด, +์•„/์–ด์š”, +(์œผ)์„ธ์š” Unlike in English where adjectives are used with the verb โ€˜isโ€™, adjectives in Korean are used by themselves and come where the verb would go in the sentence. They are formed according to the same rules for verbs and also have three main speech styles: 1) casual form, 2) polite form, and 3) honorific form. Adjective Stem

+์•„/์–ด

(Casual)

Adjective Stem

+์•„/์–ด์š”

(Polite)

Adjective Stem

+(์œผ)์„ธ์š”

(Honorific)

1) Casual form ๏‚ท

If the last vowel of the stem is ใ… (ใ…‘) or ใ…— (ใ…›): +์•„ ๋ง‘

+์•„

๏ƒ  ๋ง‘์•„

fine (weather)

์‹ธ

+์•„

๏ƒ  ์‹ธ

inexpensive (์‹ธ already has ใ… and no final consonant, so you donโ€™t need to add ์•„)

๋‚˜์˜

+์•„

๏ƒ  ๋‚˜๋น 

bad (When the stem ends in the vowel โ€˜ใ…กโ€™, it is dropped. This makes ์•„ in ๋‚˜ใ…ƒ the last vowel.)

๏‚ท

If the last vowel is not ใ… (ใ…‘) or ใ…— (ใ…›): +์–ด ์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ + ์–ด

๏ƒ  ์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์–ด

interesting/funy

๋ง›์žˆ

+์–ด

๏ƒ  ๋ง›์žˆ์–ด

delicious

ํฌ

+์–ด

๏ƒ  ์ปค

big (When the stem ends in the vowel โ€˜ใ…กโ€™, it is dropped.)


148

UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒˆ ํ† ์š”์ผ์— ๋ญ ํ•˜์„ธ์š”? When there is no final consonant, the vowels are usually combined into one syllable:

๏‚ท

ํ๋ฆฌ

+์–ด

๏ƒ  ํ๋ ค

cloudy

๋Š๋ฆฌ

+์–ด

๏ƒ  ๋Š๋ ค

slow

If the stem ends in ํ•˜: ํ•˜ โ†’ ํ•ด ๊นจ๋—ํ•˜

๏ƒ  ๊นจ๋—ํ•ด

clean

๋˜‘๋˜‘ํ•˜

๏ƒ  ๋˜‘๋˜‘ํ•ด

smart

So far, the rule is the exactly same to that for verbs. However, here you will learn an irregular ending used more frequently in adjectives, which is used when the stem ends inใ…‚. ๏‚ท

If the last vowel of the stem is ใ…— and stem ends in ใ…‚: deleteใ…‚ +์™€ ๊ณฑ

๏ƒ 

deleteใ…‚ +์™€

๏ƒ 

๊ณ ์™€

(an old fashioned word for pretty like โ€˜fairโ€™)

๏‚ท

If the last vowel of the stem is not ใ…— and stem ends in ใ…‚: deleteใ…‚ +์›Œ ๋ฅ

๏ƒ 

deleteใ…‚ + ์›Œ

๏ƒ 

๋”์›Œ

(temperature) hot

์–ด๋ ต

๏ƒ 

deleteใ…‚+์›Œ

๏ƒ 

์–ด๋ ค์›Œ

difficult

Note: +์›Œ is much more common than +์™€, so at this stage you only need to focus on+์›Œ.


149

UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒˆ ํ† ์š”์ผ์— ๋ญ ํ•˜์„ธ์š”? 2) Polite form

Polite form is constructed in the same way as casual form except that you add ์š” at the end.

์‹ธ

+์•„

๏ƒ  ์‹ธ

+์š”

๏ƒ  ์‹ธ์š”

inexpensive

๋ง›์žˆ

+์–ด

๏ƒ  ๋ง›์žˆ์–ด

+์š”

๏ƒ  ๋ง›์žˆ์–ด์š”

delicious

3) Honorific form There are rules for forming honorific form depending on whether the verb stem ends in a consonant or vowel.

๏‚ท

If the adjective stem ends in a vowel: +์„ธ์š” ๋ฐ”์˜

๏‚ท

+ ์„ธ์š”

๏ƒ 

busy

If the adjective stem ends in a consonant except ใ…‚: +์œผ์„ธ์š” ์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ + ์œผ์„ธ์š” ๏ƒ 

๏‚ท

๋ฐ”์˜์„ธ์š”

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์œผ์„ธ์š”

interesting/funy

If the adjective stem ends in the consonant ใ…‚: deleteใ…‚ +์šฐ์„ธ์š” ์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ต

๏ƒ  deleteใ…‚ +์šฐ์„ธ์š” ๏ƒ  ์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ค์šฐ์„ธ์š” beautiful

Donโ€™t worry too much about having to remember these rules. The best way at this stage is to memorize both stem and ending together, as mentioned earlier. Refer to the adjective table on the following pages to see the three different forms for a range of adjectives.


150

UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒˆ ํ† ์š”์ผ์— ๋ญ ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Adjective Table: Present Tense Endings English

Casual Form Ending +์•„/์–ด

Stem

bad

๋‚˜์˜

drop โ€˜ใ…กโ€™ +์•„

๋‚˜๋น 

beautiful

์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ต

drop โ€˜ใ…‚โ€™ +์›Œ

์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ค์›Œ

boring

์žฌ๋ฏธ์—†

+์–ด

์žฌ๋ฏธ์—†์–ด

busy

๋ฐ”์˜

drop โ€˜ใ…กโ€™ +์•„

๋ฐ”๋น 

inexpensive

์‹ธ

+์•„

์‹ธ

cold

์ถฅ

drop โ€˜ใ…‚โ€™ +์›Œ

์ถ”์›Œ

cute

๊ท€์—ฝ

drop โ€˜ใ…‚โ€™ +์›Œ

๊ท€์—ฌ์›Œ

delicious

๋ง›์žˆ

+์–ด

๋ง›์žˆ์–ด

difficult

์–ด๋ ต

drop โ€˜ใ…‚โ€™ +์›Œ

์–ด๋ ค์›Œ

easy

์‰ฝ

drop โ€˜ใ…‚โ€™ +์›Œ

์‰ฌ์›Œ

expensive

๋น„์‹ธ

+์•„

๋น„์‹ธ

fun (enjoyable)

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ

+์–ด

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์–ด

good

์ข‹

+์•„

์ข‹์•„

good-looking

์ž˜์ƒ๊ธฐ

+์—ˆ์–ด*

์ž˜์ƒ๊ฒผ์–ด

hate/dislike

์‹ซ

+์–ด

์‹ซ์–ด

hot (spicy)

๋งต

drop โ€˜ใ…‚โ€™ +์›Œ

๋งค์›Œ

numerous

๋งŽ

+์•„

๋งŽ์•„

pretty

์˜ˆ์˜

drop โ€˜ใ…กโ€™ +์–ด

์˜ˆ๋ป

sick

์•„ํ”„

drop โ€˜ใ…กโ€™ +์•„

์•„ํŒŒ

tasteless

๋ง›์—†

+์–ด

๋ง›์—†์–ด


151

UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒˆ ํ† ์š”์ผ์— ๋ญ ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Polite Form +์•„/์–ด์š”

Honorific Form +(์œผ)์„ธ์š”

Question Ending +๋‹ˆ?

Question Ending +๋ƒ?

๋‚˜๋น ์š”

๋‚˜์˜์„ธ์š”

๋‚˜์˜๋‹ˆ?

๋‚˜์˜๋ƒ?

์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ค์›Œ์š”

์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ค์šฐ์„ธ์š”

์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ต๋‹ˆ?

์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ต๋ƒ?

์žฌ๋ฏธ์—†์–ด์š”

์žฌ๋ฏธ์—†์œผ์„ธ์š”

์žฌ๋ฏธ์—†๋‹ˆ?

์žฌ๋ฏธ์—†๋ƒ?

๋ฐ”๋น ์š”

๋ฐ”์˜์„ธ์š”

๋ฐ”์˜๋‹ˆ?

๋ฐ”์˜๋ƒ?

์‹ธ์š”

์‹ธ์„ธ์š”?

์‹ธ๋‹ˆ?

์‹ธ๋ƒ?

์ถ”์›Œ์š”

์ถ”์šฐ์„ธ์š”?

์ถฅ๋‹ˆ?

์ถฅ๋ƒ?

๊ท€์—ฌ์›Œ์š”

๊ท€์—ฌ์šฐ์„ธ์š”

๊ท€์—ฝ๋‹ˆ?

๊ท€์—ฝ๋ƒ?

๋ง›์žˆ์–ด์š”

๋ง›์žˆ์œผ์„ธ์š”?

๋ง›์žˆ๋‹ˆ?

๋ง›์žˆ๋ƒ?

์–ด๋ ค์›Œ์š”

์–ด๋ ค์šฐ์„ธ์š”

์–ด๋ ต๋‹ˆ?

์–ด๋ ต๋ƒ?

์‰ฌ์›Œ์š”

์‰ฌ์šฐ์„ธ์š”?

์‰ฝ๋‹ˆ?

์‰ฝ๋ƒ?

๋น„์‹ธ์š”

๋น„์‹ธ์„ธ์š”?

๋น„์‹ธ๋‹ˆ?

๋น„์‹ธ๋ƒ?

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์–ด์š”

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์œผ์„ธ์š”

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ๋‹ˆ?

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ๋ƒ?

์ข‹์•„์š”

์ข‹์œผ์„ธ์š”

์ข‹๋‹ˆ?

์ข‹๋ƒ?

์ž˜์ƒ๊ฒผ์–ด์š”

์ž˜์ƒ๊ธฐ์…จ์–ด์š”

์ž˜์ƒ๊ฒผ๋‹ˆ?

์ž˜์ƒ๊ฒผ๋ƒ?

์‹ซ์–ด์š”

์‹ซ์œผ์„ธ์š”?

์‹ซ๋‹ˆ?

์‹ซ๋ƒ?

๋งค์›Œ์š”

๋งค์šฐ์„ธ์š”?

๋งต๋‹ˆ?

๋งต๋ƒ?

๋งŽ์•„์š”

๋งŽ์œผ์„ธ์š”

๋งŽ๋‹ˆ?

๋งŽ๋ƒ?

์˜ˆ๋ป์š”

์˜ˆ์˜์„ธ์š”

์˜ˆ์˜๋‹ˆ?

์˜ˆ์˜๋ƒ?

์•„ํŒŒ์š”

์•„ํ”„์„ธ์š”

์•„ํ”„๋‹ˆ?

์•„ํ”„๋ƒ?

๋ง›์—†์–ด์š”

๋ง›์—†์œผ์„ธ์š”?

๋ง›์—†๋‹ˆ?

๋ง›์—†๋ƒ?

Note: Those with the question mark โ€˜?โ€™ are used only in questions.


152

UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒˆ ํ† ์š”์ผ์— ๋ญ ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Vocabulary: Transitional Words ๊ทผ๋ฐ/๊ทธ๋Ÿฐ๋ฐ

by the way; but; and yet

ํ•˜์ง€๋งŒ/๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋‚˜

but; however

๊ทธ๋Ÿผ/๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋ฉด

then; in that case

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ 

and (joining sentences)

๊ทธ๋ž˜์„œ

so; therefore

Examples: (1) A: ์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ญ ํ•˜๋ƒ? B: ๋ฆฌํฌํŠธ ์จ. ๊ทผ๋ฐ ์™œ?

(2) A: ํ•œ๊ตญ ์Œ์‹ ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด? B: ์–ด, ํ•˜์ง€๋งŒ ์ข€ ๋งค์›Œ.

(3) A: ๋‚˜ ์˜ค๋Š˜ ์ˆ˜์—… ์ผ์ฐ ๋๋‚˜. B: ๊ทธ๋Ÿผ, ์ผ์ฐ ์ง‘์— ์™€.

(4) A: ์ด๋ฒˆ ํ† ์š”์ผ์— ๋ญ ํ•ด? B: ์˜ค์ „์—๋Š” ์•Œ๋ฐ”ํ•ด. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ์˜คํ›„์—๋Š” ๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•ด.

Whatcha doing? Writing an assignment. Why?

Do you like Korean food? Yeah, but itโ€™s a bit spicy.

My class finishes early today. Then, come home early.

What are you up to this Saturday? I will be doing casual work in the morning. And in the afternoon I will be studying.

(5) ์ˆ™์ œ๊ฐ€ ๋งŽ์•„์š”. ๊ทธ๋ž˜์„œ ์ •๋ง ๋ฐ”๋น ์š”.

I have many assignments to do. So I am really busy.


153

UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒˆ ํ† ์š”์ผ์— ๋ญ ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

Task 8: Writing You are conducting market research. Make your own questionnaire about what people do on weekends. The first two are done for you.

์„ค๋ฌธ์ง€ (Questionnaire) ๋‚˜์ด (age): ์„ฑ๋ณ„ (sex)

์—ฌ์ž (female)

๋‚จ์ž (male)

์ง์—… (occupation): 1. ์ฃผ๋ง์— ํ…”๋ ˆ๋น„์ „ ๋ณด์„ธ์š”?

๋„ค

์•„๋‹ˆ์š”

2. ์ฃผ๋ง์— ์ฑ… ์ฝ์œผ์„ธ์š”?

๋„ค

์•„๋‹ˆ์š”

3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. ๊ฐ์‚ฌํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค!


154

UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒˆ ํ† ์š”์ผ์— ๋ญ ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?


6 ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์— ๋งŒ๋‚ ๊นŒ์š”?

Unit Focus: ๏‚ท Talking About the Time ๏‚ท Making Appointments ๏‚ท Talking About Class Timetables

o Spaces Between Words Revisited o ๋ฌด์Šจ โ€˜Whichโ€ฆ?โ€™; โ€˜What kind of โ€ฆ?โ€™; โ€˜Whatโ€ฆ?โ€™ o Vocabulary: Question Words o Vocabulary: Study Words o Telling the Time: # oโ€™clock o ๋ช‡ โ€˜How many...?โ€™; โ€˜What...?โ€™; โ€˜How (old)โ€ฆ?โ€™ o Suggestions 1

+์ž โ€˜Let'sโ€ฆโ€™ o โ€ฆ+๋ถ€ํ„ฐ โ€ฆ+๊นŒ์ง€ โ€˜fromโ€ฆ tillโ€ฆโ€™ o Suggestions 2

+(์œผ)ใ„น๊นŒ์š”? โ€˜Shall weโ€ฆ?โ€™


156

UNIT 6 ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์— ๋งŒ๋‚ ๊นŒ์š”?


157

UNIT 6 ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์— ๋งŒ๋‚ ๊นŒ์š”?

Situation Dialogue 1 Minjun asks Hyeonu if he wants to have lunch after class. ๋ฏผ์ค€:

์˜ค๋Š˜ ์˜ค์ „์— ์ˆ˜์—… ์žˆ๋ƒ?

ํ˜„์šฐ:

์–ด.

๋ฏผ์ค€:

๋ฌด์Šจ ์ˆ˜์—…?

ํ˜„์šฐ:

์ค‘๊ตญ์–ด.

๋ฏผ์ค€:

๋ช‡ ์‹œ์— ๋๋‚˜๋Š”๋ฐ?

ํ˜„์šฐ:

์—ด๋‘ ์‹œ.

๋ฏผ์ค€:

์ž˜ ๋๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋Ÿผ ๊ฐ™์ด ์ ์‹ฌ ๋จน์ž.

ํ˜„์šฐ:

๊ทธ๋ž˜. ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ์ž.

Romanisation and Translation Minjun:

Oneul ojeone sueop innya?

Dโ€™you have a class this morning?

Hyeonu:

Eo.

Yep.

Minjun:

Museun sueop?

What class?

Hyeonu:

Junggugeo

Chinese.

Minjun:

Myeot sie kkeunnaneunde?

Whenโ€™s it finish?

Hyeonu:

Yeol dusi.

Twelve.

Minjun:

Jal dwaetda.

Good.

Geureom gachi jeomsim meokja. Letโ€™s have lunch together then. Hyeonu:

Geurae. Geureoja

Yeah, letโ€™s do that.

Vocabulary ์˜ค๋Š˜

today

์˜ค์ „์—

[์˜ค์ „ morning; a.m. +์— in] in the morning

์ˆ˜์—…

class


158 โ€ฆ ์žˆ๋ƒ?

UNIT 6 ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์— ๋งŒ๋‚ ๊นŒ์š”? [์žˆ have; there is +๋ƒ(very casual ending often used among boys)] Dโ€™ you haveโ€ฆ?

์–ด

yep

๋ฌด์Šจ

what (kind of)

์ค‘๊ตญ์–ด

[์ค‘๊ตญ China ์–ด language] Chinese (the language)

๋ช‡ ์‹œ์—

[๋ช‡ ์‹œ what time +์—(time particle)] at what time

๋๋‚˜๋Š”๋ฐ

[๋๋‚˜ finish +๋Š”๋ฐ (casual soft ending)] finish

์ž˜๋๋‹ค

Good! (Lit. it worked out well).

์—ด๋‘ ์‹œ

twelve oโ€™clock

๊ทธ๋Ÿผ

in that case; well then; yes indeed

๊ฐ™์ด

together

์ ์‹ฌ

lunch

๋จน์ž

[๋จน eat +์ž letโ€™s] letโ€™s eat

๊ทธ๋ž˜

yeah; really

๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ์ž

[๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ like that +์ž letโ€™s] letโ€™s do that


159

UNIT 6 ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์— ๋งŒ๋‚ ๊นŒ์š”?

Spaces Between Words Revisited We have already learnt that there are spaces between words in Korean. The basic rule is that there is a space between words unless there is a particle such as โ€˜+์— toโ€™, โ€˜+์—์„œ atโ€™, โ€˜+๋ถ€ํ„ฐ fromโ€™, etc. In English these are regarded prepositions and considered separate words, but in Korean they are attached to the noun.

The particles we have learned so far are as follows: ๏‚ท

Destination particle +์— ํ•™๊ต์— ๊ฐ€์š”.

๏‚ท

Iโ€™m going to uni.

Location particle +์—์„œ ๋ชจ๋‚ด์‹œ์—์„œ ํ•œ๊ตญ์–ด ๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•ด์š”.

Iโ€™m studying Korean at Monash.

๏‚ท

Time Particle +์— ๋‚ด์ผ ์•„์นจ์— ์‹œํ—˜ ์žˆ์–ด์š”.

I have an exam tomorrow morning.

๏‚ท

Topic particle +์€/๋Š” ๋‚˜๋Š” ๋ชจ๋‚ด์‹œ ํ•™์ƒ์ด์—์š”.

Iโ€™m a Monash student.


160

UNIT 6 ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์— ๋งŒ๋‚ ๊นŒ์š”?

๋ฌด์Šจ โ€˜Which...?โ€™; โ€˜What kind of ...?โ€™; โ€˜What...?โ€™ When you want to ask a question that corresponds to the English โ€˜which ...?โ€™ or โ€˜what kind of ...?โ€™, you can use the question word ๋ฌด์Šจ in front of the noun that you are asking about. Strictly speaking, ๋ฌด์Šจ is equivalent to โ€˜what kind ofโ€ฆ?โ€™ and should be answered by stating a type. (E.g. โ€˜What kind of food did you eat?โ€™ โ€˜I had Italian food.โ€™) However, in common usage, ๋ฌด์Šจ is also used to correspond to questions like โ€˜What food did you eat?โ€™ and can be answered with โ€˜I ate pastaโ€™. Examples: (1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

A: ๋ฌด์Šจ ์˜ํ™” ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด?

What type of movie do you like?

B: ์•ก์…˜ ์˜ํ™”.

Action movies.

A: ๋ฌด์Šจ ์ฑ… ์ฝ์–ด์š”?

What kind of book are you reading?

B: ์†Œ์„ค์ฑ…์ด์š”.

A novel.

A: ๋‘˜์ด ๋ฌด์Šจ ์ด์•ผ๊ธฐ ํ•ด?

What are you two talking about?

B: ์–ด, ์•„๋ฌด ๊ฒƒ๋„ ์•„๋‹ˆ์•ผ.

Uh, itโ€™s nothing.

A: ๋ฌด์Šจ ์ผ์ด์—์š”?

Whatโ€™s the matter with you?

B: ์•„๋ฌด ๊ฒƒ๋„ ์•„๋‹ˆ์—์š”.

Itโ€™s nothing.

Note that ๋ฌด์Šจ can also mean โ€˜anyโ€™ depending on its context as in (5). (5)

A: ๋‚ด์ผ ๋ฌด์Šจ ๊ณ„ํš ์žˆ์–ด?

Do you have any plan for tomorrow?

B: ์•„๋‹ˆ, ์™œ?

No, why?


161

UNIT 6 ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์— ๋งŒ๋‚ ๊นŒ์š”?

Vocabulary: Question Words ๋ญ

what

๋ช‡

what; howโ€ฆ (numerical quantity) e.g. what time ๋ช‡์‹œ, how old ๋ช‡ ์‚ด

๋ฌด์Šจ

which; what kind of; what

์–ด๋””(์„œ) where ์–ธ์ œ

when

์–ผ๋งˆ

how much (when asking about prices)

๋ˆ„๊ตฌ

who

๋ˆ„๊ฐ€

who (when used as the subject)

Vocabulary: Study Words (ํ•œ)๊ตญ์–ด

Korean

ํšŒ๊ณ„ํ•™

accounting

์ค‘๊ตญ์–ด

Chinese

๊ฒฝ์˜ํ•™

business management

์˜์–ด

English

๊ฒฝ์ œํ•™

economics

๋ถˆ์–ด

French (or ํ”„๋ž‘์Šค์–ด)

๊ต์œกํ•™

education

๋…์ผ์–ด

German

๊ธˆ์œตํ•™

finance

์ง€๋ฆฌํ•™

geography

์ธ๋„๋„ค์‹œ์•„์–ด Indonesian ์ผ๋ณธ์–ด

Japanese

๋ฒ•ํ•™

law

๋ผํ‹ด์–ด

Latin

์–ธ์–ดํ•™

linguistics

ํƒ€์ผ๋žœ๋“œ์–ด

Thai (or ํƒœ๊ตญ์–ด)

์ˆ˜ํ•™

mathematics

๋ฒ ํŠธ๋‚จ์–ด

Vietnamese

๋ฌผ๋ฆฌํ•™

physics

์‹œํ—˜

examination

์ •์น˜ํ•™

politics

์ˆ™์ œ

homework

๊ณผํ•™

science

๋ฆฌํฌํŠธ

essay (often pronounced ํ•œ๊ตญ์—ญ์‚ฌ

Korean history

as ๋ ˆํฌํŠธ)

(or ๊ตญ์‚ฌ)


162

UNIT 6 ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์— ๋งŒ๋‚ ๊นŒ์š”?

Telling the Time: # oโ€™clock We have learnt that Pure Korean numbers and Sino-Korean numbers are used in different situations. However, when telling the time, both sets of numbers have to be used. Here we will learn how to say 1 oโ€™clock, 2 oโ€™clock, etc. Later we will introduce how to use minutes (and Sino Korean numbers). Pure Korean numbers are used for the hour: ํ•œ์‹œ

one oโ€™clock

๋‘์‹œ

two oโ€™clock

์„ธ์‹œ

three oโ€™clock

๋„ค์‹œ

four oโ€™clock

๋‹ค์„ฏ ์‹œ

five oโ€™clock

์—ฌ์„ฏ ์‹œ

six oโ€™clock

์ผ๊ณฑ ์‹œ

seven oโ€™clock

์—ฌ๋Ÿ ์‹œ

eight oโ€™clock

์•„ํ™‰ ์‹œ

nine oโ€™clock

์—ด์‹œ

ten oโ€™clock

์—ดํ•œ ์‹œ

eleven oโ€™clock

์—ด๋‘ ์‹œ

twelve oโ€™clock

Pure Korean numbers are also used to express a duration of a certain number of hours: ๋‘ ์‹œ๊ฐ„

two hours

๋„ค ์‹œ๊ฐ„ ๋ฐ˜

four and a half hours


163

UNIT 6 ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์— ๋งŒ๋‚ ๊นŒ์š”?

๋ช‡ โ€˜How many...?โ€™; โ€˜What...?โ€™; โ€˜How (old)...?โ€™ We use ๋ช‡ when we want to ask a question regarding a numerical quantity. In English, we often start such questions with โ€˜how manyโ€™ but there are also cases where we use โ€˜whatโ€™ (e.g. What is the time?) or โ€˜howโ€™ (e.g. How old is she?). Korean uses the word ๋ช‡ for all of these cases. (1)

(2)

A: ์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์˜ˆ์š”?

What time is it?

B: ๋‘ ์‹œ์˜ˆ์š”.

Itโ€™s two oโ€™clock.

A: ํ•˜๋ฃจ์— ๋ช‡ ์‹œ๊ฐ„ ๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•ด์š”?

How many hours a day do you study?

(3)

B: ํ•œ ์‹œ๊ฐ„ ํ•ด์š”.

One hour.

A: ํ•˜๋ฃจ์— ์ปคํ”ผ๋ฅผ ๋ช‡ ์ž” ๋งˆ์…”์š”?

How many cups of coffee do you drink a day?

(4)

(5)

B: ์„ธ ์ž” ๋งˆ์…”์š”.

I drink three a day.

A: ์—ฌ๋™์ƒ์ด ๋ช‡ ์‚ด์ด์—์š”?

How old is your younger sister?

B: ์—ด ์—ฌ์„ฏ ์‚ด์ด์—์š”.

Sheโ€™s sixteen.

A: ํ•™์ƒ์ด ๋ชจ๋‘ ๋ช‡ ๋ช…์ด์—์š”?*

How many students are there altogether?

B: ๋„ค ๋ช…์ด์—์š”.

There are four.

(๋ช‡ ๋ช…์ด์—์š” is pronounced myeon-myeong-i-e-yo.)

(6)

A: ์‚ฌ๋ฌด์‹ค์ด ๋ช‡ ์ธต์— ์žˆ์–ด์š”?

What floor is the office on?

B: ์˜ค ์ธต์— ์žˆ์–ด์š”.

Itโ€™s on the fifth floor.


164 (7)

UNIT 6 ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์— ๋งŒ๋‚ ๊นŒ์š”? A: ์˜ค๋Š˜ ๋ช‡ ์›” ๋ฉฐ์น ์ด์—์š”?*

Whatโ€™s the date today?

B: ๊ตฌ ์›” ์‹ญ์‚ฌ ์ผ์ด์—์š”.

Itโ€™s the 14th of September.

(๋ช‡ ์›” is pronounced myeo-dweol.)


165

UNIT 6 ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์— ๋งŒ๋‚ ๊นŒ์š”?

Task 1: Listening โ˜ž ๋ฌธํ˜• (EXPONENT) ์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์˜ˆ์š”?

What time is it now?

A(Pure Korean Number) ์‹œ์˜ˆ์š”.

It's A o'clock.

โ˜ž ํ•„์ˆ˜ ์–ดํœ˜ (ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY) Pure Korean numbers up to 12 โ˜ž You are going to hear a dialogue on the time. "์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์˜ˆ์š”?" "5์‹œ์˜ˆ์š”" Find the clock that shows the time you hear. Put a mark ' ' in that clock. Ready? Listen!


166

UNIT 6 ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์— ๋งŒ๋‚ ๊นŒ์š”?

Task 2: Word Check Match the Korean words with their English equivalents. The first one has been done for you. a. ํ•œ๊ตญ์–ด โˆš

h.

์ˆ˜ํ•™

o.

์˜์–ด

b. ์ง€๋ฆฌํ•™

i.

๋ฌผ๋ฆฌํ•™

p.

ํ•œ๊ตญ์—ญ์‚ฌ

c. ๊ธˆ์œตํ•™

j.

๊ต์œกํ•™

q.

๋ฒ ํŠธ๋‚จ์–ด

d. ํšŒ๊ณ„ํ•™

k.

๋…์ผ์–ด

r.

์ผ๋ณธ์–ด

e. ๋ฒ•ํ•™

l.

๊ฒฝ์ œํ•™

s.

์ •์น˜ํ•™

f.

m. ํ˜ธ์ฃผ์—ญ์‚ฌ

t.

์ค‘๊ตญ์–ด

๊ณผํ•™

g. ์ธ๋„๋„ค์‹œ์•„์–ด

1.

Korean

2.

n.

์–ธ์–ดํ•™

11.

economics

English

12.

linguistics

3.

Germa n

13.

Chinese

4.

Japanese

14.

Korean history

5.

mathematics

15.

politics

6.

physics

16.

geography

7.

accounting

17.

Vietnamese

8.

finance

18.

Australian history

9.

science

19.

Indonesian

10.

education

20.

law

ํ•œ๊ตญ์–ด


167

UNIT 6 ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์— ๋งŒ๋‚ ๊นŒ์š”?

Task 3: Role Play Find out the timetables of the other students in your class using the following dialogue to complete the table below. [๋Œ€ํ™” ๋ณด๊ธฐ Example Dialogue] ๋ฏผ์ค€:

์˜ค๋Š˜ (์˜ค์ „์—) [ ์ˆ˜์—…/์•Œ๋ฐ” ] ์žˆ์–ด/์žˆ๋ƒ?

ํ˜„์šฐ:

์–ด.

๋ฏผ์ค€:

๋ฌด์Šจ [ ์ˆ˜์—…/์•Œ๋ฐ” ]?

ํ˜„์šฐ:

[ ์ค‘๊ตญ์–ด/์ปคํ”ผ์ˆ์—์„œ ์„œ๋น™ ].

๋ฏผ์ค€:

๋ช‡ ์‹œ์— ๋๋‚˜๋Š”๋ฐ?

ํ˜„์šฐ:

[ ์—ด ๋‘์‹œ ].

์‹œ๊ฐ„

์ด๋ฆ„

๊ณผ๋ชฉ/ ์•Œ๋ฐ”

Time

Name

Subject/Type of Work

8:00 - 9:00 9:00 -10:00 10:00 -11:00 11:00 -12:00 12:00 - 1:00 1:00 - 2:00 2:00 - 3:00 3:00 - 4:00 4:00 - 5:00


168

UNIT 6 ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์— ๋งŒ๋‚ ๊นŒ์š”?

Suggestions 1: +์ž โ€˜Letโ€™sโ€ฆโ€™ When you want to make a suggestion that involves both you and the person you are talking to in a casual style, add the ending +์ž to the verb stem:

Verb Stem + ์ž

(Casual)

(1) ๊ฐ™์ด ๊ฐ€์ž.

Letโ€™s go together.

(2) ๊ฐ™์ด ์ ์‹ฌ ๋จน์ž.

Letโ€™s have lunch together.

(3) ๊ฐ™์ด ๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•˜์ž.

Letโ€™s study together.

(4) ์ž์ „๊ฑฐ ํƒ€์ž.

Letโ€™s ride bike.

(5) ์ด๋ฒˆ ์ฃผ๋ง์— ์‡ผํ•‘ ๊ฐ€์ž.

Letโ€™s go shopping this weekend.

(6) ๋ฐฅ ๋จน์ž.

Letโ€™s eat.

(7) ํ…”๋ ˆ๋น„์ „ ๋ณด์ž.

Letโ€™s watch TV.

(8) ํ•œ๊ตญ ์Œ์•… ๋“ฃ์ž.

Letโ€™s listen to Korean Music.

(9) ์ปคํ”ผ์ˆ์—์„œ ๋‘ ์‹œ์— ๋งŒ๋‚˜์ž.

Letโ€™s meet at the coffee shop at two.

Refer to the verb table in the appendices.


UNIT 6 ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์— ๋งŒ๋‚ ๊นŒ์š”?

169


170

UNIT 6 ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์— ๋งŒ๋‚ ๊นŒ์š”?


171

UNIT 6 ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์— ๋งŒ๋‚ ๊นŒ์š”?

Situation Dialogue 2 Jihun asks Minseo whether she wants to go hagwon after class. ์ง€ํ›ˆ:

์˜ค๋Š˜ ์˜คํ›„์— ์ˆ˜์—… ์žˆ์–ด?

๋ฏผ์„œ:

์–ด.

์ง€ํ›ˆ:

๋ช‡ ์‹œ์— ์žˆ๋Š”๋ฐ?

๋ฏผ์„œ:

์„ธ ์‹œ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ๋‹ค์„ฏ ์‹œ๊นŒ์ง€.

์ง€ํ›ˆ:

๋‚˜๋„ ๋‹ค์„ฏ ์‹œ์— ๋๋‚˜๋Š”๋ฐ. ๋๋‚˜๊ณ  ํ•™์› ๊ฐ™์ด ๊ฐˆ๊นŒ?

๋ฏผ์„œ:

๊ทธ๋ž˜, ๊ทธ๋Ÿผ.

Romanisation and Translation Jihun:

Oneul ohue sueop isseo?

Dโ€™you have a class this afternoon?

Minseo:

Eo.

Yep.

Jihun:

Myeot sie inneunde?

When?

Minseo:

Se sibuteo daseot sikkaji

Three til five.

Jihun:

Nado daseot sie

I finish at five too. Wanna come

kkeunnaneunde.

with me to the hagwon?

Kkeunnago hagwon gachi

(Lit. Shall we go to the hagwon

galkka?

together?)

Geurae, geureom.

Yeah, alright.

Minseo:

Vocabulary ์˜ค๋Š˜

today

์˜คํ›„์—

[์˜คํ›„ afternoon; p.m. +์— in] in the afternoon

์ˆ˜์—…

class

์žˆ์–ด

[์žˆ have; there is +์–ด(casual present tense ending)] have


172

UNIT 6 ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์— ๋งŒ๋‚ ๊นŒ์š”?

๋ช‡์‹œ

what time

์žˆ๋Š”๋ฐ

[์žˆ have +๋Š”๋ฐ(soft ending)] have

์„ธ์‹œ

three oโ€™clock

+๋ถ€ํ„ฐ

from

๋‹ค์„ฏ ์‹œ

five oโ€™clock

+๊นŒ์ง€

until

๋‚˜๋„

[๋‚˜ me +๋„ too] me too

๋๋‚˜๋Š”๋ฐ [๋๋‚˜ finish +๋Š”๋ฐ (soft ending)] finish ๋๋‚˜๊ณ 

[๋๋‚˜ finish +๊ณ  and then] after that

ํ•™์›

hagwon (a private educational institution/cram school) A hagwon is a private school where children are taught subjects such as English and mathematics after regular school hours. Most Korean children attend these expensive schools in order to keep up in the extremely competitive educational system. There are also hagwon where adults go to learn foreign languages or prepare for the various professional exams.

๊ฐ™์ด

together

๊ฐˆ๊นŒ?

[๊ฐ€ go+ใ„น๊นŒ?shall we?] Shall we goโ€ฆ?

๊ทธ๋ž˜

yeah; indeed


UNIT 6 ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์— ๋งŒ๋‚ ๊นŒ์š”?

173


174

UNIT 6 ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์— ๋งŒ๋‚ ๊นŒ์š”?

โ€ฆ+๋ถ€ํ„ฐ โ€ฆ+๊นŒ์ง€ โ€˜fromโ€ฆ tillโ€ฆโ€™ When we want to show a starting point in time, we add the particle +๋ถ€ํ„ฐ to the starting time. For the finishing time we add +๊นŒ์ง€.

Time Word+๋ถ€ํ„ฐ Time Word+๊นŒ์ง€

(1)

A: ์˜ค๋Š˜ ์˜คํ›„์— ์ˆ˜์—… ์žˆ์–ด์š”?

Do you have a class this afternoon?

B: ๋„ค. ๋‘ ์‹œ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ๋„ค ์‹œ๊นŒ์ง€

Yes. Iโ€™ve a Korean class from 2

ํ•œ๊ตญ์–ด ์ˆ˜์—… ์žˆ์–ด์š”.

(2)

until 4.

A: ์‹œํ—˜ ์–ธ์ œ ์žˆ์–ด์š”?

When do you have exams?

B: ๋‚ด์ผ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ๋ชจ๋ ˆ๊นŒ์ง€ ์žˆ์–ด์š”.

From tomorrow till the day after tomorrow.

(3)

A: ์–ด์ œ ๋ญ ํ–ˆ์–ด์š”?

What did you do yesterday?

B: ์•„์นจ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ €๋…๊นŒ์ง€

I watched TV all day from the

ํ•˜๋ฃจ์ข…์ผ ํ…Œ๋ ˆ๋น„ ๋ดค์–ด์š”.*

morning till the evening.

(The standard word for television is ํ…”๋ ˆ๋น„์ „ but often in conversation ํ…Œ๋ ˆ๋น„ or ํ‹ฐ๋น„ is used. ๋ดค์–ด์š” is the past tense form of ๋ด์š”.) (4)

A: ํƒˆ์ถค ๊ณต์—ฐ ์–ธ์ œ ์žˆ์–ด์š”?

When are the mask dance performances on?

B: ๋‹ค์Œ ์ฃผ ์›”์š”์ผ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ˆ˜์š”์ผ๊นŒ์ง€์˜ˆ์š”.

Theyโ€™re on next week from Monday till Wednesday.


175

UNIT 6 ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์— ๋งŒ๋‚ ๊นŒ์š”?

Task 4: Role Play Practise the dialogue with a partner, using the timetable given below. You may ask about classes or work. [๋Œ€ํ™” ๋ณด๊ธฐ Example Dialogue] A:

์˜ค๋Š˜ ์˜คํ›„์— [ ์ˆ˜์—…/์•Œ๋ฐ” ] ์žˆ์–ด?

B:

์‘/์–ด.

A:

๋ช‡ ์‹œ์— ์žˆ๋Š”๋ฐ?

B:

[ ์„ธ ์‹œ ]๋ถ€ํ„ฐ [ ๋‹ค์„ฏ ์‹œ ]๊นŒ์ง€.

1.

2.

3.

1โ€“2

2โ€“3

6.

5.

7 โ€“ 11

4.

4โ€“5

7.

8 โ€“ 10

5โ€“6

8.

9 โ€“ 12

10 โ€“ 12

Extended Role Play Repeat the above role play, but this time ask what subject your partner is doing as well. A:

์˜ค๋Š˜ ์˜คํ›„์— [ ์ˆ˜์—…/์•Œ๋ฐ” ] ์žˆ์–ด?

B:

์‘/์–ด.

A:

๋ฌด์Šจ ์ˆ˜์—…?

B:

[ ๊ฒฝ์ œํ•™. ]


176

UNIT 6 ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์— ๋งŒ๋‚ ๊นŒ์š”?

Task 5: Writing It is 12 oโ€™clock on a Thursday. Use the table of opening times below to complete the dialogues. Write down the times in Korean. The first one is done for you. ํ•œ๊ธ€ ํ•™๊ต

โ˜Ž 9905-2230 Sat: 9am-1pm

์™ธํ™˜์€ํ–‰

โ˜Ž 8432-1110 Mon-Fri: 9am-5pm; Sat.: 9am-1pm

์„œ์šธ ์‹๋‹น

โ˜Ž 7823-2743 Mon.-Fri.: 12pm-9pm; Sat.-Sun: 5pm-9pm

๋„์„œ๊ด€

โ˜Ž 6364-1336 Mon: 9am-5pm; Sat.: 9am-12pm

์šฐ์ฒด๊ตญ

โ˜Ž 5293-2010 Mon.-Fri: 9am-5pm; Sat.: 9am-12pm

๋Ÿญํ‚ค ์Šˆํผ

โ˜Ž 4337-2766 Mon.-Sat.:9am-9pm

์ œ์ผ ์„œ์ 

โ˜Ž 3915-4340 Mon-Fri:9am-5pm; Sat.: 9am-12pm

ํ•œ๊ตญ ๋น„๋””์˜ค

โ˜Ž 8205-9230 Mon-Sat.: 9am-7pm; Sun.: 9am-1pm

Note: โ€œSat: 9am-1pmโ€ is read as โ€œํ† ์š”์ผ ์˜ค์ „ ์•„ํ™‰์‹œ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์˜คํ›„ ํ•œ ์‹œ๊นŒ์ง€โ€.

1.

A:

์„œ์šธ ์‹๋‹น์ž…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. (This is Seoul Restaurant.)

B:

์—ฌ๋ณด์„ธ์š” (Hello)? ์˜ค๋Š˜ (today) ๋ช‡ ์‹œ๊นŒ์ง€ (till what time) ํ•ด์š” (are you open)?

A:

์—ด ๋‘์‹œ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ €๋… ์•„ํ™‰์‹œ ๊นŒ์ง€์š”.

B:

์•Œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค (I see). ๊ฐ์‚ฌํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค (Thanks).

.


UNIT 6 ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์— ๋งŒ๋‚ ๊นŒ์š”? 2.

3.

4.

A:

์ œ์ผ ์„œ์ ์ž…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.

B:

์—ฌ๋ณด์„ธ์š”? ๋‚ด์ผ ๋ช‡ ์‹œ๊นŒ์ง€ ํ•ด์š”?

177

A:

.

B:

.

A:

์™ธํ™˜ ์€ํ–‰์ž…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.

B:

์—ฌ๋ณด์„ธ์š”? ๋‚ด์ผ ๋ช‡ ์‹œ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ๋ช‡ ์‹œ๊นŒ์ง€ ํ•ด์š”?

A:

.

B:

.

A:

ํ•œ๊ตญ ๋น„๋””์˜ค์ž…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.

B:

์—ฌ๋ณด์„ธ์š”? ?

A: B:

. ์•Œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ๊ฐ์‚ฌํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.


178

UNIT 6 ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์— ๋งŒ๋‚ ๊นŒ์š”?

Suggestions 2: +(์œผ)ใ„น๊นŒ์š”? โ€˜Shall weโ€ฆ?โ€™ When you want to suggest doing something, add the ending +ใ„น๊นŒ์š”?/ ์„๊นŒ์š”?: Verb Stem

+(์œผ)ใ„น๊นŒ?

(Casual)

Verb Stem

+(์œผ)ใ„น๊นŒ์š”?

(Polite)

Rules: ๏‚ท

If the stem ends in a vowel: +ใ„น๊นŒ(์š”)? ๋งŒ๋‚˜ + ใ„น๊นŒ์š”?

๏‚ท

๏ƒ 

๋งŒ๋‚ ๊นŒ์š”?

Shall we meet?

If the verb stem ends in a consonant: +์„๊นŒ(์š”)? ์•‰

+ ์„๊นŒ์š”?

๏ƒ 

์•‰์„๊นŒ์š”?

Shall we sit?

Examples (1) A: ๊ฐ™์ด ์˜ํ™” ๋ณผ๊นŒ? B: ์‘, ์ข‹์•„.

(2) A: ๋ญ ๋จน์„๊นŒ? B: ๋ถˆ๊ณ ๊ธฐ ๋จน์ž.

(3) A: ์˜คํ›„์— ๋ญ ํ• ๊นŒ? B: ํ…Œ๋‹ˆ์Šค ์น˜์ž.

(4) A: ์ปคํ”ผ ๋งˆ์‹ค๊นŒ? B: ์–ด๋–กํ•˜์ง€? ์•ฝ์† ์žˆ๋Š”๋ฐ.

Shall we see a movie together? Sounds good.

What shall we eat? Letโ€™s have Bulgogi.

What shall we do this afternoon? Letโ€™s play tennis.

Shall we have a coffee? Oh, I canโ€™t. I have something on. (Lit. What should I do? I have an engagement.)


179

UNIT 6 ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์— ๋งŒ๋‚ ๊นŒ์š”? (5) A: ์–ด๋Š ์‹๋‹น์— ๊ฐˆ๊นŒ์š”? B: ์„œ์šธ ์‹๋‹น์— ๊ฐ€์š”.

(6) A: ๋ฌด์Šจ ์‹๋‹น์— ๊ฐˆ๊นŒ์š”? B: ํ•œ๊ตญ ์‹๋‹น ์–ด๋•Œ์š”?

Which restaurant shall we go to? Letโ€™s go to Seoul Restaurant.

What kind of restaurant shall we go to? How about a Korean restaurant?

Refer to the verb table in the appendices.


180

UNIT 6 ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์— ๋งŒ๋‚ ๊นŒ์š”?

Task 6: Role Play Practise making an arrangement to have a dinner with a partner. You may add more food to the list below. [๋Œ€ํ™” ๋ณด๊ธฐ Example Dialogue] A:

[ ํ•œ๊ตญ ์Œ์‹ ] ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด?

B:

[ ํ•œ๊ตญ ์Œ์‹ ]? ๋ฌผ๋ก ์ด์ง€ (of course).

A:

๊ทธ๋Ÿผ, ์šฐ๋ฆฌ ์ €๋…์— [ ํ•œ๊ตญ ์‹๋‹น ] ๊ฐˆ๊นŒ?

B:

๊ทธ๋ž˜, ์ข‹์•„.

ํ•œ๊ตญ ์Œ์‹ (ํ•œ์‹)

Korean food

์ค‘๊ตญ ์Œ์‹ (์ค‘์‹)

Chinese food

ํ”„๋ž‘์Šค ์Œ์‹

French food

์ธ๋„ ์Œ์‹

Indian food

์ดํƒˆ๋ฆฌ์•„ ์Œ์‹

Italian food

์ผ๋ณธ ์Œ์‹ (์ผ์‹)

Japanese food

๋ง๋ ˆ์ด์‹œ์•„ ์Œ์‹

Malaysian food

์ŠคํŽ˜์ธ ์Œ์‹

Spanish food

ํƒœ๊ตญ/ํƒ€์ด ์Œ์‹

Thai food

๋ฒ ํŠธ๋‚จ ์Œ์‹

Vietnamese food


181

UNIT 6 ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์— ๋งŒ๋‚ ๊นŒ์š”?

Task 7: Word Check Select the odd one out in the following groups of words. The first one has been done for you. 1. ์›”์š”์ผ

ํ™”์š”์ผ

์ˆ˜์š”์ผ

์ผ์š”์ผโˆจ

2. ํ•œ๊ตญ์–ด

๋…์ผ์–ด

ํ”„๋ž‘์Šค์–ด

์—ญ์‚ฌ

3. ์‹๋‹น

์Œ์‹์ 

๋น„๋””์˜ค

๋ฐฑํ™”์ 

4. ์˜ค๋Š˜

์–ด์ œ

์ง€๊ธˆ

๋‚ด์ผ

5. ์„œ์ 

๋„์„œ๊ด€

๊ทน์žฅ

์˜ํ™”

6. ์•„์นจ

์ ์‹ฌ

์ €๋…

์ฃผ๋ง

7. ์ •์น˜ํ•™

๊ฒฝ์ œํ•™

์–ธ์–ดํ•™

๋Œ€ํ•™๊ต


182

UNIT 6 ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์— ๋งŒ๋‚ ๊นŒ์š”?


183

UNIT 6 ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์— ๋งŒ๋‚ ๊นŒ์š”?

Situation Dialogue 3 Paul wants Hyeonu to study with him tomorrow. ํด:

์˜ค๋Š˜ ์˜คํ›„์— ์‹œ๊ฐ„ ์žˆ์–ด?

ํ˜„์šฐ:

์˜ค๋Š˜ ์˜คํ›„? ๋Šฆ๊ฒŒ๊นŒ์ง€ ์ˆ˜์—… ์žˆ๋Š”๋ฐ.

ํด:

๊ทธ๋Ÿผ ๋‚ด์ผ์€?

ํ˜„์šฐ:

๋‚ด์ผ์€ ๊ดœ์ฐฎ์•„.

ํด:

๊ทธ๋Ÿผ ์šฐ๋ฆฌ ๋‚ด์ผ ๊ฐ™์ด ๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•˜์ž. ๋‘ ์‹œ์— ๋„์„œ๊ด€ ์–ด๋•Œ?

ํ˜„์šฐ:

์ข‹์•„. ๊ทธ๋Ÿผ ๋‚ด์ผ ๋ด.

Romanisation and Translation Paul:

Oneul ohue sigan isseo?

Hyeonu: Oneul ohu? Paul:

You got time this afternoon? This afternoon?

Neutgekkaji sueop inneunde.

I have a class until late.

Geureom naeireun?

What about tomorrow?

Hyeonu: Naeireun gwaenchana.

Tomorrowโ€™s okay.

Paul:

Geureom uri naeil gachi

Then letโ€™s study together

gongbuhaja.

tomorrow.

Du sie doseogwan eottae?

Two oโ€™clock at the library?

Hyeonu: Joa. Geureom naeil bwa.

Alright. (Lit. Good.) See ya tomorrow.

Vocabulary ์˜ค๋Š˜

today

์˜คํ›„์—

[์˜คํ›„ afternoon; p.m. +์— in] in the afternoon

์‹œ๊ฐ„

hours; time


184 ์žˆ์–ด

UNIT 6 ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์— ๋งŒ๋‚ ๊นŒ์š”? [์žˆ have; there is +์–ด(casual present tense ending)] have

๋Šฆ๊ฒŒ๊นŒ์ง€ [๋Šฆ๊ฒŒ late +๊นŒ์ง€ till] until late ์ˆ˜์—…

class

์žˆ๋Š”๋ฐ

[์žˆ have +๋Š”๋ฐ(soft ending)] have

๊ทธ๋Ÿผ

in that case; yeah

๋‚ด์ผ

tomorrow

+์€

topic particle

๊ดœ์ฐฎ์•„

[๊ดœ์ฐฎ okay +์•„(casual present tense ending)] okay

์šฐ๋ฆฌ

we

๊ฐ™์ด

together

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•˜์ž [๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•˜ study + ์ž letโ€™s] letโ€™s study ๋‘ ์‹œ์—

[๋‘ ์‹œ two oโ€™clock +์— at] at two oโ€™clock

๋„์„œ๊ด€

library

์–ด๋•Œ?

How about โ€ฆ?; Whatโ€™s โ€ฆ like?

์ข‹์•„

[์ข‹ good; fine +์•„(casual present tense ending)] good; (okay)

๋ด

[๋ณด see +์•„(casual present tense ending)] see


185

UNIT 6 ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์— ๋งŒ๋‚ ๊นŒ์š”?

Task 8: Role Play Practise this role play with a partner. A:

You are arranging a time to meet a friend tomorrow. First, fill in half of the schedule below. You start the conversation.

B:

You are arranging a time to meet a friend tomorrow. First, fill in half of the schedule below. You partner starts the conversation.

Your Schedule for Tomorrow ์˜ค์ „ 6์‹œ

7์‹œ

8์‹œ

9์‹œ

10 ์‹œ

11 ์‹œ

12 ์‹œ

4์‹œ

5์‹œ

6์‹œ

์˜คํ›„ 12 ์‹œ

1์‹œ

2์‹œ

3์‹œ

[๋Œ€ํ™” ๋ณด๊ธฐ Example Dialogue] A: ๋‚ด์ผ [ ๋‘ ] ์‹œ์— ์‹œ๊ฐ„ ์žˆ์–ด? B: [ ๋‘ ] ์‹œ? ๊ณค๋ž€ํ•œ๋ฐ.* [ ์ˆ˜์—… ์žˆ๋Š”๋ฐ. ] A: ๊ทธ๋Ÿผ [ ๋„ค ์‹œ ]๋Š”? B: [ ๋„ค ์‹œ ]๋Š” ๊ดœ์ฐฎ์•„. (*๊ณค๋ž€ํ•œ๋ฐ(์š”) means โ€˜Itโ€™s a bit difficultโ€™. It is a gentle way of indicating that you cannot accept someone elseโ€™s suggestion. Pronunciation: kol-lan-han-de-yo.)


186

UNIT 6 ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์— ๋งŒ๋‚ ๊นŒ์š”?

Task 9: Listening โ˜ž ๋ฌธํ˜• (EXPONENT) A ์žˆ์–ด์š”?

Have you got A?

๋„ค, A ์žˆ์–ด์š”.

Yes I have got A.

A(the time) ์‹œ ๊ดœ์ฐฎ์•„์š”?

Is A(the time) o'clock O.K.?

๊ดœ์ฐฎ์•„์š”.

It's O.K.

์ข‹์•„์š”.

It's fine.

โ˜ž ํ•„์ˆ˜ ์–ดํœ˜ (ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY) ์‹œ๊ฐ„

time

์˜ค๋Š˜

today

๋‚ด์ผ

tomorrow

์‹œ

o'clock

๋„ค

yes

Pure Korean numbers up to 12

โ˜ž You are going to hear a dialogue in which two people make an appointment to get together. Draw lines connecting people with their appointment time. Ready? Listen! 1์‹œ ํ† ๋งˆ์Šค(Thomas)

2์‹œ

์˜์ง„(male)

3์‹œ 4์‹œ ์ˆ˜์ž”(Susan)

5์‹œ

์ˆ˜๋ฏธ(female)

6์‹œ 7์‹œ ํด(Paul)

8์‹œ

์„ ์˜(female)

9์‹œ 10 ์‹œ ์•„๋งŒ๋‹ค(Amanda)

11 ์‹œ 12 ์‹œ

๋ฏผ์„ญ(male)


187

UNIT 6 ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์— ๋งŒ๋‚ ๊นŒ์š”?

Task 10: Role Play Practise arranging to see a movie with a partner. A list of popular Korean movies is given below. [๋Œ€ํ™” ๋ณด๊ธฐ Example Dialogue] A:

[ ๋‚ด์ผ ] ๋ฌด์Šจ ๊ณ„ํš (any plan) ์žˆ์–ด?

B:

์•„๋‹ˆ, ์™œ?

A:

์šฐ๋ฆฌ ๊ฐ™์ด ์˜ํ™” ๋ณผ๊นŒ (shall we see)?

B:

์˜ํ™”? ์ข‹์ง€ (great).

A:

๋ฌด์Šจ ์˜ํ™”?

B:

[ movie title ] ์–ด๋•Œ?

A:

์ข‹์•„. ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์— ์–ด๋””์„œ?

B:

[ hour ]์‹œ [ place ] ์•ž์—์„œ (in front) ์–ด๋•Œ?

A:

๊ทธ๋ž˜, ๊ทธ๋Ÿผ. [ ๋‚ด์ผ ] ๋ด.

Popular Korean Films 1.

The Host

๊ดด๋ฌผ (2006)

2.

King and the Clown

์™•์˜ ๋‚จ์ž (2005)

3.

Brotherhood

ํƒœ๊ทน๊ธฐ ํœ˜๋‚ ๋ฆฌ๋ฉฐ (2004)

4.

Haeundae

ํ•ด์šด๋Œ€ (2009)

5.

Silmido

์‹ค๋ฏธ๋„ (2003)

6.

Friend

์นœ๊ตฌ (2001)

7.

Welcome to Dongmakgol

์›ฐ์ปด ํˆฌ ๋™๋ง‰๊ณจ (2005)

8.

May 18

ํ™”๋ คํ•œ ํœด๊ฐ€ (2007)

9.

The High Rollers

ํƒ€์งœ (2006)

10. The Good, The Bad, The Wierd ์ข‹์€ ๋†ˆ, ๋‚˜์œ ๋†ˆ, ์ด์ƒํ•œ ๋†ˆ (2008)


188

UNIT 6 ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์— ๋งŒ๋‚ ๊นŒ์š”?

Task 11: Listening โ˜ž ๋ฌธํ˜• (EXPONENT) A ์žˆ์–ด์š”?

Have you got A?

์•„๋‹ˆ์˜ค, A ์—†์–ด์š”.

No, I haven't got A.

A ์–ด๋•Œ์š”? ๊ดœ์ฐฎ์•„์š”.

How about A? It's O.K.

์ข‹์•„์š”.

It's fine.

โ˜ž ํ•„์ˆ˜ ์–ดํœ˜ (ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY) ์›”์š”์ผ

Monday

ํ™”์š”์ผ

Tuesday

์ˆ˜์š”์ผ

Wednesday

๋ชฉ์š”์ผ

Thursday

๊ธˆ์š”์ผ

Friday

ํ† ์š”์ผ

Saturday

์ผ์š”์ผ

Sunday

๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋ฉด

then

์˜ค๋Š˜

today

๋‚ด์ผ

tomorrow

์‹œ๊ฐ„

time

๋„ค

yes

์•„๋‹ˆ์˜ค

no

โ˜ž You are going to hear more dialogue on making an appointment. This time, listen for the day and draw lines connecting people with their appointment day. Ready? Listen! ์›”์š”์ผ Monday ํ† ๋งˆ์Šค

์ˆ˜์ž”

ํ™”์š”์ผ Tuesday ์ˆ˜์š”์ผ Wednesday

์˜์ง„

์ˆ˜๋ฏธ

๋ชฉ์š”์ผ Thursday ํด

์•„๋งŒ๋‹ค

๊ธˆ์š”์ผ Friday ํ† ์š”์ผ Saturday ์ผ์š”์ผ Sunday

์„ ์˜

๋ฏผ์„ญ


189

UNIT 6 ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์— ๋งŒ๋‚ ๊นŒ์š”?

Task 12: Word Check Match the Korean words with their English equivalents. The first one has been done for you. a. ์›”์š”์ผ โˆš

g.

ํ† ์š”์ผ

m. ํ™”์š”์ผ

b. ์ผ์š”์ผ

h.

์–ด์ œ

n.

๋ช‡์‹œ

c. ๊ธˆ์š”์ผ

i.

์ˆ˜์—…

o.

๋‚ด์ผ

d. ์˜ค์ „

j.

๋ชฉ์š”์ผ

p.

์˜ค๋Š˜

e. ์•ฝ์†

k.

๋ช‡์›”

q.

๋ฉฐ์น 

f.

l.

โ€ฆ+๋ถ€ํ„ฐ โ€ฆ+๊นŒ์ง€

r.

์˜คํ›„

์ˆ˜์š”์ผ

1.

Monday

10.

afternoon

2.

Tuesday

11.

morning

3.

Wednesday

12.

today

4.

Thursday

13.

tomorrow

5.

Friday

14.

yesterday

6.

Saturday

15.

what month

7.

Sunday

16.

what day

8.

appointment

17.

fromโ€ฆ tillโ€ฆ

9.

what time

18.

class

์›”์š”์ผ


190

UNIT 6 ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์— ๋งŒ๋‚ ๊นŒ์š”?


7 ์–ด์ œ ๋ญ ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”?

Unit Focus: ๏‚ท Talking about Past Events

o Verbs and Adjectives: Past Tense Endings o ๋ชป โ€˜cannotโ€™ or โ€˜did notโ€™ because of inability โ€“ unintentionally o +๊ฑฐ๋“ ์š” โ€˜It's because ...โ€™ o ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  and +๊ณ  โ€˜andโ€™; โ€˜and thenโ€™ o Three โ€˜andsโ€™: +ํ•˜๊ณ , +๊ณ  and ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ 


192

UNIT 7 ์–ด์ œ ๋ญ ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”?


193

UNIT 7 ์–ด์ œ ๋ญ ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”?

Situation Dialogue 1 Hyeonu introduces his friend, Kim Minjun, to Paul. ํด:

์–ด, ์™”์–ด?

ํ˜„์šฐ:

์˜ค๋ž˜ ๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ ธ์–ด?

ํด:

์•„๋‹ˆ, ๋‚˜๋„ ๋ฐฉ๊ธˆ ์™”์–ด.

ํ˜„์šฐ:

์ธ์‚ฌํ•ด. ๋‚ด ์นœ๊ตฌ์•ผ. ์ด๋ฆ„์€ ๊น€๋ฏผ์ค€. ์—ฌ๊ธฐ ๊ตํ™˜ ํ•™์ƒ์œผ๋กœ ์™”์–ด.

ํด:

์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”, ํด ์Šค๋ฏธ์Šค์ž…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.

๋ฏผ์ค€:

์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”? ํ˜„์šฐํ•œํ…Œ์„œ ์–˜๊ธฐ ๋งŽ์ด ๋“ค์—ˆ์–ด์š”.

Romanisation and Translation Paul:

Eo, wasseo?

Oh, youโ€™re here.

Hyeonu:

Orae gidaryeosseo?

Been waiting long?

Paul:

Ani, nado banggeum wasseo.

Nup, I just got here too.

Hyeonu:

Insahae.

You donโ€™t know each other, do

Nae chinguya.

you? (Lit. Letโ€™s do introductions.)

Ireumeun kim๏ƒ—minjun.

This is my friend.

Yeogi gyohwan

Nameโ€™s Kim Minjun.

haksaengeuro wasseo.

Heโ€™s here on exchange.

Annyeonghaseyo,

Hello, Iโ€™m Paul Smith.

Paul:

Paul smith๏ƒ—imnida. Minjun:

Annyeonghaseyo?

How do you do?

Hyeonu๏ƒ—hanteseo yaegi mani

I have heard a lot about you from

deureosseoyo.

Hyeonu.


194

UNIT 7 ์–ด์ œ ๋ญ ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”?

Vocabulary ์–ด

oh; yeah

์™”์–ด

[์˜ค come+์•˜์–ด(casual past tense ending)] came; got here

์˜ค๋ž˜

a long time

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ ธ์–ด

[๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆฌ wait+์—ˆ์–ด(casual past tense ending)] waited

์•„๋‹ˆ

nah

๋‚˜๋„

[๋‚˜ I; me+๋„ too] me too; I also

๋ฐฉ๊ธˆ

a moment ago

์ธ์‚ฌํ•ด

[์ธ์‚ฌํ•˜ introduce ๏ƒ ์ธ์‚ฌํ•ด(casual present tense)] introduce

๋‚ด ์นœ๊ตฌ

my friend

+์•ผ

+์•ผ/์ด์•ผ is the casual form of +์˜ˆ์š”/์ด์—์š”(am/are/is).

์ด๋ฆ„

name

์—ฌ๊ธฐ

here

๊ตํ™˜ ํ•™์ƒ์œผ๋กœ

[๊ตํ™˜ ํ•™์ƒ exchange student +์œผ๋กœ as] as an exchange student

+์ž…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

+์ž…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค is the formal form of +์˜ˆ์š”/์ด์—์š”(am/are/is).

+ํ•œํ…Œ์„œ

from (a person)

์–˜๊ธฐ

story; conversation; chat (shortened form of โ€˜์ด์•ผ๊ธฐโ€™)

๋งŽ์ด

a lot

๋“ค์—ˆ์–ด์š”

[๋“ฃ hear; listen to+์—ˆ์–ด์š”(polite past tense ending)] heard; listened to

Note: In English we say โ€˜come from ...โ€™ using the present tense (์™€์š”). But in Korean we have to use the past tense (์™”์–ด์š”) since the act occurred in the past. ์˜ค์ŠคํŠธ๋ ˆ์ผ๋ฆฌ์•„์—์„œ ์™”์–ด์š”.

I come from Australia.


195

UNIT 7 ์–ด์ œ ๋ญ ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”?

Verbs and Adjectives: Past Tense Endings Verb or Adjective Stem

+์•˜/์—ˆ์–ด

(Casual)

Verb or Adjective Stem

+์•˜/์—ˆ์–ด์š”

(Polite)

Verb or Adjective Stem

+(์œผ)์…จ์–ด์š”

(Honorific)

1) Casual form You have already learnt the present tense ending +์•„/์–ด. To create a past tense verb or adjective, simply use the past tense ending +์•˜์–ด/์—ˆ์–ด instead: (Present)

๏‚ท

(Past)

+์•„

๏ƒ 

์•„ + ใ…†์–ด

๏ƒ 

+์•˜์–ด

+์–ด

๏ƒ 

์–ด + ใ…†์–ด

๏ƒ 

+์—ˆ์–ด

+ํ•ด

๏ƒ 

ํ•ด+ ใ…†์–ด

๏ƒ 

+ํ–ˆ์–ด

If the last vowel of the stem is ใ… (ใ…‘) or ใ…— (ใ…›): +์•˜์–ด ์‚ด

+์•˜์–ด

๏ƒ 

์‚ด์•˜์–ด

lived

๋ง‘

+์•˜์–ด

๏ƒ 

๋ง‘์•˜์–ด

was/were fine (weather)

When the stem ends with the vowel ใ…, only +ใ…†์–ด is added: ๊ฐ€

+ใ…†์–ด

๏ƒ 

๊ฐ”์–ด

went

์‹ธ

+ใ…†์–ด

๏ƒ 

์ŒŒ์–ด

was/were inexpensive

When the stem ends with the vowel ใ…—, it is combined with ์•˜: ์˜ค

+์•˜์–ด

๏ƒ 

์™”์–ด

came

When the stem ends in the vowel โ€˜ใ…กโ€™, it is dropped. ๋‚˜์˜

+์•˜์–ด

๏ƒ 

๋‚˜๋นด์–ด

was/were bad (The dropping of โ€˜ใ…กโ€™ makes ์•„ in ๋‚˜ใ…ƒ the last vowel.)


196 ๏‚ท

UNIT 7 ์–ด์ œ ๋ญ ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”?

If the last vowel is not ใ… (ใ…‘) or ใ…— (ใ…›): +์—ˆ์–ด ๋จน

+์—ˆ์–ด

๏ƒ 

๋จน์—ˆ์–ด

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ

+์—ˆ์–ด

๏ƒ 

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์—ˆ์–ด

was/were interesting/funy

When the stem ends in a vowel, the vowel is usually combined with +์—ˆ: ์ฃผ

+์—ˆ์–ด

๏ƒ 

์คฌ์–ด

gave

ํ๋ฆฌ

+์—ˆ์–ด

๏ƒ 

ํ๋ ธ์–ด

was/were cloudy

When the stem ends in the vowel โ€˜ใ…กโ€™, it is dropped. ํฌ

๏‚ท

๏‚ท

+์—ˆ์–ด

๏ƒ 

์ปธ์–ด

was/were big

If the stem ends in ํ•˜: ํ•˜ ๏ƒ  ํ–ˆ์–ด ๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•˜

๏ƒ 

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ–ˆ์–ด

studied

ํ–‰๋ณตํ•˜

๏ƒ 

ํ–‰๋ณตํ–ˆ์–ด

was/were happy

If the stem ends in the consonant ใ…‚ and the last vowel is not ใ…—: delete ใ…‚ +์› ์–ด ์‰ฝ ๏ƒ  delete ใ…‚ + ์› ์–ด

๏‚ท

๏ƒ  ์‰ฌ์› ์–ด

was/were easy

If the stem ends in the consonant ใ…‚ and the last vowel is ใ…—: delete ใ…‚ +์™”์–ด ๊ณฑ ๏ƒ  delete ใ…‚ + ์™”์–ด

๏ƒ  ๊ณ ์™”์–ด

was/were fair/pretty

2) Polite form Polite form is constructed in the same way as casual from except that you add ์š” at the end.


197

UNIT 7 ์–ด์ œ ๋ญ ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”? ์‚ด

+์•˜์–ด ๏ƒ 

์‚ด์•˜์–ด

+์š”

๏ƒ 

์‚ด์•˜์–ด์š”

๋ง‘

+์•˜์–ด ๏ƒ 

๋ง‘์•˜์–ด

+์š”

๏ƒ 

๋ง‘์•˜์–ด์š”

๋จน

+์—ˆ์–ด ๏ƒ 

๋จน์—ˆ์–ด

+์š”

๏ƒ 

๋จน์—ˆ์–ด์š”

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์—ˆ์–ด +์š”

๏ƒ 

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์—ˆ์–ด์š”

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ +์—ˆ์–ด ๏ƒ  ๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•˜

๏ƒ 

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ–ˆ์–ด

+์š”

๏ƒ 

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ–ˆ์–ด์š”

ํ–‰๋ณตํ•˜

๏ƒ 

ํ–‰๋ณตํ–ˆ์–ด

+์š”

๏ƒ 

ํ–‰๋ณตํ–ˆ์–ด์š”

์‰ฝ

๏ƒ 

์‰ฌ์› ์–ด

+์š”

๏ƒ 

์‰ฌ์› ์–ด์š”

๊ณฑ

๏ƒ 

๊ณ ์™”์–ด

+์š”

๏ƒ 

๊ณ ์™”์–ด์š”

3) Honorific form To create the honorific past tense form, instead of the present tense form +์„ธ์š”/์œผ์„ธ์š”, you add +์…จ์–ด์š”/์œผ์…จ์–ด์š” to the verb stem. ๏‚ท

๏‚ท

If the stem ends in a vowel: +์…จ์–ด์š” ๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•˜

+์…จ์–ด์š”

๏ƒ 

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”

studied

๋งŒ๋‚˜

+์…จ์–ด์š”

๏ƒ 

๋งŒ๋‚˜์…จ์–ด์š”

met

๊ฐ€

+์…จ์–ด์š”

๏ƒ 

๊ฐ€์…จ์–ด์š”

went

์˜ค

+์…จ์–ด์š”

๏ƒ 

์˜ค์…จ์–ด์š”

came

๋ฐ”์˜

+์…จ์–ด์š”

๏ƒ 

๋ฐ”์˜์…จ์–ด์š”

was busy

๋˜‘๋˜‘ํ•˜

+์…จ์–ด์š”

๏ƒ 

๋˜‘๋˜‘ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”

was smart

If the stem ends in a consonant except ใ…‚: +์œผ์…จ์–ด์š” ์ž…

+์œผ์…จ์–ด์š”

๏ƒ 

์ž…์œผ์…จ์–ด์š”

put on; wore

์ฝ

+์œผ์…จ์–ด์š”

๏ƒ 

์ฝ์œผ์…จ์–ด์š”

read

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ

+์œผ์…จ์–ด์š”

๏ƒ 

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์œผ์…จ์–ด์š”

was funy

์ข‹

+์œผ์…จ์–ด์š”

๏ƒ 

์ข‹์œผ์…จ์–ด์š”

was good


198 ๏‚ท

UNIT 7 ์–ด์ œ ๋ญ ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”?

If the stem ends in the consonant ใ…‚: delete ใ…‚ +์šฐ์…จ์–ด์š” ์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ต

๏ƒ  delete ใ…‚

๏ƒ 

was/were

์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ค์šฐ์…จ์–ด์š”

beautiful

+์šฐ์…จ์–ด์š” ๊ท€์—ฝ

๏ƒ  delete ใ…‚

๏ƒ 

was/were

๊ท€์—ฌ์šฐ์…จ์–ด์š”

cute

+์šฐ์…จ์–ด์š”

You also need to remember a special set of honorific verbs and adjectives: ๋“œ์„ธ์š”

๏ƒ 

๋“œ์…จ์–ด์š”

took; ate; drank

์žก์ˆ˜์„ธ์š”

๏ƒ 

์žก์ˆ˜์…จ์–ด์š”

ate

๊ณ„์„ธ์š”

๏ƒ 

๊ณ„์…จ์–ด์š”

was (there)

๋ง์”€ํ•˜์„ธ์š”

๏ƒ 

๋ง์”€ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”

spoke; said

์ฃผ๋ฌด์„ธ์š”

๏ƒ 

์ฃผ๋ฌด์…จ์–ด์š”

slept

๋Œ์•„๊ฐ€์„ธ์š”

๏ƒ 

๋Œ์•„๊ฐ€์…จ์–ด์š”

passed away

ํŽธ์ฐฎ์œผ์„ธ์š”

๏ƒ 

ํŽธ์ฐฎ์œผ์…จ์–ด์š”

was/were ill

Refer to the verb and adjective tables in the appendices to see the three different forms for a range of verbs and adjectives.


UNIT 7 ์–ด์ œ ๋ญ ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”?

199

Task 1: Role Play Form a group of three and practice introducing somebody with your group members. [๋Œ€ํ™” ๋ณด๊ธฐ] A: ์–ด, ์™”์–ด? B: ์˜ค๋ž˜ ๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ ธ์–ด? A: ์•„๋‹ˆ, ๋‚˜๋„ ๋ฐฉ๊ธˆ ์™”์–ด. B: ์ธ์‚ฌํ•ด. ๋‚ด ์นœ๊ตฌ์•ผ. ์ด๋ฆ„์€ [ name ]. A: ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”, [ name ]์ž…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. C: ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”? [ name ]ํ•œํ…Œ์„œ ์–˜๊ธฐ ๋งŽ์ด ๋“ค์—ˆ์–ด์š”.


200

UNIT 7 ์–ด์ œ ๋ญ ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”?

Task 2: Listening โ˜ž ๋ฌธํ˜•(EXPONENT) ์–ด๋””/์–ด๋Š ๋‚˜๋ผ์—์„œ ์™”์–ด์š”?

Where/Which country do you come from?

A(region)์—์„œ ์™”์–ด์š”.

I'm from A.

A ์–ด๋””์—์„œ ์™”์–ด์š”?

Which area in A are you from?

โ˜ž ํ•„์ˆ˜ ์–ดํœ˜(ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY) which country ์–ด๋”” where ์–ด๋Š ๋‚˜๋ผ +์—์„œ China Australia ์˜๊ตญ ์™”์–ด์š” came ์ค‘๊ตญ ํ˜ธ์ฃผ Germany ํ”„๋ž‘์Šค France ์ผ๋ณธ Japan ๋…์ผ

from U.K.

โ˜ž You are going to hear an immigration officer asking people what country they come from. Choose the picture that shows the nationality that you hear and write the number of the dialogue in the top row of the table. Ready? Listen!

์บ” ๋ฒ„ ๋ผ Canberra ๋ฉœ ๋ฒ„ ๋ฅธ Melbourne ์‹œ ๋“œ ๋‹ˆ Sydney ์• ๋“ค๋ ˆ์ด๋“œ Adlaide ๋ธŒ๋ฆฌ์ฆˆ๋ฒˆ Brisbane

๋ฒ  ๋ฅผ ๋ฆฐ Berlin ํ•จ๋ถ€๋ฅดํฌ Hamburg ๋ธŒ ๋ ˆ ๋ฉ˜ Bremen ํ•˜ ๋…ธ ๋ฒ„ Hanover ๋ผ์ดํ”„์น˜ํžˆ Leipzig

ํŒŒ ๋ฆฌ Paris ๋ฃจ ์•™ Rouean ์˜ค๋ฅผ๋ ˆ์•™ Orlรฉans ๋‚ญ ํŠธ Nantes ๋ฆฌ ์˜น Lyon

๋Ÿฐ ๋˜ London ๋งจ์ฒด์Šคํ„ฐManchester ๋ฆฌ ๋ฒ„ ํ’€ Liverpool ๋ฒ„ ๋ฐ ์—„ Birmingham ๊ธ€๋ž˜์Šค๊ณ  Glasgow

๋„ ์ฟ„ Tokyo ์˜ค ์‚ฌ ์นด Osaka ์ฟ„ ํ†  Kyoto ์‹œ๋ชจ๋…ธ์„ธํ‚คShimonoseki ์š”์ฝ”ํ•˜๋งˆ Yokohama

๋ฒ  ์ด ์ง• Beijing ์ƒ ํ•˜ ์ด Shanghai ๊ด‘์ €์šฐGuangzhou ๋‚œ ์ง• Nanjing ํ•˜ ์–ผ ๋นˆ Harbin

โ˜ž You will hear an extension of each dialogue. The immigration officer is asking people which city in their countries they come from. Choose the city that you hear and put a mark ' ' in the box next to it. Ready? Listen!


201

UNIT 7 ์–ด์ œ ๋ญ ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”?

Task 3: Role Play Choose one of the activities shown below. This is what you did yesterday. Move around the classroom and have a conversation with your classmates about what you all did. Try to expand the conversation by asking further questions.

1.

4.

[๋Œ€ํ™” ๋ณด๊ธฐ 1]

2.

3.

5.

6.

[๋Œ€ํ™” ๋ณด๊ธฐ 2]

A: ์–ด์ œ ๋ญ ํ–ˆ์–ด?

A: ์–ด์ œ ๋ญ ํ–ˆ์–ด?

B: ๊ทธ๋ƒฅ ์ง‘์— ์žˆ์—ˆ์–ด.

B: ์‹œ๋‚ด์—์„œ ์นœ๊ตฌ ๋งŒ๋‚ฌ์–ด.

A: ์ง‘์—์„œ ๋ญ ํ–ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ?

A: ๋ˆ„๊ตฌ ๋งŒ๋‚ฌ๋Š”๋ฐ?

B: ํ…Œ๋ ˆ๋น„ ๋ดค์–ด.

B: ๋กœ๋ฒ„ํŠธ.


202

UNIT 7 ์–ด์ œ ๋ญ ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”?

Task 4: Listening โ˜ž ๋ฌธํ˜• (EXPONENT) ๋ญ ํ–ˆ์–ด์š”?

What did (you) do?

์–ธ์ œ ํ–ˆ์–ด์š”?

When did (you) do (it)?

Verb stem + ์•˜์–ด์š”/์—ˆ์–ด์š”

Verb+ed

Noun + ํ–ˆ์–ด์š”

did Noun

A ์‹œ(o'clock)๋ถ€ํ„ฐ B์‹œ (o'clock) ๊นŒ์ง€

from A o'clock to B o'clock

โ˜ž ํ•„์ˆ˜ ์–ดํœ˜ (ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY) ์–ด์ œ

yesterday

์–ธ์ œ

when

๋ญ

what

์ €๋…์—

in the evening

+ํ•˜๊ณ 

with(people)

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ 

and

+์—์„œ

in

์ €๋…(์„) ๋จน์—ˆ์–ด์š”

ate dinner

์ž (์„) ์žค์–ด์š”

slept

ํ–ˆ์–ด์š”

did

์นœ๊ตฌ

friend

์ „ํ™”(๋ฅผ) ํ–ˆ์–ด์š”

rang

๊ทน์žฅ

cinema house

์‚ฐ์ฑ…(์„) ํ–ˆ์–ด์š”

had a walk

์ฑ…(์„) ์ฝ์—ˆ์–ด์š”

read a book

์Œ์•…(์„) ๋“ค์—ˆ์–ด์š”

listened to music


203

UNIT 7 ์–ด์ œ ๋ญ ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”? ํ”ผ์•„๋…ธ(๋ฅผ) ์ณค์–ด์š”

played piano

ํ…”๋ ˆ๋น„์ „(์„) ๋ดค์–ด์š” watched television ์˜ํ™”(๋ฅผ) ๋ดค์–ด์š”

saw a movie

โ˜ž There was a murder last night. A detective questions each member of the victim's household about his or her activities on the night of the murder. Listen carefully and note down each person's activities in the appropriate spaces on the time grid. You can either use the letter which corresponds to each activity or the underlined words as shown in the notes from the first dialogue. Ready? Listen!

List of the Activities a. ์ž (์„) ์žค์–ด์š”.

b. ์ €๋…(์„) ๋จน์—ˆ์–ด์š”.

c. ํ”ผ์•„๋…ธ(๋ฅผ) ์ณค์–ด์š”.

d. ํ…”๋ ˆ๋น„์ „(์„) ๋ดค์–ด์š”.

e. ์Œ์•…(์„) ๋“ค์—ˆ์–ด์š”.

f. ์‚ฐ์ฑ…(์„) ํ–ˆ์–ด์š”.

g. ์˜ํ™”(๋ฅผ) ๋ดค์–ด์š”.

h. ์ฑ…(์„) ์ฝ์—ˆ์–ด์š”.

i. ์ „ํ™”ํ–ˆ์–ด์š”.

์ด๋ฆ„ 1. ๋ฉ”๋ฆฌ Mary 2. ํ†ฐ Tom 3. ํ•ด๋ฆฌ Harry 4. ์ œ์ธ Jane

7์‹œ โ€“ 8์‹œ

8์‹œ โ€“ 9์‹œ

9์‹œ โ€“ 10์‹œ

10์‹œโ€“11์‹œ

b

c

d

a

์ €๋…

ํ”ผ์•„๋…ธ

ํ…”๋ ˆ๋น„์ „

์ž 

11์‹œ โ€“12์‹œ


204

UNIT 7 ์–ด์ œ ๋ญ ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”?


205

UNIT 7 ์–ด์ œ ๋ญ ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”?

Situation Dialogue 2 Hyeonu and Paul talk about why they havenโ€™t finished their assignments. ํ˜„์šฐ:

๋ฆฌํฌํŠธ ๋‹ค ํ–ˆ์–ด?

ํด:

์•„๋‹ˆ, ์•„์ง ๋‹ค ๋ชป ํ–ˆ์–ด. ๋„Œ?

ํ˜„์šฐ:

๋‚˜๋„. ์–ด์ œ ๋Šฆ๊ฒŒ๊นŒ์ง€ ์นœ๊ตฌ ์ƒ์ผ ํŒŒํ‹ฐ์— ์žˆ์—ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“  ๊ทผ๋ฐ ๋„Œ ์™œ ๋ชป ๋๋ƒˆ์–ด?

ํด:

๊ฐ๊ธฐ ๋•Œ๋ฌธ์—. ๋ฉฐ์น  ๊ณ„์† ์•„ํŒ ์–ด.

ํ˜„์šฐ:

๊ทธ๋ž˜? ์ด์ œ ๊ดœ์ฐฎ๋ƒ?

ํด:

์‘. ๋‹ค ๋‚˜์•˜์–ด.

Romanisation and Translation Hyeonu:

Ripoteu da haesseo?

Finished your assignment?

Paul:

Ani, ajik da mot haesseo.

Nup, not yet. You?

Neon? Hyeonu:

Paul: Hyeonu: Paul:

Nado. Eoje neutgekkaji

Me neither. (Lit. Me too.) Itโ€™s

chingu saengnil patie

โ€˜cause I was at a friendโ€™s birthday

isseotgeodeun.

party until late last night. But why

Geunde neon wae mot

havenโ€™t you finished? (Lit. But

kkeunnaesseo?

why couldnโ€™t you finish it?)

Gamgi ttaemune.

Itโ€™s โ€™cause of my cold.

Myeochil gyesok apasseo.

Iโ€™ve been sick for several days.

Geurae?

Yeah?

Ije gwaenchannya?

You OK now?

Eung. Da naasseo.

Yeah. Iโ€™m fine now. (Lit. Iโ€™ve gotten all better.)


206

UNIT 7 ์–ด์ œ ๋ญ ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”?

Vocabulary ๋ฆฌํฌํŠธ

assignment; essay; report (often pronounced as ๋ ˆํฌํŠธ)

๋‹ค

all; in total

์•„๋‹ˆ

nah

์•„์ง

yet; still

๋ชป ํ–ˆ์–ด

[๋ชป unable ํ–ˆ์–ด(past tense form of ํ•˜โ€˜doโ€™)] couldnโ€™t do

๋„Œ

[๋„ˆ you+ใ„ด(topic particle)] you

๋‚˜๋„

[๋‚˜ I; me+๋„ too] me too; I also

์–ด์ œ

yesterday

๋Šฆ๊ฒŒ๊นŒ์ง€

[๋Šฆ๊ฒŒ late+๊นŒ์ง€ till] until late

์นœ๊ตฌ

friend

์ƒ์ผ ํŒŒํ‹ฐ birthday party ์žˆ์—ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ 

[์žˆ have/there is+์—ˆ past tense infix +๊ฑฐ๋“  Itโ€™s becauseโ€ฆ] โ€˜cause I wasโ€ฆ

๊ทผ๋ฐ

but; by the way

์™œ

why

๋๋ƒˆ์–ด

[๋๋‚ด finish+์—ˆ์–ด(casual past tense ending)] finished

๊ฐ๊ธฐ

a cold

๋•Œ๋ฌธ์—

because of

๋ฉฐ์น 

[๋ช‡ several +์ผ day(s)] several days

๊ณ„์†

continuously

์•„ํŒ ์–ด.

[์•„ํ”„ sick+์•˜์–ด(casual past tense ending)]was sick

๊ทธ๋ž˜?

Really? (Lit. Is that so?)

์ด์ œ

now

๊ดœ์ฐฎ๋ƒ?

[๊ดœ์ฐฎ okay +๋ƒ(very casual ending often used among boys)] Is it okay?

์‘

yeah

๋‚˜์•˜์–ด

[๋‚ซ recover+์•˜์–ด(casual past tense ending)] got better


UNIT 7 ์–ด์ œ ๋ญ ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”?

207


208

UNIT 7 ์–ด์ œ ๋ญ ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”?

๋ชป โ€˜cannotโ€™ or โ€˜did notโ€™ because of inability โ€“ unintentionally You have already seen how you create a negative sentence by using the negative word ์•ˆ, e.g. ์ €๋Š” ์•ˆ ๊ฐ”์–ด์š” (I didnโ€™t go). If you change ์•ˆ to ๋ชป, the sentence becomes ์ €๋Š” ๋ชป ๊ฐ”์–ด์š” (I couldnโ€™t go). Examples: (1) ์˜†์ง‘์—์„œ ํŒŒํ‹ฐ๋ฅผ ํ–ˆ์–ด์š”.

There was a party next door.

๊ทธ๋ž˜์„œ ์–ด์ œ ๋ฐค์—

So I couldnโ€™t sleep well

์ž ์„ ์ž˜ ๋ชป ์žค์–ด์š”.

last night.

(2) ์ € ๋‚ด์ผ ์ˆ˜์—…์— ๋ชป ์™€์š”. ๋‚ด์ผ ๋ฉด์ ‘ ์‹œํ—˜ ์žˆ์–ด์š”. (3) ์ € ๊ฐ๊ธฐ ๊ฑธ๋ ธ์–ด์š” ๊ทธ๋ž˜์„œ ๋‚ด์ผ ๋ชป ๋งŒ๋‚˜์š”.*

I canโ€™t come to class tomorrow. I have a job interview. Iโ€™ve got a cold. So I canโ€™t meet you tomorrow.

(*๋ชป ๋งŒ๋‚˜์š” is pronounced mon-man-na-yo.) (4) ์‹œํ—˜์„ ์ž˜ ๋ชป ๋ดค์–ด์š”.2 ๊ทธ๋ž˜์„œ ๊ธฐ๋ถ„์ด ๋ณ„๋กœ ์•ˆ ์ข‹์•„์š”.

I didnโ€™t do well in the exam. So I donโ€™t feel too good.

(*In English we use the word โ€˜didnโ€™tโ€™ rather than the word โ€˜couldnโ€™tโ€™. But in Korean, if there is some external reason why you did not do something, you always use the negative word ๋ชป. When you use ์•ˆ, it implies that you intentionally chose not to do something. Thus, ๋ชป is used far more often than โ€œcan notโ€ is used in English.) (5) A: ์–ด์ œ ๊ณต๋ถ€ํ–ˆ์–ด์š”? B: ์ €๋…์— ๊ฐ‘์ž๊ธฐ

A: Did you study yesterday? My friend unexpectedly came

์นœ๊ตฌ๊ฐ€ ์ฐพ์•„ ์™”์–ด์š”.

over to look for me yesterday

๊ทธ๋ž˜์„œ, ๋ชป ํ–ˆ์–ด์š”.*

evening. So I couldnโ€™t.

(๋ชป ํ–ˆ์–ด์š” is pronounced mo-tโ€™aess-o*-yo.)


209

UNIT 7 ์–ด์ œ ๋ญ ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”?

Task 5: Grammar Check Fill in the blank with negative particles ์•ˆ or ๋ชป. The first one has been done for you. 1. ์˜ค๋Š˜์€ ์ผ์š”์ผ์ด์—์š”. ๊ทธ๋ž˜์„œ (therefore) ํ•™๊ต์—

์•ˆ

. ๊ฐ€์š”.

2. ํฌ๋„ ์•ˆ ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”. ๊ทธ๋ž˜์„œ ________ ๋จน์–ด์š”. 3. ๋•…์ฝฉ ์•Œ๋ ˆ๋ฅด๊ธฐ ์žˆ์–ด์š” (have a peanut allergy). ๊ทธ๋ž˜์„œ ๋•…์ฝฉ ๋ฒ„ํ„ฐ ________ ๋จน์–ด์š”. 4. ์ปดํ“จํ„ฐ ์‚ฌ๊ณ  ์‹ถ์–ด์š” (want to buy). ๊ทธ๋Ÿฐ๋ฐ (but) ๋ˆ (money) ์—†์–ด์š”. ๊ทธ๋ž˜์„œ ________ ์‚ฌ์š”. 5. ์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ฐฐ ์•„ํŒŒ์š” (I have a stomach ache). ๊ทธ๋ž˜์„œ ์ €๋…๋ฐฅ ______ ๋จน์–ด์š”. 6. ์ˆ˜๋ฏธ๋Š” ๋…ธ๋ž˜ ์ž˜ํ•ด์š” (sings well). ๊ทธ๋Ÿฐ๋ฐ ๋‚œ ์ž˜ ______ ํ•ด์š”. 7. ์•„์ด์Šคํฌ๋ฆผ ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”. ํ•˜์ง€๋งŒ (but) ์ดˆ์ฝœ๋ฆฟ์€ ______ ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”. 8. ํ•ธ๋“œํฐ์ด ์—†์–ด์š”. ๊ทธ๋ž˜์„œ ์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ฌธ์ž ______ ๋ณด๋‚ด์š” (send a text message/SMS). 9. A: ๋„ˆ ์˜ค๋Š˜ ์ˆ™์ œ ______ ํ•ด. B: ์–ด. ์ˆ™์ œ ์—†์–ด. 10. A: ์ˆ˜๋ฏธํ•œํ…Œ ์ „ํ™”ํ–ˆ์–ด? B: ์–ด, ํ–ˆ์–ด. ๊ทผ๋ฐ ์ „ํ™” ______ ๋ฐ›์•„ (not answering the telephone).


210

UNIT 7 ์–ด์ œ ๋ญ ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”?

+๊ฑฐ๋“ ์š” โ€˜It's because ...โ€™ +๊ฑฐ๋“ ์š” (Present)

Verb or Adjective Stem Verb or Adjective Stem

+์•˜/์—ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ ์š” (Past)

You use โ€˜Verb or Adjective Stem + ๊ฑฐ๋“ ์š”โ€™ when you are providing a rationale for something that has already been referred to previously in the conversation. In this case its equivalent meaning in English is โ€œit's because..." though very often this would just be omitted because it is not necessary to overtly express the causal relationship in English. The +๊ฑฐ๋“ ์š” ending is very commonly used in everyday conversation. It is a soft ending which helps to affirm a friendly feeling between the people talking. As you can see from the following examples, usually in English there is no need to translate it into equivalent words. The past tense form is +์•˜/์—ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ ์š”. (1)

A: ๊ทธ๋ ‡๊ฒŒ ๋ฐ”์˜์…จ์–ด์š”?

You've been very busy?

B: ๋„ค, ์•„๋ฅด๋ฐ”์ดํŠธ๋ฅผ ๋‘ ๊ฐœ๋‚˜

Yes, (it's because) I've been

ํ–ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ ์š”. (2)

A: ์–ด๋”” ๊ฐ€์„ธ์š”?

Where are you going?

B: ๋„์„œ๊ด€์— ๊ฐ€์š”.

I'm going to the library.

๋‚ด์ผ ์‹œํ—˜์ด ์žˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ ์š”. (3)

doing two part-time jobs.

A: ์‹œ๋“œ๋‹ˆ์—๋Š” ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ์˜ค์…จ์–ด์š”?

I've got an exam tomorrow. What are you doing in Sydney? (Lit. What's brought you to Sydney?)

B: ํšŒ์‚ฌ์—์„œ ์ถœ์žฅ ๋‚˜์™”์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ์ €ํฌ ์ง€์‚ฌ๊ฐ€ ์—ฌ๊ธฐ ์žˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ ์š”.

Iโ€™m here on business. Our company has a branch office here.

Refer to the verb and adjective table in the appendices.


211

UNIT 7 ์–ด์ œ ๋ญ ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”?

Task 6: Role Play Practise this role play with a partner. Take turns asking each other โ€˜๋ฆฌํฌํŠธ ๋๋ƒˆ์–ด?โ€™ and coming up with excuses why you couldnโ€™t do it. Write your and your partnerโ€™s excuses in the table below. [๋Œ€ํ™” ๋ณด๊ธฐ] A: ๋ฆฌํฌํŠธ ๋๋ƒˆ์–ด? B: ์•„์ง ๋‹ค ๋ชป ํ–ˆ์–ด. [ ๊ฐ๊ธฐ ๊ฑธ๋ ธ๊ฑฐ๋“  ].

Excuse

English

1.

I had (part-time) work.

2.

I slept.

3.

I was sick.

4.

I had a car accident.

5.

My computer crashed.

6.

It was too hard.

7.

I had too much to drink.

8.

Iโ€™ve been too busy.


212

UNIT 7 ์–ด์ œ ๋ญ ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”?


213

UNIT 7 ์–ด์ œ ๋ญ ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”?

Situation Dialogue 3 Minseoโ€™s mum asks whether she has already eaten when she comes home. ์—„๋งˆ:

์•„๊นŒ ์˜คํ›„์— ์ „ํ™”ํ–ˆ์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ.

๋ฏผ์„œ:

๊ทธ๋ž˜? ๊ทธ๋•Œ ๋„์„œ๊ด€์—์„œ ๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•˜๊ณ  ์žˆ์—ˆ์–ด.

์—„๋งˆ:

์ €๋… ๋จน์—ˆ์–ด?

๋ฏผ์„œ:

์‘.

์—„๋งˆ:

ํ˜ผ์ž ๋จน์—ˆ์–ด?

๋ฏผ์„œ:

์•„๋‹ˆ, ์นœ๊ตฌํ•˜๊ณ .

์—„๋งˆ:

์นœ๊ตฌ ๋ˆ„๊ตฌ? ๋‚จ์ž์นœ๊ตฌ?

๋ฏผ์„œ:

์—„๋งˆ! ์•„๋‹ˆ์•ผ. ์˜๋ฏธํ•˜๊ณ  ๋จน์—ˆ์–ด.

Romanisation and Translation Mum:

Akka ohue

I called you this afternoon.

jeonhwahaesseonneunde. Minseo: Geurae? Geuttae doseogwan๏ƒ—eseo

Mum:

Yeah? I was studying in the

gongbuhago isseosseo.

library.

Jeonyeok meogeosseo?

Had dinner?

Minseo: Eung.

Yeah.

Mum:

โ€™D you eat alone?

Honja meogeosseo?

Minseo: Ani, chinguhago.

Nah, with a friend.

Mum:

What friend? A boy?

Chingu nugu? Namjachingu?

Minseo: Eomma! Aniya. Yeongmihago meogeosseo.

Mum! No! I ate with Yeongmi.


214

UNIT 7 ์–ด์ œ ๋ญ ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”?

Vocabulary ์•„๊นŒ

a little while ago

์˜คํ›„์—

[์˜คํ›„ afternoon+์—(time particle)] in the afternoon

์ „ํ™”ํ–ˆ์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ

[์ „ํ™”ํ•˜ ring๏ƒ ์ „ํ™”ํ–ˆ+์—ˆ(past tense infix)+๋Š”๋ฐ] called... (When Minseoโ€™s mother tells Minseo she called this afternoon, she uses the verb ending ์ „ํ™”ํ–ˆ์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ. This places an emphasis on her action. If she had just said ์ „ํ™”ํ–ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ, it would describe what she did but with a nuance indicating that it was no big deal.)

๊ทธ๋ž˜?

Really? (Is that so?)

๊ทธ๋•Œ

that time

๋„์„œ๊ด€์—์„œ

[๋„์„œ๊ด€ library+์—์„œ(location particle)] in the library

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•˜๊ณ  ์žˆ์—ˆ์–ด

[๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•˜ study + ๊ณ  ์žˆ์—ˆ์–ด(past progressive tense)] was studying

์ €๋…

dinner

๋จน์—ˆ์–ด

[๋จน eat+์—ˆ์–ด(casual past tense ending)] ate

์‘

yeah

ํ˜ผ์ž

alone

์•„๋‹ˆ

nah

์นœ๊ตฌํ•˜๊ณ 

[์นœ๊ตฌ friend +ํ•˜๊ณ  with] with a friend

๋ˆ„๊ตฌ

who

๋‚จ์ž์นœ๊ตฌ

boyfriend

์—„๋งˆ

mum

์•„๋‹ˆ์•ผ.

nah


215

UNIT 7 ์–ด์ œ ๋ญ ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”? +ํ•˜๊ณ 

and; with (When the phrase +ํ•˜๊ณ  (๊ฐ™์ด) is attached to a person, it means โ€˜(together) withโ€™. You can omit ๊ฐ™์ด and it means much the same thing. A: ์–ด๋”” ์‚ด์•„์š”?

Where do you live?

B: ์‹ ์‚ฌ๋™์— ์‚ด์•„์š”.

I live in Shinsa-dong.

A: ํ˜ผ์ž ์‚ด์•„์š”?

Do you live on your own?

B: ์•„๋‹ˆ์š”, ํ•œ๊ตญ ์นœ๊ตฌํ•˜๊ณ  No, I live with a Korean friend. ๊ฐ™์ด ์‚ด์•„์š”. )


216

UNIT 7 ์–ด์ œ ๋ญ ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”?

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  and +๊ณ  โ€˜andโ€™; โ€˜and thenโ€™ ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  can be used to connect two sentences. It is placed at the beginning of the second sentence and operates like the English โ€˜andโ€™ or โ€˜and thenโ€™: (1) ์ˆ˜๋ฏธ๋Š” ์Œ์•… ๋“ค์–ด์š”. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ์ฒ ๋ฏผ์ด๋Š” ์ฑ… ์ฝ์–ด์š”.*

Sumi is listening to music. And Cheolmin is reading a book.

(*In colloquial speech, it is common to add ์ด when a personโ€™s first name ends in a consonant: ์ฒ ๋ฏผ+์ด. This should not be done with seniors or in formal situations. ) (2) ์ˆ˜๋ฏธ๋Š” ์ €๋… ๋จน์—ˆ์–ด์š”. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ๋‹ค์‹œ ๋‚˜๊ฐ”์–ด์š”.

Sumi ate her dinner. And then she went out again.

The sentences can describe two independent actions as in the first example, or two actions in a time sequence as in the second example. Note that when the subjects of the two sentences are different, you use the particle +์€/๋Š” since you are contrasting them as in (1). As in English, you can also combine these sentences and make them into one. To do this, instead of using ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , you add the ending +๊ณ  to the first verb:

(3) ์ˆ˜๋ฏธ๋Š” ์Œ์•… ๋“ฃ๊ณ * ์ฒ ๋ฏผ์ด๋Š” ์ฑ… ์ฝ์–ด์š”.

Sumiโ€™s listening to music and Cheolminโ€™s reading a book.

(The verb ๋“ค์–ด์š” in (1) is irregular, with the stem ๋“ฃ.) (4) ์ˆ˜๋ฏธ๋Š” ์ €๋… ๋จน๊ณ  ๋‹ค์‹œ ๋‚˜๊ฐ”์–ด์š”.

Sumi ate her dinner and went out again.


217

UNIT 7 ์–ด์ œ ๋ญ ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”?

Even though the two sentences in (4) are past tense, when we join them with +๊ณ , we donโ€™t use the past tense form in the first clause, but only in the final clause. The ending +๊ณ  carries the grammatical function of past tense from the final verb to the first verb, so it is just added to the verb stem. (5) ์ € ์‹๋‹น์€ ์‹ธ๊ณ  ์Œ์‹์ด ๋ง›์žˆ์–ด์š”

That restaurant is cheap and the food is delicious.

As you can see from example (5), you can also use +๊ณ  to link clauses that end in an adjective, and the rule is exactly the same as for verbs. More examples: (6) ์ €๋Š” ํ”ผ์•„๋…ธ ์น˜๊ณ  ์ œ ์—ฌ๋™์ƒ์€ ๋…ธ๋ž˜ ๋ถˆ๋ €์–ด์š”. (7) ์ €๋Š” ์–ด์ œ ์ง‘์—์„œ ํ…”๋ ˆ๋น„์ „ ๋ณด๊ณ  ๊ณต๋ถ€ํ–ˆ์–ด์š”. (8) ์–ด์ œ ์นœ๊ตฌ ๋งŒ๋‚˜๊ณ  ์—ฌ์„ฏ ์‹œ์ฏค ์ง‘์— ์™”์–ด์š” (9) ์ €๋… ๋จน๊ณ  ์ง‘์— ์™”์–ด์š”

I played the piano and my younger sister sang. Yesterday I watched TV at home and then I studied. I met a friend and then I came home about 6 oโ€™clock. I came back home after eating dinner.

(This structure can also be used to emphasise that you did not just do the second action, but did something first. For example, a mother might ask her son โ€œHave you had dinner?โ€ upon his arrival at home in the evening, to which he could reply โ€œ๋จน๊ณ  ์™”์–ด์š”.โ€ to emphasise that he ate before coming home.) Refer to the verb and adjective table in the appendices.


218

UNIT 7 ์–ด์ œ ๋ญ ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”?

Three โ€˜andsโ€™: +ํ•˜๊ณ , +๊ณ  and ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  1) +ํ•˜๊ณ  is a particle used to join nouns together:

์‚ฌ๊ณผํ•˜๊ณ  ์˜ค๋ Œ์ง€ ๋ฏผ์„œํ•˜๊ณ  ์ง€ํ›ˆ

2) +๊ณ  is an ending used to join verbs or adjectives:

ํ…”๋ ˆ๋น„์ „ ๋ณด๊ณ  ๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•ด์š”. ์•„๋‹ดํ•˜๊ณ  ์˜ˆ๋ป์š”. (petite and pretty)

3) ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  is a transitional word used to connect two sentences:

์ €๋…์„ ๋จน์—ˆ์–ด์š”. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ๋‹ค์‹œ ๋‚˜๊ฐ”์–ด์š”.


219

UNIT 7 ์–ด์ œ ๋ญ ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”?

Task 7: Role Play Choose two of the activities shown below. This is what you did yesterday. Move around the classroom having conversations with your classmates to find out what they did yesterday and to tell them what you did. [๋Œ€ํ™” ๋ณด๊ธฐ] A: ์–ด์ œ ๋ญ ํ–ˆ์–ด? B: (์ง‘์—์„œ) ์ฑ… ์ฝ๊ณ  ํ…”๋ ˆ๋น„์ „ ๋ดค์–ด. ๋„Œ?

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.


220

UNIT 7 ์–ด์ œ ๋ญ ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”?

Task 8: Reading Read and translate this letter Michael wrote to his teacher after he arrived in Korea. ๊น€๊ต์ˆ˜๋‹˜๊ป˜

์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”, ์ €๋Š” ์ง€๋‚œ ์ฃผ ํ† ์š”์ผ์— ์„œ์šธ์— ๋„์ฐฉํ–ˆ์–ด์š”. ์˜ค๋Š˜๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ํ•œ๊ตญ์–ด ๊ณต๋ถ€ ์‹œ์ž‘ํ–ˆ์–ด์š”. 9 ์‹œ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ 1 ์‹œ๊นŒ์ง€ ํ•™๊ต์—์„œ ๊ณต๋ถ€ํ–ˆ์–ด์š”. ์•„์ฃผ ํž˜๋“ค์—ˆ์–ด์š”. ๋„ค ์‹œ๊ฐ„ ๋™์•ˆ ํ•œ๊ตญ๋ง ํ–ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ ์š”!

์˜คํ›„์— ์Šคํ‹ฐ๋ธ์„ ๋งŒ๋‚ฌ์–ด์š”. ๊ทธ๋Ÿฐ๋ฐ ์Šคํ‹ฐ๋ธ ํ•œ๊ตญ์–ด ์—„์ฒญ ์ž˜ํ•ด์š”! ๋ถ€๋Ÿฌ์›Œ์š”. ํ•˜์ง€๋งŒ ์Šคํ‹ฐ๋ธํ•˜๊ณ  ์˜์–ด๋กœ ์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ–ˆ์–ด์š”. ์ œ๊ฐ€ ๋„ˆ๋ฌด ํ”ผ๊ณคํ–ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ ์š”. ์Šคํ‹ฐ๋ธํ•˜๊ณ  ๊ฐ™์ด ์ €๋… ๋จน๊ณ  10 ์‹œ์ฏค์— ๊ธฐ์ˆ™์‚ฌ์— ์™”์–ด์š”. ........ ๋‚ด์ผ๋„ 9 ์‹œ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ 1 ์‹œ๊นŒ์ง€ ์ˆ˜์—… ์žˆ์–ด์š”. ๊ทธ๋Ÿผ ์•ˆ๋…•ํžˆ ๊ณ„์„ธ์š”.

2008 ๋…„ 9 ์›” 10 ์ผ ๋งˆ์ดํด ์˜ฌ๋ฆผ

Vocabulary ๊น€๊ต์ˆ˜๋‹˜๊ป˜

[๊น€ Kim ๊ต์ˆ˜ professor ๋‹˜ sir+๊ป˜ to (honorific)] Dear Professor Kim (The casual version of +๊ป˜ is +์—๊ฒŒ.)

์ €๋Š”

[์ € I(humble)+๋Š”(topic particle)] I


UNIT 7 ์–ด์ œ ๋ญ ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”?

221

์ง€๋‚œ ์ฃผ

[์ง€๋‚œ past ์ฃผ week] last week

ํ† ์š”์ผ์—

[ํ† ์š”์ผ Saturday+์—(time particle)] on Saturday

๋„์ฐฉํ–ˆ์–ด์š”

[๋„์ฐฉํ•˜ arrive๏ƒ ๋„์ฐฉํ–ˆ์–ด์š”(past tense form)] arrived

์˜ค๋Š˜๋ถ€ํ„ฐ

[์˜ค๋Š˜ today+๋ถ€ํ„ฐ from] from today on

์‹œ์ž‘ํ–ˆ์–ด์š”

[์‹œ์ž‘ํ•˜ started ๏ƒ ์‹œ์ž‘ํ–ˆ์–ด์š”(past tense form)] began

+๋ถ€ํ„ฐ +๊นŒ์ง€

fromโ€ฆ tillโ€ฆ

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ–ˆ์–ด์š”

[๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•˜ study๏ƒ ๊ณต๋ถ€ํ–ˆ์–ด์š”(past tense form)]

์•„์ฃผ

very

ํž˜๋“ค์—ˆ์–ด์š”

[ ํž˜๋“ค difficult+์—ˆ์–ด์š”(past tense ending)] was difficult

๋„ค ์‹œ๊ฐ„ ๋™์•ˆ

[๋„ค ์‹œ๊ฐ„ four hours ๋™์•ˆ for] for four hours

ํ•œ๊ตญ๋ง

[ํ•œ๊ตญ Korea ๋ง spoken language] Korean

ํ–ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ ์š”

[ํ•˜ do๏ƒ ํ–ˆ(past tense form)+๊ฑฐ๋“ ์š” itโ€™s because]

์˜คํ›„์—

[์˜คํ›„ afternoon+์—(time particle)] in the afternoon

+์„

+์„/๋ฅผ: object particle

๋งŒ๋‚ฌ์–ด์š”

[๋งŒ๋‚˜ meet+์•˜์–ด์š”(past tense ending)] met

์—„์ฒญ ์ž˜ํ•ด์š”

[์—„์ฒญ terrific ์ž˜ํ•ด์š” good at] awesome at โ€ฆ

๋ถ€๋Ÿฌ์›Œ์š”

[๋ถ€๋Ÿฝ envious๏ƒ ๋ถ€๋Ÿฌ+์›Œ์š”(present tense ending)] envious

์˜์–ด๋กœ

[์˜์–ด English+๋กœ in] in English

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ–ˆ์–ด์š”

[์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ•˜ speak๏ƒ ์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ–ˆ์–ด์š”(past tense form)] spoke

์ œ๊ฐ€

[์ œ I(humble)+๊ฐ€(subject particle)] I

๋„ˆ๋ฌด

too (much)

ํ”ผ๊ณคํ–ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ ์š”

[ํ”ผ๊ณคํ•˜ tired๏ƒ ํ”ผ๊ณคํ–ˆ(past tense form)+๊ฑฐ๋“ ์š” itโ€™s because] it was because โ€ฆ was tired

๋จน๊ณ 

[๋จน eat+๊ณ  and]

10 ์‹œ ์ฏค์—

[10 ์‹œ ten oโ€™clock ์ฏค around+์— at] at around 10

๊ธฐ์ˆ™์‚ฌ

dormitory; halls of residence

์˜ฌ๋ฆผ

Yours Sincerely


222

UNIT 7 ์–ด์ œ ๋ญ ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”?

Task 9: Reading & Writing Read the following text and write about your holidays.

๋‚˜์˜ ๋ฐฉํ•™

๋ฐฉํ•™์— ์นœ๊ตฌํ•˜๊ณ  ๊ทน์žฅ์—์„œ ์˜ํ™” ๋ดค์–ด์š”. ์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์—ˆ์–ด์š”. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ํ•œ๊ตญ ์นœ๊ตฌ๋“คํ•˜๊ณ  ๊ฐ™์ด ๋„์„œ๊ด€์—์„œ ๊ณต๋ถ€ํ–ˆ์–ด์š”. ๋งค์ผ ์ง‘์—์„œ ํ•œ๊ตญ ๋“œ๋ผ๋งˆ ๋ดค์–ด์š”. ๋‚˜๋Š” Rain ์•„์ฃผ ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”. ๊ทธ๋ž˜์„œ โ€œํ’€ ํ•˜์šฐ์Šคโ€ํ•˜๊ณ  โ€œ์ด ์ฃฝ์ผ ๋†ˆ์˜ ์‚ฌ๋ž‘โ€ ๋ดค์–ด์š”.

๋‚˜๋Š” ๋‚จ์ž ์นœ๊ตฌ ์—†์–ด์š”. ๊ทธ๋ž˜์„œ ๋ฐœ๋ Œํƒ€์ธ ๋ฐ์ด(Valentineโ€™s Day)์— ์ดˆ์ฝœ๋ฆฟ ์•ˆ ์ƒ€์–ด์š”. ์นœ๊ตฌ๋ž‘ ์‹œ๋‚ด์— ๊ฐ€์„œ โ€œRainy dayโ€ ์ƒ€์–ด์š”. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ๋งค์ผ ์ž  ๋งŽ์ด ์žค์–ด์š”. ์ƒˆ๋ฒฝ ์„ธ ์‹œ์ฏค๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์˜ค์ „ ์—ด๋‘ ์‹œ๊นŒ์ง€ ์ž  ์žค์–ด์š”. ์•„์ฃผ ํ–‰๋ณตํ–ˆ์–ด์š”!


UNIT 7 ์–ด์ œ ๋ญ ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”?

223

Vocabulary ๋‚˜์˜

[๋‚˜ I+์˜(possessive particle)] my

๋ฐฉํ•™

school/uni holiday

๊ทน์žฅ์—์„œ

[๊ทน์žฅ cinema+์—์„œ(location particle)] in a cinema

์นœ๊ตฌ๋“ค

[์นœ๊ตฌ friend ๋“ค] friends

๋ดค์–ด์š”

[๋ณด see+์•˜์–ด์š”(past tense ending)] saw

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์—ˆ์–ด์š” [์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ good+์—ˆ์–ด์š”(past tense ending)] was good ๋งค์ผ

every day

+ํ•˜๊ณ 

and; with

์—†์–ด์š”

[์—† not have/there is not+์–ด์š”(present tense ending)] do not have

์ƒ€์–ด์š”

[์‚ฌ buy+์•˜์–ด์š”(past tense ending)] bought

์นœ๊ตฌ๋ž‘

[์นœ๊ตฌ friend+๋ž‘ with] with a friend

๊ฐ€์„œ

[๊ฐ€ go+์„œ and (does something there)] went and

์ž  ์žค์–ด์š”

[์ž  ์ž sleep+์•˜์–ด์š”(past tense ending)] slept

๋งŽ์ด

a lot

์ƒˆ๋ฒฝ

very early morning (usually1am till 6 am)

ํ–‰๋ณตํ–ˆ์–ด์š”

[ํ–‰๋ณตํ•˜ happy๏ƒ ํ–‰๋ณตํ–ˆ์–ด์š”(past tense form)] was happy


224

UNIT 7 ์–ด์ œ ๋ญ ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”?

Task 10: Word Check Write down the Korean words next to their English equivalents. The first one is done for you. a. ์–ด์ œ โˆš

j.

์ž ์žค์–ด์š”

b. ์–ธ์ œ

k.

์‚ฐ์ฑ…ํ–ˆ์–ด์š”

c. ์•„์นจ์—/์˜ค์ „์—

l.

ํ…”๋ ˆ๋น„์ „ ๋ดค์–ด์š”

d. ๋‚ฎ์—/์˜คํ›„์—

m.

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ–ˆ์–ด์š”

e. ์ €๋…์—

n.

์ฑ… ์ฝ์—ˆ์–ด์š”

f.

o.

์Œ์•… ๋“ค์—ˆ์–ด์š”

g. ์ €๋… ๋จน์—ˆ์–ด์š”

p.

์ „ํ™”ํ–ˆ์–ด์š”

h. ์ฐจ ๋งˆ์…จ์–ด์š”.

q.

์˜ํ™” ๋ดค์–ด์š”

i.

r.

ํ”ผ์•„๋…ธ ์ณค์–ด์š”

๋ฐค์—

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์—ˆ์–ด์š”

1.

yesterday

๏ƒ  ์–ด์ œ

10.

when

๏ƒ 

2.

in the morning

๏ƒ 

11.

in the afternoon

๏ƒ 

3.

in the evening

๏ƒ 

12.

at night

๏ƒ 

4.

ate dinner

๏ƒ 

13.

studied

๏ƒ 

5.

drank tea

๏ƒ 

14.

went for a walk

๏ƒ 

6.

listened to music

๏ƒ 

15.

played piano

๏ƒ 

7.

rang

๏ƒ 

16.

read a book

๏ƒ 

8.

saw a movie

๏ƒ 

17.

slept

๏ƒ 

9.

was interesting

๏ƒ 

18.

watched television

๏ƒ 


8 ๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”

Unit Focus: ๏‚ท Ordering in a Cafรฉ or Restaurant

o Asking for Something in a Shop o +(์œผ)ใ„น๋ž˜์š” โ€˜I wantโ€ฆโ€™; โ€˜I willโ€ฆโ€™ o Counting Nouns o Pure Korean Numbers o Noun +ํ•˜๊ณ , +(์ด)๋ž‘ and +์™€/๊ณผ โ€˜andโ€™


226

UNIT 8 ๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”


227

UNIT 8 ๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”

Situation Dialogue 1 Hyeonu is very thirsty and looking for a cold beer. ๋ฏผ์ค€:

์™”์–ด?

ํ˜„์šฐ:

์‘. ๋‚ ์”จ๊ฐ€ ๊ฝค ๋ฅ๋„ค. ์•„, ๋ชฉ ๋ง๋ผ.

๋ฏผ์ค€:

๋ฌผ ๋งˆ์…”.

ํ˜„์šฐ:

๋ฌผ ๋ง๊ณ  ์‹œ์›ํ•œ ๋งฅ์ฃผ ์—†๋ƒ?

๋ฏผ์ค€:

๋งฅ์ฃผ? ์—†์–ด. ๊ทธ๋ƒฅ ๋ฌผ ๋งˆ์…”.

ํ˜„์šฐ:

์•„~ ๋งฅ์ฃผ๊ฐ€ ๋” ์ข‹์€๋ฐ. ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์—†์ง€ ๋ญ.

Romanisation and Translation Minjun:

Wasseo?

Hyeonu: Eung. Nalssiga kkwae deomne.

Minjun:

Youโ€™re here. Yeah. Itโ€™s much hotter than I

A, mok malla.

thought itโ€™d be. Gee, Iโ€™m thirsty.

Mul masyeo.

Have some water.

Hyeonu: Mul malgo siwonhan maekju eomnya?

Do you (Lit. Do you not) have some cold beer instead of water?

Minjun:

Maekju? Eopseo.

Beer? Nope. (Lit. Thereโ€™s isnโ€™t any.)

Geunyang mul masyeo. Hyeonu: A~ maekjuga deo joeunde. Hal su eopji mwo.

Just have water. Hey! Beer would be better. Oh well, canโ€™t do anything about itโ€ฆ


228

UNIT 8 ๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”

Vocabulary ์™”์–ด?

[์˜ค come+์•˜์–ด(casual past tense ending)]came; got here

๋‚ ์”จ

weather

๊ฝค

considerably; quite; surprisingly

๋ฅ๋„ค

[๋ฅ hot +๋„ค (emphatic ending)] hot

์•„

ah; oh; hey etc.

๋ชฉ ๋ง๋ผ

[๋ชฉ throat ๋งˆ๋ฅด dry+์•„(casual present tense ending)] thirsty (Lit. throat is dry)

๋ฌผ

water

๋งˆ์…”

[๋งˆ์‹œ drink+์–ด(casual present tense ending)] drink

๋ง๊ณ 

instead of

์‹œ์›ํ•œ

[์‹œ์›ํ•˜ cool+ใ„ด(noun modifying adjective ending)] cool; refreshing; cold

๋งฅ์ฃผ

beer

์—†๋ƒ?

[์—† not have; there isnโ€™t+๋ƒ?(casual present tense question ending)] Is there notโ€ฆ?; Do you not haveโ€ฆ?

์—†์–ด

[์—† not have; there isnโ€™t+์–ด(casual present tense ending)] There isnโ€™t.; I donโ€™t have

๊ทธ๋ƒฅ

just; simply

๋”

more; (also forms comparatives like the English โ€“er ending)

์ข‹์€๋ฐ

[์ข‹ good +์€๋ฐ (soft sentence ending/but)]

ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์—†์ง€ ๋ญ. oh well, can't do anything about it


229

UNIT 8 ๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”

Asking for Something in a Shop When we are asking for something in a shop, we say: A: [ noun ] ์žˆ์–ด์š”?

Do you have any [ noun ]?

The reply will be either: B: ๋„ค, ์žˆ์–ด์š”.

Yes, we do.

or B: ์•„๋‹ˆ์š”, ์—†์–ด์š”.

No, we donโ€™t.

Examples: (1) A: ํฌ๋„ ์žˆ์–ด์š”? B: ๋„ค, ์žˆ์–ด์š”. (2) A: ์ธ์‚ผ์ฐจ ์žˆ์–ด์š”?

(3)

Do you have any grapes? Yes, we do. Do you have ginseng tea?

B: ์•„๋‹ˆ์š”, ์—†์–ด์š”

No, we donโ€™t.

A: ์งˆ๋ฌธ ์žˆ์–ด์š”?

Do you have a question?

B: ์•„๋‹ˆ์š”, ์—†์–ด์š”.

No, I donโ€™t.

(4) A: ์˜ค๋Š˜ ์‹œ๊ฐ„ ์žˆ์–ด์š”? B: ์™œ์š”? (5) A: ๋‚จ์ž ์นœ๊ตฌ ์žˆ์–ด์š”? B: ์•„๋‹ˆ์š”, ์—†์–ด์š”.

Do you have (some free) time today? Why? Do you have a boyfriend? No, I donโ€™t.

You can see from the latter examples that this phrase has a wide application not just asking for things in shops.


230

UNIT 8 ๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”

Task 1: Role Play Form a group. One student will play Role A, the borrower. The others in the group will be neighbours. Rotate the roles so that everyone has a turn at borrowing. A:

You are cooking for a party and find out that youโ€™ve forgotten to buy the items below. Ask each of your neighbours in turn if they have what you need, until you have borrowed all of the items.

B:

Divide up the six items below with your fellow neighbours. This is all that you have to lend.

1. ์น˜์ฆˆ

2. ์šฐ์œ 

3. ์ปคํ”ผ

4. ๋‹น๊ทผ

5. ๋ฐฐ์ถ”

6. ํฌ๋„

[๋Œ€ํ™” ๋ณด๊ธฐ] A: [ ์šฐ์œ  ] ์žˆ์–ด์š”? B:

๋„ค, ์žˆ์–ด์š”. / ์—†๋Š”๋ฐ์š”. (When B replies that s/he doesnโ€™t have the item, s/he uses the term ์—†๋Š”๋ฐ์š”. Although the meaning is the same as ์—†์–ด์š”, the ending is softer and more polite. Pronunciation: eom-neun-de-yo.)


UNIT 8 ๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”

Task 2: Writing Answer the questions about what is in the refrigerator according to the picture. The first two have been done for you. 1.

A: ์˜ค๋ Œ์ง€ ์žˆ์–ด์š”? B: ๋„ค, ์žˆ์–ด์š”.

2.

A: ๋‹ญ๊ณ ๊ธฐ ์žˆ์–ด์š”? B: ์—†๋Š”๋ฐ์š”.

3.

A: ๋ฒ„์„ฏ์€์š”? B:

4.

A: ๋ฐฐ์ถ”๋Š”์š”? B:

5.

A: ๋‹ฌ๊ฑ€์€์š”? B:

6.

A: ์†Œ๊ณ ๊ธฐ๋Š”์š”? B:

7.

A: ์ƒ์„  ์žˆ์–ด์š”? B:

8.

A: ์‚ฌ๊ณผ ์žˆ์–ด์š”? B:

9.

A: ๋นต์€์š”? B:

10.

A: ๊ฐ์ž๋Š”์š”? B:

231


232

UNIT 8 ๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”

Task 3: Listening โ˜ž ๋ฌธํ˜• (EXPONENT) A(things) ์žˆ์–ด์š”?

Have we got A?

(A) ์žˆ์–ด์š”/์—†์–ด์š”.

We have/haven't got A.

โ˜ž ํ•„์ˆ˜ ์–ดํœ˜ (ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY) ๋„ค

yes

์•„๋‹ˆ์˜ค

no

์‚ฌ๊ณผ

apple

์˜ค๋ Œ์ง€

orange

๊ฐ์ž

potato

๋ฒ„์„ฏ

mushroom

์ƒ์„ 

fish

๊ฒŒ

crab

๋‹น๊ทผ

carrot

์˜ฅ์ˆ˜์ˆ˜

corn

ํฌ๋„

grape

์ฝœ๋ผ

coke

๋งฅ์ฃผ

beer

์šฐ์œ 

milk

์น˜์ฆˆ

cheese

๋นต

bread

์ผ€์ต

cake

๋‹ฌ๊ฑ€

egg

๋‹ญ๊ณ ๊ธฐ

chicken

์†Œ๊ณ ๊ธฐ

beef

๋ฐฐ์ถ”

Korean cabbage

์˜ค๋ Œ์ง€ ์ฃผ์Šค

orange juice

โ˜ž You will hear Susan ask ์ˆ˜๋ฏธ whether or not the following items are in the fridge. However, ์ˆ˜๋ฏธ is quite playful. She does not always tell the truth. Mark โ€˜โˆšโ€™ TRUE or FALSE according to whether or not she tells the truth. Ready? Listen!


233

UNIT 8 ๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”

์ฐธ 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.

(TRUE)

โ–ก โ–ก โ–ก โ–ก โ–ก โ–ก โ–ก โ–ก โ–ก โ–ก โ–ก โ–ก โ–ก โ–ก โ–ก โ–ก โ–ก โ–ก โ–ก โ–ก

๊ฑฐ์ง“ (FALSE)

โ–ก โ–ก โ–ก โ–ก โ–ก โ–ก โ–ก โ–ก โ–ก โ–ก โ–ก โ–ก โ–ก โ–ก โ–ก โ–ก โ–ก โ–ก โ–ก โ–ก


234

UNIT 8 ๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”


235

UNIT 8 ๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”

Situation Dialogue 2 Minseo and Jihun are at a coffee shop and Minseo wants to have Patbingsu. ์ง€ํ›ˆ:

๋ญ ๋งˆ์‹ค๋ž˜?

๋ฏผ์„œ:

์•„์ด์Šค ์ปคํ”ผ. ์•„๋‹ˆ, ํŒฅ๋น™์ˆ˜ ๋จน์„๋ž˜.

์ง€ํ›ˆ:

ํŒฅ๋น™์ˆ˜?

(Jihun tries to get the attention of a waiter.) ์ง€ํ›ˆ:

์—ฌ๊ธฐ์š”!

(The waiter comes over.) ์ง€ํ›ˆ:

ํŒฅ๋น™์ˆ˜ ๋ผ์š”?

์ข…์—…์›:

์ž ์‹œ๋งŒ์š”.

(The waiter comes back.) ์ข…์—…์›:

์ฃ„์†กํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค, ์†๋‹˜. ์˜ค๋Š˜์€ ํŒฅ๋น™์ˆ˜๊ฐ€ ์•ˆ ๋ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.

๋ฏผ์„œ:

์Œ... ๊ทธ๋Ÿผ ์•„์ด์Šค ์ปคํ”ผ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”.

์ง€ํ›ˆ:

์ €๋„ ๊ฐ™์€ ๊ฑธ๋กœ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”.

์ข…์—…์›:

์•„์ด์Šค ์ปคํ”ผ ๋‘ ์ž”์ด์š”. ์•Œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.

Romanisation and Translation Jihun:

Mwo masillae?

Minseo: Aiseu keopi.

Whatcha wanna drink? Iced coffee.

Ani, patbingsu meogeullae.

No wait, I want patbingsu.

Jihun:

Patbingsu?

Patbingsu?

Jihun:

Yeogiyo!

Excuse me. (Lit. Over here!)

Jihun:

Patbingsu dwaeyo?

Do you have patbingsu?


236

UNIT 8 ๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”

Staff:

Jamsimanyo.

I shall check. (Lit. One moment.)

Staff:

Joesonghamnida, sonnim.

Iโ€™m sorry. (Lit. Iโ€™m sorry,

Oneureun patbingsuga an

customer.)

doemnida.

There is no patbingsu today.

Minseo: Eum... Geureom aiseu keopi

Umโ€ฆThen can I have an iced

juseyo.

coffee, please?

Jihun:

Jeodo gateun geollo juseyo.

The same for me, please.

Staff:

Aiseu keopi du janiyo.

Certainly, (Lit. I understand) two

Algetseumnida.

iced coffees.

Vocabulary ๋ญ

what

๋งˆ์‹ค๋ž˜

[๋งˆ์‹œ drink+ใ„น๋ž˜ will] will drink

์•„์ด์Šค ์ปคํ”ผ

ice coffee

๋จน์„๋ž˜

[๋จน eat+์„๋ž˜ will] will eat

์•„๋‹ˆ

nah; nup; no

ํŒฅ๋น™์ˆ˜

A bowl of fruit, ice cream, crushed ice and red beans

์—ฌ๊ธฐ์š”

[์—ฌ๊ธฐ here +์š” (polite particle)] over here

๋ผ์š”?

[๋˜+์–ด์š”(casual present tense ending)] Is ... available?

์ž ์‹œ๋งŒ์š”

[์ž ์‹œ๋งŒ just a moment+์š”(polite particle)] Just a moment, please

์ฃ„์†กํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

[์ฃ„์†กํ•˜ sorry+ใ…‚๋‹ˆ๋‹ค(formal present tense ending)] Iโ€™m sorry. (Lit. I regret it.)

์†๋‹˜

customer; guest

์˜ค๋Š˜์€

[์˜ค๋Š˜ today+์€(topic particle)] today

์•ˆ ๋ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

[์•ˆ negative word ๋˜+ใ…‚๋‹ˆ๋‹ค(formal present tense ending)] is not okay; cannot; not available

๊ทธ๋Ÿผ

well then; in that case


UNIT 8 ๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š” ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”

237

[์ฃผ give+์„ธ์š”(very polite present tense ending)] (please) give

์ €๋„

[์ € I(humble)+๋„ too] me too; I also

๊ฐ™์€ ๊ฑธ๋กœ

[๊ฐ™์€ the same + ๊ฑธ thing +๋กœ(particle)] same one

๋‘์ž”

two cups

+์ด์š”

polite particle โ€˜+(์ด)์š”โ€™

์•Œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

Okay. (Lit. I understand.)

Note: When speaking English, it is very common to add โ€˜thank youโ€™ or โ€˜thanksโ€™ when making an order. The Korean equivalents are reserved for when we want to express gratitude for something, and are not used when ordering from a waiter or shop assistant.


238

UNIT 8 ๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”

+(์œผ)ใ„น๋ž˜์š” โ€˜I want toโ€ฆโ€™; โ€˜I willโ€ฆโ€™ When we express a desire to do something, we can use: Verb Stem

+ใ„น๋ž˜/์„๋ž˜

(Casual)

Verb Stem

+ใ„น๋ž˜์š”/์„๋ž˜์š”

(Polite)

When ascertaining anotherโ€™s desire do something or not, we can use: Verb Stem

+ใ„น๋ž˜?/์„๋ž˜?

(Casual)

Verb Stem

+ใ„น๋ž˜์š”?/์„๋ž˜์š”?

(Polite)

Verb Stem

+์‹ค๋ž˜์š”?/์œผ์‹ค๋ž˜์š”?

(Very Polite)

When using this pattern, the sentence subject must be โ€˜Iโ€™, โ€˜weโ€™ or โ€˜youโ€™ and cannot be โ€˜sheโ€™, โ€˜heโ€™, or โ€˜theyโ€™. 1) Casual and polite forms ๏‚ท

๏‚ท

If the verb stem ends in a vowel: +ใ„น๋ž˜(์š”) ๋งˆ์‹œ + ใ„น๋ž˜(์š”)

๏ƒ 

๋งˆ์‹ค๋ž˜(์š”)

will drink

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆฌ + ใ„น๋ž˜(์š”)

๏ƒ 

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆด๋ž˜(์š”)

will wait

If it ends in a consonant (except for ใ„น): +์„๋ž˜(์š”) ๋จน + ์„๋ž˜(์š”)

๏ƒ 

๋จน์„๋ž˜(์š”)

will eat

๋“ฃ* + ์„๋ž˜(์š”)

๏ƒ 

๋“ค์„๋ž˜(์š”)

will listen to

2) Very polite form ๏‚ท

If the verb stem ends in a vowel: +์‹ค๋ž˜์š”? ๋งˆ์‹œ + ใ„น๋ž˜์š”?*

๏ƒ 

๋“œ์‹ค๋ž˜์š”? (๋“œ์‹œ+ใ„น๋ž˜์š”?)

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆฌ + ์‹ค๋ž˜์š”?

๏ƒ 

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆฌ์‹ค๋ž˜์š”?


239

UNIT 8 ๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š” ๏‚ท

If it ends in a consonant (except for ใ„น): +์œผ์‹ค๋ž˜์š”? ๋จน + ์„๋ž˜์š”?*

๏ƒ 

๋“œ์‹ค๋ž˜์š”? (๋“œ์‹œ+ใ„น๋ž˜์š”?)

๋“ฃ* + ์œผ์‹ค๋ž˜์š”?

๏ƒ 

๋“ค์œผ์‹ค๋ž˜์š”?

The very polite form +(์œผ)์‹ค๋ž˜์š”? is used only in questions. Also note that we have to use the very polite word ๋“œ์‹œ, in place of ๋จน(eat) and ๋งˆ์‹œ(drink), which cannot take +(์œผ)์‹ค๋ž˜์š”. Examples: (1) A: ๋ญ ๋งˆ์‹ค๋ž˜? B: ์ปคํ”ผ ๋งˆ์‹ค๋ž˜. (2) A: ์–ด๋”” ์•‰์„๋ž˜? B: ๋‚˜ ์—ฌ๊ธฐ ์•‰์„๋ž˜. (3) A: ๋ญ ๋“œ์‹ค๋ž˜์š”? B: ํ™์ฐจ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”.

What will you drink? I will drink coffee.

Where do you want to sit down? I want to sit here.

What will you drink? Iโ€™ll have tea please. (Lit. Give me tea, please.)

(4) A: ๋ญ ์ž…์„๋ž˜? B: ์ฒญ๋ฐ”์ง€ ์ž…์„๋ž˜์š”. (5) A: ์˜ค๋Š˜ ์ €๋… ํ…Œ๋‹ˆ์Šค ์น ๋ž˜์š”? B: ๊ธ€์Ž„์š”. ์ข€ ํ”ผ๊ณคํ•ด์š”. ๊ทธ๋ƒฅ ์ง‘์—์„œ ์‰ด๋ž˜์š”.

Refer to the verb table in the appendices.

What do you want to wear? Iโ€™d like to wear jeans.

Do you want to play tennis tonight? Well, Iโ€™m a bit tired. Iโ€™d like to just rest at home.


240

UNIT 8 ๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”

Task 4: Role Play Practice the dialogue with a partner using some of the vocabulary below. You should know these from Unit 3. A:

๋ญ ๋งˆ์‹ค๋ž˜?

B:

[ ์•„์ด์Šค ์ปคํ”ผ ]. ์•„๋‹ˆ, [ ์˜ค๋ Œ์ง€ ์ฃผ์Šค ] ๋งˆ์‹ค๋ž˜. ๋„Œ?

A:

๋‚œ [ ์ฝœ๋ผ ].

์Œ๋ฃŒ์ˆ˜ (Beverages) 1.

์ฝœ๋ผ

cola

2.

๋งฅ์ฃผ

beer

3.

์šฐ์œ 

milk

4.

์˜ค๋ Œ์ง€ ์ฃผ์Šค

orange juice

5.

์ปคํ”ผ

coffee

6.

์ฐจ

tea

7.

๋ฌผ

water

8.

์œ„์Šคํ‚ค

whisky

9.

ํ™์ฐจ

black tea

10. ์ธ์‚ผ์ฐจ

ginseng tea

11

soft drinks

ํƒ„์‚ฐ/์ฒญ๋Ÿ‰ ์Œ๋ฃŒ

12. ๋…น์ฐจ

green tea


241

UNIT 8 ๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”

Task 5: Role Play Practice the dialogue with a partner using some of the vocabulary below. You should know these from Unit 3. A:

[ ์•„์ด์Šค ์ปคํ”ผ ] ๋ผ์š”?*

B:

์ฃ„์†กํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค, ์†๋‹˜. ์˜ค๋Š˜์€ [ ์•„์ด์Šค ์ปคํ”ผ ]๊ฐ€ ์•ˆ ๋ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.

A:

์Œ... ๊ทธ๋Ÿผ [ ์ฝœ๋ผ ] ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”.

Note: โ€œ... ๋ผ์š”?โ€ means โ€œIs ... available?โ€ but it can also be used for โ€œIs ... allowedโ€ and is used in the phrase โ€œ์นด๋“œ ๋ผ์š”? (Can I pay by card?)โ€. โ€˜๋ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹คโ€™ is the formal style version of โ€˜๋ผ์š”โ€™. ์Œ๋ฃŒ์ˆ˜ (Beverages) 1.

์ฝœ๋ผ

cola

2.

๋งฅ์ฃผ

beer

3.

์šฐ์œ 

milk

4.

์˜ค๋ Œ์ง€ ์ฃผ์Šค

orange juice

5.

์ปคํ”ผ

coffee

6.

์ฐจ

tea

7.

๋ฌผ

water

8.

์œ„์Šคํ‚ค

whisky

9.

ํ™์ฐจ

black tea

10. ์ธ์‚ผ์ฐจ

ginseng tea

11

soft drinks

ํƒ„์‚ฐ/์ฒญ๋Ÿ‰ ์Œ๋ฃŒ

12. ๋…น์ฐจ

green tea


242

UNIT 8 ๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”

Counting Nouns Korean commonly uses counting nouns for counting objects with numbers. An example of a counting noun, โ€˜์‹œ (oโ€™clock)โ€™, was introduced in unit 6. An example of an English counting noun is the word โ€˜cupโ€™ when we say โ€˜Iโ€™ll have two cups of coffeeโ€™ rather than โ€˜Iโ€™ll have two coffeesโ€™. In English, however, these are mainly used with โ€˜uncountableโ€™ or โ€˜mass nounsโ€™, for example, โ€˜two loaves of breadโ€™ instead of โ€˜two breadsโ€™ or โ€˜three pieces of furnitureโ€™ instead of โ€˜three furnituresโ€™. (Note that in Korean all nouns must be used in their singular form when a number is specified.) (1) ์ปคํ”ผ ๋‘ ์ž” ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”.

Iโ€™ll have 2 cups of coffee.

(2) ์‚ฌ๊ณผ ํ•œ ๊ฐœ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”.

Give me 1 apple.

The use of counting nouns in English is very limited. However, Korean has a wide range of different counting nouns. ๊ฐœ can be used with most objects, though it must not be used for people. For people, use ์‚ฌ๋žŒ, ๋ช… or ๋ถ„. ์‚ฌ๋žŒ and ๋ช… are interchangeable and are both neutral terms for counting people. ๋ถ„ is an honorific form and should be used for elders, customers, seniors, etc. For example, when customers arrive at a restaurant: (3) ์ข…์—…์›: ๋ช‡ ๋ถ„์ด์„ธ์š”? ์†๋‹˜:

์„ธ ๋ช…์ด์—์š”.

How many of you are there? There are three of us.


243

UNIT 8 ๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š” ํ•œ์ž”

ํ•œ๋ณ‘

ํ•œ๊ฐœ

ํ•œ์‹œ

๋‘์ž”

๋‘๋ณ‘

๋‘๊ฐœ

๋‘์‹œ

์„ธ์ž”

์„ธ๋ณ‘

์„ธ๊ฐœ

์„ธ์‹œ

๋„ค์ž”

๋„ค๋ณ‘

๋„ค๊ฐœ

๋„ค์‹œ

์Šค๋ฌด ์ž”

์Šค๋ฌด ๋ณ‘

์Šค๋ฌด ๊ฐœ

The list below shows the counting nouns that you are most likely to need in everyday conversation, so you should memorise these.

Item

Counting Noun

Example

(1)

oโ€™clock

์‹œ

ํ•œ์‹œ

one oโ€™clock

(2)

hours

์‹œ๊ฐ„

๋‘ ์‹œ๊ฐ„

two hours

(3)

months

๋‹ฌ

์„ธ๋‹ฌ

three months

(4)

age (years)

์‚ด

๋„ค์‚ด

four years (old)

(5)

people

์‚ฌ๋žŒ/๋ช…

ํ•™์ƒ ๋‹ค์„ฏ ์‚ฌ๋žŒ/๋ช…

five students

(6)

people (honorific) ๋ถ„

์†๋‹˜ ๋‹ค์„ฏ ๋ถ„

five customers

(7)

general things

๊ฐœ

์‚ฌ๊ณผ ์—ฌ์„ฏ ๊ฐœ

six apples

(8)

cups

์ž”

์ปคํ”ผ ์ผ๊ณฑ ์ž”

seven cups of coffee

(9)

bottles

๋ณ‘

๋งฅ์ฃผ ์—ฌ๋Ÿ ๋ณ‘

eight bottles of beer

(10) sheets, tickets

์žฅ

์ข…์ด ์—ดํ•œ ์žฅ

eleven sheets of paper


244

UNIT 8 ๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”

This list shows less frequently used counting nouns and is provided for you to refer to when necessary.

Item

Counting

Example

Noun (11)

animals

๋งˆ๋ฆฌ

์†Œ ์•„ํ™‰ ๋งˆ๋ฆฌ

nine cows

(12)

books

๊ถŒ

์ฑ…์—ด๊ถŒ

ten books.

(13)

pencils

์ž๋ฃจ

์—ฐํ•„ ์—ด๋‘ ์ž๋ฃจ

twelve pencils

(14)

shoes, socks

์ผค๋ ˆ

๊ตฌ๋‘ ์—ด์„ธ ์ผค๋ ˆ

thirteen pairs of shoes

(15)

suits (clothes)

๋ฒŒ

์–‘๋ณต ์—ด๋„ค ๋ฒŒ

fourteen suits

(16)

cars

๋Œ€

์ž๋™์ฐจ ์—ด๋‹ค์„ฏ ๋Œ€ fifteen cars

(17)

trees

๊ทธ๋ฃจ

๋‚˜๋ฌด ์—ด์—ฌ์„ฏ ๊ทธ๋ฃจ sixteen trees

(18)

letters

ํ†ต

ํŽธ์ง€ ์—ด์ผ๊ณฑ ํ†ต

seventeen letters


245

UNIT 8 ๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”

Task 6: Writing Compile a shopping list from the information on the right. Make sure you use the appropriate counting nouns. The first one has been done for you.

a.

oranges

3

1. ์˜ค๋ Œ์ง€ ์„ธ ๊ฐœ

b.

apples

2

2.

c.

eggs

10

3.

d.

beer

5

4.

e.

whisky

1

5.

f.

cakes

4

6.

g.

bread

1

7.

h.

carrots

7

8.


246

UNIT 8 ๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”

Task 7: Writing You need to buy the items in the box for a party:

apples -10

apple juice - 2 bottles

pears - 5

beer - 8 bottles

coke - 7 bottles

wine - 1 bottle

orange juice - 3 bottles

Use this information to complete the following dialogues. 1. 1st ๊ณผ์ผ ๊ฐ€๊ฒŒ์—์„œ ์ ์›: ์–ด์„œ ์˜ค์„ธ์š”. ์†๋‹˜: ์‚ฌ๊ณผ ์žˆ์–ด์š”? ์ ์›: ๋„ค, ์žˆ์–ด์š”. ์†๋‹˜: ๋ฐฐ๋Š”์š”? ์ ์›: ์—†๋Š”๋ฐ์š”. ์†๋‹˜: ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋ฉด,

์ฃผ์„ธ์š”.

2. 2nd ๊ณผ์ผ ๊ฐ€๊ฒŒ์—์„œ ์ ์›: ์–ด์„œ ์˜ค์„ธ์š”. ์†๋‹˜: ๋ฐฐ ์žˆ์–ด์š”? ์ ์›: ๋„ค, ์žˆ์–ด์š”. ์†๋‹˜: ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋ฉด,

์ฃผ์„ธ์š”.


247

UNIT 8 ๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š” 3. 1st ์Šˆํผ๋งˆ์ผ“์—์„œ ์ ์›: ์–ด์„œ ์˜ค์„ธ์š”. ์†๋‹˜: ์ฝœ๋ผ ์žˆ์–ด์š”? ์ ์›: ๋„ค, ์žˆ์–ด์š”. ์†๋‹˜: ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋ฉด,

์ฃผ์„ธ์š”.

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ์‚ฌ๊ณผ ์ฃผ์Šค ์žˆ์–ด์š”? ์ ์›: ์—†๋Š”๋ฐ์š”. ์˜ค๋ Œ์ง€ ์ฃผ์Šค๋Š” ์žˆ์–ด์š”. ์†๋‹˜: ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋ฉด, ์˜ค๋ Œ์ง€ ์ฃผ์Šค

์ฃผ์„ธ์š”.

4. 2nd ์Šˆํผ๋งˆ์ผ“์—์„œ ์ ์›: ์–ด์„œ ์˜ค์„ธ์š”. ์†๋‹˜: ์‚ฌ๊ณผ ์ฃผ์Šค ์žˆ์–ด์š”? ์ ์›: ๋„ค, ์žˆ์–ด์š”. ์†๋‹˜: ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋ฉด,

์ฃผ์„ธ์š”.

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ๋งฅ์ฃผ ์žˆ์–ด์š”? ์ ์›: ๋„ค, ์žˆ์–ด์š”. ์†๋‹˜: ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋ฉด,

์ฃผ์„ธ์š”.

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ํฌ๋„์ฃผ ์žˆ์–ด์š”? ์ ์›: ์—†๋Š”๋ฐ์š”. 5. 3rd ์Šˆํผ๋งˆ์ผ“์—์„œ ์ ์›: ์–ด์„œ ์˜ค์„ธ์š”. ์†๋‹˜: ํฌ๋„์ฃผ ์žˆ์–ด์š”? ์ ์›: ๋„ค, ์žˆ์–ด์š”. ์†๋‹˜: ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋ฉด,

์ฃผ์„ธ์š”.


248

UNIT 8 ๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”

Task 8: Listening โ˜ž ๋ฌธํ˜• (EXPONENT) A(things) ์žˆ์–ด์š”?

Have you got A?

A ์žˆ์–ด์š”/์—†์–ด์š”.

I have/haven't got A.

A(things) ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”.

Give me A, please.

โ˜ž ํ•„์ˆ˜ ์–ดํœ˜ (ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY) ๋„ค

yes

์•„๋‹ˆ์˜ค

no

๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋ฉด

then

์‚ฌ๊ณผ

apple

๋นต

bread

์ฝœ๋ผ

coke

์œ„์Šคํ‚ค

whisky

๋งฅ์ฃผ

beer

๋ธŒ๋žœ๋””

brandy

์˜ค๋ Œ์ง€ ์ฃผ์Šค

orange juice

๊ฐœ

general item counting noun

๋ณ‘

bottle counting noun


UNIT 8 ๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”

249

โ˜ž Listen to the following dialogues that might happen in a shop between a shop assistant and a customer. Write down the number of items that a customer is buying in the box next to that item. Ready? Listen!

1. ๊ณผ์ผ ๊ฐ€๊ฒŒ์—์„œ; in a fruit shop

2. ์Šˆํผ๋งˆ์ผ“์—์„œ; in a small supermarket

3. ์ฃผ๋ฅ˜ ๊ฐ€๊ฒŒ์—์„œ; in a bottle shop


250

UNIT 8 ๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”


251

UNIT 8 ๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”

Situation Dialogue 3 Minjun, Hyeonu and Paul are at a Korean restaurant in Melbourne. ์ข…์—…์›: ์–ด์„œ ์˜ค์„ธ์š”. ์„ธ ๋ถ„์ด์„ธ์š”? ๋ฏผ์ค€:

๋„ค.

์ข…์—…์›: ์ด์ชฝ์œผ๋กœ ์˜ค์„ธ์š”.

(A waiter comes back to take an order.) ์ข…์—…์›: ์ฃผ๋ฌธ ํ•˜์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ? ๋ฏผ์ค€:

๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ ํ•˜๋‚˜, ๊น€์น˜์ฐŒ๊ฐœ ๋‘˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”. ๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ์€ ๊ณ ๊ธฐ ๋นผ๊ณ ์š”.

์ข…์—…์›: ๋„ค, ์•Œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.

(The waiter brings out the food.) ์ข…์—…์›: ๋ง›์žˆ๊ฒŒ ๋“œ์„ธ์š”.

(Hyeonu gets the attention of waiter.) ํ˜„์šฐ:

์ €๊ธฐ์š”. ์—ฌ๊ธฐ ๋ฌผ ํ•œ ์ž”๋งŒ ๋” ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”.

์ข…์—…์›: ๋„ค. ๋ญ ํ•„์š”ํ•œ ๊ฑฐ ๋” ์—†์œผ์„ธ์š”? ํด:

์•„๋‡จ, ๊ดœ์ฐฎ์•„์š”.

์ข…์—…์›: ๋„ค, ์•Œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.

Romanisation and Translation Staff:

Eoseo oseyo. Se buniseyo?

Welcome. A table for three?

Minjun:

Ne.

Yes.

Staff:

Ijjogeuro oseyo.

Please come this way.

(A waiter comes back to take an order.) Staff:

Jumun hasigetseumnikka?

Are you ready to order? (Lit. Will you order?)


252 Minjun:

UNIT 8 ๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š” Bibimbap hana, gimchijjigae

One bibimbab and two kimchi

dul juseyo.

jjigae please.

Bibimbabeun gogi ppaegoyo.

Weโ€™ll have the bibimbap without meat. (vegetarian bibimbap)

Staff:

Ne, algetseumnida.

Yes, certainly. (Lit. Yes, I understand.)

(The waiter brings out the food.) Staff:

Masitge deuseyo.

Enjoy your meal.

(Hyeonu gets the attention of waiter.) Hyeonu: Jeogiyo.

Staff:

Excuse me. (Lit. Hey over

Yeogi mul han janman deo

there!) Can we have another

juseyo.

class of water, please?

Ne. Mwo piryohan geo deo

Sure. Is there anything else you

eopseuseyo?

need? (Lit. Is there not anything else you need?)

Paul:

Anyo,gwaenchanayo.

No, weโ€™re fine.

Staff:

Ne, algetseumnida.

Okay then.

Vocabulary ์–ด์„œ ์˜ค์„ธ์š”.

Welcome (Lit. Please come in right away)

์„ธ๋ถ„

three people

+์ด์„ธ์š”?

is it? (+์ด์„ธ์š”/์„ธ์š” is the honorific form of +์ด์—์š”/์˜ˆ์š”.)

์ด์ชฝ์œผ๋กœ

[์ด์ชฝ this side+์œผ๋กœ to] this way

์˜ค์„ธ์š”.

[์˜ค come+์„ธ์š”(very polite present tense ending)] (please) come

๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ

rice with mixed vegetables and beef


UNIT 8 ๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š” ์ฃผ๋ฌธ

[์ฃผ๋ฌธํ•˜ order +์‹œ(honorific infix) +๊ฒ  (future infix)

ํ•˜์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ?

+์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ?(honorific question ending)]

253

Are you ready to order? ํ•˜๋‚˜

one

๊น€์น˜์ฐŒ๊ฐœ

kimchi stew

๋‘˜

two

๊ณ ๊ธฐ

meat

์ฃผ์„ธ์š”.

[์ฃผ give+์„ธ์š”(very polite present tense ending)] (please) give

๋นผ๊ณ ์š”

[๋นผ take out; except; exclude +๊ณ  and +์š” (polite particle)] without meat, please

์•Œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

Okay. (Lit. I understand.)

๋ง›์žˆ๊ฒŒ ๋“œ์„ธ์š”

Enjoy your meal [๋ง›์žˆ๊ฒŒ deliciously โ€“ *this is really part of an idiomatic expression so canโ€™t really be translated by itself; ๋“œ์„ธ์š” (please) take; eat; drink (honorific)]

์ €๊ธฐ์š”

[์ €๊ธฐ over there +์š”(polite particle)] Excuse me.

์—ฌ๊ธฐ

here

๋ฌผ

water

ํ•œ์ž”

one cup

+๋งŒ

only

๋”

more; (also forms comparatives like the English -er ending: taller)

ํ•„์š”ํ•œ ๊ฑฐ

[ํ•„์š”ํ•˜ needed+ใ„ด(noun modifying adjective ending) ๊ฑฐ thing] โ€œneeded thingโ€

์—†์œผ์„ธ์š”?

[์—† not have; there isnโ€™t+์œผ์„ธ์š”(very polite present tense ending)] Is there not anyโ€ฆ?; Do you not have anyโ€ฆ?


254

UNIT 8 ๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”

์•„๋‡จ

no

๊ดœ์ฐฎ์•„์š”

[๊ดœ์ฐฎ okay+์•„์š”(present tense ending)] okay

๋„ค

yes


255

UNIT 8 ๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”

Restaurant Related Expressions ์ž˜ ๋จน๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค!

(Formal)

I will be enjoying the meal.

์ž˜ ๋จน์„๊ฒŒ.

(Casual)

(You say this just before you start eating the meal prepared or paid by someone other than you.)

์ž˜ ๋จน์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.

(Formal)

I enjoyed the meal.

์ž˜ ๋จน์—ˆ์–ด.

(Casual)

I enjoyed the meal.

๋ง›์žˆ๋‹ค!

Yum; Tastes good.

๋ฐฐ๋ถˆ๋Ÿฌ(์š”).

Iโ€™m full.

์—ฌ๊ธฐ ๋ญ๊ฐ€ ๋ง›์žˆ์–ด์š”?

What is your recommendation? (Lit. What is delicious in this restaurant?).

[A]์— ๊ณ ๊ธฐ ๋“ค์—ˆ์–ด์š”?

Does [A] have meat in it?

๋นจ๋ฆฌ ์ข€ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”.

Could you hurry up, please?

๋ฐ˜์ฐฌ ์ข€ ๋” ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”.

May I have some more side dishes? (Lit. Please give me more side dishes)

์—ฌ๊ธฐ ๋ฐฅ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ถ”๊ฐ€์š”.

One more bowl of rice, please.

์ด๊ฑฐ ์•ˆ ์‹œ์ผฐ๋Š”๋ฐ์š”.

I didnโ€™t order this.

์ด๊ฑฐ ์ฃผ๋ฌธ ์•ˆ ํ–ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ์š”.

I didnโ€™t order this.

์ด๊ฑฐ ์„œ๋น„์Šค์˜ˆ์š”.

Complements of the house (Lit. This is a (free) service)

๊ณ„์‚ฐ์„œ ์ข€ ๊ฐ–๋‹ค ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”.

May I have the bill please?


256

UNIT 8 ๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”

Pure Korean Numbers Korean uses two sets of numbers. The first is comprised of numbers that predate the influence of Chinese culture in Korea, โ€˜Pure Korean numbersโ€™. The second is based on the Chinese number system, โ€˜Sino-Korean numbersโ€™. Pure Korean numbers up to 12 were introduced in unit 6 for telling the time (saying โ€œ1 oโ€™clockโ€, etc.). Here we will introduce more Pure Korean numbers. You will hear these numbers used most often for counting everyday objects, such as when people are ordering things in cafรฉs, etc.

ํ•˜๋‚˜

1

๋‘˜

2

์…‹

3

๋„ท

4

๋‹ค์„ฏ

5

์—ฌ์„ฏ

6

์ผ๊ณฑ

7

์—ฌ๋Ÿ

8

์•„ํ™‰

9

์—ด

10

์—ดํ•˜๋‚˜ 11

์—ด๋‘˜

12

์—ด์…‹

13

์—ด๋„ท

14

์—ด๋‹ค์„ฏ 15

์—ด์—ฌ์„ฏ 16

์—ด์ผ๊ณฑ 17

์—ด์—ฌ๋Ÿ 18

์—ด์•„ํ™‰ 19

์Šค๋ฌผ

20

Examples: (1) ์‚ฌ๊ณผ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”.

Please give me one apple.

(2) ๋ผ๋–ผ ๋‘˜์ด์š”.

Two lattes, please.

(3) ์ปคํ”ผ ์…‹ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”.

Iโ€™ll have three coffees.

(4) ํ–„๋ฒ„๊ฑฐ ๋„ท ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”.

Iโ€™ll have four hamburgers.

Note that the object does not change to a plural form when there is more than one, unlike in English.


257

UNIT 8 ๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”

Note also that a modified form of ํ•˜๋‚˜, ๋‘˜, ์…‹, ๋„ท and ์Šค๋ฌผ are used with counting nouns (shown below). ํ•œ๊ฐœ

ํ•˜๋‚˜

๋‘๊ฐœ

๋‘˜

์„ธ๊ฐœ

์…‹

๋„ค๊ฐœ

๋„ท

์Šค๋ฌด ๊ฐœ

์Šค๋ฌผ

(5a) ์ปคํ”ผ ๋‘˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”.

Iโ€™ll have two coffees.

(5b) ์ปคํ”ผ ๋‘ ์ž” ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”.

Iโ€™ll have two cups of coffee.

While these numbers exist up to 99 (shown below), nowadays most Koreans tend to use them only for numbers up to about 20. Listening Comprehension Tasks 10 and 11 introduce the Pure Korean numbers up to 20. ์Šค๋ฌผ 20

์„œ๋ฅธ 30

๋งˆํ” 40

์‰ฐ 50

์˜ˆ์ˆœ 60

์ผํ” 70

์—ฌ๋“  80

์•„ํ” 90


258

UNIT 8 ๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”

Task 9: Word Check Connect the numerals with their Pure Korean number equivalent. The first one is done for you. 1 โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€” ํ•˜๋‚˜ 2

์ผ๊ณฑ

3

์—ฌ๋Ÿ

4

๋‘˜

5

์…‹

6

์—ฌ์„ฏ

7

์•„ํ™‰

8

๋„ท

9

๋‹ค์„ฏ

10

์—ด


259

UNIT 8 ๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”

Task 10: Listening โ˜ž ํ•„์ˆ˜ ์–ดํœ˜ (ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY) ํ•˜๋‚˜

one

๋‘˜

two

์…‹

three

๋„ท

four

๋‹ค์„ฏ

five

์—ฌ์„ฏ

six

์ผ๊ณฑ

seven

์—ฌ๋Ÿ

eight

์•„ํ™‰

nine

์—ด

ten

โ˜ž You are going to hear pure Korean numbers from 1 to 10. Circle the number that you hear. Ready? Listen! 1. a.5 b.9

2. a.7 b.10

3. a.2 b.8

4. a.9 b.3

5. a.1 b.6

6. a.3 b.8

7. a.3 b.9

8. a.3 b.1

9. a.7 b.5

10. a.4 b.9

โ˜ž You are going to hear the numbers again. However, this time write down the number that you hear, if possible, in Korean. Ready? Listen! 11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.


260

UNIT 8 ๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”

Task 11: Listening โ˜ž ํ•„์ˆ˜ ์–ดํœ˜ (ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY) ์—ดํ•˜๋‚˜

eleven

์—ด๋‘˜

twelve

์—ด์…‹

thirteen

์—ด๋„ท

fourteen

์—ด๋‹ค์„ฏ

fifteen

์—ด์—ฌ์„ฏ

sixteen

์—ด์ผ๊ณฑ

seventeen

์—ด์—ฌ๋Ÿ

eighteen

์—ด์•„ํ™‰

nineteen

์Šค๋ฌผ

twenty

โ˜ž You are going to hear pure Korean numbers from 11 to 20. Circle the number that you hear. Ready? Listen! 1. a.15 b.14

2. a.17 b.13

3. a.11 b.18

4. a.19 b.13

5. a.11 b.16

6. a.18 b.19

7. a.15 b.13

8. a.12 b.17

9. a.12 b.15

10. a.20 b.19


261

UNIT 8 ๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”

Task 12: Role Play Practice the following role play with a partner A:

Shop assistant: You work in a fast food restaurant. Take your customerโ€™s order, filling out the order sheet below as you go. After you have finished show your partner what you have written to check that you have taken the order correctly. Switch roles when you have finished.

B:

Customer: You are ordering fast food for you and your friends. Decide the quantities of each item that you will order from the menu below and write it down. Order the items from the shop assistant.

[๋Œ€ํ™” ๋ณด๊ธฐ] A: ์–ด์„œ ์˜ค์„ธ์š”. (Welcome. Lit. โ€˜Please come in right awayโ€™) ๋ญ ๋“œ๋ฆด๊นŒ์š”? (What can I get you?) B: ์•„์ด์Šคํฌ๋ฆผ ํ•˜๋‚˜ํ•˜๊ณ  ์น˜์ฆˆ๋ฒ„๊ฑฐ ๋‘˜ํ•˜๊ณ  ์ฝœ๋ผ ์…‹ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”. A: ์•„์ด์Šคํฌ๋ฆผ ํ•˜๋‚˜, ์น˜์ฆˆ๋ฒ„๊ฑฐ ๋‘˜, ์ฝœ๋ผ ์…‹์ด์š”? B: ๋„ค, ๋งž์•„์š”. (Yes, thatโ€™s right)

์•„์ด์Šคํฌ๋ฆผ

๊ฐœ

์ฝœ๋ผ

์ปต

์น˜์ฆˆ๋ฒ„๊ฑฐ

๊ฐœ

์ปคํ”ผ

์ž”

ํ–„๋ฒ„๊ฑฐ

๊ฐœ

์šฐ์œ 

์ปต

ํ”„๋ Œ์น˜ ํ”„๋ผ์ด์ฆˆ

๊ฐœ

ํ™์ฐจ

์ž”


262

UNIT 8 ๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”

Noun +ํ•˜๊ณ , +(์ด)๋ž‘ and +๊ณผ/์™€ โ€˜andโ€™ +ํ•˜๊ณ , +(์ด)๋ž‘ and +๊ณผ/์™€ are particles added to the end of a noun to connect it to another noun: 1) +ํ•˜๊ณ  for conversational speech:

๋นตํ•˜๊ณ  ์šฐ์œ  ์šฐ์œ ํ•˜๊ณ  ๋นต

2) +(์ด)๋ž‘ for conversational speech, which often used by children or young females o If the word ends in a vowel +๋ž‘:

์šฐ์œ ๋ž‘ ๋นต

o If the word ends in a consonant, +์ด๋ž‘:

๋นต์ด๋ž‘ ์šฐ์œ 

3) +๊ณผ/์™€ for writing or formal speech o If the word ends in a vowel, +์™€:

์šฐ์œ ์™€ ๋นต

o If the word ends in a consonant, +๊ณผ:

๋นต๊ณผ ์šฐ์œ 

Note that there is no space between the first noun and the particle, but there is a space between the particle and the second noun (not ์ฝœ๋ผ ํ•˜๊ณ  ํ™์ฐจ, but ์ฝœ๋ผํ•˜๊ณ  ํ™์ฐจ). We use +ํ•˜๊ณ  most often in conversation. Examples: (1) ์†๋‹˜: ์ฝœ๋ผํ•˜๊ณ  ์ปคํ”ผ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”. ์ ์›: ๋„ค, ์—ฌ๊ธฐ ์žˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค (2) A: ํ•œ๊ตญ์–ด ์ˆ˜์—… ์–ธ์ œ ์žˆ์–ด์š”? . B: ์›”์š”์ผํ•˜๊ณ  ์ˆ˜์š”์ผ์ด์š”

Please give me a coke and a coffee. Certainly, here you are. When do you have Korean classes? On Mondays and Wednesdays.

(3) ๋นต์ด๋ž‘ ์šฐ์œ  ์ƒ€์–ด์š”.

I bought bread and milk.

(4) ๋…๋ฆฝ์˜ํ™” โ€˜๋นต๊ณผ ์šฐ์œ โ€™

Independent Film โ€˜Bread and Milkโ€™,

(์›์‹ ์—ฐ ๊ฐ๋…)

Director: Shin-yon Won.


263

UNIT 8 ๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”

Task 13: Writing Work out what the following dialogue means and fill in the blanks using the words below. There may be more than one answer. +ํ•˜๊ณ 

๋ณ‘

ํ•œ

ํ•˜๋‚˜

๊ฐœ

๋‘˜

์ข…์—…์›:

์–ด์„œ ์˜ค์„ธ์š”. ๋‘ ๋ถ„์ด์„ธ์š”?

์†๋‹˜:

๋„ค.

์ข…์—…์›:

์ด์ชฝ์œผ๋กœ ์˜ค์„ธ์š”. ๋ญ ๋“œ์‹œ๊ฒ ์–ด์š”?

์†๋‹˜:

๋งฅ์ฃผ ๋ญ ์žˆ์–ด์š”?

์ข…์—…์›:

ํ•˜์ดํŠธ, ์นด์Šค, ์นดํ”„๋ฆฌ๊ฐ€ ์žˆ๋Š”๋ฐ์š”.

์†๋‹˜:

ํ•˜์ดํŠธ ์„ธ

์ข…์—…์›:

๋„ค, ์•Œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ์•ˆ์ฃผ๋Š”์š”?

์†๋‹˜:

๋งˆ๋ฅธ ์•ˆ์ฃผ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”.

์ข…์—…์›:

๋„ค, ํ•˜์ดํŠธ ์…‹

์†๋‹˜:

๋งž์•„์š”.

์ฃผ์„ธ์š”.

๋งˆ๋ฅธ ์•ˆ์ฃผ*

์š”?

Note: Korean pub goers normally order ์•ˆ์ฃผ (drinking snacks) to go with their drinks. (It is often compulsory to do so!) These side dishes can vary from plates of nibbles to large hot dishes of nicely prepared food. The drinks are very cheap and the pubs usually make their money from selling these โ€œside dishesโ€.


264

UNIT 8 ๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”

Task 14: Listening โ˜ž ๋ฌธํ˜• (EXPONENT) A(things) ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”.

Give me A please.

โ˜ž ํ•„์ˆ˜ ์–ดํœ˜ (ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY) ์ฝœ๋ผ

coke

์ปคํ”ผ

coffee

์˜ค๋ Œ์ง€ ์ฃผ์Šค

orange juice

์šฐ์œ 

milk

์–ด์„œ ์˜ค์„ธ์š”

routine expression meaning welcome

Pure Korean numbers up to 5 โ˜ž You are going to hear three dialogues in which a customer is ordering drinks in a coffee shop. Write down the number of drinks the customer orders in the box next to the drink. Ready? Listen!


9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

Unit Focus: ๏‚ท Asking for and Giving Prices ๏‚ท Asking for a Discount

o ์–ผ๋งˆ โ€˜How much?โ€™ o Sino-Korean Numbers o Telling the Time: # minutes o ์•„๋‹ˆ์—์š” โ€˜am/are/is notโ€™ o Rate and Ratio Particle +์— โ€˜perโ€™ o Delimiter Particle +๋งŒ โ€˜onlyโ€™ o Demonstrative Pronouns: ์ด, ๊ทธ, ์ € and ์–ด๋Š o Vocabulary: Colour Terms ์ƒ‰ o Vocabulary: Consumer Items


266

UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?


267

UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

Situation Dialogue 1 Jihun and Minseo are at a fast food restaurant. ์ ์›:

๋ญ ๋“œ๋ฆด๊นŒ์š”?

์ง€ํ›ˆ:

๋ถˆ๊ณ ๊ธฐ ๋ฒ„๊ฑฐ ์„ธํŠธ ๋‘˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”.

์ ์›:

์—ฌ๊ธฐ ์žˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.

์ง€ํ›ˆ:

์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

์ ์›:

๊ตฌ์ฒœ ์›์ž…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.

์ ์›:

๋งŒ ์› ๋ฐ›์•˜์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.

์ ์›:

์ฒœ ์› ๋“œ๋ ธ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.

Romanisation and Translation Assistant: Mwo deurilkkayo?

What can I get you?

Jihun:

Bulgogi beogeo seteu dul

Two bulgogi burger meals,

juseyo.

please.

Assistant: Yeogi itseumnida.

Here you are.

Jihun:

How much is that?

Eolmayeyo?

Assistant: Gucheonwonimnida.

Thatโ€™s 9,000 won.

Assistant: Manwon badat๏ƒ—seumnida.

Thatโ€™s (Lit. I have received) 10,000 won.

Assistant: Cheonwon deuryeot๏ƒ—seumnida. Thatโ€™s 1,000 won change. (Lit. I have given you 1,000 won.)


268

UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

Vocabulary ๋ญ

what

๋“œ๋ฆด๊นŒ์š”?

[๋“œ๋ฆฌ give(honorific)+ใ„น๊นŒ์š”?shall I?] Shall I give โ€ฆ?

๋ถˆ๊ณ ๊ธฐ ๋ฒ„๊ฑฐ

bulgogi burger

์„ธํŠธ

meal

๋‘˜

two

์ฃผ์„ธ์š”

[์ฃผ give+์„ธ์š”(honorific present tense ending)] (please) give

์—ฌ๊ธฐ ์žˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

[์—ฌ๊ธฐ here ์žˆ there is+์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค(formal style present tense ending)] here it is (polite)

์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

[์–ผ๋งˆ how much+์˜ˆ์š” am/are/is] How much is it?

๊ตฌ์ฒœ ์›

9,000 won

+์ž…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

+์ž…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค is the formal style version of +์˜ˆ์š”/์ด์—์š” (am/are/is).

๋งŒ์›

10,000 won

๋ฐ›์•˜์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

[๋ฐ› receive+์•˜์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค(formal style past tense ending)] received (polite)

์ฒœ์›

1,000 won

๋“œ๋ ธ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

[๋“œ๋ฆฌ give(honorific)+์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค(formal style past tense ending)] gave (polite)

Note 1: Korean shop assistants typically use formal-honorific forms when speaking to customers. Customers will generally speak to shop assistants in more casual - though still polite - forms. Note 2: The highest valued Korean note is 50,000 won and the lowest is


UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

269

1,000 won. Coins range from 1 won to 500 won. Current Korean currency can be found at the following web address: http://eng.bok.or.kr/broadcast.action?menuNaviId=1691


270

UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

์•„๋‹ˆ์—์š” โ€˜am/are/is notโ€™ 1) +์ด์—์š”/์˜ˆ์š” (am/are/is) In unit 1 you have learned +์ด์—์š”/์˜ˆ์š” to say โ€˜A is Bโ€™ when B is a noun and not an adjective. Remember that this ending must be added to the end of a noun, pronoun or wh-question word. Noun+(์ด)์•ผ

(Casual)

Noun+์ด์—์š”/์˜ˆ์š”

(Polite)

Noun+(์ด)์„ธ์š”

(Honorific)

Noun+์ž…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

(Polite, formal)

Noun+(์ด)์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

(Honorific, formal)

Rules: ๏‚ท

If the noun ends in a vowel: +์˜ˆ์š” What is that?

๊ทธ๊ฑฐ ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”? ๏‚ท

If it ends in a consonant: +์ด์—์š” ์—ฌ์ž ์นœ๊ตฌ ์‚ฌ์ง„์ด์—์š”.

Itโ€™s a photo of my girlfriend.

2) ์•„๋‹ˆ์—์š” If you want to say that โ€˜A is not Bโ€™, then you use ์•„๋‹ˆ์—์š”. Noun

์•„๋‹ˆ์•ผ

(Casual)

Noun

์•„๋‹ˆ์—์š”

(Polite)

Noun

์•„๋‹ˆ์„ธ์š”

(Honorific)

Noun

์•„๋‹™๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

(Polite, formal)

Noun

์•„๋‹ˆ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

(Honorific, formal)


271

UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

However in this case, we do not write it as an ending attached to the noun, but as a separate word: ์ด๊ฑฐ ์ œ ์ฑ… ์•„๋‹ˆ์—์š”.

This is not my book.

Examples: (1) A:

์ € ์‚ฌ๋žŒ ํ•œ๊ตญ ์‚ฌ๋žŒ์ด์—์š”?

Is s/he a Korean?

์•„๋‹ˆ์š”, ํ•œ๊ตญ ์‚ฌ๋žŒ ์•„๋‹ˆ์—์š”.

No. S/heโ€™s not a Korean.

(2) A:

์ € ์ฐจ ์ผ๋ณธ ๊ฑฐ ์•„๋‹ˆ์—์š”.

That car is not a Japanese one.

B:

๊ทธ๋Ÿผ, ์–ด๋Š ๋‚˜๋ผ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”?

Then what country does it come

B:

from? (3) A: B:

(4) A: B:

์ €๊ฑฐ ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

How much is that?

์‹ญ ๋‹ฌ๋Ÿฌ์˜ˆ์š”.

Itโ€™s 10 dollars.

์ € ๋ถ„ ๋ˆ„๊ตฌ์„ธ์š”?*

Who is s/he? (honorific)

ํ•œ๊ตญํ•™ ๊ต์ˆ˜๋‹˜์ด์„ธ์š”.

S/he is a professor of Korean Studies.

(5) A:

๋‚จ๋™์ƒ์ด ๋ช‡ ํ•™๋…„์ด์—์š”?

What year of school is your younger brother in?

B:

๊ณ ๋“ฑํ•™๊ต ์‚ผ ํ•™๋…„์ด์—์š”.*

He is in 3rd year of high school.

(*ํ•™๋…„ is pronounced โ€œhang-nyeonโ€.) (6) A:

์กธ์—…์‹ ์–ธ์ œ์˜ˆ์š”?

When is your graduation ceremony?

B:

์ด ์›” ์ด์‹ญ์˜ค ์ผ์ด์—์š”.

Itโ€™s on the 25th of February.


272

UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

(7) A:

์—ฌ๊ธฐ ์–ด๋””์˜ˆ์š”?

Where are we? (Lit. Where is this place?)

B:

์ข…๋กœ* ์‚ผ๊ฐ€์˜ˆ์š”.

We are in Jongno 3-ka. (Lit. It is Jongno 3-ka)

(Pronounced โ€œjong-noโ€.) (8) A:

์˜ค๋Š˜ ๋ฉฐ์น ์ด์—์š”?

Whatโ€™s the date today?

B:

์ด์‹ญ์น  ์ผ์ด์—์š”.

Itโ€™s the 27th.

Refer to the appendix 1 at the end of the book.


273

UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

์–ผ๋งˆ โ€˜How much?โ€™ You learned the meaning of ๋ช‡ - โ€˜how manyโ€™, or โ€˜whatโ€™ when used with numerical nouns such as โ€˜timeโ€™/โ€™ageโ€™/โ€™dateโ€™/โ€™floorโ€™ etc. - in Unit 6. Now we will look at the word ์–ผ๋งˆ which has a similar meaning, but different usage.

์–ผ๋งˆ is also used for numerical quantities but, unlike ๋ช‡, ์–ผ๋งˆ is not used before nouns. For example, ๋ช‡ can be used for the following: (1) ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์˜ˆ์š”?

What time is it?

(2) ๋ช‡ ์‚ด์ด์—์š”?

What age are you?/What age is s/he?

(3) ๋ช‡ ์ธต์ด์—์š”?

What floor is it?

In these examples, ๋ช‡ is asking what number. It is also used like this: (4) ํ•˜๋ฃจ์— ์ปคํ”ผ ๋ช‡ ์ž” ๋งˆ์…”์š”?

How many cups of coffee do you drink in a day?

์–ผ๋งˆ, on the other hand, is used like this: (5) ์ด๊ฑฐ ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

How much is this?

Note that there is no noun after ์–ผ๋งˆ, but simply the verb meaning โ€˜isโ€™. This construction can always be equated to โ€˜How much isโ€ฆ?โ€™ In the simple form above, it is used to ask the price of something, but the word โ€˜priceโ€™ is not used in the sentence. So when asking about prices, always use ์–ผ๋งˆ, and for now, use ๋ช‡ for asking about all other quantities or amounts.


274

UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

Sino-Korean Numbers Sino-Korean numbers are used in cases where numbers are more abstract. As such, they are used for dates, telephone numbers, bus numbers, amounts of money including prices, minutes when telling the time, room numbers, floors of a building, measurements of weight, height, and so on. ์˜/๊ณต 0 ์ผ

1

์ด

2

์‚ผ

3

์‚ฌ

4

์˜ค

5

์œก

6

์น 

7

ํŒ”

8

๊ตฌ

9

์‹ญ

10

์‹ญ์ผ

11

์‹ญ์ด

12

์‹ญ์‚ผ

13

์‹ญ์‚ฌ

14

์‹ญ์˜ค

15

์‹ญ์œก

16

์‹ญ์น 

17

์‹ญํŒ”

18

์‹ญ๊ตฌ

19

์ด์‹ญ

20

์‹ญ

10

์ด์‹ญ

20

์‚ผ์‹ญ

30

์‚ฌ์‹ญ

40

์˜ค์‹ญ

๋ฐฑ

100

์ด๋ฐฑ

200

์‚ผ๋ฐฑ

300

์‚ฌ๋ฐฑ

400

โ€ฆ

์ฒœ

1000

์ด์ฒœ

2000

์‚ผ์ฒœ

3000

โ€ฆ

4000

๋งŒ

10000 ์ด๋งŒ

์‹ญ๋งŒ

100,000

๋ฐฑ๋งŒ

1,000,000

์ฒœ๋งŒ

10,000,000

50

20000 โ€ฆ

Examples: year

๋…„

์ฒœ๊ตฌ๋ฐฑ๊ตฌ์‹ญ์˜ค ๋…„

1995

month name

์›”

์ผ์›”

January

date (of the month) ์ผ

์ด์ผ

the 2nd (of a month)

weeks

์ฃผ

์‚ผ์ฃผ

three weeks

minutes

๋ถ„

์‚ฌ๋ถ„

four minutes

currency

์›

์˜ค์›

five won

floor

์ธต

์œก์ธต

the sixth floor

building number

๋™

์น ๋™

building no. 7

room number

ํ˜ธ

ํŒ”ํ˜ธ

room no. 8

telephone number ๊ตญ, ๋ฒˆ ๊ตฌ๋ฐฑ์ผ ๊ตญ์— ์ด์ฒœ ๋ฒˆ 1 901-2000


275

UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

Note 1: Koreans typically express the first four (or three) digits of a phone number as one number, followed by ๊ตญ์—, and then the last four digits as another number, before finally adding ๋ฒˆ. However, Koreans are increasingly expressing phone numbers as a series of digits, as in English. More examples: (1)

(2)

A: ์ด๊ฑฐ ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

How much is this?

B: ์ฒœ์˜ค๋ฐฑ ์›์ด์—์š”.

Itโ€™s 1,500 won.

A: ์‹ ์ž…์‚ฌ์› ์›”๊ธ‰์ด* ์–ผ๋งˆ๋‚˜ ๋ผ์š”? How much is the starting salary? B: ์‚ผ๋ฐฑ๋งŒ ์›์ด์—์š”.

3,000,000 won (per month).

(In Korea, salaries are calculated by the month. ์›”๊ธ‰ means a monthโ€™s pay (์›” month + ๊ธ‰ provision). An employee will usually receive a bonus payment which can be up to 6 months base salary per year, as well as allowances for meals and travelling expenses. Starting annual salaries for university graduates in major companies averaged 29,850,000 won (A$ 40,695) in 2007.) (3)

A: ์ถ”์„์ด* ์–ธ์ œ์˜ˆ์š”?

When is Chuseok?

B: ์Œ๋ ฅ ํŒ”์›” ์‹ญ์˜ค์ผ์ด์—์š”.

Itโ€™s August 15 in the lunar calendar.

(์ถ”์„ is one of the most important public holidays in the Korean calendar. Traditionally, it marked the end of the harvest in autumn. On the day before ์ถ”์„ literally millions of Koreans jam the highways as they travel to their hometowns for the traditional celebrations.)


276

UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

(4) A: ์‚ฌ๋ฌด์‹ค์ด ๋ช‡ ์ธต์— ์žˆ์–ด์š”? B: ์‚ผ์ธต์— ์žˆ์–ด์š”.*

Which floor is your office on? Itโ€™s on the third floor

(In Korea, the ground floor is designated ์ผ์ธต (floor 1). So ์‚ผ์ธต is actually equivalent to the second floor in Australia.) (5) A: ํ•œ๊ตญ์–ด ๊ณต๋ถ€ ์–ผ๋งˆ๋‚˜ ํ–ˆ์–ด์š”?

How long have you studied Korean?

B: ์‚ผ ์ฃผ ํ–ˆ์–ด์š”.

(6) A: ์ด๊ฑฐ ๋ฐฐ๋‹ฌ ์ข€ ํ•ด ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”.

3 weeks.

Could you deliver this please?

B: ์ฃผ์†Œ๊ฐ€ ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ๋˜์„ธ์š”?

Please give me the address.

A: ํ˜„๋Œ€ ์•„ํŒŒํŠธ ์น ๋™ ์ฒœ์œกํ˜ธ์˜ˆ์š”.

1006, Block 7, Hyundai Apartments.

In examples 2, 3, 4 and 6 a subject particle has been used (+์ด in 2, 3 and 4, +๊ฐ€ in 6). This is because in these sentences, your attention is being focussed on the subject (i.e. monthly pay, Chuseok, office, address). When the subject noun ends in a consonant, you use +์ด, when it ends in a vowel you use +๊ฐ€. Normally, in conversation this subject particle can be omitted.

Note that it is important to remember for which items you must use pure Korean numbers and in which cases you must use Sino-Korean numbers. Eventually you should not have to think about which number system to use. Normally, numbers are written using digits and not spelled out in Hangul. So when a number is written as, for example, 24, you need to know whether to read it as ์Šค๋ฌผ๋„ท or as ์ด์‹ญ์‚ฌ to avoid sounding like a foreigner!


277

UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

Task 1: Listening โ˜ž ํ•„์ˆ˜ ์–ดํœ˜ (ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY) ์˜/๊ณต

zero

์ผ

one

์ด

two

์‚ผ

three

์‚ฌ

four

์˜ค

five

์œก

six

์น 

seven

ํŒ”

eight

๊ตฌ

nine

์‹ญ

ten

โ˜ž You are going to hear Sino-Korean numbers from 0 to 10. Circle the numbers that you hear. Ready? Listen! 1. a.4 b.5

2. a.10 b.3

3. a.2 b.8

4. a.9 b.3

5. a.1 b.6

6. a.3 b.8

7. a.3 b.9

8. a.3 b.1

9. a.0 b.8

10. a.4 b.9

11. a.10 b.7

โ˜ž You are going to hear the numbers again. However, this time write down the numbers that you hear, if possible, in Korean. Ready? Listen! 12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

21.

22.


278

UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

Task 2: Listening โ˜ž ํ•„์ˆ˜ ์–ดํœ˜ (ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY) ์‹ญ์ผ

eleven

์‹ญ์ด

twelve

์‹ญ์‚ผ

thirteen

์‹ญ์‚ฌ

fourteen

์‹ญ์˜ค

fifteen

์‹ญ์œก

sixteen

์‹ญ์น 

seventeen

์‹ญํŒ”

eighteen

์‹ญ๊ตฌ

nineteen

์ด์‹ญ

twenty

โ˜ž You are going to hear Sino-Korean numbers from 11 to 20. Circle the numbers that you hear. Ready? Listen! 1. a.15 b.14

2. a.17 b.13

3. a.12 b.18

4. a.19 b.13

5. a.11 b.16

6. a.18 b.19

7. a.15 b.13

8. a.11 b.17

9. a.12 b.15

10. a.20 b.19


279

UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

Task 3: Listening โ˜ž ํ•„์ˆ˜ ์–ดํœ˜ (ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY) ์‹ญ

ten

์ด์‹ญ

twenty

์‚ผ์‹ญ thirty

์‚ฌ์‹ญ

forty

์˜ค์‹ญ

fifty

์œก์‹ญ sixty

์น ์‹ญ

seventy

ํŒ”์‹ญ

eighty

๊ตฌ์‹ญ ninety

๋ฐฑ

(a) hundred

โ˜ž You are going to hear Sino-Korean numbers from 10 to 100. Circle the numbers that you hear. Ready? Listen! 1. a. 40

b. 90

2. a. 30 b. 70

3. a. 20 b. 80

4. a. 50

b. 90

5. a. 60 b. 30

6. a. 70 b. 80

7. a. 40

b. 30

8. a. 10 b. 90

9. a. 50 b. 30

10. a. 100

b. 90

โ˜ž You are going to hear the numbers again. However, this time write down the numbers that you hear, if possible, in Korean. Ready? Listen! 11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.


280

UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

Task 4: Writing Read the dialogues and write down the prices next to each article. The first one has been done for you.

a. ball-point pen

๏ฟฆ150

.

b. cigarette

๏ฟฆ

.

c. ice cream

๏ฟฆ

.

d. cheeseburger

๏ฟฆ

.

1. ์†๋‹˜: ์ด ํŒŒ๋ž€ ์ƒ‰ ๋ณผํŽœ ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”? ์ ์›: ๋ฐฑ์˜ค์‹ญ ์›์ด์—์š”.

2. ์†๋‹˜: ์ด ๋‹ด๋ฐฐ ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”? ์ ์›: ์ฒœ์ด๋ฐฑ ์›์ด์—์š”.

3. ์ ์›: ๋ญ ๋“œ๋ฆด๊นŒ์š”? ์†๋‹˜: ์•„์ด์Šค ํฌ๋ฆผ ํ•˜๋‚˜ํ•˜๊ณ  ์น˜์ฆˆ ๋ฒ„๊ฑฐ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”. ์ ์›: ์—ฌ๊ธฐ ์žˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ์†๋‹˜: ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”? ์ ์›: ์ด์ฒœ์˜ค๋ฐฑ ์›์ž…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ์†๋‹˜: ์•„์ด์Šคํฌ๋ฆผ์ด ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”? ์ ์›: ์œก๋ฐฑ ์›์ž…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.


281

UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

Task 5: Role Play Practise the following role play with a partner. A:

Customer: You are in a coffee shop. There is a menu on the table but there are no prices. Ask the waiter/waitress the price of each item and fill in the menu below. When you have all the prices, order a drink. When you have finished, show your partner what you have written to check if youโ€™ve got the prices correct. Refer to the dialogue below.

B:

Waiter: You are serving a customer in a coffee shop. Decide what you would like to charge for your coffees.

[๋Œ€ํ™” ๋ณด๊ธฐ] ์ ์›:

๋ญ ๋“œ๋ฆด๊นŒ์š”?

์†๋‹˜:

[ ์ปคํ”ผ ] ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

์ ์›:

2,500 ์›์ž…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.

์†๋‹˜:

๊ทธ๋Ÿผ, [ ํ™์ฐจ ]๋Š”์š”?

MENU ์ปคํ”ผ

์›

์ธ์‚ผ์ฐจ

์›

ํ™์ฐจ

์›

์‚ฌ๊ณผ ์ฃผ์Šค

์›

์šฐ์œ 

์›

๋”ธ๊ธฐ ์ฃผ์Šค

์›

์ฝœ๋ผ

์›

์˜ค๋ Œ์ง€ ์ฃผ์Šค

์›

๋…น์ฐจ

์›


282

UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

Task 6: Listening โ˜ž ๋ฌธํ˜• (EXPONENT) A ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”.

Give me A, Please.

์—ฌ๊ธฐ ์žˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.

Here you are.

์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

How much is it?

A (price) ์›์ด์˜ˆ์š”.

It's A won (Korean currency unit).

โ˜ž ํ•„์ˆ˜ ์–ดํœ˜ (ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY) ์•„์ด์Šคํฌ๋ฆผ

ice cream

์น˜์ฆˆ ๋ฒ„๊ฑฐ

cheeseburger

ํ–„๋ฒ„๊ฑฐ

hamburger

์ฝœ๋ผ

coke

์ปคํ”ผ

coffee

์šฐ์œ 

milk

ํ™์ฐจ

indian tea

ํ•˜๊ณ 

and

๊ฐœ

general item counting noun

ํ”„๋ Œ์น˜ ํ”„๋ผ์ด์ฆˆ

French fries

์–ด์„œ ์˜ค์„ธ์š”

routine expression meaning welcome

ํ•ฉ๊ณ„

sum

Sino-Korean numbers up to 9,000: ๋ฐฑ hundred ์ฒœ thousand Pure Korean numbers up to 4 โ˜ž You are going to hear some dialogue that might happen in a fast food restaurant. Listen for the number of items that a customer is ordering and the price. Write down the number and the price on your sheet. Ready? Listen!


283

UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

1.

์•„์ด์Šคํฌ๋ฆผ

๊ฐœ

์น˜์ฆˆ๋ฒ„๊ฑฐ

2.

์•„์ด์Šคํฌ๋ฆผ

๊ฐœ

๊ฐœ

์น˜์ฆˆ๋ฒ„๊ฑฐ

๊ฐœ

ํ–„ ๋ฒ„ ๊ฑฐ

๊ฐœ

ํ–„ ๋ฒ„ ๊ฑฐ

๊ฐœ

ํ”„๋ Œ์น˜ ํ”„๋ผ์ด์ฆˆ

๊ฐœ

ํ”„๋ Œ์น˜ ํ”„๋ผ์ด์ฆˆ

๊ฐœ

์ฝœ ๋ผ

์ปต

์ฝœ ๋ผ

์ปต

์ปค ํ”ผ

์ž”

์ปค ํ”ผ

์ž”

์šฐ ์œ 

์ปต

์šฐ ์œ 

์ปต

ํ™ ์ฐจ

์ž”

ํ™ ์ฐจ

์ž”

ํ•ฉ ๊ณ„

์›

ํ•ฉ ๊ณ„

์›


284 3.

UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”? 4.

์•„์ด์Šคํฌ๋ฆผ

๊ฐœ

๊ฐœ

์น˜์ฆˆ๋ฒ„๊ฑฐ

๊ฐœ

ํ–„ ๋ฒ„ ๊ฑฐ

๊ฐœ

ํ–„ ๋ฒ„ ๊ฑฐ

๊ฐœ

ํ”„๋ Œ์น˜ ํ”„๋ผ์ด์ฆˆ

๊ฐœ

ํ”„๋ Œ์น˜ ํ”„๋ผ์ด์ฆˆ

๊ฐœ

์ฝœ ๋ผ

์ปต

์ฝœ ๋ผ

์ปต

์ปค ํ”ผ

์ž”

์ปค ํ”ผ

์ž”

์šฐ ์œ 

์ปต

์šฐ ์œ 

์ปต

ํ™ ์ฐจ

์ž”

ํ™ ์ฐจ

์ž”

ํ•ฉ ๊ณ„

์›

ํ•ฉ ๊ณ„

์›

์•„์ด์Šคํฌ๋ฆผ

๊ฐœ

์น˜์ฆˆ๋ฒ„๊ฑฐ


285

UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

Task 7: Writing Complete the dialogue: You are looking for a newspaper at a kiosk.

์ ์›:

1. ์ฝ”๋ฆฌ์•„ ํ—ค๋Ÿด๋“œ:

์น ๋ฐฑ ์›

2. ์ฝ”๋ฆฌ์•„ ํƒ€์ž„์ฆˆ :

์น ๋ฐฑ ์›

3. ์กฐ์„ ์ผ๋ณด:

์œก๋ฐฑ ์›

4. ํ•œ๊ตญ์ผ๋ณด:

์œก๋ฐฑ ์›

5. ํ•œ๊ฒจ๋ ˆ ์‹ ๋ฌธ:

์œก๋ฐฑ ์›

์–ด์„œ ์˜ค์„ธ์š”. (Welcome) ๋ญ˜ ์ฐพ์œผ์„ธ์š”? (What are you looking for?)

์†๋‹˜:

ํ•œ๊ฒจ๋ ˆ ์‹ ๋ฌธ

์ ์›:

๋„ค, ์žˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.

์†๋‹˜:

์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

์ ์›:

์›์ž…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.

์†๋‹˜:

์ฝ”๋ฆฌ์•„ ํ—ค๋Ÿด๋“œ

์ ์›:

๋„ค, ์žˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.

์†๋‹˜:

์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

์ ์›:

?

?

.


286

UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

Telling the Time: # minutes You have learnt that Pure Korean numbers and Sino-Korean numbers are used for different things. When telling the time, both sets of numbers have to be used. You have learnt how to say 1 oโ€™clock, 2 oโ€™clock, etc., with Pure Korean numbers. Now that we have introduced Sino-Korean numbers, the way to specify the minutes of the time will be explained. Sino Korean numbers are used for the minutes of the time: ์„ธ ์‹œ ์‹ญ์˜ค ๋ถ„

3:15

To say a specific time, including how many minutes โ€œpastโ€, simply add the number of minutes followed by the word ๋ถ„ (minutes) after the hour, so you have something like โ€˜three oโ€™clock and fifteen minutesโ€™. Examples: (1) A: ์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์˜ˆ์š”? B: ์„ธ ์‹œ ์‹ญ์˜ค ๋ถ„์ด์—์š”. (2) A: ์ˆ˜์—…์ด ์–ธ์ œ ๋๋‚˜์š”?* B: ๋„ค ์‹œ ์˜ค์‹ญ์˜ค ๋ถ„์— ๋๋‚˜์š”. (๋๋‚˜์š” is pronounced "kkeunnayo".)

What is the time (now)? It is 3:15.

What time does the class finish? It ends at 4:55.


287

UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

Task 8: Listening โ˜ž You are going to hear more dialogue on the time. "์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์˜ˆ์š”?" "12์‹œ 30๋ถ„์ด์—์š”." Write down the time that you hear in Korean. Ready? Listen!

1. ์—ด ๋‘ ์‹œ

์‚ผ์‹ญ

๋ถ„์ด์—์š”.

2.

์‹œ

๋ถ„์ด์—์š”.

3.

์‹œ

๋ถ„์ด์—์š”.

4.

์‹œ

๋ถ„์ด์—์š”.

5.

์‹œ

๋ถ„์ด์—์š”.

6.

์‹œ

๋ถ„์ด์—์š”.

7.

์‹œ

๋ถ„์ด์—์š”.

8.

์‹œ

๋ถ„์ด์—์š”.

9.

์‹œ

๋ถ„์ด์—์š”. 10.

์‹œ

๋ถ„์ด์—์š”.

11.

์‹œ

๋ถ„์ด์—์š”. 12.

์‹œ

๋ถ„์ด์—์š”.


288

UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?


289

UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

Situation Dialogue 2 Minseo is buying fruit at a market. ๋ฏผ์„œ:

์ €, ์•„์ €์”จ, ์‚ฌ๊ณผ ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

๊ฐ€๊ฒŒ ์ฃผ์ธ: ํ•œ ๊ฐœ์— ์ฒœ ์›์ด์—์š”. ๋ฏผ์„œ:

๊ทธ๋Ÿผ, ์ด ํฌ๋„๋Š” ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ํ•ด์š”?

๊ฐ€๊ฒŒ ์ฃผ์ธ: ํ‚ฌ๋กœ์— ์‚ฌ์ฒœ ์›์ธ๋ฐ์š”. ๋ฏผ์„œ:

๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋ฉด, ๋ฐฐ๋Š”์š”?

๊ฐ€๊ฒŒ ์ฃผ์ธ: ํ•œ ๊ฐœ์— ์‚ผ์ฒœ ์›์ธ๋ฐ์š”. ๋ฏผ์„œ:

๋„ˆ๋ฌด ๋น„์‹ธ์š”. ์ข€ ๊นŽ์•„ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”.

๊ฐ€๊ฒŒ ์ฃผ์ธ: ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋ฉด, ์ด์ฒœํŒ”๋ฐฑ ์›๋งŒ ๋‚ด์„ธ์š”. ๋ฏผ์„œ:

์Œ... ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋ฉด, ๋ฐฐ ์„ธ ๊ฐœ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”.

Romanisation and Translation Minseo:

Jeo, ajeossi, sagwa

Excuse me, (Lit. Hey there old

eolmayeyo?

man/uncle,) how much are the apples?

Shopkeeper: Han gaee cheon wonieyo.

Theyโ€™re 1,000 won each.

Minseo:

Geureom, i podoneun

How much are these grapes

eotteoke haeyo?

then?

Shopkeeper: Killoe Sacheon wonindeyo.

Theyโ€™re 4,000 won per kilo.

Minseo:

Well then, what about the

Geureomyeon, baeneunyo?

pears? Shopkeeper: Han gaee samcheon

Theyโ€™re 3,000 won each.

wonindeyo. Minseo:

Neomu bissayo.

Thatโ€™s too expensive. Can you

Jom kkakka juseyo.

give me a discount? (Lit. Please lower the price a little.)


290

UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

Shopkeeper: Geureomyeon, icheon palbaek wonman naeseyo. Minseo:

Well then, just give me 2,800 won.

Eum... geureomyeon, bae se Umโ€ฆ then, I will take three gae juseyo.

pears, please.

Vocabulary ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

[์–ผ๋งˆ how much+์˜ˆ์š” is] How much is it?

ํ•œ ๊ฐœ์—

[ํ•œ ๊ฐœ one unit+์— per] per unit

์ฒœ์›

1,000 won

์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ํ•ด์š”?

[์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ how ํ•ด์š”?do?] How much โ€ฆ? (Lit. How do sell (per bunch or per kilo?))

ํ‚ฌ๋กœ์—

[ํ‚ฌ๋กœ kilo+์— per] per kilo

์‚ฌ์ฒœ

[์‚ฌ four ์ฒœ thousand] 4,000

์ธ๋ฐ์š”

[์ด am/are/is+ใ„ด๋ฐ์š” (soft sentence ending)] is

์‚ผ์ฒœ

[์‚ผ three ์ฒœ thousand] 3,000

๋„ˆ๋ฌด

too

๋น„์‹ธ์š”

[๋น„์‹ธ expensive+์•„์š”(present tense ending)] expensive

์ข€

a bit

๊นŽ์•„ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”

[๊นŽ reduce+์•„ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”(please)] please reduce

๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋ฉด

well then; in that case

์ด์ฒœํŒ”๋ฐฑ

[์ด two ์ฒœ thousand ํŒ” eight ๋ฐฑ hundred] 2,800

+๋งŒ

only; just

๋‚ด์„ธ์š”

[๋‚ด pay+์„ธ์š”(honorific present tense ending)] please pay

์„ธ๊ฐœ

three units

์ฃผ์„ธ์š”

[์ฃผ give+์„ธ์š”(honorific present tense ending)] (please) give


UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

291

Note 1: Male shopkeepers are addressed as ์•„์ €์”จ. Older female shopkeepers are addressed as ์•„์คŒ๋งˆ. Younger female shopkeepers are sometimes called ์–ธ๋‹ˆ by females, which literally means older sister. However, they are hardly ever called ๋ˆ„๋‚˜ by males, which also means older sister but to a male. Males will simply call out "yeogiyo" (literally Over here!) if they need to catch a young female staff memberโ€™s attention. Note 2: When ordering something in a shop in English, we often use a phrase like โ€˜Can I have this pleaseโ€™. But in Korean you use โ€˜... ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”โ€™, which literally means โ€˜Please give me ...โ€™


292

UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

Rate and Ratio Particle +์— โ€˜perโ€™ When we are using numbers, we often want to specify a price or an amount in terms of another quantity. (For example $10 per kilo, 2000 calories per person, 3 times per week, lemons are $2 for 3.) To do this in Korean, add the particle +์— to the unit of measurement (the quantity which comes after โ€˜perโ€™ in English). This amount comes before the rate (price, etc.) amount in Korean.

1 ํ‚ฌ๋กœ์— 10 ๋‹ฌ๋Ÿฌ

10 dollars per kilo

Examples: (1) ์†๋‹˜: ์ ์›:

์ € ํฌ๋„ ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

How much are those grapes?

์ผ ํ‚ฌ๋กœ๊ทธ๋žจ์—

9,000 won per kilogram.

๊ตฌ์ฒœ ์›์ด์—์š”.

(2) ์†๋‹˜:

์ ์›:

(3) ์†๋‹˜: ์ ์›:

์ € ๋ผ์ง€๊ณ ๊ธฐ ์ผ ํ‚ฌ๋กœ์—

How much is one kilo of

์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

that pork?

์ผ ํ‚ฌ๋กœ์— ์œก์ฒœ ์›์ด์—์š”.

6,000 won per kilo.

์†Œ๊ณ ๊ธฐ ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

How much is the beef?

์œก๋ฐฑ ๊ทธ๋žจ์—*

50,000 won for 600 grams.

์˜ค๋งŒ ์›์ด์—์š”. (600g (์œก๋ฐฑ ๊ทธ๋žจ) is often used (rather than 1 kilogram or 500 grams) because it approximates an old Korean measure.) (4) ์†๋‹˜: ์ ์›:

์ € ์‚ฌ๊ณผ ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

How much are the apples?

์„ธ ๊ฐœ์— ๋งŒ ์›์ด์—์š”.

10,000 won for 3.


293

UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

Delimiter Particle +๋งŒ โ€˜onlyโ€™ The particle +๋งŒ is used when you want to say โ€˜onlyโ€™ or โ€˜justโ€™ (e.g. I paid just 10 dollars, only 3 people came, give me just one ticket, I only went to Brisbane.). +๋งŒ comes straight after the noun it refers to. As it is a particle, you do not leave a space between the noun and ๋งŒ when you write it. (1) ์†๋‹˜:

๋„ˆ๋ฌด ๋น„์‹ธ์š”.

Theyโ€™re too expensive.

์ข€ ๊นŽ์•„์ฃผ์„ธ์š”.

Could you give them to me a bit cheaper?

๊ฐ€๊ฒŒ ์ฃผ์ธ: ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋ฉด, ์ด์ฒœํŒ”๋ฐฑ ์›๋งŒ ๋‚ด์„ธ์š”.

Then just 2,800 won each. (Lit. please pay just 2,800 won.)

(2) ๊ฐ€๊ฒŒ ์ฃผ์ธ: ์ด ์‚ฌ๊ณผ๋„ ๋“œ๋ฆด๊นŒ์š”.

Shall I give you these apples too?

์•„๋‹ˆ์š”, ๋ฐฐ๋งŒ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”.

No, just give me the pears.

์—ฌ๊ธฐ ์žˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.

Here it is.

์†๋‹˜:

์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

How much is it?

์ฃผ์ธ:

ํŒ”๋งŒ ์›๋งŒ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”.

Make it 80,000 won. (Lit.

์†๋‹˜:

(3) ๊ฐ€๊ฒŒ์ฃผ์ธ:

Give me just 80,000 won.) ์†๋‹˜:

์น ๋งŒ ์›๋งŒ ํ•ด์š”.

How about 70,000 won?

์ฃผ์ธ:

๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ์„ธ์š”.

All right.

์–ด์ œ ํŒŒํ‹ฐ์—

Did any other students go

๋‹ค๋ฅธ ํ•™์ƒ๋“ค๋„ ๊ฐ”์–ด์š”?

to the party?

์•„๋‹ˆ์š”, ์ €๋งŒ ๊ฐ”์–ด์š”.

No, only I went.

(4) ์„ ์ƒ๋‹˜:

ํ•™์ƒ:


294

UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

(5) ์„ ์ƒ๋‹˜:

ํ† ์š”์ผ๋‚ ๋„*

Are you working

์•„๋ฅด๋ฐ”์ดํŠธํ•ด์š”?

(part-time) on Saturdays as well?

ํ•™์ƒ:

์•„๋‹ˆ์š”, ๊ธˆ์š”์ผ์—๋งŒ ํ•ด์š”.

No, I only work on Fridays.

(ํ† ์š”์ผ on its own means โ€˜Saturdayโ€™, so the ๋‚  (day) is completely redundant. However, the two are often used together in colloquial speech. If you wanted to specify that something happened in the daytime, as in the colloquial English, โ€œon Saturday dayโ€, then you would say โ€œํ† ์š”์ผ ๋‚ฎ์—โ€ because the word โ€œ๋‚ โ€ does not have the connotation of daytime that the English word day does. ํ† ์š”์ผ๋‚  is pronounced โ€œto-yo-il-lalโ€.)


295

UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

Task 9: Writing Read the dialogues and write down the prices next to each article. The first one has been done for you.

1.

2.

3.

a. book

๏ฟฆ 15,000

.

b. camera

๏ฟฆ

.

c. apple

๏ฟฆ

.

d. pear

๏ฟฆ

.

e. grapes

๏ฟฆ

.

์†๋‹˜:

์ด ์ฑ… ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

์ ์›:

๋งŒ ์˜ค์ฒœ ์›์ด์—์š”.

์†๋‹˜:

์ด ์นด๋ฉ”๋ผ ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

์ ์›:

์‚ผ์‹ญ์ด๋งŒ ์น ์ฒœ ์›์ด์—์š”.

์†๋‹˜:

์ €, ์•„์คŒ๋งˆ, ์‚ฌ๊ณผ ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

๊ฐ€๊ฒŒ ์ฃผ์ธ:

ํ•œ ๊ฐœ์— ์ฒœ์‚ฌ๋ฐฑ ์›์ด์—์š”.

์†๋‹˜:

๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋ฉด, ๋ฐฐ๋Š”์š”?

๊ฐ€๊ฒŒ ์ฃผ์ธ:

๋‘ ๊ฐœ์— ์˜ค์ฒœ ์›์ด์—์š”.

์†๋‹˜:

๊ทธ๋Ÿผ, ํฌ๋„๋Š”์š”?

๊ฐ€๊ฒŒ ์ฃผ์ธ:

ํ‚ฌ๋กœ์— ์˜ค์ฒœ ์›์ด์—์š”.


296

UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

Task 10: Role Play Practise the following role play with a partner. A:

You are in a greengrocerโ€™s. Ask the shop assistant the prices of the fruit below and write them down in the appropriate blanks. When you have finished, show your partner what you have written to check if you have the prices correct.

B:

You are a shop assistant in a greengrocerโ€™s. Decide the price you would like to receive for each item.

[๋Œ€ํ™” ๋ณด๊ธฐ] A:

์ €, ์•„์ €์”จ/์•„์คŒ๋งˆ ์‚ฌ๊ณผ ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

B:

์„ธ ๊ฐœ์— ๋งŒ ์›์ด์—์š”.

A:

๊ทธ๋Ÿผ ํฌ๋„๋Š”์š”?

B:

์ผ ํ‚ฌ๋กœ(๊ทธ๋žจ)์— ๊ตฌ์ฒœ ์›์ด์—์š”.

A:

๊ทธ๋Ÿผ, ์‚ฌ๊ณผ ์„ธ ๊ฐœํ•˜๊ณ  ํฌ๋„ ์ผ ํ‚ฌ๋กœ(๊ทธ๋žจ) ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”.

์‚ฌ๊ณผ

๊ฐœ ๋ฐฐ

๊ฐœ ํฌ๋„

์›

์›

kg ์›

์˜ค๋ Œ์ง€

kg ์›


UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

297


298

UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?


299

UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

Situation Dialogue 3 Minseo is buying a sweater at a department store. ๋ฏผ์„œ:

์ € ๊นŒ๋งŒ ์Šค์›จํ„ฐ ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

์ ์›:

์‹ญํŒ”๋งŒ ์›์ธ๋ฐ์š”.

๋ฏผ์„œ:

์ข€ ๋น„์‹ธ๋„ค์š”. ์Œ... ๊ทธ๋Ÿผ, ์ด ๋นจ๊ฐ„ ์Šค์›จํ„ฐ๋Š”์š”?

์ ์›:

๊ตฌ๋งŒ ์˜ค์ฒœ ์›์ด์—์š”.

๋ฏผ์„œ:

์ข€ ๋ณด์—ฌ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”.

์ ์›:

์—ฌ๊ธฐ ์žˆ์–ด์š”. ๋งˆ์Œ์— ๋“œ์„ธ์š”?1

๋ฏผ์„œ:

๋„ค, ์˜ˆ์˜๋„ค์š”.

Romanisation and Translation Minseo

Jeo kkaman seuweteo

How much is that black sweater?

eolmayeyo? Assistant Sippalman wonindeyo.

Itโ€™s 180,000 won.

Minseo

Jom bissaneyo.

Oh, thatโ€™s a bit expensive.

Eum...geureom, i ppalgan

Umโ€ฆWhat about this red

seuweteoneunyo?

sweater then?

Assistant Guman ocheon wonieyo.

Thatโ€™s 95,000 won.

Minseo

Can I have a look at it?

Jom boyeo juseyo.

(Lit. Please show it to me.) Assistant Yeogi isseoyo.

Minseo

Here it is.

Maeume deuseyo?

Do you like it?

Ne, yeppeuneyo.

Yes, it is pretty.


300

UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

Vocabulary ์ €

that (one over there)

๊นŒ๋งŒ

black

์Šค์›จํ„ฐ

sweater

์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

[์–ผ๋งˆ how much+์˜ˆ์š” am/are/is] How much is it?

์‹ญํŒ”๋งŒ ์›

180,000 won

+์ธ๋ฐ์š”

[์ด am/are/is+ใ„ด๋ฐ์š” (soft sentence ending)] is

๋น„์‹ธ๋„ค์š”

[๋น„์‹ธ expensive +๋„ค์š”(polite) exclamatory ending] expensive

์ด

this

๋นจ๊ฐ„

red

๊ตฌ๋งŒ ์˜ค์ฒœ ์›

95,000 won

์ข€

please; a bit

๋ณด์—ฌ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”

[๋ณด์ด show+์–ด ์ฃผ์„ธ์š” please] please show (it) to me

์—ฌ๊ธฐ ์žˆ์–ด์š”

[์—ฌ๊ธฐ here ์žˆ there is+์–ด์š”(present tense ending)] here it is

๋งˆ์Œ์— ๋“œ์„ธ์š”?

Does it appeal to you?

์˜ˆ์˜๋„ค์š”

[์˜ˆ์˜ pretty; looks nice +๋„ค์š” (polite exclamatory ending)] pretty

Note 1: You have previously learnt โ€˜์ข‹์•„ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?โ€™ However, when you are buying things โ€˜๋งˆ์Œ์— ๋“œ์„ธ์š”?โ€™ is used instead (Lit. โ€˜Does it match with your heart/feelings?โ€™). A shop assistant might also ask '์‚ฌ์ด์ฆˆ ๋งž์œผ์„ธ์š”?โ€™ (Is the size right?).


301

UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

Demonstrative Pronouns: ์ด, ๊ทธ, ์ € and ์–ด๋Š ์ด (this) is used when you want to refer to something or someone located close to you the speaker, ๊ทธ (that) to something or someone located not close to you the speaker but to the listener, ์ € (that over there) to something or someone distant from both speaker and listener. The corresponding question word is ์–ด๋Š (which).

์ด ์ฑ… this book

์ด๊ฑฐ this (one)

์—ฌ๊ธฐ here

๊ทธ ์ฑ… that book

๊ทธ๊ฑฐ that (one); it

๊ฑฐ๊ธฐ there

์ € ์ฑ… that book

์ €๊ฑฐ that (one)

์ €๊ธฐ over there

์–ด๋Š ์ฑ… which book

์–ด๋Š ๊ฑฐ which (one)

์–ด๋”” where

Examples: (1) A: B:

(2) A: B:

๊ทธ๊ฑฐ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”.

Give me that one.

์–ด๋Š ๊ฑฐ์š”? ์ด๊ฑฐ์š”?

Which one? This one?

์ €๊ฑฐ ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”?

What is that (over there)?

ํ•œ๊ตญ ํƒˆ์ด์—์š”.

Itโ€™s a Korean mask.

(3) (A customer is talking to a shop assistant about buying a TV.) ์†๋‹˜: ์ด ์‚ผ์„ฑ LCD TV ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

How much is this Samsung LCD TV?

์ ์›: ๋ฐฑ์˜ค๋งŒ ์›์ด์—์š”.

Itโ€™s 1,050,000 won.

์†๋‹˜: ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋ฉด ์ € LG ๋Š” ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

Well then how much is that LG over there?

์ ์›: ๋ฐฑ์‹ญ๊ตฌ๋งŒ ์›์ด์—์š”.

Itโ€™s 1,190,000 won.


302

UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

Vocabulary: Colour Terms ์ƒ‰ ์ƒ‰/์ƒ‰๊น”

colour

ํ•˜์–€ ์ƒ‰/ํฐ ์ƒ‰

white

๊ฒ€์€ ์ƒ‰/๊นŒ๋งŒ ์ƒ‰

black

๋นจ๊ฐ„ ์ƒ‰

red

ํŒŒ๋ž€ ์ƒ‰ 1

blue

๋…ธ๋ž€ ์ƒ‰

yellow

์ดˆ๋ก์ƒ‰/๋…น์ƒ‰

green

๋ถ„ํ™์ƒ‰/ํ•‘ํฌ์ƒ‰ 2

pink

์ฃผํ™ฉ์ƒ‰/์˜ค๋ Œ์ง€ ์ƒ‰

orange

ํšŒ์ƒ‰

grey

๋ฐค์ƒ‰ 3

brown

์ž์ฃผ์ƒ‰

purple

๋ณด๋ผ์ƒ‰

violet

๊ธˆ์ƒ‰

gold

์€์ƒ‰

silver

๋ฌด์ง€๊ฐœ

rainbow (๋นจ, ์ฃผ, ๋…ธ, ์ดˆ, ํŒŒ, ๋‚จ (indigo), ๋ณด)

Note 1:

ํŒŒ๋ž€ ์ƒ‰ is also used sometimes to describe the colour green. In ancient Korean there were only five pure colour words, so ํŒŒ๋ž€ ์ƒ‰ was used to denote both blue and green.

Note 2:

Younger people tend to use ํ•‘ํฌ ์ƒ‰ rather than ๋ถ„ํ™ ์ƒ‰, which has an โ€˜old fashionedโ€™ connotation.

Note 3:

๋ฐค์ƒ‰ literally means โ€˜chestnut colourโ€™.


303

UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

Task 11: Role Play Practise the following role play with a partner. A:

You are a customer in a department store looking at the sweaters listed below. You have a budget of only 65,000 ์›. Choose a sweater and ask the shop assistant the price. When you find one you can afford, then buy it.

1. black sweater

2. brown sweater

์›

์›

5. white sweater

6. grey sweater

3. red sweater

4. orange sweater ์›

์›

7. yellow sweater 8. purple sweater

์›

์›

์›

์›

9. violet sweater

10. pink sweater

11. blue sweater

12. green sweater

์›

์›

์›

์›

B:

You are a shop assistant. Decide what prices you would like to charge for the sweaters.

[๋Œ€ํ™” ๋ณด๊ธฐ] ์ˆ˜์ž”:

์ € ๊นŒ๋งŒ ์Šค์›จํ„ฐ ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

์ ์›:

ํŒ”๋งŒ ์˜ค์ฒœ ์›์ด์—์š”.

์ˆ˜์ž”:

์ข€ ๋น„์‹ผ๋ฐ์š”. ๊ทธ๋Ÿผ, ์ด ๋นจ๊ฐ„์Šค์›จํ„ฐ๋Š” ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

์ ์›:

์˜ค๋งŒ ์˜ค์ฒœ ์›์ด์—์š”.

์ˆ˜์ž”:

์ข€ ๋ณด์—ฌ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”.

์ ์›:

์—ฌ๊ธฐ ์žˆ์–ด์š”. ๋งˆ์Œ์— ๋“œ์„ธ์š”?

์ˆ˜์ž”:

๋„ค, ์˜ˆ์˜๋„ค์š”.


304

UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

Vocabulary: Consumer Items ๋ƒ‰์žฅ๊ณ 

refrigerator

ํ…”๋ ˆ๋น„์ „

television

์„ธํƒ๊ธฐ

washing machine

์ „๊ธฐ ๋‚œ๋กœ

electric heater

์ „๊ธฐ ๋ฐฅํ†ต

electric rice cooker

์ง„๊ณต ์ฒญ์†Œ๊ธฐ

vacuum cleaner

์นจ๋Œ€

bed

์ฑ…์ƒ

desk

์†ŒํŒŒ

sofa

์ฑ…์žฅ

bookcase

์ปดํ“จํ„ฐ

computer

ํ•ธ๋“œํฐ/ํœด๋Œ€ํฐ

mobile phone

MP3 ํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด์–ด

MP3 player

๋””์นด (๋””์ง€ํƒˆ ์นด๋ฉ”๋ผ)

digital camera

์ „์ž์‚ฌ์ „

electronic dictionary

์‹œ๊ณ„

watch

๊ตฌ๋‘

leather shoe

ํ•ธ๋“œ๋ฐฑ

handbag

๋ฐ˜์ง€

ring

๋ชฉ๊ฑธ์ด

necklace

๊ท€๊ณ ๋ฆฌ

earring


305

UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

Task 12: Word Check Match the Korean to the English. The first one has been done for you. a.

๊ตฌ๋‘ โˆš

e.

๊ท€๊ณ ๋ฆฌ

i.

๋ƒ‰์žฅ๊ณ 

b.

๋ชฉ๊ฑธ์ด

f.

๋ฐ˜์ง€

j.

์†ŒํŒŒ

c.

์‹œ๊ณ„

g.

์ฑ…์ƒ

k.

์ฑ…์žฅ

d.

์นจ๋Œ€

h.

ํ…”๋ ˆ๋น„์ „

l.

ํ•ธ๋“œ๋ฐฑ

1.

shoes

2.

bed

3.

๊ตฌ๋‘

.

7.

watch

.

.

8.

sofa

.

bookcase

.

9.

ring

.

4.

television

.

10.

refrigerator

.

5.

desk

.

11.

handbag

.

6.

earrings

.

12.

necklace

.


306

UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

Task 13: Listening โ˜ž ๋ฌธํ˜• (EXPONENT) ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

How much is it?

A๋Š”์š”/์€์š”?

How about A?

โ˜ž ํ•„์ˆ˜ ์–ดํœ˜ (ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY) ๋ƒ‰์žฅ๊ณ 

refrigerator

์นจ๋Œ€

bed

์ฑ…์ƒ

desk

์†ŒํŒŒ

sofa

์ฑ…์žฅ

bookcase

๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋ฉด

then

์นผ๋ผ ํ…”๋ ˆ๋น„์ „

colour television

์•Œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

I see

๊ณ ๋ง™์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

thank you

Sino-Korean numbers up to 200,000 ์ฒœ

thousand

๋งŒ

ten thousand

โ˜ž Sumi has come to Seoul to go to a university and has rented a flat. She needs lots of household items. She has decided to buy second hand furniture. Now, she is calling to find out the prices of some items shown in the advertisement below. Write down the price next to each item that you hear. Ready? Listen!


307

UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

์นผ๋ผ ํ…”๋ ˆ๋น„์ „

์› ์„ธํƒ๊ธฐ(์šฉ๋Ÿ‰3.0kg)

ํ…Œ๋‹ˆ์Šค ๋ผ์ผ“

7์ฒœ ์› ๋ƒ‰์žฅ๊ณ 

์ปคํ”ผ ํ…Œ์ด๋ธ”

2๋งŒ 3์ฒœ ์› ์ „๊ธฐ ๋‚œ๋กœ

์†ŒํŒŒ

๋ผ๋””์˜ค

5๋งŒ ์› ์นจ๋Œ€

์นผ

3์ฒœ ์› ์ „๊ธฐ ๋ฐฅํ†ต โ˜Ž 6985-7643 ์ฑ…์žฅ 100 x 200 cm

ํƒ€์ž๊ธฐ ์ฑ…์ƒ 80x150cm

๋งŒ 5์ฒœ ์›

ํ”ผ์•„๋…ธ ์ž์ „๊ฑฐ (5๋‹จ)

3๋งŒ 5์ฒœ ์›

4๋งŒ 2์ฒœ ์› ์› 9์ฒœ ์› ์› โ˜Ž 5388-9155

6๋งŒ ์› ์ปดํ“จํ„ฐ 386DX40 ์› MP3 ํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด์–ด โ˜Ž 4387-2513

์›

โ˜Ž 7556-3440

์› โ˜Ž 8565-3740 ์ง„๊ณต ์ฒญ์†Œ๊ธฐ

์ปดํ“จํ„ฐ ์ฑ…์ƒ

10๋งŒ ์›

FM/AM ์Šคํ…Œ๋ ˆ์˜ค ๋ผ๋””์˜ค

75๋งŒ ์› 7๋งŒ ์› ์˜คํ† ๋ฐ”์ด

70๋งŒ ์› 8๋งŒ ์› 9๋งŒ 5์ฒœ ์› โ˜Ž 3736-1884 50๋งŒ ์›


308

UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

Task 14: Web Task Visit the ์ด๋งˆํŠธ (EยทMart) web site and find the prices of 5 items you want to buy: http://www.emart.co.kr


309

UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

Task 15: Word Check Select the odd one out in the following group of words. The first one has been done for you. 1. ๊ตฌ๋‘

๊ท€๊ณ ๋ฆฌ

๋ƒ‰์žฅ๊ณ  โˆš

๋ชฉ๊ฑธ์ด

2. ๋ฐ˜์ง€

์†ŒํŒŒ

์˜์ž

์ฑ…์ƒ

3. ์ฑ…์žฅ

์นจ๋Œ€

ํ…”๋ ˆ๋น„์ „

ํ•ธ๋“œ๋ฐฑ

4. ๊ฒ€์€ ์ƒ‰

๋…ธ๋ž€ ์ƒ‰

ํŒŒ๋ž€์ƒ‰

๋นจ๊ฐ„ ์ƒ‰

5. ๋”ธ๊ธฐ

๋ฐฐ

ํฌ๋„

์‚ฌ๊ณผ ์ฃผ์Šค

6. ํ˜ธ์ฃผ

์˜์–ด

์ค‘๊ตญ

ํ•œ๊ตญ

7. ํ•œ๊ตญ์–ด

์ผ๋ณธ์–ด

์ค‘๊ตญ์–ด

๋…์ผ

8. ์•„ํ™‰

์ผ๊ณฑ

์ด์‹ญ

์—ฌ์„ฏ

9. ์‚ฌ์ „

์ฑ…

์‹ ๋ฌธ

ํ…”๋ ˆ๋น„์ „

10. ๋ฐฑ

์ฒœ

๋‘˜

๋งŒ

11. ์ด์‹ญ

์Šค๋ฌผ

ํ•˜๋‚˜

์„œ๋ฅธ

12. ์…‹

์—ดํ•˜๋‚˜

๋งˆํ”

์˜ค์‹ญ

13. ๋‹ค์„ฏ

์˜ค

์‹ญ์น 

๊ตฌ์‹ญ

14. ๋‹ฌ

์›”

์ผ

๋…„


310

UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

Task 16: Reading 1. Read the following text from beginning to end without stopping, even if you come across vocabulary that you donโ€™t know. Try to guess the meaning through the context. 2. If you still have words that you donโ€™t know after you have tried guessing from the context, ask your classmates. You will probably be able to understand most of the new vocabulary using this method. 3. Ask your teacher about any remaining unknown vocabulary. (Susan has come to Korea on an exchange program and wrote the following email to her Korean teacher in Australia.) ์ €๋Š” ์„œ์šธ๋Œ€ํ•™๊ต์— ๊ตํ™˜ํ•™์ƒ์œผ๋กœ ์™”์–ด์š”. ์–ด์ œ๋Š” ์นœ๊ตฌ๋“ค์ด๋ž‘ ์‹๋‹น์—์„œ ์ ์‹ฌ ๋จน์—ˆ์–ด์š”. ๋ถˆ๊ณ ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ๋จน์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ ๊ฝค ๋น„์ŒŒ์–ด์š”! ์ผ ์ธ๋ถ„์— 18,000 ์›์ด์—ˆ์–ด์š”. ์˜ค๋Š˜์€ ํ•™๊ต ์‹๋‹น์—์„œ ์ ์‹ฌ ๋จน์—ˆ์–ด์š”. ๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ์„ ๋จน์—ˆ์–ด์š”. ๊ทผ๋ฐ ์•„์ฃผ ์ŒŒ์–ด์š”! ํ•™๊ต ์‹๋‹น์—์„œ๋Š” ์‹์‚ฌ๊ฐ€ 1,250 ์›๋ถ€ํ„ฐ 4,000 ์›๊นŒ์ง€์˜ˆ์š”! ์˜ค๋Š˜ ์˜คํ›„์— ์นœ๊ตฌ๋ž‘ ์ปคํ”ผ์ˆ์— ๊ฐ”์–ด์š”. ๋ผ๋–ผ๋ฅผ ๋งˆ์…จ์–ด์š”. ์Šคํƒ€๋ฒ…์Šค์ธ๋ฐ ๋˜๊ฒŒ ๋น„์ŒŒ์–ด์š”. ์ œ ๋ผ๋–ผ๋Š” 5,500 ์›์ด์—ˆ์–ด์š”. ๊ทธ๋ž˜์„œ ํ•œ๊ตญ์—์„œ ๋Œ€ํ•™์ƒ๋“ค์€ ์Šˆํผ์—์„œ ์ปคํ”ผ๋ฅผ ๋งŽ์ด ์‚ฌ์š”. ๋” ์‹ธ๊ฑฐ๋“ ์š”.


UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

311

Vocabulary ์ €๋Š”

[์ € I(humble)+๋Š”(topic particle)] I

์„œ์šธ๋Œ€ํ•™๊ต์—

[์„œ์šธ Seoul ๋Œ€ํ•™๊ต Uni+์— to] to Seoul (National) Univ.

๊ตํ™˜ํ•™์ƒ์œผ๋กœ

[๊ตํ™˜ exchange ํ•™์ƒ student+์œผ๋กœ as] as an exchange student

์™”์–ด์š”

[์˜ค come+์•˜์–ด์š”(past tense ending)] came

์–ด์ œ๋Š”

[์–ด์ œ yesterday+๋Š”(topic particle)] yesterday

์นœ๊ตฌ๋“ค์ด๋ž‘

[์นœ๊ตฌ friend ๋“ค(plural suffix)+์ด๋ž‘ with] with friends

์‹๋‹น์—์„œ

[์‹๋‹น restaurant+์—์„œ at] at a restaurant

์ ์‹ฌ

lunch

๋จน์—ˆ์–ด์š”

[๋จน eat+์—ˆ์–ด์š”(past tense ending)] ate

+์„/๋ฅผ

object particles

๋จน์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ

[๋จน eat+์—ˆ(past tense infix)๋Š”๋ฐ(connector for adding extra information)] ate and

๊ฝค ๋น„์ŒŒ์–ด์š”

[๊ฝค quite ๋น„์‹ธ expensive+์•˜์–ด์š”(past tense ending)] was quite expensive

์ผ ์ธ๋ถ„์—

[์ผ ์ธ๋ถ„ one serving+์— per] per serving

+์ด์—ˆ์–ด์š”

past tense form of +์ด์—์š”

์˜ค๋Š˜์€

[์˜ค๋Š˜ today+์€(topic particle)] today

+์—์„œ

at; in

๊ทผ๋ฐ

well; and

์•„์ฃผ ์ŒŒ์–ด์š”

[์•„์ฃผ very ์‹ธ inexpensive+์•˜์–ด์š”(past tense ending)] was very cheap

์‹๋‹น์—์„œ๋Š”

[์‹๋‹น restaurant+์—์„œ at+๋Š”(topic particle)] at the restaurant

์‹์‚ฌ๊ฐ€

[์‹์‚ฌ meal+๊ฐ€(subject particle)] meals

+๋ถ€ํ„ฐ +๊นŒ์ง€

fromโ€ฆ toโ€ฆ

+์˜ˆ์š”

am; is; are


312

UNIT 9 ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

์˜คํ›„์—

[์˜คํ›„ afternoon+์—(time particle)] in the afternoon

+๋ž‘

with

๊ฐ”์–ด์š”

[๊ฐ€ go+์•˜์–ด์š”(past tense ending)] went

๋ผ๋–ผ

(cafรฉ) latte

๋งˆ์…จ์–ด์š”

[๋งˆ์‹œ drink+์—ˆ์–ด์š”(past tense ending)] drank

+์ธ๋ฐ

[+์ด am/are/is+ใ„ด๋ฐ(connector for adding extra information)] (it) was โ€ฆ and

๋˜๊ฒŒ ๋น„์ŒŒ์–ด์š”

[๋˜๊ฒŒ extremely ๋น„์‹ธ expensive+์•˜์–ด์š”(past tense ending)] was extremely expensive

์ œ

my

๊ทธ๋ž˜์„œ

So; therefore

๋Œ€ํ•™์ƒ๋“ค์€

[๋Œ€ํ•™์ƒ uni student+๋“ค(plural suffix)+์€(topic particle)] uni students

๋” ์‹ธ๊ฑฐ๋“ ์š”

[๋” more ์‹ธ inexpensive+๊ฑฐ๋“ ์š” because] โ€˜Cause (it) is cheaper


10 ์ „๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”?

Unit Focus: ๏‚ท Talking About Yourself and Your Family

o Expressing Your Age o Addressing Peers at School: ๋ณตํ•™์ƒ o Education System in Korea o Vocabulary: Faculties and Departments o Word Contractions o Vocabulary: Family ๊ฐ€์กฑ o Honorific Subject and Topic Particles o Possessive Pronouns o Vocabulary: Occupations ์ง์—… o โ€ฆ +์ด/๊ฐ€ ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ๋˜์„ธ์š”? โ€˜Would you mind telling me โ€ฆ?โ€™ o Sending a Text Message


314

UNIT 10 ์ „๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”?


315

UNIT 10 ์ „๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”?

Situation Dialogue 1 Hyeonu introduces Minjun to Paul who is younger than both of them. ๋ฏผ์ค€:

ํ•œ๊ตญ์–ด ์ •๋ง ์ž˜ํ•˜๋„ค์š”. ์–ด๋””์„œ ๋ฐฐ์› ์–ด์š”?

ํด:

ํ•œ๊ตญ์–ด ์ „๊ณตํ•ด์š”.

๋ฏผ์ค€:

์•„, ์–ด์ฉ์ง€. ๊ทธ๋Ÿผ ์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ช‡ ํ•™๋…„์ด์—์š”?

ํด:

2 ํ•™๋…„์ธ๋ฐ์š”.

๋ฏผ์ค€:

ํ˜น์‹œ ๋ช‡ ๋…„ ์ƒ์ด์—์š”?

ํด:

92 ๋…„ ์ƒ์ด์š”.

ํ˜„์šฐ:

์•„, ์šฐ๋ฆฐ 89 ๋…„ ์ƒ์ธ๋ฐ.

ํด:

๊ทธ๋Ÿผ ํ˜•์ด๋„ค์š”.

ํ˜„์šฐ:

๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๊ฒŒ.

ํด:

๊ทธ๋Ÿผ ๋ง ๋†“์œผ์„ธ์š”.

๋ฏผ์ค€:

๊ทธ๋ž˜๋„ ๋ผ์š”?

ํด:

๊ทธ๋Ÿผ์š”.

Romanisation and Translation Minjun: Hangugeo jeongmal jal haneyo. Your Korean is really good. Paul:

Eodiseo baewosseoyo?

Where did you learn it?

Hangugeo jeongonghaeyo.

Iโ€™m majoring in Korean.

Minjun: A~eojjeonji. Geureom jigeum Paul:

Ah~ No wonder. What year are

myeot hangnyeonieyo?

you in (at university)?

I hangnyeonindeyo.

Iโ€™m in second year.

Minjun: Hoksi myeot nyeon saengieyo?

Do you mind telling me what year you were born?

Paul:

Gui nyeondo saengiyo.

I was born in โ€™92.

Minjun: A~ urin palgu nyeon saenginde. Ah~ We were born in โ€™89.


316 Paul:

UNIT 10 ์ „๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”? Geureom hyeongineyo.

Then youโ€™re my hyeong. (A maleโ€™s older brother)

Minjun: Geureoge.

I suppose. (Lit. Thatโ€™s right.)

Paul:

Then you should use panmal

Geureom mal noeuseyo.

with me.(Lit. relax your speech). Minjun: Geuraedo dwaeyo?

Is that alright?

Paul:

Of course.

Geureomyo.

Vocabulary ํ•œ๊ตญ์–ด

Korean (language)

์ •๋ง

really

์ž˜ํ•˜๋„ค์š”

[์ž˜ํ•˜ good at+๋„ค์š”(exclamatory ending)] good at

์–ด๋””์„œ

[์–ด๋”” where+(์—)์„œ(location particle)] where

๋ฐฐ์› ์–ด์š”

[๋ฐฐ์šฐ learn+์—ˆ์–ด์š”(past tense ending)] learnt

์ „๊ณตํ•ด์š”.

[์ „๊ณตํ•˜๏ƒ ์ „๊ณตํ•ด์š”(present tense form)] major in

์–ด์ฉ์ง€

no wonder; so thatโ€™s why

๊ทธ๋Ÿผ

well then; in that case

์ง€๊ธˆ

now

๋ช‡ ํ•™๋…„

[๋ช‡ what ํ•™๋…„ school year] what school year ๋ช‡ ํ•™๋…„ is pronounced myeo-tang-nyeon.

+์ด์—์š”

am/are/is

2 ํ•™๋…„

[์ด two ํ•™๋…„ school year] second year (at school/uni)

+์ธ๋ฐ์š”

[์ด am/are/is+ใ„ด๋ฐ์š” (polite soft ending)] is

ํ˜น์‹œ

if by any chance;

๋ช‡ ๋…„์ƒ

[๋ช‡ ๋…„ what year + ์ƒ born in]

92 ๋…„ ์ƒ

born in โ€˜92

+์ด์š”

polite ending, added to incomplete sentences, such as one-word answers, in casual speech


317

UNIT 10 ์ „๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”? ์šฐ๋ฆฐ

[์šฐ๋ฆฌ we+ใ„ด(topic particle)] we

์ธ๋ฐ

[์ด am/are/is+ใ„ด๋ฐ(casual soft ending)] are

ํ˜•

older brother (of a male)

์ด๋„ค์š”

[์ด am/are/is+๋„ค์š”(ending used when you have just realised something)] are

๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๊ฒŒ

thatโ€™s right

๋ง ๋†“์œผ์„ธ์š”

(You can) use less formal speech.

๊ทธ๋ž˜๋„ ๋ผ์š”?

Would that be okay?

๊ทธ๋Ÿผ์š”

[๊ทธ๋Ÿผ of course+์š”(polite ending, added to incomplete sentences, such as one-word answers, in casual speech)] yes certainly

Note 1: In Korea, students donโ€™t talk about studying Arts or Science, but identify themselves by their department. Note 2: Asking a person's age is quite common in Korea as they need to know the hierarchy and status for using right form of speech. Asking which year someone was born in is the most common way to ask about age. However, when people feel uneasy to ask someoneโ€™s age, they ask what Asian zodiac animal he or she is. As there are twelve zodiac animals, it isnโ€™t difficult to then guess the personโ€™s age. Note 3: Koreans would not normally thank a person for a compliment as in English, because it is considered immodest. Instead, they might say โ€˜์•„์ง ์ž˜ ๋ชปํ•ด์š”โ€™ (I still canโ€™t do it well) or โ€˜์ž˜ํ•˜๊ธฐ๋Š”์š”โ€™ (far from doing it well). Example A: ํ•œ๊ตญ์–ด ์ •๋ง ์ž˜ํ•˜๋„ค์š”.

Your Korean is really good.

B: ์•„์ง ์ž˜ ๋ชปํ•ด์š”.

I still canโ€™t do it well.


318

UNIT 10 ์ „๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”?

Expressing Your Age There are two ways of expressing a personโ€™s age in Korean. 1. Pure Korean Number ์‚ด 2. Sino-Korean Number ์„ธ

The first way is normally used in everyday speech. The second is used in more formal situations, such as filling out forms: (1) ์ˆ˜์ž”์€ ์Šค๋ฌด ์‚ด์ด์—์š”.

Susan is twenty years old.

(2) ์ด๋ฆ„: ์ˆ˜์ž”

Name: Susan Age: 20 years

๋‚˜์ด: 20 (์ด์‹ญ) ์„ธ.

(Note that Sino-Korean numbers are more often written as digits.) The pure Korean numbers are provided below. Refer to Unit 9 for Sino-Korean numbers. ํ•˜๋‚˜

1

๋‘˜

2

์…‹

3

๋„ท

4

๋‹ค์„ฏ

5

์—ฌ์„ฏ

6

์ผ๊ณฑ

7

์—ฌ๋Ÿ

8

์•„ํ™‰

9

์—ด

10

์—ดํ•˜๋‚˜ 11

์—ด๋‘˜

12

์—ด์…‹

13

์—ด๋„ท

14

์—ด๋‹ค์„ฏ

15

์—ด์—ฌ์„ฏ 16

์—ด์ผ๊ณฑ

17

์—ด์—ฌ๋Ÿ

18

์—ด์•„ํ™‰

19

์Šค๋ฌผ

20

์‰ฐ

50

์˜ˆ์ˆœ

60

์ผํ”

70

์„œ๋ฅธ

30

๋งˆํ”

40

์—ฌ๋“ 

80

์•„ํ”

90

As previously noted, a modified form of ํ•˜๋‚˜, ๋‘˜, ์…‹, ๋„ท and ์Šค๋ฌผ is used in conjunction with counting nouns such as ์‚ด: ํ•œ ์‚ด, ๋‘ ์‚ด, ์„ธ ์‚ด, ๋„ค ์‚ด, ์Šค๋ฌด ์‚ด. No other numbers are modified. Thus, you would say ๋‹ค์„ฏ ์‚ด or ์—ฌ๋Ÿ ์‚ด.


UNIT 10 ์ „๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”?

319

Addressing Peers at School: ๋ณตํ•™์ƒ Between first and second year in university most Korean males spend about two years in the military (๊ตฐ๋Œ€) doing national service. This means that when they return to university for second year, they may be much older than others in the same level. These students are called ๋ณตํ•™์ƒ or returning students. Younger students in the same year level would address ๋ณตํ•™์ƒ respectfully because of their age, unless the level of intimacy between them allowed otherwise.


320

UNIT 10 ์ „๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”?

Education System in Korea Education in Korea is considered very important and competition is great. School begins with kindergarten through primary school (excluding prep) and on to middle and senior high schools, which are separate unlike in Australia. Although only six years of primary school and three years of middle school are compulsory, most Koreans will also attend the three years of senior high school as well. Tertiary education consists of four years of University or two years of vocational collage. Unlike Australia, Korean Universities do not offer an Honours year although there are postgraduate schools where students can study Masters or a Ph.D. The school year is divided into two semesters for early schooling as well as tertiary education. The first semester begins in March and lasts until mid-July and the second from September 1st till late-December. Education System ์œ ์น˜์›

kindergarten

๊ณ ๋“ฑํ•™๊ต

senior high school

์ดˆ๋“ฑํ•™๊ต

primary school

๋Œ€ํ•™๊ต

university

์ค‘ํ•™๊ต

middle school

๋Œ€ํ•™์›

postgraduate school

Level of Study ์ผ ํ•™๋…„

first year

์‚ฌ ํ•™๋…„

fourth year

์ด ํ•™๋…„

second year

์„์‚ฌ ๊ณผ์ •

masters course

์‚ผ ํ•™๋…„

third year

๋ฐ•์‚ฌ ๊ณผ์ •

Ph.D course


321

UNIT 10 ์ „๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”?

Task 1: ๋ช‡ ํ•™๋…„์ด์—์š”? You are going to ask about the year of university and age of your classmates. First you should check the vocabulary list below to find how to say the level of study relevant to yourself. Now move around the class asking questions to the other students, filling in the table below. [๋Œ€ํ™” ๋ณด๊ธฐ] A:

๋ช‡ ํ•™๋…„์ด์—์š”?

B:

[ 3 ํ•™๋…„ ] ์ด์—์š”. ํ˜น์‹œ ๋ช‡ ๋…„ ์ƒ์ด์—์š”?

A:

๋‚œ/์ „ [ 2 ] ํ•™๋…„, [ 91 ] ๋…„ ์ƒ์ด์—์š”.

Note: Someone who was born in the year 2000 would have to say ์ด์ฒœ ๋…„ ์ƒ whereas someone born in 1987 can simply use the two last digits: ํŒ”์น  ๋…„ ์ƒ. Level of Study ์ผ ํ•™๋…„

first year

์‚ฌ ํ•™๋…„

fourth year

์ด ํ•™๋…„

second year

์„์‚ฌ ๊ณผ์ •

masters course

์‚ผ ํ•™๋…„

third year

๋ฐ•์‚ฌ ๊ณผ์ •

Ph.D course

Name (์ด๋ฆ„)

Level (ํ•™๋…„)

Age (๋‚˜์ด)


322

UNIT 10 ์ „๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”?


323

UNIT 10 ์ „๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”?

Situation Dialogue 2 Paul is asking Minjun how he knows Hyeonu. ๋ฏผ์ค€:

๊ทธ๋Ÿผ ์ด์ œ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ๋ง ๋†“์„๊ฒŒ.

ํด:

๋„ค, ํ˜•. ๊ทผ๋ฐ ํ˜„์šฐ๋ž‘, ์•„๋‹ˆ ํ˜„์šฐํ˜•์ด๋ž‘ ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ์•Œ์•„์š”?

๋ฏผ์ค€:

๊ณ ๋“ฑํ•™๊ต ๋™์ฐฝ์ด์•ผ.

ํด:

๋™... ๋ญ์š”?

๋ฏผ์ค€:

์–ด, ๋™์ฐฝ๏ผŽ๊ณ ๋“ฑํ•™๊ต ๊ฐ™์ด ๋‹ค๋…”์–ด.

ํด:

์•„, ๊ทธ๋ ‡๊ตฌ๋‚˜. ๊ทผ๋ฐ ํ•œ๊ตญ์—์„œ๋Š” ์–ด๋Š ๋Œ€ํ•™ ๋‹ค๋…”์–ด์š”?

๋ฏผ์ค€:

๊ณ ๋ ค๋Œ€ํ•™๊ต.

ํด:

์ „๊ณต์€์š”?

๋ฏผ์ค€:

์ „๊ณต์€ ๊ฒฝ์˜. ๋„Œ ์ „๊ณต์ด ๋ญ๋ƒ?

ํด:

๊ฒฝ์ œํ•˜๊ณ  ํ•œ๊ตญ์–ด์š”.

Romanisation and Translation Minjun: Geureom ijebuteo mal noeulge. Well, I will start using Banmal (less formal language) from now on. Paul:

Ne, hyeong. Geunde

Yes, Hyeong. Hey how do you

hyeonurang, ani hyeonu

know Hyeonu, I mean Hyeong

hyeongirang eotteoke arayo?

Hyeonu?

Minjun: High School dongchangiya.

We are fellow alumni from high school.

Paul:

Dongโ€ฆ mwoyo?

Minjun: Eo, dongchang๏ผŽ Godeunghakgyo gachi danyeosseo.

Fellow what? Oh, fellow alumni. We went to high school together.


324 Paul:

UNIT 10 ์ „๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”? A, geureokuna. Geunde

Oh, thatโ€™s how. Hey, what

hangugeseoneun eoneu daehak

Korean university did you go to?

danyeosseoyo? Minjun: Korea Univ.

Korea University.

Paul:

And your major?

Jeongongeunyo?

Minjun: Jeongongeun gyeongyeong. Paul:

Business management.

Neon jeongongi mwonya?

Whatโ€™s your major?

Gyeongjehago hangugeoyo.

Economics and Korean.

Vocabulary ๊ทธ๋Ÿผ

well then; in that case

์ด์ œ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ

[์ด์ œ now+๋ถ€ํ„ฐ from] from now on

๋ง ๋†“์„๊ฒŒ

I will use less formal language

๊ทผ๋ฐ

but; by the way

ํ˜•

older brother (for a male)

+(์ด)๋ž‘

with

์•„๋‹ˆ

nah, I mean (used when correcting what you have just said)

์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ

how

์•Œ์•„์š”

[์•Œ know+์•„์š”(present tense ending)] know

๊ณ ๋“ฑํ•™๊ต

senior high school

๋™์ฐฝ

fellow alumni

+์ด์•ผ

casual form of +์ด์—์š”

๋ญ์š”?

[๋ญ what+์š”?(polite ending)] what?

๊ฐ™์ด

together

๋‹ค๋…”์–ด

[๋‹ค๋‹ˆ attend+์—ˆ์–ด(casual past tense ending)] attended

์•„, ๊ทธ๋ ‡๊ตฌ๋‚˜

ah, so itโ€™s like that

ํ•œ๊ตญ์—์„œ๋Š”

[ํ•œ๊ตญ Korea+์—์„œ in+๋Š”(topic particle)] in Korea


UNIT 10 ์ „๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”?

325

์–ด๋Š

what; which

๋Œ€ํ•™

university (or ๋Œ€ํ•™๊ต)

๋‹ค๋…”์–ด์š”

[๋‹ค๋‹ˆ attend+์—ˆ์–ด์š”( polite past tense ending)] attended

๊ณ ๋ ค๋Œ€ํ•™๊ต

Korea University

์ „๊ณต

major

๊ฒฝ์˜(ํ•™)

business management

๊ฒฝ์ œ(ํ•™)

economics

+ํ•˜๊ณ 

and

ํ•œ๊ตญ์–ด

Korean (language)

Note: ๋ฐ˜๋ง (banmal) is made up of ๋ฐ˜, which means โ€˜halfโ€™ and ๋ง which means โ€˜speechโ€™ and refers to the casual form you have been studying.


326

UNIT 10 ์ „๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”?

Vocabulary: Faculties and Departments ๋ฌธ๊ณผ๋Œ€

Faculty of Arts

์ด๊ณต๋Œ€

Faculty of Science

์˜๋Œ€

Faculty of Medicine

๋ฒ•๋Œ€

Faculty of Law

๊ฒฝ์˜๋Œ€

Faculty of Business

์‚ฌ๋ฒ”๋Œ€

Faculty of Education

์ „์ž๊ณ„์‚ฐํ•™๊ณผ

Department of Computer Science

์‹ ๋ฌธ ๋ฐฉ์†กํ•™๊ณผ Department of Media Communication ์ •์น˜ ์™ธ๊ตํ•™๊ณผ Department of Political Science and Diplomacy ์˜์–ด ์˜๋ฌธํ•™๊ณผ Department of English Language and Literature ๋ถˆ์–ด ๋ถˆ๋ฌธํ•™๊ณผ Department of French Language and Literature ๊ตญ์–ด ๊ตญ๋ฌธํ•™๊ณผ Department of Korean Language and Literature ๊ตญ์–ด๊ต์œก๊ณผ

Department of Korean Language Education

์•„์‹œ์•„ํ•™๊ณผ

Department of Asian Languages and Studies

๊ฒฝ์ œํ•™๊ณผ

Department of Economics

๊ฒฝ์˜ํ•™๊ณผ

Department of Business Adminstration

Note: To talk about a particular Major of Study, the above vocabulary is used without ๊ณผ (Department): ๊ฒฝ์ œํ•™(economics major).


327

UNIT 10 ์ „๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”?

Task 2: ์ „๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”? Fill in the blanks of the example dialogue below with an appropriate response. If you donโ€™t know the name of your major in Korean, you can refer to the list of faculties and departments on the previous page. The department names can be made into subject names by taking off the ๊ณผ. Now move around the class introducing yourself to the other students and filling in the table below. [๋Œ€ํ™” ๋ณด๊ธฐ] A:

์–ด๋Š ๋Œ€ํ•™๊ต ๋‹ค๋…€์š”?

B:

[ ์—ฐ์„ธ๋Œ€ํ•™๊ต ](์ด)์š”.

A:

์ „๊ณต์€์š”?

B:

[ ์‹ ๋ฌธ๋ฐฉ์†กํ•™ ](์ด)์š”.

A:

๋‚œ [ ์ „๊ณต์€ [

Name (์ด๋ฆ„)

] ๋Œ€ํ•™๊ต ๋‹ค๋…€์š”. ]์ด์—์š”/์˜ˆ์š”.

Major (์ „๊ณต)


328

UNIT 10 ์ „๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”?

Word Contractions Koreans, like Australians, like to shorten words by contracting them. This is particularly noticeable with university names as shown below: ์˜ค์ŠคํŠธ๋ ˆ์ผ๋ฆฌ์•„ or ํ˜ธ์ฃผ (Australia) Victoria University

๏ƒ 

Vic Uni

University of Queensland

๏ƒ 

UQ

๊ณ ๋ ค ๋Œ€ํ•™๊ต

๏ƒ 

๊ณ ๋Œ€

์—ฐ์„ธ ๋Œ€ํ•™๊ต

๏ƒ 

์—ฐ๋Œ€

์„œ์šธ ๋Œ€ํ•™๊ต

๏ƒ 

์„œ์šธ๋Œ€

ํ•œ๊ตญ

It is also common to use contractions for the library names at university since there is usually more than one: ์ค‘์•™ ๋„์„œ๊ด€

๏ƒ 

์ค‘๋„ (Main Library)

๊ณผํ•™ ๋„์„œ๊ด€

๏ƒ 

๊ณผ๋„ (Science Library)


UNIT 10 ์ „๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”?

329


330

UNIT 10 ์ „๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”?


331

UNIT 10 ์ „๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”?

Situation Dialogue 3 Paul is asking Minjunโ€™s family details. ํด:

์ง‘์ด ์„œ์šธ์ด์—์š”?

๋ฏผ์ค€:

์–ด~

ํด:

์„œ์šธ ์–ด๋””์š”?

๋ฏผ์ค€:

์‹ ์‚ฌ๋™... ๊ทผ๋ฐ ์™œ?

ํด:

์•„๋‹ˆ์—์š”. ๊ทธ๋ƒฅ ๊ถ๊ธˆํ•ด์„œ์š”. ๊ฐ€์กฑ์€์š”? ๋‹ค ๊ฐ™์ด ์‚ด์•„์š”?

๋ฏผ์ค€:

๊ฐ€์กฑ? ์Œ... ๋ถ€๋ชจ๋‹˜์€ ๋Œ€์ „์— ๊ณ„์‹œ๊ณ , ์„œ์šธ์—๋Š” ์—ฌ๋™์ƒํ•˜๊ณ ๋งŒ ์‚ด์•„.

ํด:

์•„, ๊ทธ๋ ‡๊ตฌ๋‚˜. ๋ฒŒ์จ ์‹œ๊ฐ„์ด ์ด๋ ‡๊ฒŒ ๋๋„ค. ์ € ๊ฐ€ ๋ณผ๊ฒŒ์š”.

ํ˜„์šฐ:

๊ทธ๋ž˜, ์กฐ์‹ฌํ•ด์„œ ๊ฐ€.

Romanisation and Translation Paul:

Jibi seourieyo?

Are you from Seoul?

Minjun: Eo~

Yeah.

Paul:

Where in Seoul?

Seoul eodiyo?

Minjun: Sinsa-dong... Geunde wae?

Sinsa Dongโ€ฆ Why?

Paul:

No reason. Just curious. What about your family? Do you all live together?

Anieyo. Geunyang gunggeumhaeseoyo. Gajogeunyo? Da gachi sarayo?

Minjun: Gajok? Eum... Bumonimeun daejeone gyesigo, seoureneun yeodongsaenghagoman sara.

Family? Umโ€ฆ My parents are in Daejeon, Iโ€™m just living with my younger sister in Seoul.

Paul:

A, geureokuna.

Oh. (Lit. So thatโ€™s how it is.)

Paul:

Beolsseo sigani ireoke dwaenne. Jeo ga bolgeyo.

Time has flown. (Lit. already this much.) I have to go. (Lit. I will go.)

Minjun: Geurae, josimhaeseo ga.

Ok, take care. (Lit. be careful on your way)


332

UNIT 10 ์ „๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”?

Vocabulary ๊ทธ๋ƒฅ

no reason

์ง‘์ด

[์ง‘ house+์ด(subject particle)] house

์„œ์šธ

Seoul

+์ด์—์š”

am/are/is

์–ด

yeah

์–ด๋””์š”?

[์–ด๋”” where +์š”(polite ending)] where?

์‹ ์‚ฌ๋™

S(h)insa Dong

๊ทผ๋ฐ ์™œ?

but why?

์•„๋‹ˆ์—์š”

am/are/is not; no; no reason

๊ทธ๋ƒฅ

just

๊ถ๊ธˆํ•ด์„œ์š”

[๊ถ๊ธˆํ•˜ curious๏ƒ ๊ถ๊ธˆํ•ด์„œ(์š”) curious, soโ€ฆ] itโ€™s because Iโ€™m curious

๊ฐ€์กฑ์€์š”?

[๊ฐ€์กฑ family+์€์š” what aboutโ€ฆ?] what about your family?

๋‹ค ๊ฐ™์ด

[๋‹ค all ๊ฐ™์ด together] all together

์‚ด์•„์š”

[์‚ด live+์•„์š”(present tense ending)] live

๋ถ€๋ชจ๋‹˜์€

[๋ถ€๋ชจ parents+๋‹˜(honorific suffix)+์€(topic particle)] parents

๋Œ€์ „์—

[๋Œ€์ „ Daejeon+์— in] in Daejeon

๊ณ„์‹œ๊ณ 

[๊ณ„์‹œ there is/are +๊ณ  and] ๊ณ„์„ธ์š”[๊ณ„์‹œ+์–ด์š”] is the honorific word used in place of ์žˆ์–ด์š” but it does not have the meaning of โ€˜to haveโ€™.

์„œ์šธ์—๋Š”

[์„œ์šธ+์— in+๋Š”(topic particle)] in Seoul

์—ฌ๋™์ƒ

[์—ฌ female ๋™์ƒ younger sibling] younger sister

+ํ•˜๊ณ ๋งŒ

[ํ•˜๊ณ  with+๋งŒ only] only with

์‚ด์•„

[์‚ด live+์•„(casual present tense ending)] live


UNIT 10 ์ „๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”? ์•„, ๊ทธ๋ ‡๊ตฌ๋‚˜

333

[์•„ ah, ๊ทธ๋ ‡ like that +๊ตฌ๋‚˜(exclamatory ending)] ah, so itโ€™s like that.

๋ฒŒ์จ

already

์‹œ๊ฐ„์ด

time

์ด๋ ‡๊ฒŒ

like this; (this much)

๋๋„ค

[๋˜ become+์—ˆ(past tense infix)+๋„ค(ending, when you have just realised something)]

์ €

I; me (humble)

๊ฐ€ ๋ณผ๊ฒŒ์š”

I have to go

๊ทธ๋ž˜,

yes; okay

์กฐ์‹ฌํ•ด์„œ ๊ฐ€

take care in going


334

UNIT 10 ์ „๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”?

Vocabulary: Family ๊ฐ€์กฑ ์•„๋ฒ„์ง€

father

ํ˜•

(boyโ€™s) elder brother

์–ด๋จธ๋‹ˆ

mother

๋‚จ๋™์ƒ

younger brother

์•„๋“ค

son

์—ฌ๋™์ƒ

younger sister

๋”ธ

daughter

์ฒซ์งธ

first

๋‚จํŽธ

husband

๋‘˜์งธ

second

์•„๋‚ด

wife

์…‹์งธ

third

ํ• ๋จธ๋‹ˆ

grandmother

๋ง‰๋‚ด

youngest child/sibling

ํ• ์•„๋ฒ„์ง€

grandfather

์‚ฌ์ดŒ

cousin

์–ธ๋‹ˆ

(girlโ€™s) elder sister

์‚ผ์ดŒ

uncle

๋ˆ„๋‚˜

(boyโ€™s) elder sister

์ˆ™๋ชจ

auntie

์˜ค๋น 

(girlโ€™s) elder brother

ํ˜ผ์ž

by oneโ€™s self

In Korea, the arrangement of family relationships is extremely important, and there is an elaborate system of kinship terms to describe the relationship you have to your relatives. So for example, there are different words for older brothers and sisters depending on your sex. These words for older sister and brother, ์–ธ๋‹ˆ/๋ˆ„๋‚˜ and ์˜ค๋น /ํ˜•, are also commonly used between people who are not related. When you feel close to someone who is older than you, you can call him or her by the appropriate term for your sex. Koreans donโ€™t refer to or speak to people who are older than them using their given names. Koreans also distinguish between the fatherโ€™s family and the motherโ€™s. The terms given above for grandparents, uncles and aunts only refer to the fatherโ€™s family. If you were speaking about your motherโ€™s side, you would add the


UNIT 10 ์ „๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”?

335

word ์™ธ (meaning outside) in front of each of the terms: ์™ธํ• ๋จธ๋‹ˆ, ์™ธํ• ์•„๋ฒ„์ง€, ์™ธ์‚ผ์ดŒ.

There are also other relationship terms without equivalent English designations. Some of these are: ํฐ์•„๋ฒ„์ง€

fatherโ€™s elder brother

ํฐ์–ด๋จธ๋‹ˆ

wife of fatherโ€™s elder brother

์ž‘์€์•„๋ฒ„์ง€

fatherโ€™s younger brother

์ž‘์€์–ด๋จธ๋‹ˆ

wife of fatherโ€™s younger brother

ํฐ์˜ค๋น 

oldest older brother

์ž‘์€์˜ค๋น 

the younger of oneโ€™s older brothers

A feature of modern Western families is the frequency with which people have second marriages. As a result, it is not uncommon to have stepbrothers and sisters. The way a Korean would refer to these would be to add the word ์˜๋ถ“ in front of the corresponding kinship terms. For example, ์˜๋ถ“ ์˜ค๋น  is a girlโ€™s older stepbrother. To specify half-siblings, you would add the term ์ด๋ณต instead: ์ด๋ณต ์˜ค๋น , ์ด๋ณต ๋™์ƒ. However, both these terms have a negative connotation in Korea as divorce continues to be stigmatized, despite becoming increasingly common.


336

UNIT 10 ์ „๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”?

Task 3: ํ˜•/์˜ค๋น  ์žˆ์–ด์š”? Ask your partner about his or her siblings. Circle the right kinship term in the cells below and write down their ages. [๋Œ€ํ™” ๋ณด๊ธฐ] A: ํ˜•/์˜ค๋น  ์žˆ์–ด์š”? B: ๋„ค, ํ˜•/์˜ค๋น  ํ•˜๋‚˜, ๋™์ƒ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์žˆ์–ด์š”. A: ์—ฌ๋™์ƒ์ด์—์š”, ๋‚จ๋™์ƒ์ด์—์š”? B: ์—ฌ๋™์ƒ์ด์—์š”. A: ํ˜•์€/์˜ค๋น ๋Š” ๋ช‡ ์‚ด์ด์—์š”? B: ์Šค๋ฌผ ๋„ค ์‚ด์ด์—์š”. A: ์—ฌ๋™์ƒ์€์š”? B: ์—ด์ผ๊ณฑ ์‚ด์ด์—์š”.

๊ด€๊ณ„ Relationship

๋‚˜์ด Age

์—ฌ๋™์ƒ / ๋‚จ๋™์ƒ

์‚ด

์—ฌ๋™์ƒ / ๋‚จ๋™์ƒ

์‚ด

์—ฌ๋™์ƒ / ๋‚จ๋™์ƒ

์‚ด

์—ฌ๋™์ƒ / ๋‚จ๋™์ƒ

์‚ด

์˜ค๋น  / ํ˜• / ์–ธ๋‹ˆ / ๋ˆ„๋‚˜

์‚ด

์˜ค๋น  / ํ˜• / ์–ธ๋‹ˆ / ๋ˆ„๋‚˜

์‚ด

์˜ค๋น  / ํ˜• / ์–ธ๋‹ˆ / ๋ˆ„๋‚˜

์‚ด

์˜ค๋น  / ํ˜• / ์–ธ๋‹ˆ / ๋ˆ„๋‚˜

์‚ด

์˜ค๋น  / ํ˜• / ์–ธ๋‹ˆ / ๋ˆ„๋‚˜

์‚ด


337

UNIT 10 ์ „๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”?

Task 4: Word Check Write down the Korean words next to their English equivalents. The first one has been done for you. a.

์•„๋ฒ„์ง€ โˆš

h.

์—ฌ๋™์ƒ

b.

์–ด๋จธ๋‹ˆ

i.

๋‚จ๋™์ƒ

c.

ํ˜•

j.

์ž๋…€/์•„์ด๋“ค

d.

์˜ค๋น 

k.

์•„๋“ค

e.

์–ธ๋‹ˆ

l.

๋”ธ

f.

๋ˆ„๋‚˜

m.

๋‚จํŽธ

g.

์•„๋‚ด

1.

father

2.

mother

3.

daughter

4.

son

5.

husband

6.

wife

7.

younger sister

8.

elder brother to a female

9.

elder sister to a male

10. elder sister to a female 11. elder brother to a male 12. younger brother 13. children

์•„๋ฒ„์ง€


338

UNIT 10 ์ „๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”?

Honorific Subject and Topic Particles When Koreans refer to their parents (and to seniors in general), they use honorific words as a mark of respect. You have already seen the way that verbs are modified in honorific speech. The subject and topic particles also have an honorific form. The subject particle +์ด/๊ฐ€ becomes +๊ป˜์„œ and the topic particle +์€/๋Š” becomes +๊ป˜์„œ๋Š”. Subject Particle

Topic Particle

+์ด/๊ฐ€

+์€/๋Š”

+๊ป˜์„œ

+ ๊ป˜์„œ๋Š”

(Plain) (Honorific)

Examples: (1)

๊น€ ์„ ์ƒ๋‹˜๊ป˜์„œ ์š”์ฆ˜ ๋ฐ”์˜์„ธ์š”.

Mr Kim is busy these days.

(2)

ํ• ์•„๋ฒ„์ง€๊ป˜์„œ๋Š” ์‹ ๋ฌธ ์ฝ์œผ์„ธ์š”.

Grandfather is reading the newspaper.

(3)

(4)

๋ฐ• ์‚ฌ์žฅ๋‹˜๊ป˜์„œ๋Š”

President Park has gone to

๋ฏธ๊ตญ์— ๊ฐ€์…จ์–ด์š”.

America.

์–ด๋จธ๋‹ˆ๊ป˜์„œ๋Š” ์ถœ์žฅ ๊ฐ€์…จ์–ด์š”.

My mother has gone on a business trip.

(5)

(6)

์ด ๊ต์ˆ˜๋‹˜๊ป˜์„œ๋Š”

Professor Lee is giving a lecture

ํ•œ๊ตญ ์—ญ์‚ฌ ๊ฐ•์˜ํ•˜์„ธ์š”.

on Korean history.

๊น€ ๋Œ€ํ†ต๋ น๊ป˜์„œ๋Š”

President Kim met

ํ˜ธ์ฃผ ์ˆ˜์ƒ์„ ๋งŒ๋‚˜์…จ์–ด์š”.

the Australian prime minister.


UNIT 10 ์ „๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”?

339


340

UNIT 10 ์ „๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”?

Possessive Pronouns When we want to refer to the fact that something belongs to somebody in English, we use possessive pronouns such as โ€˜myโ€™, โ€˜ourโ€™, โ€˜yourโ€™, โ€˜hisโ€™, โ€˜herโ€™, and โ€˜theirโ€™. How you use the corresponding Korean words depends on styles of speech. This is illustrated in the following table: my

our

your

his/her

whose

Casual

๋‚ด

์šฐ๋ฆฌ

๋„ค

๊ทธ ์‚ฌ๋žŒ

๋ˆ„๊ตฌ

Humble

์ œ

์ €ํฌ

*

*

*

Honorific

*

*

*

๊ทธ๋ถ„

์–ด๋Š ๋ถ„

Note that ๋„ˆ or ๋‹ˆ is used instead of โ€˜๋„คโ€™ (your) in speaking because the pronunciation of โ€˜๋„คโ€™ (your) is very similar to โ€˜๋‚ดโ€™ (my). Examples: (1)

(2)

A:

์ด๊ฑฐ ๋ˆ„๊ตฌ ์ฑ…์ด์—์š”?

Whose book is this?

B:

์ œ ์ฑ…์ด์—์š”.

Itโ€™s my book.

A:

์ด๊ฑฐ ์–ด๋Š ๋ถ„ ์ง€๊ฐ‘์ด์—์š”?

Whose purse is this?

B:

์ œ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”.

Itโ€™s mine.

However, in Korean you donโ€™t often use the 2nd or 3rd person possessive pronouns. In such cases you just link the item and personโ€™s name: (3) ์„ ์˜ : ์ด๊ฑฐ ์˜์ง„ ์”จ ์ฑ…์ด์—์š”? ์˜์ง„ : ์•„๋‹ˆ์š”. ์šฐ๋ฆฌ ์•„๋ฒ„์ง€ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”.

Young-jin, Is this your book? No, itโ€™s my fatherโ€™s.


UNIT 10 ์ „๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”?

341

As seen in (3), Koreans often use ์šฐ๋ฆฌ (our) when they mean ๋‚ด (my). This reflects the importance of the group in Korean culture. A Korean will refer to his or her parents, school and company as ์šฐ๋ฆฌ ๋ถ€๋ชจ๋‹˜, ์šฐ๋ฆฌ ํ•™๊ต and ์šฐ๋ฆฌ ํšŒ์‚ฌ respectively. A man may even refer to his wife as ์šฐ๋ฆฌ ์ง‘ ์‚ฌ๋žŒ (lit. our house person). However, if you were talking about something which is yours personally and not the groupโ€™s (other than your spouse!), you would use ๋‚ด or ์ œ, as in examples (1) and (2).


342

UNIT 10 ์ „๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”?

Vocabulary: Occupations ์ง์—… ๊ฐ„ํ˜ธ์‚ฌ

nurse

์†Œ์„ค๊ฐ€

novelist

๊ฒ€์‚ฌ

public prosecutor

์‹œ์ธ

poet

๊ฒฝ์ฐฐ๊ด€

police officer

์•ฝ์‚ฌ

chemist

๊ณต๋ฌด์›

public servant

์–ด๋ถ€

fisherman

๊ด‘๋ถ€

miner

์š”๋ฆฌ์‚ฌ

cook

๊ต์‚ฌ

teacher

์šด์ „์‚ฌ

driver

๊ต์ˆ˜

professor; lecturer

์€ํ–‰์›

banker

๊ตฐ์ธ

soldier

์Œ์•…๊ฐ€

musician

๊ธฐ์ˆ ์ž

technician

์˜์‚ฌ

doctor

๋†๋ถ€

farmer

์ž‘๊ฐ€

writer

๋ฌด์šฉ๊ฐ€

dancer

์ •์น˜๊ฐ€

politician

๋ณ€ํ˜ธ์‚ฌ

attorney

ํŒ์‚ฌ

judge

๋น„์„œ

secretary

ํ™”๊ฐ€

painter; artist

์‚ฌ์—…๊ฐ€

business man

ํšŒ์‚ฌ์›

office worker


343

UNIT 10 ์ „๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”?

Task 5: ์•„๋ฒ„์ง€๊ป˜์„œ ๋ญ ํ•˜์„ธ์š”? Use what you have learnt to talk about the members of your family and what they do with a partner.

๊ด€๊ณ„ Relationship

์ง์—… Occupation


344

UNIT 10 ์ „๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”?

โ€ฆ +์ด/๊ฐ€ ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ๋˜์„ธ์š”? โ€˜Would you mind telling me โ€ฆ?โ€™ Koreans can come across as a little rude to Westerners because they tend to ask very personal questions. However, these personal details are considered necessary in order to address people appropriately and use the correct level of politeness. These questions are also a strategy to establish areas of commonality between the speakers in order to build a relationship. The phrase โ€˜... +์ด/๊ฐ€ ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ๋˜์„ธ์š”?โ€™ is a very useful phrase for asking strangers these kinds of personal questions. The phrase will also be used by somebody who needs to know your personal information as part of his or her job, such as a bank teller. Examples: (1)

์„ฑํ•จ์ด ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ๋˜์„ธ์š”?

Could you give me your name please?

(2)

์—ฐ์„ธ๊ฐ€ ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ๋˜์„ธ์š”?

Would you mind telling me your age?

(3)

์ƒ์ผ์ด ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ๋˜์„ธ์š”?

Could you tell me your birthday?

(4)

์ƒ๋…„์›”์ผ์ด ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ๋˜์„ธ์š”?

Could you give me your date of birth?

(5)

์ฃผ์†Œ๊ฐ€ ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ๋˜์„ธ์š”?

May I have your address?

(6)

์ „ํ™”๋ฒˆํ˜ธ๊ฐ€ ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ๋˜์„ธ์š”?

Could you tell me your phone number?

(7)

ํ‚ค๊ฐ€ ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ๋˜์„ธ์š”?

Could you tell me your height?

(8)

๋ชธ๋ฌด๊ฒŒ๊ฐ€ ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ๋˜์„ธ์š”?

Could you tell me your weight?


345

UNIT 10 ์ „๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”? (9)

์ง์—…์ด ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ๋˜์„ธ์š”?

Could you give me your occupation?

(10)

์ทจ๋ฏธ๊ฐ€ ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ๋˜์„ธ์š”?

Could you tell me your hobbies?

(11)

๊ตญ์ ์ด ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ๋˜์„ธ์š”?

Could you tell me your nationality?

If you were asking about a junior or a child, you would ask such questions in a more direct way such as: (12)

์—ฌ๋™์ƒ ์ƒ์ผ ์–ธ์ œ์˜ˆ์š”?

When is your (younger) sisterโ€™s birthday?

(13)

๋‚จ๋™์ƒ ํ‚ค๊ฐ€ ๋ช‡์ด์—์š”?

How tall is your (younger) brother?

(14)

ํ•ธ๋“œํฐ ๋ฒˆํ˜ธ๊ฐ€ ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”?

What is your mobile phone number?

(15)

๋ช‡ ๋…„ ์ƒ์ด์—์š”?

What year were you born?

(16)

๋ช‡ ํ•™๋ฒˆ์ด์—์š”?

What year did you enter university?

(17)

์ฃผ์†Œ๊ฐ€ ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”?

What is your address?


346

UNIT 10 ์ „๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”?

Task 6: Role Play A:

You are a bank teller. You work in the new accounts section. A customer wants to open a new account. Fill in the form below and show your partner what you have written when you finish.

B:

You are in a bank to open a new account. Answer the bank tellerโ€™s questions. When finished, check that s/he has got all the information correct.

[๋Œ€ํ™” ๋ณด๊ธฐ] A: ์–ด์„œ ์˜ค์„ธ์š” B: ๊ณ„์ขŒ๋ฅผ ๊ฐœ์„คํ•˜๊ณ  ์‹ถ์€๋ฐ์š”. A: ์„ฑํ•จ์ด ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ๋˜์„ธ์š”? B: [ ์—๋ฆญ ์›”ํ„ฐ์Šค ]์ž…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. A: ์ƒ๋…„์›”์ผ์ด ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ๋˜์„ธ์š”? B: [ ์ฒœ๊ตฌ๋ฐฑ๊ตฌ์‹ญ์ผ ๋…„ ์‚ผ ์›” ์‚ฌ ์ผ ]์ด์š”. A: ์ฃผ์†Œํ•˜๊ณ  ์ „ํ™”๋ฒˆํ˜ธ๋Š”์š”? B: ์ฃผ์†Œ๋Š” [ ์„œ์šธ ๊ฐ•๋‚จ๊ตฌ ๋„๊ณก๋™ ํ˜„๋Œ€ ์•„ํŒŒํŠธ ์‹ญ์‚ฌ ๋™ ์ด๋ฐฑ ์น ํ˜ธ ], ์ „ํ™”๋ฒˆํ˜ธ๋Š” [ ํŒ”์˜ค์œก์‚ผ์— ์ผ์น ์ผ๊ณต ]์ž…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. A: ๊ตญ์ ์ด ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ๋˜์„ธ์š”? B: [ ํ˜ธ์ฃผ ]์ž…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.

์ด๋ฆ„

:

์ƒ๋…„์›”์ผ:

. ๋…„

์›”

์ผ

์ „ํ™”๋ฒˆํ˜ธ:

.

๊ตญ์ 

.

:


347

UNIT 10 ์ „๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”?

Task 7: Listening โ˜ž ๋ฌธํ˜• (EXPONENT) ์ƒ์ผ์ด ์–ธ์ œ์˜ˆ์š”?

When is your birthday?

์ƒ์ผ์ด ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ๋ผ์š”/๋˜์„ธ์š”?

When is your birthday?

A ์›” B ์ผ์ด์—์š”.

It's the B of A.

โ˜ž ํ•„์ˆ˜ ์–ดํœ˜ (ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY) year ์ƒ์ผ birthday ๋…„ 1์›”

January

2์›”

February

3์›”

March

4์›”

April

5์›”

May

6์›”

June

7์›”

July

8์›”

August

9์›”

September

10์›”

October

11์›”

November

12์›”

December

Sino-Korean numbers up to 31 โ˜ž Listen to these people saying when their birthdays are. Circle the day of the month each person was born and write down the number of the dialogue next to it. Ready? Listen!


348

UNIT 10 ์ „๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”?

Task 8: Listening โ˜ž ๋ฌธํ˜• (EXPONENT) ์„ฑํ•จ์ด ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ๋˜์„ธ์š”?

(Honorific Expression) What is your name?

์ด๋ฆ„์ด ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ๋ผ์š”?

What is your name?

A์˜ˆ์š”/์ด์—์š”.

I'm A.

์ƒ๋…„์›”์ผ์ด ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ๋˜์„ธ์š”/๋ผ์š”?

When is your birthdate?

A๋…„ B์›” C์ผ์ด์—์š”.

It's the C of B (Year) A.

โ˜ž ํ•„์ˆ˜ ์–ดํœ˜ (ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY) ์ด๋ฆ„

name(colloquial form)

์„ฑํ•จ

honorific form of ์ด๋ฆ„

์„ฑ๋ช…

written form of ์ด๋ฆ„

์ƒ๋…„์›”์ผ

birthdate

์ฒœ

thousand

Sino-Korean numbers up to 2000 ๋ฐฑ

hundred

โ˜ž You will hear a dialogue in which a bank clerk is asking people names and birthdates for a new account. Write down their birthdates on the correct form below. Ready? Listen!

โ˜ž The last form (No. 6) is for you. The clerk will ask you your name and date of birth. Tell them to the clerk and write them down on the form. Ready? Listen!


349

UNIT 10 ์ „๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”?

Task 9: Listening โ˜ž ๋ฌธํ˜• (EXPONENT) ์ € ์‚ฌ๋žŒ ๋ˆ„๊ตฌ์˜ˆ์š”?, A์˜ˆ์š”. ๋ช‡ ์‚ด์ด์—์š”?/๋‚˜์ด๊ฐ€ ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ๋ผ์š”? A(number) ์‚ด์ด์—์š”. ์ง์—…์ด ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”? A์˜ˆ์š”.

Who is that person? She\he is A. What is his/her age? She/he is A years old. What is her/his occupation? It is A.

โ˜ž ํ•„์ˆ˜ ์–ดํœ˜ (ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY) over there that ์ €๊ธฐ ์ € person ์‚ฌ๋žŒ ๋ˆ„๊ตฌ who ๋‚˜์ด

age

์ง์—…

occupation

๊ทธ๋Ÿผ then counting unit for age ์‚ด

๋ณ€ํ˜ธ์‚ฌ

lawyer

์˜์‚ฌ doctor

์ปดํ“จํ„ฐ

๋ญ

์—”์ง€๋‹ˆ์–ด

computer engineer

์ •์น˜๊ฐ€

politician

pure Korean numbers up to 40

colloquial form of ๋ฌด์—‡ โ€˜whatโ€™

โ˜ž ์ˆ˜๋ฏธ is at a party and is asking her friend about people whom she does not know. Write down their ages and occupations in the appropriate blanks. Ready? Listen!


350

UNIT 10 ์ „๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”?

Sending a Text Message As with English, Koreans like to use shortcuts and emoticons when sending a text message. Shortcuts help to minimize the number of characters used such as โ€˜uโ€™ = you in English. An emoticon is a character or collection of characters that show some sort of emotion, and is useful for replacing some aspect of the communication that would normally be conveyed through body language. Koreans use them so much that a recent study showed that when text messages did not include any emoticons, the recipient thought the sender was angry (>.<)! Examples: (1)

์…ค

(์‹œํ—˜)

exam

(2)

์ƒ˜

(์„ ์ƒ๋‹˜)

teacher

(3)

๋ฉœ

(๋ฉ”์ผ)

mail

(4)

๋จ„

(๋ฏธ์•ˆ)

sorry

(5)

๊ฒœ

(๊ฒŒ์ž„)

game

(6)

ํ† ์šœ

(ํ† ์š”์ผ)

Saturday

(7)

ใ…‹ใ…‹ใ…‹

(ํฌํฌํฌ)

laughing

(8)

ใ…Žใ…Žใ…Ž

(ํํํ)

laughing

(9)

(^o^)

laughing or excited

(10)

^^

happy or smiles

(11)

^-^

happy or smiles

(12)

^__^

happy or smiles

(13)

^ใ…ก^

happy or smiles

(14)

ใ… _ใ… 

crying

(15)

>_<

angry

(16)

>.<

angry


UNIT 10 ์ „๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”?

351

Task 10: Reading 1. Read the following text from beginning to end without stopping, even if you come across vocabulary that you donโ€™t know. Try to guess the meaning through the context. 2. If you still have words that you donโ€™t know after you have tried guessing from the context, ask your classmates. You will probably be able to understand most of the new vocabulary using this method. 3. Ask your teacher about any remaining unknown vocabulary.

์ž๊ธฐ ์†Œ๊ฐœ

์ œ ์ด๋ฆ„์€ ํด ์Šค๋ฏธ์Šค์ž…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. 87 ๋…„ ์ƒ, ์Šค๋ฌผ๋‘ ์‚ด์ž…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ๋ชจ๋‚ด์‹œ ๋Œ€ํ•™๊ต 2 ํ•™๋…„์ž…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ๋Œ€ํ•™๊ต์—์„œ ๊ฒฝ์ œํ•™ํ•˜๊ณ  ํ•œ๊ตญ์–ด๋ฅผ ์ „๊ณตํ•ด์š”. ์ €๋Š” ๋ถ€๋ชจ๋‹˜๊ณผ ์—ฌ๋™์ƒ์ด ๋‘ ๋ช… ์žˆ์–ด์š”. ์—ฌ๋™์ƒ๋“ค์€ ๊ณ ๋“ฑํ•™์ƒ์ธ๋ฐ, ์•„์ฃผ ๊ท€์—ฌ์›Œ์š”. ^-^ ์ œ ์ทจ๋ฏธ๋Š” ํ˜ธ์ฃผ ์ถ•๊ตฌ์ž…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ์ผ์š”์ผ์— ์นœ๊ตฌ๋“คํ•˜๊ณ  ๊ฐ™์ด ์ถ•๊ตฌ๋ฅผ ํ•ด์š”. ์ €๋Š” ๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ๊ณผ ๋–ก๋ณถ์ด๋ฅผ ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”. ๊ทธ๋ž˜์„œ ํ•œ๊ตญ ์‹๋‹น์— ์ž์ฃผ ๊ฐ€์š”. ์ €๋Š” ๋ฐ”๋‹ค๋ฅผ ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”. ๊ฐ€๋” ๋ฐ”๋‹ค์—์„œ ์ˆ˜์ƒ์Šคํ‚ค๋ฅผ ํ•ด์š”. ์ €๋…์—๋Š” ์นดํŽ˜์—์„œ ์•„๋ฅด๋ฐ”์ดํŠธํ•ด์š”. ๊ทธ๋ž˜์„œ ์•„์ฃผ ํ”ผ๊ณคํ•ด์š”. ํ•˜์ง€๋งŒ ๋ˆ ํ•„์š”ํ•ด์š”!


352

UNIT 10 ์ „๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”?

Vocabulary ์ž๊ธฐ ์†Œ๊ฐœ

[์ž๊ธฐ self ์†Œ๊ฐœ introduction] self-introduction

์ œ

my

์ด๋ฆ„์€

[์ด๋ฆ„ name+์€(topic particle)] name

+์ž…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

am/are/is (formal style version of +์ด์—์š”/์˜ˆ์š”)

87 ๋…„ ์ƒ

[87 ๋…„ year ์ƒ born] born in 87

์Šค๋ฌผ ๋‘ ์‚ด

[์Šค๋ฌผ ๋‘ 22 ์‚ด(age)] twenty two years old

2 ํ•™๋…„

2nd year in school/uni

๋Œ€ํ•™๊ต์—์„œ

[๋Œ€ํ•™๊ต uni+์—์„œ(location particle)] in university

๊ฒฝ์ œํ•™ํ•˜๊ณ 

[๊ฒฝ์ œํ•™ economics+ํ•˜๊ณ  and] economics and

ํ•œ๊ตญ์–ด๋ฅผ

[ํ•œ๊ตญ์–ด Korean language+๋ฅผ(object particle)] Korean

์ „๊ณตํ•ด์š”

[์ „๊ณตํ•˜ major in๏ƒ ์ „๊ณตํ•ด์š”(present tense form)]

์ €๋Š”

[์ € I(humble)+๋Š”(topic particle)] I

๋ถ€๋ชจ๋‹˜๊ณผ

[๋ถ€๋ชจ parents+๋‹˜(honorific suffix)+๊ณผ and] parents and

์—ฌ๋™์ƒ์ด

[์—ฌ๋™์ƒ younger sister+์ด(subject particle)] younger sister

๋‘๋ช…

[๋‘ two ๋ช…(people counting noun)] two people

์žˆ์–ด์š”

[์žˆ have+์–ด์š”(present tense ending)] has/have

์—ฌ๋™์ƒ๋“ค์€

[์—ฌ๋™์ƒ younger sister+๋“ค(plural suffix)+์€(topic particle)]

๊ณ ๋“ฑํ•™์ƒ์ธ๋ฐ

[๊ณ ๋“ฑํ•™์ƒ senior high school student+์ด am/are/is +ใ„ด๋ฐ(connector for adding extra information)] are senior high school students

์•„์ฃผ

very

๊ท€์—ฌ์›Œ์š”

[๊ท€์—ฝ cute๏ƒ ๊ท€์—ฌ+์›Œ์š”(present tense ending)] are cute

์ทจ๋ฏธ๋Š”

[์ทจ๋ฏธ hobby+๋Š”(topic particle)] hobby

ํ˜ธ์ฃผ ์ถ•๊ตฌ

[ํ˜ธ์ฃผ Australia ์ถ•๊ตฌ football] Australian football


UNIT 10 ์ „๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”? ์ผ์š”์ผ์—

353

[์ผ์š”์ผ Sunday+์—(time particle)] on Sundays

์นœ๊ตฌ๋“คํ•˜๊ณ  ๊ฐ™์ด [์นœ๊ตฌ friend+๋“ค(plural suffix)+ํ•˜๊ณ  with] with friends ๊ฐ™์ด

together

์ถ•๊ตฌ๋ฅผ

[์ถ•๊ตฌ football+๋ฅผ(object particle)] football

ํ•ด์š”

[ํ•˜ do๏ƒ ํ•ด์š”(present tense form)] do/does

๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ๊ณผ

[๋น„๋น”๋ฐฅ rice with vegetables and meat+๊ณผ and] bibimbap and

๋–ก๋ณถ์ด๋ฅผ

[๋–ก๋ณถ์ด spicy rice cake stew +๋ฅผ(object particle)] tteokbokki

์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”

[์ข‹์•„ํ•˜ like๏ƒ ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”(present tense form)] like

๊ทธ๋ž˜์„œ

so; therefore

์‹๋‹น์—

[์‹๋‹น restaurant+์—(to)] to restaurants

์ž์ฃผ

often

๊ฐ€์š”

[๊ฐ€ go+์•„์š”(present tense ending)] go

๋ฐ”๋‹ค๋ฅผ

[๋ฐ”๋‹ค sea+๋ฅผ(object particle)] sea

๊ฐ€๋”

sometimes; occasionally

๋ฐ”๋‹ค์—์„œ

[๋ฐ”๋‹ค sea+์—์„œ on] on the sea

์ˆ˜์ƒ์Šคํ‚ค๋ฅผ

[์ˆ˜์ƒ์Šคํ‚ค water skiing+๋ฅผ(object particle)] water skiing

์ €๋…์—๋Š”

[์ €๋… evening+์— in+๋Š”(topic particle)] in the evenings

์นดํŽ˜์—์„œ

[์นดํŽ˜ cafรฉ+์—์„œ at] at a cafรฉ

์•„๋ฅด๋ฐ”์ดํŠธํ•ด์š”

[์•„๋ฅด๋ฐ”์ดํŠธํ•˜ do casual work ๏ƒ ์•„๋ฅด๋ฐ”์ดํŠธํ•ด์š” (present tense form)] do/does casual work

ํ”ผ๊ณคํ•ด์š”

[ํ”ผ๊ณคํ•˜ tired๏ƒ ํ”ผ๊ณคํ•ด์š”(present tense form)] am/are/is tired

ํ•˜์ง€๋งŒ

but

๋ˆ

money

ํ•„์š”ํ•ด์š”

[ํ•„์š”ํ•˜ need๏ƒ ํ•„์š”ํ•ด์š”] need


354

UNIT 10 ์ „๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”?


TRANSCRIPT OF LISTENING TASKS


356

TRANSCRIPT OF LISTENING TASKS

Unit 1, Task 3

Unit 1, Task 6

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 1

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 1:

Seonyeong: ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”,

Thomas: ์•ˆ๋…•ํžˆ ๊ณ„์„ธ์š”,

ํ† ๋งˆ์Šค ์”จ. Thomas: ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”, ์„ ์˜ ์”จ.

์ˆ˜๋ฏธ ์”จ. Sumi:

์•ˆ๋…•ํžˆ ๊ฐ€์„ธ์š”, ํ† ๋งˆ์Šค ์”จ.

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 2 Susan:

(Thomas: L; Sumi S)

์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”.

Yeongjin: ๋„ค, ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”.

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 2

Susan:

Yeongjin: ์ˆ˜์ž” ์”จ,

์ˆ˜์ž”์ด์—์š”.

Yeongjin : ์˜์ง„์ด์—์š”.

์•ˆ๋…•ํžˆ ๊ฐ€์„ธ์š”. Susan: ์•ˆ๋…•ํžˆ ๊ณ„์„ธ์š”, ์˜์ง„ ์”จ.

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 3

(Yeongjin: S; Susan: L)

Paul: ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”. Sumi: ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”. ์ฒ˜์Œ ๋ต™๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. Paul: ๋งŒ๋‚˜์„œ ๋ฐ˜๊ฐ‘์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ํด์ž…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. Sumi: ์ˆ˜๋ฏธ์ž…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 4 Minseop: ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”. ์ฒ˜์Œ ๋ต™๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. Amanda: ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”, ์•„๋งŒ๋‹ค์˜ˆ์š”. Minseop: ๋ฏผ์„ญ์ด๋ผ๊ณ  ํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 3 Paul: ์•ˆ๋…•ํžˆ ๊ณ„์‹ญ์‹œ์˜ค, ์„ ์ƒ๋‹˜. Teacher: ์•ˆ๋…•ํžˆ ๊ฐ€์„ธ์š”, ํด ์”จ. (Paul: L; Teacher: S) ๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 4 Minseop: ์•„๋งŒ๋‹ค ์”จ, ์•ˆ๋…•ํžˆ ๊ฐ€์„ธ์š”. Amanda: ์•ˆ๋…•ํžˆ ๊ฐ€์„ธ์š”, ๋ฏผ์„ญ ์”จ. (Minseop: L; Amanda: L)


357

TRANSCRIPT OF LISTENING TASKS

Unit 2, Task 2

Unit 2, Task 4

1. ๊ฐ€๋‚˜

2. ๊ฐ•

๋‹ˆ-๊ณ , ์ดˆ-๋ฒ„, ํ”ผ-์ž, ์„œ-๋ฌด,

3. ๋‚˜๋ผ

4. ๋‚˜๋น„

ํ˜ธ-ํฌ, ๋Ÿฌ-๋‹ค, ํ‘ธ-ํ—ˆ, ํ—ˆ-์ฃผ,

5. ๋‹ค๋ฆฌ

6. ๋ผ๋””์˜ค

์ฃผ-๋ธŒ, ๋ธŒ-ํ‘ธ, ๋„ˆ-๋ฃจ, ๋ฃจ-์ปค,

7. ๋งˆ์Šคํฌ

8. ๋งˆ์Œ

์ปค-์น˜, ๋„ˆ-์น˜, ๋ฏธ-์†Œ, ๋ฏธ-๊ฐ€,

9. ๋ฐ”๋‚˜๋‚˜

10. ๋ฐ”๋‹ค

์†Œ-๋„

11. ์‚ฌ๋žŒ

12. ์‚ฌ๋ž‘

13. ์‚ฌ์ž

14. ์•„๊ธฐ

Can you see a lighthouse?

15. ์•„์‹œ์•„

16. ์ž

Well done. If not, try again.

17. ์ž๊ธฐ

18. ํ•˜๋‚˜

19. ํ•˜๋งˆ

20. ํ•˜์ง€๋งŒ

Unit 2, Task 5 ๊ฐ•-๋ฐฉ, ๋ฐฉ-์žฅ, ์žฅ-์ •, ์ •-์ „,

Unit 2, Task 2

์ „-๊ฐ•, ๊ณต-ํ™, ํ™-์†ก, ์†ก-์†,

๋‚˜-ํƒ€, ๋‚˜-๋ผ, ๋ผ-์ฐจ, ์ฐจ-๊ฐ€,

์†-์„ , ์„ -์ฒœ, ์ฒœ-๋ฐ˜, ๋ฐ˜-ํ•œ,

๋‚˜-์•„, ์•„-๋งˆ, ๋งˆ-ํŒŒ, ํŒŒ-๋‹ค,

ํ•œ-ํ•จ, ํ•จ-๋‚จ, ๋‚จ-์ธ, ์ธ-์•ˆ,

๋‹ค-์‚ฌ, ์‚ฌ-์นด, ์นด-๋ฐ”, ๋ฐ”-์ž,

์•ˆ-์ž„, ์ž„-๊น€, ๊น€-์‹ฌ, ์‹ฌ-์‹ ,

์ž-ํ•˜

์‹ -๋ฏผ, ๋ฏผ-๋ฌธ, ๋ฌธ-๋ฐ•, ๋ฐ•-ํƒ, ํƒ-์œค, ์œค-์–‘, ์–‘-๊ณต

Can you see a whale? Well done. If not, try again.

Can you see the sun wearing sunglasses? Well done.

Unit 2, Task 3

If not, try again.

์•„-์˜ค, ์˜ค-์ด, ์ด-์•„, ์š”-์œ , ์œ -์•ผ, ์•ผ-์š”, ์–ด-์œผ, ์–ด-์šฐ,

Unit 2, Task 7

์šฐ-์—ฌ

1.๊ฐ€๋ด‰

2.์ˆ˜๋‹จ

3.์ฐจ๋“œ

4.์ด์ง‘ํŠธ

5.๋ฆฌ๋น„์•„

6.์•Œ์ œ๋ฆฌ

Can you see a yacht? Well done. If not, try again.


358

TRANSCRIPT OF LISTENING TASKS

7.๋ง๋ฆฌ

8.๋ชจ๋ฆฌํƒ€๋‹ˆ

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 2

9.๋ชจ๋กœ์ฝ”

10.๋‹ˆ์ œ๋ฅด

์„ ์ƒ : ๋ถˆ๊ณ ๊ธฐ ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”?

11.๋‚˜์ด์ง€๋ฆฌ์•„

์•„์ด 2: ๋„ค, ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”.

12.์ž์ด๋ฅด

์„ ์ƒ : ๊ทธ๋Ÿผ, ๊น€์น˜ ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”?

13.์•™๊ณจ๋ผ

14.๋‚˜๋ฏธ๋น„์•„ 15.๋ณด์ธ ์™€๋‚˜ 16.์ž ๋น„์•„

17.๋ชจ์ž ๋น„ํฌ

18.์ผ€๋ƒ

19.ํƒ„์ž๋‹ˆ์•„

์•„์ด 2: ์•„๋‹ˆ์˜ค, ๊น€์น˜ ์•ˆ ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”. ์„ ์ƒ : ๊ทธ๋Ÿผ, ์งœ์žฅ๋ฉด ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”?

20.์†Œ๋ง๋ฆฌ์•„ 21.์—ํ‹ฐ์˜คํ”ผ์•„

์•„์ด 2: ์•„๋‹ˆ์˜ค, ์•ˆ ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”.

22.๋งˆ๋‹ค๊ฐ€์Šค์นด๋ฅด

์„ ์ƒ : ๊ทธ๋Ÿผ, ํ–„๋ฒ„๊ฑฐ ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”? ์•„์ด 2: ๋„ค, ์•„์ฃผ ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”.

Unit 3, Task 5

์„ ์ƒ : ๊ทธ๋Ÿผ, ํ”ผ์ž ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”?

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 1

์•„์ด 2: ๋„ค, ํ”ผ์ž ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”.

์„ ์ƒ : ๋ถˆ๊ณ ๊ธฐ ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”?

์„ ์ƒ : ๊ทธ๋Ÿผ, ์ŠคํŒŒ๊ฒŒํ‹ฐ

์•„์ด 1: ๋„ค, ๋ถˆ๊ณ ๊ธฐ ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”. ์„ ์ƒ : ๊ทธ๋Ÿผ, ๊น€์น˜ ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”?

์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”? ์•„์ด 2: ์•„๋‹ˆ์˜ค, ์•ˆ ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”.

์•„์ด 1: ๋„ค, ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”. ์„ ์ƒ : ๊ทธ๋Ÿผ, ์งœ์žฅ๋ฉด ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”?

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 3

์•„์ด 1: ๋„ค, ์•„์ฃผ ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”.

์„ ์ƒ : ๋ถˆ๊ณ ๊ธฐ ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”?

์„ ์ƒ : ๊ทธ๋Ÿผ, ํ–„๋ฒ„๊ฑฐ ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”?

์•„์ด 3: ์•„๋‹ˆ์˜ค, ์•ˆ ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”.

์•„์ด 1: ์•„๋‹ˆ์˜ค, ํ–„๋ฒ„๊ฑฐ ์•ˆ

์„ ์ƒ : ๊ทธ๋Ÿผ, ๊น€์น˜ ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”?

์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”.

์•„์ด 3: ์•„๋‹ˆ์˜ค, ์•ˆ ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”.

์„ ์ƒ : ๊ทธ๋Ÿผ, ํ”ผ์ž ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”?

์„ ์ƒ : ๊ทธ๋Ÿผ, ์งœ์žฅ๋ฉด ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”?

์•„์ด 1: ๋„ค, ์•„์ฃผ ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”.

์•„์ด 3: ์•„๋‹ˆ์˜ค, ์•ˆ ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”.

์„ ์ƒ : ๊ทธ๋Ÿผ, ์ŠคํŒŒ๊ฒŒํ‹ฐ ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”? ์•„์ด 1: ์•„๋‹ˆ์˜ค, ์•ˆ ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”.

์ŠคํŒŒ๊ฒŒํ‹ฐ ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”. ์„ ์ƒ : ๊ทธ๋Ÿผ, ํ–„๋ฒ„๊ฑฐํ•˜๊ณ  ํ”ผ์ž ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”? ์•„์ด 3: ๋„ค, ์•„์ฃผ ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”.


359

TRANSCRIPT OF LISTENING TASKS

Unit 4, Task 3 ๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 1 ํด : ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”, ์ˆ˜๋ฏธ ์”จ. ์ˆ˜ ๋ฏธ: ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”, ํด ์”จ. ์–ด๋”” ๊ฐ€์š”?

์ˆ˜ ์ž” : ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”, ์˜์ง„ ์”จ. ์–ด๋”” ๊ฐ€์š”? ์˜ ์ง„ : ๊ฐ€๊ฒŒ์— ๊ฐ€์š”. ์ˆ˜์ž” ์”จ๋Š” ์–ด๋”” ๊ฐ€์š”? ์ˆ˜ ์ž” : ์ปคํ”ผ์ˆ์— ๊ฐ€์š”.

ํด : ํ•™๊ต์— ๊ฐ€์š”. ์ˆ˜ ๋ฏธ: ๋‚˜๋„ ํ•™๊ต์— ๊ฐ€์š”. ๊ฐ™์ด ๊ฐ‘์‹œ๋‹ค.

Unit 5, Task 2 ๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 1 A : ์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ญ ํ•ด์š”?

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 2

B : ๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•ด์š”.

ํ† ๋งˆ์Šค: ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”, ์„ ์˜ ์”จ. ์„  ์˜ : ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”, ํ† ๋งˆ์Šค ์”จ. ์–ด๋”” ๊ฐ€์š”? ํ† ๋งˆ์Šค: ์€ํ–‰์— ๊ฐ€์š”.

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 2 A : ์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ญ ํ•ด์š”? B : ์ „ํ™”ํ•ด์š”.

์„  ์˜ : ๋‚˜๋„ ์€ํ–‰์— ๊ฐ€์š”. ๊ฐ™์ด ๊ฐ‘์‹œ๋‹ค.

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 3 A : ์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ญ ํ•ด์š”?

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 3

B : ์‚ฌ๊ณผ ๋จน์–ด์š”.

๋ฏผ ์„ญ : ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”, ์•„๋งŒ๋‹ค ์”จ. ์•„๋งŒ๋‹ค : ์•„, ๋ฏผ์„ญ ์”จ. ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”. ๋ฏผ ์„ญ : ์–ด๋”” ๊ฐ€์š”?

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 4 A : ์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ญ ํ•ด์š”? B : ์Œ์•… ๋“ค์–ด์š”.

์•„๋งŒ๋‹ค: ์šฐ์ฒด๊ตญ์— ๊ฐ€์š”. ๋ฏผ์„ญ ์”จ๋Š” ์–ด๋”” ๊ฐ€์š”? ๋ฏผ ์„ญ : ์‹๋‹น์— ๊ฐ€์š”.

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 5 A : ์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ญ ํ•ด์š”? B : ์ฑ… ์ฝ์–ด์š”.

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 4 ์˜ ์ง„ : ์ˆ˜์ž” ์”จ, ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”.

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 6


360 A : ์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ญ ํ•ด์š”? B : ์ฃผ์Šค ๋งˆ์…”์š”.

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 7 A : ์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ญ ํ•ด์š”?

TRANSCRIPT OF LISTENING TASKS 1.A : ์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์˜ˆ์š”? B : ์—ด๋‘ ์‹œ์˜ˆ์š”.

2.A : ์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์˜ˆ์š”? B : ์„ธ ์‹œ์˜ˆ์š”.

B : ์ž  ์ž์š”. 3.A : ์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์˜ˆ์š”? ๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 8

B : ๋‹ค์„ฏ ์‹œ์˜ˆ์š”.

A : ์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ญ ํ•ด์š”? B : ์˜ท ์ž…์–ด์š”.

4.A : ์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์˜ˆ์š”? B : ์•„ํ™‰ ์‹œ์˜ˆ์š”.

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 9 A : ์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ญ ํ•ด์š”? B : ์นœ๊ตฌ ๋งŒ๋‚˜์š”.

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 10 A : ์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ญ ํ•ด์š”?

5.A : ์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์˜ˆ์š”? B : ์—ฌ์„ฏ ์‹œ์˜ˆ์š”.

6.A : ์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์˜ˆ์š”? B : ๋„ค ์‹œ์˜ˆ์š”.

B : ํ…”๋ ˆ๋น„์ „ ๋ด์š”. 7.A : ์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์˜ˆ์š”? ๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 11

B : ํ•œ ์‹œ์˜ˆ์š”.

A : ์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ญ ํ•ด์š”? B : ๋…ธ๋ž˜ ๋ถˆ๋Ÿฌ์š”.

8.A : ์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์˜ˆ์š”? B : ์—ดํ•œ ์‹œ์˜ˆ์š”.

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 12 A : ์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ญ ํ•ด์š”? B : ์ถค ์ถฐ์š”.

Unit 6, Task 1

9.A : ์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์˜ˆ์š”? B : ๋‘ ์‹œ์˜ˆ์š”.

10.A : ์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์˜ˆ์š”?


361

TRANSCRIPT OF LISTENING TASKS B : ์—ด ์‹œ์˜ˆ์š”.

์ˆ˜ ๋ฏธ : ๋„ค, ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”, ํด ์”จ. ํด

11.A : ์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์˜ˆ์š”? B : ์—ฌ๋Ÿ ์‹œ์˜ˆ์š”.

: ๋‚ด์ผ ์‹œ๊ฐ„ ์žˆ์–ด์š”?

์ˆ˜ ๋ฏธ : ๋„ค, ์žˆ์–ด์š”. ํด

: ์—ด ์‹œ ๊ดœ์ฐฎ์•„์š”?

์ˆ˜ ๋ฏธ : ๋„ค, ์ข‹์•„์š”. 12.A : ์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์˜ˆ์š”? B : ์ผ๊ณฑ ์‹œ์˜ˆ์š”.

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 4 ๋ฏผ ์„ญ : ์•„๋งŒ๋‹ค ์”จ, ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”.

Unit 6, Task 9

์•„๋งŒ๋‹ค : ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”, ๋ฏผ์„ญ ์”จ.

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 1

๋ฏผ ์„ญ : ๋‚ด์ผ ์‹œ๊ฐ„ ์žˆ์–ด์š”?

์„  ์˜ : ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”?

์•„๋งŒ๋‹ค : ๋„ค, ์žˆ์–ด์š”.

ํ† ๋งˆ์Šค ์”จ? ํ† ๋งˆ์Šค: ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”, ์„ ์˜ ์”จ.

๋ฏผ ์„ญ : ์—ฌ๋Ÿ ์‹œ ๊ดœ์ฐฎ์•„์š”? ์•„๋งŒ๋‹ค : ๋„ค, ์ข‹์•„์š”.

์„  ์˜ : ์˜ค๋Š˜ ์‹œ๊ฐ„ ์žˆ์–ด์š”? ํ† ๋งˆ์Šค: ๋„ค, ์žˆ์–ด์š”.

Unit 6, Task 11

์„  ์˜ : ์„ธ ์‹œ ๊ดœ์ฐฎ์•„์š”?

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 1

ํ† ๋งˆ์Šค: ๋„ค, ๊ดœ์ฐฎ์•„์š”.

์ˆ˜ ๋ฏธ : ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”, ํ† ๋งˆ์Šค ์”จ. ํ† ๋งˆ์Šค : ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”, ์ˆ˜๋ฏธ ์”จ.

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 2

์ˆ˜ ๋ฏธ : ์˜ค๋Š˜ ์‹œ๊ฐ„ ์žˆ์–ด์š”?

์ˆ˜ ์ž” : ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”, ์˜์ง„ ์”จ.

ํ† ๋งˆ์Šค : ์•„๋‹ˆ์˜ค, ์—†์–ด์š”.

์˜ ์ง„ : ๋„ค, ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”, ์ˆ˜์ž” ์”จ.

์ˆ˜ ๋ฏธ : ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋ฉด,

์ˆ˜ ์ž” : ์˜ค๋Š˜ ์‹œ๊ฐ„ ์žˆ์–ด์š”? ์˜ ์ง„ : ๋„ค, ์žˆ์–ด์š”.

ํ™”์š”์ผ์€ ์–ด๋•Œ์š”? ํ† ๋งˆ์Šค : ๋„ค, ๊ดœ์ฐฎ์•„์š”.

์ˆ˜ ์ž” : ๋‹ค์„ฏ ์‹œ ๊ดœ์ฐฎ์•„์š”? ์˜ ์ง„ : ๋„ค, ๊ดœ์ฐฎ์•„์š”.

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 2 ์ˆ˜ ์ž” : ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”, ๋ฏผ์„ญ ์”จ.

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 3 ํด

: ์ˆ˜๋ฏธ ์”จ, ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”.

๋ฏผ ์„ญ : ๋„ค, ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”, ์ˆ˜์ž” ์”จ. ์ˆ˜ ์ž” : ์˜ค๋Š˜ ์‹œ๊ฐ„ ์žˆ์–ด์š”?


362

TRANSCRIPT OF LISTENING TASKS

๋ฏผ ์„ญ : ์•„๋‹ˆ์˜ค, ์—†์–ด์š”. ์ˆ˜ ์ž” : ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋ฉด, ์ผ์š”์ผ์€ ์–ด๋•Œ์š”?

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 2 I.O. : ์–ด๋Š ๋‚˜๋ผ์—์„œ ์™”์–ด์š”? ์‚ฌ๋žŒ 2: ํ˜ธ์ฃผ์—์„œ ์™”์–ด์š”.

๋ฏผ ์„ญ : ๋„ค, ์ข‹์•„์š”. ๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 3 ๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 3 ํด

: ์„ ์˜ ์”จ, ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”.

I.O. : ์–ด๋Š ๋‚˜๋ผ์—์„œ ์™”์–ด์š”? ์‚ฌ๋žŒ 3: ์˜๊ตญ์—์„œ ์™”์–ด์š”.

์„  ์˜ : ๋„ค, ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”, ํด ์”จ. ํด

: ๋‚ด์ผ ์‹œ๊ฐ„ ์žˆ์–ด์š”?

์„  ์˜ : ์•„๋‹ˆ์˜ค, ์—†์–ด์š” ํด

: ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋ฉด,

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 4 I.O. : ์–ด๋Š ๋‚˜๋ผ์—์„œ ์™”์–ด์š”? ์‚ฌ๋žŒ 4: ๋…์ผ์—์„œ ์™”์–ด์š”.

๊ธˆ์š”์ผ์€ ์–ด๋•Œ์š”? ์„  ์˜ : ๋„ค, ๊ดœ์ฐฎ์•„์š”.

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 5 I.O. :

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 4

์–ด๋””์—์„œ ์™”์–ด์š”?

์‚ฌ๋žŒ 5: ํ”„๋ž‘์Šค์—์„œ ์™”์–ด์š”.

์˜ ์ง„ : ์•„๋งŒ๋‹ค ์”จ, ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”. ์•„๋งŒ๋‹ค : ์•ˆ๋…•ํ•˜์„ธ์š”, ์˜์ง„ ์”จ.

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 6

์˜ ์ง„ : ๋‚ด์ผ ์‹œ๊ฐ„ ์žˆ์–ด์š”?

I.O. :

์•„๋งŒ๋‹ค : ์•„๋‹ˆ์˜ค, ์—†์–ด์š”.

์‚ฌ๋žŒ 6: ์ผ๋ณธ์—์„œ ์™”์–ด์š”.

์–ด๋””์—์„œ ์™”์–ด์š”?

์˜ ์ง„ : ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋ฉด, ์›”์š”์ผ์€ ์–ด๋•Œ์š”? ์•„๋งŒ๋‹ค : ๋„ค, ์ข‹์•„์š”.

Unit 7, Task 2, Part 2 ๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 1 I.O. : ์–ด๋Š ๋‚˜๋ผ์—์„œ ์™”์–ด์š”?

Unit 7, Task 2, Part 1 ๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 1 I.O. : ์–ด๋Š ๋‚˜๋ผ์—์„œ ์™”์–ด์š”? (Immigration Officer) ์‚ฌ๋žŒ 1: ์ค‘๊ตญ์—์„œ ์™”์–ด์š”.

์‚ฌ๋žŒ 1: ์ค‘๊ตญ์—์„œ ์™”์–ด์š”. I.O : ์ค‘๊ตญ ์–ด๋””์—์„œ ์™”์–ด์š”? ์‚ฌ๋žŒ 1: ์ƒํ•˜์ด์—์„œ ์™”์–ด์š”.


363

TRANSCRIPT OF LISTENING TASKS ๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 2 I.O. : ์–ด๋Š ๋‚˜๋ผ์—์„œ ์™”์–ด์š”?

I.O : ์ผ๋ณธ ์–ด๋””์—์„œ ์™”์–ด์š”? ์‚ฌ๋žŒ 6: ์˜ค์‚ฌ์นด์—์„œ ์™”์–ด์š”.

์‚ฌ๋žŒ 2: ํ˜ธ์ฃผ์—์„œ ์™”์–ด์š”. I.O : ํ˜ธ์ฃผ ์–ด๋””์—์„œ ์™”์–ด์š”?

Unit 7, Task 4

์‚ฌ๋žŒ 2: ๋ฉœ๋ฒ„๋ฅธ์—์„œ ์™”์–ด์š”.

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 1 ํ˜• ์‚ฌ : ์–ด์ œ ์ €๋…์— ๋ญ ํ–ˆ์–ด์š”?

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 3 I.O. : ์–ด๋Š ๋‚˜๋ผ์—์„œ ์™”์–ด์š”? ์‚ฌ๋žŒ 3: ์˜๊ตญ์—์„œ ์™”์–ด์š”.

detective ๋ฉ” ๋ฆฌ : ํ†ฐํ•˜๊ณ  ์ €๋…์„ ๋จน์—ˆ์–ด์š”.

I.O : ์˜๊ตญ ์–ด๋””์—์„œ ์™”์–ด์š”?

ํ˜• ์‚ฌ : ์–ธ์ œ ๋จน์—ˆ์–ด์š”?

์‚ฌ๋žŒ 3: ๋ฆฌ๋ฒ„ํ’€์—์„œ ์™”์–ด์š”.

๋ฉ” ๋ฆฌ : ์ผ๊ณฑ ์‹œ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์—ฌ๋Ÿ ์‹œ๊นŒ์ง€ ๋จน์—ˆ์–ด์š”.

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 4 I.O. : ์–ด๋Š ๋‚˜๋ผ์—์„œ ์™”์–ด์š”? ์‚ฌ๋žŒ 4: ๋…์ผ์—์„œ ์™”์–ด์š”.

ํ˜• ์‚ฌ : ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ๋ญ ํ–ˆ์–ด์š”? ๋ฉ” ๋ฆฌ : ์—ฌ๋Ÿ ์‹œ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์•„ํ™‰ ์‹œ๊นŒ์ง€ ํ”ผ์•„๋…ธ๋ฅผ ์ณค์–ด์š”.

I.O : ๋…์ผ ์–ด๋””์—์„œ ์™”์–ด์š”?

ํ˜• ์‚ฌ : ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ๋ญ ํ–ˆ์–ด์š”?

์‚ฌ๋žŒ 4: ํ•˜๋…ธ๋ฒ„์—์„œ ์™”์–ด์š”.

๋ฉ” ๋ฆฌ : ์•„ํ™‰ ์‹œ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์—ด ์‹œ๊นŒ์ง€ ํ…”๋ ˆ๋น„์ „์„ ๋ดค์–ด์š”.

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 5 I.O. : ์–ด๋””์—์„œ ์™”์–ด์š”? ์‚ฌ๋žŒ 5: ํ”„๋ž‘์Šค์—์„œ ์™”์–ด์š”.

ํ˜• ์‚ฌ : ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ? ๋ฉ” ๋ฆฌ : ์—ด ์‹œ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ๋Š” ์ž ์„ ์žค์–ด์š”.

I.O : ํ”„๋ž‘์Šค ์–ด๋””์—์„œ ์™”์–ด์š”? ์‚ฌ๋žŒ 5: ๋ฆฌ์˜น์—์„œ ์™”์–ด์š”.

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 2 ํ˜• ์‚ฌ: ์–ด์ œ ์ €๋…์— ๋ญ ํ–ˆ์–ด์š”? ํ†ฐ : ๋ฉ”๋ฆฌํ•˜๊ณ 

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 6 I.O. :

์–ด๋””์—์„œ ์™”์–ด์š”?

์‚ฌ๋žŒ 6: ์ผ๋ณธ์—์„œ ์™”์–ด์š”.

์ €๋…์„ ๋จน์—ˆ์–ด์š”. ํ˜• ์‚ฌ: ์–ธ์ œ ๋จน์—ˆ์–ด์š”? ํ†ฐ : ์ผ๊ณฑ ์‹œ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์—ฌ๋Ÿ ์‹œ๊นŒ์ง€


364

TRANSCRIPT OF LISTENING TASKS ๋จน์—ˆ์–ด์š”.

์ž ์„ ์žค์–ด์š”.

ํ˜• ์‚ฌ: ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ๋ญ ํ–ˆ์–ด์š”? ํ†ฐ : ์—ฌ๋Ÿ ์‹œ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์•„ํ™‰ ์‹œ๊นŒ์ง€ ํ…”๋ ˆ๋น„์ „์„ ๋ดค์–ด์š”. ํ˜• ์‚ฌ: ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ๋ญ ํ–ˆ์–ด์š”? ํ†ฐ : ์•„ํ™‰ ์‹œ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์—ดํ•œ ์‹œ๊นŒ์ง€ ์ž ์„ ์žค์–ด์š”. ํ˜• ์‚ฌ: ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ? ํ†ฐ : ์—ด๋‘ ์‹œ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์Œ์•…์„ ๋“ค์—ˆ์–ด์š”.

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 4 ํ˜• ์‚ฌ : ์–ด์ œ ์ €๋…์— ๋ญ ํ–ˆ์–ด์š”? ์ œ ์ธ : ์ €๋…์„ ๋จน์—ˆ์–ด์š”. ํ˜• ์‚ฌ : ์–ธ์ œ ๋จน์—ˆ์–ด์š”? ์ œ ์ธ : ์ผ๊ณฑ ์‹œ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์—ฌ๋Ÿ ์‹œ๊นŒ์ง€ ๋จน์—ˆ์–ด์š”. ํ˜• ์‚ฌ : ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ๋ญ ํ–ˆ์–ด์š”? ์ œ ์ธ : ์—ฌ๋Ÿ ์‹œ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 3

์•„ํ™‰ ์‹œ๊นŒ์ง€

ํ˜• ์‚ฌ : ์–ด์ œ ์ €๋…์— ๋ญ ํ–ˆ์–ด์š”?

์‚ฐ์ฑ…์„ ํ–ˆ์–ด์š”.

ํ•ด ๋ฆฌ : ์‚ฐ์ฑ…์„ ํ–ˆ์–ด์š”.

ํ˜• ์‚ฌ : ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ๋ญ ํ–ˆ์–ด์š”?

ํ˜• ์‚ฌ : ์–ธ์ œ ํ–ˆ์–ด์š”?

์ œ ์ธ : ์•„ํ™‰ ์‹œ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์—ด ์‹œ๊นŒ์ง€

ํ•ด ๋ฆฌ : ์ผ๊ณฑ ์‹œ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ

์ฑ…์„ ์ฝ์—ˆ์–ด์š”.

์—ฌ๋Ÿ ์‹œ๊นŒ์ง€ ํ–ˆ์–ด์š”. ํ˜• ์‚ฌ : ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ๋ญ ํ–ˆ์–ด์š”? ํ•ด ๋ฆฌ : ์—ฌ๋Ÿ ์‹œ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์•„ํ™‰ ์‹œ๊นŒ์ง€ ์ €๋…์„ ๋จน์—ˆ์–ด์š”. ํ˜• ์‚ฌ : ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ๋ญ ํ–ˆ์–ด์š”? ํ•ด ๋ฆฌ : ์•„ํ™‰ ์‹œ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ

ํ˜• ์‚ฌ : ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ? ์ œ ์ธ : ์—ด ์‹œ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์—ดํ•œ ์‹œ๊นŒ์ง€๋Š” ์นœ๊ตฌํ•œํ…Œ ์ „ํ™”๋ฅผ ํ–ˆ์–ด์š”. ํ˜• ์‚ฌ : ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ? ์ œ ์ธ : ์—ด๋‘ ์‹œ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ๋Š” ์ž ์„ ์žค์–ด์š”.

์—ดํ•œ ์‹œ๊นŒ์ง€ ๊ทน์žฅ์—์„œ ์˜ํ™”๋ฅผ ๋ดค์–ด์š”. ํ˜• ์‚ฌ : ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ? ํ•ด ๋ฆฌ : ์—ด๋‘ ์‹œ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ๋Š”

Unit 8, Task 3 1. A : ์˜ค๋ Œ์ง€ ์žˆ์–ด์š”? B : ๋„ค, ์žˆ์–ด์š”. 2. A : ์น˜์ฆˆ ์žˆ์–ด์š”?


365

TRANSCRIPT OF LISTENING TASKS B : ์•„๋‹ˆ์˜ค, ์—†์–ด์š”.

16. A : ๋งฅ์ฃผ ์žˆ์–ด์š”?

3. A : ๋ฒ„์„ฏ ์žˆ์–ด์š”?

B : ๋„ค, ์žˆ์–ด์š”.

B : ๋„ค, ์žˆ์–ด์š”.

17. A : ๋‹น๊ทผ ์žˆ์–ด์š”?

4. A : ๋ฐฐ์ถ” ์žˆ์–ด์š”?

B : ๋„ค, ์žˆ์–ด์š”.

B : ๋„ค, ์žˆ์–ด์š”. 5. A : ์šฐ์œ  ์žˆ์–ด์š”? B : ์•„๋‹ˆ์˜ค, ์—†์–ด์š”. 6. A : ๋‹ญ๊ณ ๊ธฐ ์žˆ์–ด์š”?

18. A : ์˜ฅ์ˆ˜์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์–ด์š”? B : ๋„ค, ์žˆ์–ด์š”. 19. A : ํฌ๋„ ์žˆ์–ด์š”? B : ์•„๋‹ˆ์˜ค, ์—†์–ด์š”.

B : ๋„ค, ์žˆ์–ด์š”.

20. A : ์ฝœ๋ผ ์žˆ์–ด์š”?

7. A : ๋‹ฌ๊ฑ€ ์žˆ์–ด์š”?

B : ๋„ค, ์žˆ์–ด์š”.

B : ๋„ค, ์žˆ์–ด์š”. 8. A : ์†Œ๊ณ ๊ธฐ ์žˆ์–ด์š”?

Unit 8, Task 8

B : ์•„๋‹ˆ์˜ค, ์—†์–ด์š”.

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 1

9. A : ์ƒ์„  ์žˆ์–ด์š”? B : ์•„๋‹ˆ์˜ค, ์—†์–ด์š”. 10. A : ์‚ฌ๊ณผ ์žˆ์–ด์š”? B : ๋„ค, ์žˆ์–ด์š”. 11. A : ๋นต ์žˆ์–ด์š”? B : ๋„ค, ์žˆ์–ด์š”. 12. A : ๊ฐ์ž ์žˆ์–ด์š”? B : ๋„ค, ์žˆ์–ด์š”.

(๊ณผ์ผ ๊ฐ€๊ฒŒ์—์„œ; in a fruit shop) ์  ์› : ์–ด์„œ ์˜ค์„ธ์š”. ์† ๋‹˜ : ์‚ฌ๊ณผ ์žˆ์–ด์š”? ์  ์› : ๋„ค, ์žˆ์–ด์š”. ์† ๋‹˜ : ๋ฐฐ๋„ ์žˆ์–ด์š”? ์  ์› : ์•„๋‹ˆ์˜ค, ์—†์–ด์š”. ์† ๋‹˜ : ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋ฉด, ์‚ฌ๊ณผ ์—ด ๊ฐœ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”.

13. A : ์ผ€์ต ์žˆ์–ด์š”? B : ๋„ค, ์žˆ์–ด์š”. 14. A : ๊ฒŒ ์žˆ์–ด์š”? B : ์•„๋‹ˆ์˜ค, ์—†์–ด์š”. 15. A : ์˜ค๋ Œ์ง€ ์ฃผ์Šค ์žˆ์–ด์š”? B : ์•„๋‹ˆ์˜ค, ์—†์–ด์š”.

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 2 (์Šˆํผ๋งˆ์ผ“์—์„œ; in a small supermarket) ์  ์› : ์–ด์„œ ์˜ค์„ธ์š”. ์† ๋‹˜ : ๋นต ์žˆ์–ด์š”?


366

TRANSCRIPT OF LISTENING TASKS

์  ์› : ๋„ค, ์žˆ์–ด์š”.

17. ๋„ท

18. ๋‘˜

์† ๋‹˜ : ์ฝœ๋ผ๋„ ์žˆ์–ด์š”?

20. ํ•˜๋‚˜

19. ์—ฌ์„ฏ

์  ์› : ์•„๋‹ˆ์˜ค, ์—†์–ด์š”. ์˜ค๋ Œ์ง€ ์ฃผ์Šค ์žˆ์–ด์š”. ์† ๋‹˜ : ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋ฉด, ๋นต ํ•˜๋‚˜ํ•˜๊ณ 

Unit 8, Task 11 1. ์—ด๋„ท

2. ์—ด์ผ๊ณฑ 3. ์—ดํ•˜๋‚˜

์˜ค๋ Œ์ง€ ์ฃผ์Šค ๋‹ค์„ฏ ๋ณ‘

4. ์—ด์•„ํ™‰ 5. ์—ด์—ฌ์„ฏ 6. ์—ด์—ฌ๋Ÿ

์ฃผ์„ธ์š”.

7. ์—ด์…‹

8. ์—ด๋‘˜

9. ์—ด๋‹ค์„ฏ

10. ์Šค๋ฌผ ๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 3 (์ฃผ๋ฅ˜ ๊ฐ€๊ฒŒ์—์„œ;

Unit 8, Task 14

in a bottle shop)

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 1

์  ์› : ์–ด์„œ ์˜ค์„ธ์š”.

์ข…์—…์› : ์–ด์„œ ์˜ค์„ธ์š”.

์† ๋‹˜ : ๋งฅ์ฃผ ์žˆ์–ด์š”?

์† ๋‹˜ : ์ฝœ๋ผ ๋‘˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”.

์  ์› : ๋„ค, ์žˆ์–ด์š”. ์† ๋‹˜ : ์œ„์Šคํ‚ค๋„ ์žˆ์–ด์š”?

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 2

์  ์› : ์•„๋‹ˆ์˜ค, ์—†์–ด์š”.

์ข…์—…์› : ์–ด์„œ ์˜ค์„ธ์š”.

๋ธŒ๋žœ๋”” ์žˆ์–ด์š”.

์† ๋‹˜ : ์ปคํ”ผ ํ•˜๋‚˜ํ•˜๊ณ 

์† ๋‹˜ : ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋ฉด,

์˜ค๋ Œ์ง€ ์ฃผ์Šค ๋‘˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”.

๋งฅ์ฃผ๋งŒ ์Šค๋ฌด ๋ณ‘ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”. ๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 3 ์ข…์—…์› : ์–ด์„œ ์˜ค์„ธ์š”.

Unit 8, Task 10 1. ๋‹ค์„ฏ

2. ์—ด

3. ๋‘˜

4. ์•„ํ™‰

5. ์—ฌ์„ฏ

6. ์—ฌ๋Ÿ

7. ์…‹

8. ํ•˜๋‚˜

9. ์ผ๊ณฑ

๋ญ˜ ๋“œ๋ฆด๊นŒ์š”? ์† ๋‹˜ : ์ปคํ”ผ ๋‹ค์„ฏํ•˜๊ณ  ์šฐ์œ  ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”.

10. ๋„ท

Unit 9, Task 1 11. ์…‹

12. ์—ฌ๋Ÿ

14. ๋‹ค์„ฏ 15. ์•„ํ™‰

13. ์ผ๊ณฑ

1. ์˜ค

2. ์‹ญ

3. ์ด

16. ์—ด

4. ๊ตฌ

5. ์œก

6. ํŒ”


367

TRANSCRIPT OF LISTENING TASKS 7. ์‚ผ

8. ์ผ

10. ์‚ฌ

11. ์น 

9. ๊ณต

์† ๋‹˜ : ์•„์ด์Šคํฌ๋ฆผ ํ•˜๋‚˜ํ•˜๊ณ  ์น˜์ฆˆ๋ฒ„๊ฑฐ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”. ์  ์› : ์—ฌ๊ธฐ ์žˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.

12. ์‚ผ

13. ์˜ค

14. ์น 

์† ๋‹˜ : ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

15. ์ผ

16. ๊ตฌ

17. ์‹ญ

์  ์› : ์ด์ฒœ์˜ค๋ฐฑ ์›์ด์—์š”.

18. ์‚ฌ

19. ์ด

20. ์œก

21. ๊ณต

22. ํŒ”

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 2 ์  ์› : ์–ด์„œ ์˜ค์„ธ์š”.

Unit 9, Task 2

์† ๋‹˜ : ํ–„๋ฒ„๊ฑฐ ๋‘˜ํ•˜๊ณ 

1. ์‹ญ์‚ฌ

2. ์‹ญ์น 

3. ์‹ญ์ด

4. ์‹ญ๊ตฌ

5. ์‹ญ์œก

6. ์‹ญํŒ”

์  ์› : ์—ฌ๊ธฐ ์žˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.

7. ์‹ญ์‚ผ

8. ์‹ญ์ผ

9. ์‹ญ์˜ค

์† ๋‹˜ : ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

์ฝœ๋ผ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”.

10. ์ด์‹ญ

์  ์› : ์‚ผ์ฒœ์น ๋ฐฑ ์›์ด์—์š”.

Unit 9, Task 3

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 3

1. ์‚ฌ์‹ญ

2. ์น ์‹ญ

3. ์ด์‹ญ

์  ์› : ์–ด์„œ ์˜ค์„ธ์š”.

4. ๊ตฌ์‹ญ

5. ์œก์‹ญ

6. ํŒ”์‹ญ

์† ๋‹˜ : ์•„์ด์Šคํฌ๋ฆผ ๋‘ ๊ฐœํ•˜๊ณ 

7. ์‚ผ์‹ญ

8. ์‹ญ

9. ์˜ค์‹ญ

ํ›„๋ Œ์น˜ ํ›„๋ผ์ด์ฆˆ ๋‘ ๊ฐœ

10. ๋ฐฑ

์ฃผ์„ธ์š”. ์  ์› : ์—ฌ๊ธฐ ์žˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.

11. ์‚ผ์‹ญ

12. ์‹ญ

13. ์˜ค์‹ญ

์† ๋‹˜ : ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

14. ๊ตฌ์‹ญ

15. ์ด์‹ญ

16. ์น ์‹ญ

์  ์› : ์ด์ฒœํŒ”๋ฐฑ ์›์ด์—์š”.

17. ์‚ฌ์‹ญ

18. ํŒ”์‹ญ

19. ๋ฐฑ

20. ์œก์‹ญ

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 4 ์  ์› : ์–ด์„œ ์˜ค์„ธ์š”.

Unit 9, Task 6

์† ๋‹˜ : ํ–„๋ฒ„๊ฑฐ ๋„ทํ•˜๊ณ 

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 1

์ฝœ๋ผ ๋‘˜ํ•˜๊ณ 

์  ์› : ์–ด์„œ ์˜ค์„ธ์š”.

์ปคํ”ผ ์…‹ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”.


368

TRANSCRIPT OF LISTENING TASKS

์  ์› : ์—ฌ๊ธฐ ์žˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ์† ๋‹˜ : ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

9.A : ์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์˜ˆ์š”? B : ์—ดํ•œ ์‹œ ์‚ฌ์‹ญ์˜ค๋ถ„์ด์—์š”.

์  ์› : ํŒ”์ฒœ๊ตฌ๋ฐฑ ์›์ด์—์š”. 10.A : ์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์˜ˆ์š”?

Unit 9, Task 8

B : ์—ฌ์„ฏ ์‹œ ์‚ผ์‹ญ ๋ถ„์ด์—์š”.

1. A : ์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์˜ˆ์š”? B : ์—ด๋‘ ์‹œ ์‚ผ์‹ญ ๋ถ„์ด์—์š”.

11.A : ์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์˜ˆ์š”? B : ํ•œ ์‹œ ์‹ญ์˜ค ๋ถ„์ด์—์š”.

2.A : ์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์˜ˆ์š”? B : ์ผ๊ณฑ ์‹œ ์‹ญ์˜ค ๋ถ„์ด์—์š”.

12.A : ์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์˜ˆ์š”? B : ์—ฌ๋Ÿ ์‹œ ์‚ฌ์‹ญ์˜ค ๋ถ„์ด์—์š”.

3.A : ์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์˜ˆ์š”? B : ๋‹ค์„ฏ ์‹œ ์‚ฌ์‹ญ์˜ค ๋ถ„์ด์—์š”.

Unit 9, Task 13 1.์ˆ˜ ๋ฏธ : ์ฑ…์ƒ ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

4.A : ์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์˜ˆ์š”?

์‚ฌ๋žŒ 1 : ์ด๋งŒ ์›์ด์—์š”.

B : ์„ธ ์‹œ ์‚ผ์‹ญ ๋ถ„์ด์—์š”. 2.์ˆ˜ ๋ฏธ : ๋ƒ‰์žฅ๊ณ  ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”? 5.A : ์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์˜ˆ์š”?

์‚ฌ๋žŒ 2 : ์‹ญ๋งŒ ์›์ด์—์š”.

B : ์•„ํ™‰ ์‹œ ์‹ญ์˜ค ๋ถ„์ด์—์š”. 3.์ˆ˜ ๋ฏธ : ์นจ๋Œ€ ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”? 6.A : ์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์˜ˆ์š”? B : ์—ด ์‹œ ์‹ญ์˜ค ๋ถ„์ด์—์š”.

์‚ฌ๋žŒ 3 : ์‚ฌ๋งŒ ์›์ด์—์š”. ์ˆ˜ ๋ฏธ : ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋ฉด, ์ฑ…์žฅ์€ ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”?

7.A : ์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์˜ˆ์š”?

์‚ฌ๋žŒ 3 : ๊ตฌ์ฒœ ์›์ด์—์š”.

B : ๋‘ ์‹œ ์‚ฌ์‹ญ์˜ค ๋ถ„์ด์—์š”. 4.์ˆ˜ ๋ฏธ : ํ…”๋ ˆ๋น„์ „ ์–ผ๋งˆ์˜ˆ์š”? 8.A : ์ง€๊ธˆ ๋ช‡ ์‹œ์˜ˆ์š”? B : ๋„ค ์‹œ ์‚ผ์‹ญ ๋ถ„์ด์—์š”.

์‚ฌ๋žŒ 4 : ์น ๋งŒ ์›์ด์—์š”. ์ˆ˜ ๋ฏธ : ์†ŒํŒŒ๋Š”์š”?


369

TRANSCRIPT OF LISTENING TASKS ์‚ฌ๋žŒ 4 : ์†ŒํŒŒ๋Š”

B : ์‹ญ์ผ ์›” ์ด์‹ญ์‚ผ ์ผ์ด์—์š”.

์ด์‹ญ๋งŒ ์›์ด์—์š”. ์ˆ˜ ๋ฏธ : ๋„ค, ์•Œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ๊ณ ๋ง™์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.

Unit 10, Task 7 1. A : ์ƒ์ผ์ด ์–ธ์ œ์˜ˆ์š”?

9. A : ์ƒ์ผ์ด ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ๋ผ์š”? B : ์ด ์›” ์˜ค์ผ์ด์—์š”.

10. A : ์ƒ์ผ์ด ์–ธ์ œ์˜ˆ์š”? B : ์‹ญ์ด ์›” ์ด์‹ญ์น  ์ผ์ด์—์š”.

B : ์˜ค ์›” ์ด์‹ญ์น  ์ผ์ด์—์š”. 11. A : ์ƒ์ผ์ด ์–ธ์ œ์˜ˆ์š”? 2. A : ์ƒ์ผ์ด ์–ธ์ œ์˜ˆ์š”?

B : ํŒ” ์›” ์‹ญ ์ผ์ด์—์š”.

B : ์‚ผ ์›” ์ด์‹ญ์‚ฌ ์ผ์ด์—์š”. 12. A : ์ƒ์ผ์ด ์–ธ์ œ์˜ˆ์š”? 3. A : ์ƒ์ผ์ด ์–ธ์ œ์˜ˆ์š”?

B : ์œ  ์›” ์‹ญ์น  ์ผ์ด์—์š”.

B : ์‹œ ์›” ์‹ญ์น  ์ผ์ด์—์š”.

Unit 10, Task 8 4. A : ์ƒ์ผ์ด ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ๋ผ์š”? B : ๊ตฌ ์›” ์‹ญ์˜ค ์ผ์ด์—์š”.

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 1 A : ์„ฑํ•จ์ด ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ๋˜์„ธ์š”? B : ๊ถŒ๋ณ‘์ˆ˜์˜ˆ์š”.

5. A : ์ƒ์ผ์ด ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ๋˜์„ธ์š”? B : ์ผ ์›” ์‚ผ์‹ญ์ผ ์ผ์ด์—์š”.

A : ๊ถŒ--๋ณ‘--์ˆ˜. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ์ƒ๋…„์›”์ผ์ด ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ๋˜์„ธ์š”?

6. A : ์ƒ์ผ์ด ์–ธ์ œ์˜ˆ์š”? B : ์‚ฌ ์›” ์‹ญ์œก ์ผ์ด์—์š”.

7. A : ์ƒ์ผ์ด ์–ธ์ œ์˜ˆ์š”? B : ์น  ์›” ์ด์‹ญ๊ตฌ ์ผ์ด์—์š”.

B : ์ฒœ๊ตฌ๋ฐฑ์˜ค์‹ญ ๋…„ ์ผ ์›” ์ด์‹ญ๊ตฌ ์ผ์ด์—์š”.

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 2 A : ์„ฑํ•จ์ด ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ๋˜์„ธ์š”? B : ์ด์ˆ˜์ง„์ด์—์š”.

8. A : ์ƒ์ผ์ด ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ๋˜์„ธ์š”?

A : ์ด--์ˆ˜--์ง„.


370 ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ์ƒ๋…„์›”์ผ์ด ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ๋˜์„ธ์š”? B : ์ฒœ๊ตฌ๋ฐฑ์œก์‹ญ์น  ๋…„

TRANSCRIPT OF LISTENING TASKS ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ๋ผ์š”? B : ์ฒœ๊ตฌ๋ฐฑ์น ์‹ญํŒ” ๋…„ ๊ตฌ์›” ์ด์‹ญ์‚ผ ์ผ์ด์—์š”.

์˜ค ์›” ํŒ” ์ผ์ด์—์š”. The last form is for you. The ๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 3 A : ์„ฑํ•จ์ด ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ๋˜์„ธ์š”? B : ๊น€์„ฑ์šฐ์˜ˆ์š”. A : ๊น€--์„ฑ--์šฐ. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ์ƒ๋…„์›”์ผ์ด ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ๋˜์„ธ์š”? B : ์ฒœ๊ตฌ๋ฐฑ์‚ฌ์‹ญ์‚ผ ๋…„ ์น  ์›” ์‹ญ๊ตฌ ์ผ์ด์—์š”.

clerk will ask you your name and birthdate. Tell them to her and write them down on the form. ๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 6 A : ์„ฑํ•จ์ด ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ๋˜์„ธ์š”? B : _________________. A :๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ์ƒ๋…„์›”์ผ์ด ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ๋˜์„ธ์š”?

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 4 A : ์„ฑํ•จ์ด ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ๋˜์„ธ์š”?

B : _______๋…„ _______์›” ______์ผ์ด์—์š”.

B : ๋ฐ•์ •ํ›ˆ์ด์—์š”. A : ๋ฐ•--์ •--ํ›ˆ. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ์ƒ๋…„์›”์ผ์ด ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ๋˜์„ธ์š”? B : ์ฒœ๊ตฌ๋ฐฑ์œก์‹ญ์ด ๋…„ ์‚ฌ ์›” ์‹ญ์ด ์ผ์ด์—์š”.

Unit 10, Task 9 1.์ˆ˜ ๋ฏธ : ์ €๊ธฐ ์ € ์‚ฌ๋žŒ ๋ˆ„๊ตฌ์˜ˆ์š”? ์นœ ๊ตฌ : ๊น€์„ฑ์ค€ ์”จ์˜ˆ์š”. ์ˆ˜ ๋ฏธ : ๋ช‡ ์‚ด์ด์—์š”? ์นœ ๊ตฌ : ์Šค๋ฌผ์•„ํ™‰ ์‚ด์ด์—์š”.

๋Œ€ ํ™”(Dialogue) 5 A : ์ด๋ฆ„์ด ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ๋ผ์š”?

์ˆ˜ ๋ฏธ : ์ง์—…์€ ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”? ์นœ ๊ตฌ : ์ปดํ“จํ„ฐ ์—”์ง€๋‹ˆ์–ด์˜ˆ์š”.

B : ์กฐ๊ฒฝ์‹์ด์—์š”. A : ์กฐ--๊ฒฝ--์‹. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ์ƒ๋…„์›”์ผ์ด

2.์ˆ˜ ๋ฏธ : ๊ทธ๋Ÿผ, ์ €๊ธฐ ์ € ์‚ฌ๋žŒ์€


TRANSCRIPT OF LISTENING TASKS ๋ˆ„๊ตฌ์˜ˆ์š”? ์นœ ๊ตฌ : ์กฐ๊ฒฝํฌ ์”จ์˜ˆ์š”. ์ˆ˜ ๋ฏธ : ๋ช‡ ์‚ด์ด์—์š”? ์นœ ๊ตฌ : ์„œ๋ฅธ์—ฌ์„ฏ ์‚ด์ด์—์š”. ์ˆ˜ ๋ฏธ : ์ง์—…์€ ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”? ์นœ ๊ตฌ : ์ •์น˜๊ฐ€์˜ˆ์š”.

3.์ˆ˜ ๋ฏธ : ๊ทธ๋Ÿผ, ์ €๊ธฐ ์ € ์‚ฌ๋žŒ์€ ๋ˆ„๊ตฌ์˜ˆ์š”? ์นœ ๊ตฌ : ์ด์„ ๋ฏธ ์”จ์˜ˆ์š”. ์ˆ˜ ๋ฏธ : ์ง์—…์ด ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”? ์นœ ๊ตฌ : ๋ณ€ํ˜ธ์‚ฌ์˜ˆ์š”. ์ˆ˜ ๋ฏธ : ๋‚˜์ด๊ฐ€ ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ๋ผ์š”? ์นœ ๊ตฌ : ์„œ๋ฅธ๋„ค ์‚ด์ด์—์š”.

4.์ˆ˜ ๋ฏธ: ๊ทธ๋Ÿผ, ์ €๊ธฐ ์ € ์‚ฌ๋žŒ์€ ๋ˆ„๊ตฌ์˜ˆ์š”? ์นœ ๊ตฌ : ์†ก์ค€์„ ์”จ์˜ˆ์š”. ์ˆ˜ ๋ฏธ : ๋‚˜์ด๊ฐ€ ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ๋ผ์š”? ์นœ ๊ตฌ : ๋งˆํ” ์‚ด์ด์—์š”. ์ˆ˜ ๋ฏธ : ์ง์—…์ด ๋ญ์˜ˆ์š”? ์นœ ๊ตฌ : ์˜์‚ฌ์˜ˆ์š”.

371


372

TRANSCRIPT OF LISTENING TASKS


APPENDIX


374

APPENDIX

Notes for Verb and Adjective Tables An asterisk (*) following a word in the table is used to indicate an exception to the conjugation rule. For example, ๋“œ์„ธ์š” is the Honorific form of eat (not ๋จน์œผ์„ธ์š” ). Where headings do not distinguish between a question or statement form, the same form is used for both. An โ€˜xโ€™ indicates that the conjugation for that cell is not applicable. For example, there is no formal Honorific form of ์‹ธ(cheap), โ€˜์‹ธ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹คโ€™, because the subject of the sentence would not be a human being and therefore we cannot use an honorific form. A โ€˜qโ€™ following a word in the table is used to indicate that the form given only applies to questions. For example, ๋ง›์žˆ์œผ์„ธ์š”? can only be used to say โ€˜Do you find it delicious?โ€™ and not โ€˜That food is deliciousโ€™, because the subject of the sentence is not a human being and therefore we cannot use an honorific form.

The Korean words for handsome, old (human being), old (things), thin (people) and ugly are often used with ์—ˆ, so this has been added to the stems of each (stem+์—ˆ): ๏‚ท

์ž˜์ƒ๊ธฐ+์—ˆ

๏ƒ 

์ž˜์ƒ๊ฒผ

๏‚ท

๋Š™+์—ˆ

๏ƒ 

๋Š™์—ˆ

๏‚ท

๋‚ก+์•˜

๏ƒ 

๋‚ก์•˜

๏‚ท

๋งˆ๋ฅด+์•˜

๏ƒ 

๋ง๋ž

๏‚ท

๋ชป์ƒ๊ธฐ+์—ˆ

๏ƒ 

๋ชป์ƒ๊ฒผ


APPENDIX

375

For certain perception words such ํฅ๋ฏธ์žˆ (interesting) and ํ”ผ๊ณคํ•˜(tired), the Honorific statement form(+์œผ์„ธ์š”) cannot be used for third persons. Therefore, this form has been omitted from the tables, where the +์•„/์–ด ํ•˜์„ธ์š” form can be used as the alternative. ์‹ซ (hate; dislike) is listed under the title of adjectives since it is an adjective in Korean and does not follow the same conjugation rules as a verb. Instead of dictionary form, the verb or adjective stem has been provided in the following appendices. Therefore, you will need to add ๋‹ค to the stem to look up a particular word in the dictionary. For example,์‹ซ would appear under ์‹ซ๋‹ค.


376

APPENDIX

Special Conjugation Rules of Verb & Adjective ใ…… rule

When the stem ends in ใ……, the ใ…… is removed when the next syllable starts with a vowel. For example, ์ง“ (build) becomes ์ง€์–ด์š”( build) and ์ง€์œผ๋ฉด (if you build).

ใ„ท Rule

When the stem ends in ใ„ท, the ใ„ท is removed when the next syllable starts with a vowel . For example, ๋“ฃ becomes ๋“ค์–ด์š” (listen).

ใ„น rule

When the stem ends in ใ„น, the ใ„น is removed when the next syllable starts with ใ„ด, ใ„น, ใ…‚, ์˜ค, or ์‹œ . For example, ๊ธธ(long) becomes ๊น๋‹ˆ๋‹ค (is long) and ๊ธฐ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ (because itโ€™s long).

ใ…‚ rule

When the stem ends in ใ…‚, the ใ…‚ changes into ์˜ค before +์•„ and ์šฐ before +์–ด. For example, ๋• becomes ๋„์™€์š”(help) and ์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ต becomes ์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ค์›Œ์š”(beautiful).

์œผ rule

When the stem ends in ใ…ก, the ใ…ก is deleted when the next syllable starts with a vowel. For example, ํฌ (big) becomes ์ปค์š”(is big) and ์•„ํ”„(sick) becomes ์•„ํŒŒ์š”(is sick).

๋ฅด rule

When forming the +์•„/์–ด form of stems that end in ๋ฅด, ๋ฅด is deleted and +ใ„น๋ผ/ใ„น๋Ÿฌ are added to the stem. For example ์ž๋ฅด becomes ์ž˜๋ผ์š”(cut) and ๋ถ€๋ฅด becomes ๋ถˆ๋Ÿฌ์š”(sing).

์—ฌ rule

For stems ending in ํ•˜, ํ•˜์—ฌ can be found instead of ํ•ด in some formal writing.


APPENDIX ใ…Ž rule

377

When the adjective stem ends in ใ…Ž, the ใ…Ž is deleted when the next syllable starts with ใ„ด or ใ…. For example, ํŒŒ๋ž— becomes ํŒŒ๋ผ๋ฉด (ifโ€ฆis blue).

The following rules are less common: ๊ฑฐ๋ผ rule

When forming the +์•„/์–ด๋ผ form of ๊ฐ€ (go) to give a

๋„ˆ๋ผ rule

When forming the +์•„/์–ด๋ผ form of ์˜ค (come) to give a

๋Ÿฌ rule

When forming the +์–ด or +์–ด์„œ form of some stems such as

command, ๊ฐ€๊ฑฐ๋ผ is used.

command, ์˜ค๋„ˆ๋ผ is used.

์ด๋ฅด and ํ‘ธ๋ฅด, +๋Ÿฌ and +๋Ÿฌ์„œ are used instead. For example, ์ด๋ฅด๋Ÿฌ์„œ(reach so that); ํ‘ธ๋ฅด๋Ÿฌ์„œ(is blue so that).

์šฐ rule

When forming the +์–ด or +์–ด์„œ form of some stems such as ํ‘ธ, ใ…œ is deleted. For example ํผ์„œ(scoop up and).


378

APPENDIX

Appendix 1: Copular โ€˜beโ€™ Present Tense (โ€˜isโ€™ and โ€˜areโ€™)

be

be not

Casual Question

Casual Question

Casual

Polite

Honorific

+๋‹ˆ?

+๋ƒ?

+์•ผ

+์˜ˆ์š”

+์„ธ์š”

+์ด๋‹ˆ?

+์ด๋ƒ?

+์ด์•ผ

+์ด์—์š”

+์ด์„ธ์š”

์•„๋‹ˆ๋‹ˆ?

์•„๋‹ˆ๋ƒ?

์•„๋‹ˆ์•ผ

์•„๋‹ˆ์˜ˆ์š”

์•„๋‹ˆ์„ธ์š”

Past Tense (โ€˜wasโ€™ and โ€˜wereโ€™)

be

be not

Casual Question

Casual Question

Casual

Polite

Honorific

+์˜€๋‹ˆ?

+์˜€๋ƒ?

+์˜€์–ด

+์˜€์–ด์š”

+์…จ์–ด์š”

+์ด์—ˆ๋‹ˆ?

+์ด์—ˆ๋ƒ?

+์ด์—ˆ์–ด

+์ด์—ˆ์–ด์š”

+์ด์…จ์–ด์š”

์•„๋‹ˆ์—ˆ๋‹ˆ?

์•„๋‹ˆ์—ˆ๋ƒ?

์•„๋‹ˆ์˜€์–ด

์•„๋‹ˆ์˜€์–ด์š”

์•„๋‹ˆ์…จ์–ด์š”

Future Tense (โ€˜will beโ€™)

be

be not

Casual Question

Casual Question

Casual

Polite

Honorific

x

x

(+ใ„น ๊ฑฐ์•ผ)

(+ใ„น ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”)

+์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

+์ผ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

+์ผ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

+์ด์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์•„๋‹ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์•„๋‹ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์•„๋‹ˆ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

x

x

With +ใ„ด๋ฐ(์š”) ending

be

be not

Present

Past

Future (Suppostition)

(+ใ„ด๋ฐ(์š”))

+์˜€๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

(+ใ„น ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”))

+์ธ๋ฐ(์š”)

+์ด์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

+์ผ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

์•„๋‹Œ๋ฐ(์š”)

x

์•„๋‹ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)


379

APPENDIX

be

be not

be

be not

be

be not

Formal Statement

Formal Statement Honorific

Formal Question

Formal Question Honorific

(+ใ…‚๋‹ˆ๋‹ค)

+์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

(+ใ…‚๋‹ˆ๊นŒ?)

+์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ?

+์ž…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

+์ด์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

+์ž…๋‹ˆ๊นŒ?

+์ด์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ?

์•„๋‹™๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์•„๋‹ˆ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์•„๋‹™๋‹ˆ๊นŒ?

์•„๋‹ˆ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ?

Formal Statement

Formal Statement Honorific

Formal Question

Formal Question Honorific

+์˜€์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

+์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

+์˜€์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ?

+์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ?

+์ด์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

+์ด์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

+์ด์—ˆ์Šต๊นŒ?

+์ด์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ?

์•„๋‹ˆ์˜€์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์•„๋‹ˆ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์•„๋‹ˆ์˜€์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ?

์•„๋‹ˆ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ?

Formal Statement

Formal Statement Honorific

Formal Question

Formal Question Honorific

(+ใ„น ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค)

+์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

x

x

+์ผ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

+์ด์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์•„๋‹ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์•„๋‹ˆ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

x

x

With +๊ณ  ending

be

be not

Present

Past

Future (Suppostition)

+๊ณ 

+์˜€๊ณ 

(+ใ„น ๊ฑฐ๊ณ )

+์ด๊ณ 

+์ด์—ˆ๊ณ 

+์ผ ๊ฑฐ๊ณ 

์•„๋‹ˆ๊ณ 

์•„๋‹ˆ์—ˆ๊ณ 

์•„๋‹ ๊ฑฐ๊ณ 


380

APPENDIX

Appendix 2: Verb Present Tense Endings Stem

Casual Question +๋‹ˆ?

Casual Question +๋ƒ?

Casual (Polite) +์•„/์–ด(์š”)

Honorific +(์œผ)์„ธ์š”

ask

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ณด

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ณด๋‹ˆ

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ณด๋ƒ

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ด(์š”)

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ณด์„ธ์š”

build

์ง“

์ง“๋‹ˆ

์ง“๋ƒ

์ง€์–ด(์š”)

์ง€์œผ์„ธ์š”

buy

์‚ฌ

์‚ฌ๋‹ˆ

์‚ฌ๋ƒ

์‚ฌ(์š”)

์‚ฌ์„ธ์š”

call

์ „ํ™”ํ•˜

์ „ํ™”ํ•˜๋‹ˆ

์ „ํ™”ํ•˜๋ƒ

์ „ํ™”ํ•ด(์š”)

์ „ํ™”ํ•˜์„ธ์š”

choose

๊ณ ๋ฅด

๊ณ ๋ฅด๋‹ˆ

๊ณ ๋ฅด๋ƒ

๊ณจ๋ผ(์š”)

๊ณ ๋ฅด์„ธ์š”

clean

์ฒญ์†Œํ•˜

์ฒญ์†Œํ•˜๋‹ˆ

์ฒญ์†Œํ•˜๋ƒ

์ฒญ์†Œํ•ด(์š”)

์ฒญ์†Œํ•˜์„ธ์š”

come

์˜ค

์˜ค๋‹ˆ

์˜ค๋ƒ

์™€(์š”)

์˜ค์„ธ์š”

cook

(์Œ์‹) ๋งŒ๋“ค

๋งŒ๋“œ๋‹ˆ

๋งŒ๋“œ๋ƒ

๋งŒ๋“ค์–ด(์š”)

๋งŒ๋“œ์„ธ์š”

dance

(์ถค) ์ถ”

์ถ”๋‹ˆ

์ถ”๋ƒ

์ถฐ(์š”)

์ถ”์„ธ์š”

do

ํ•˜

ํ•˜๋‹ˆ

ํ•˜๋ƒ

ํ•ด(์š”)

ํ•˜์„ธ์š”

draw

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๋‹ˆ

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๋ƒ

๊ทธ๋ ค(์š”)

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์„ธ์š”

drink

๋งˆ์‹œ

๋งˆ์‹œ๋‹ˆ

๋งˆ์‹œ๋ƒ

๋งˆ์…”(์š”)

๋“œ์„ธ์š”*

eat

๋จน

๋จน๋‹ˆ

๋จน๋ƒ

๋จน์–ด(์š”)

๋“œ์„ธ์š”*

give

์ฃผ

์ฃผ๋‹ˆ

์ฃผ๋ƒ

์ค˜(์š”)

์ฃผ์„ธ์š”

go

๊ฐ€

๊ฐ€๋‹ˆ

๊ฐ€๋ƒ

๊ฐ€(์š”)

๊ฐ€์„ธ์š”

go regularly

๋‹ค๋‹ˆ

๋‹ค๋‹ˆ๋‹ˆ

๋‹ค๋‹ˆ๋ƒ

๋‹ค๋…€(์š”)

๋‹ค๋‹ˆ์„ธ์š”

help

๋„์™€์ฃผ

๋„์™€์ฃผ๋‹ˆ

๋„์™€์ฃผ๋ƒ

๋„์™€(์š”)

๋„์™€์ฃผ์„ธ์š”

leave

๋– ๋‚˜

๋– ๋‚˜๋‹ˆ

๋– ๋‚˜๋ƒ

๋– ๋‚˜(์š”)

๋– ๋‚˜์„ธ์š”

listen

๋“ฃ

๋“ฃ๋‹ˆ

๋“ฃ๋ƒ

๋“ค์–ด(์š”)

๋“ค์œผ์„ธ์š”

live

์‚ด

์‚ฌ๋‹ˆ

์‚ฌ๋ƒ

์‚ด์•„(์š”)

์‚ฌ์„ธ์š”

marry

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ•˜

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ•˜๋‹ˆ

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ•˜๋ƒ

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ•ด(์š”)

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ•˜์„ธ์š”

meet

๋งŒ๋‚˜

๋งŒ๋‚˜๋‹ˆ

๋งŒ๋‚˜๋ƒ

๋งŒ๋‚˜(์š”)

๋งŒ๋‚˜์„ธ์š”

order

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ•˜

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ•˜๋‹ˆ

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ•˜๋ƒ

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ•ด(์š”)

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ•˜์„ธ์š”


381

APPENDIX

Formal Question

+ใ…‚/์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

Formal Statement Honorific +(์œผ)์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

+ใ…‚/์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ?

Formal Question Honorific +(์œผ)์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ?

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ด…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ณด์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ด…๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ณด์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ง“์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ง€์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ง“์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ง€์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‚ฝ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‚ฌ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‚ฝ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‚ฌ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ „ํ™”ํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ „ํ™”ํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ „ํ™”ํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ „ํ™”ํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ณ ๋ฆ…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ณ ๋ฅด์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ณ ๋ฆ…๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ณ ๋ฅด์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ฒญ์†Œํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ฒญ์†Œํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ฒญ์†Œํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ฒญ์†Œํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์˜ต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์˜ค์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์˜ต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์˜ค์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋งŒ๋“ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋งŒ๋“œ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋งŒ๋“ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋งŒ๋“œ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ถฅ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ถ”์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ถฅ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ถ”์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

ํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

ํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ทธ๋ฆฝ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ทธ๋ฆฝ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋งˆ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋“œ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค*

๋งˆ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋“œ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ*

๋จน์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋“œ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค*

๋จน์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋“œ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ*

์ค๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ฃผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ค๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ฃผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ฐ‘๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ฐ€์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ฐ‘๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ฐ€์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋‹ค๋‹™๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋‹ค๋‹ˆ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋‹ค๋‹™๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋‹ค๋‹ˆ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋„์™€์ค๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋„์™€์ฃผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋„์™€์ค๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋„์™€์ฃผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋– ๋‚ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋– ๋‚˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋– ๋‚ฉ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋– ๋‚˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋“ฃ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋“ค์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋“ฃ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋“ค์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‚ฝ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‚ฌ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‚ฝ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‚ฌ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋งŒ๋‚ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋งŒ๋‚˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋งŒ๋‚ฉ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋งŒ๋‚˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

Formal Statement


382

APPENDIX Stem

Casual Question +๋‹ˆ?

Casual Question +๋ƒ?

Polite

Honorific

+์•„/์–ด์š”

+(์œผ)์„ธ์š”

play

์น˜

์น˜๋‹ˆ

์น˜๋ƒ

์ณ(์š”)

์น˜์„ธ์š”

quit (job)

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋‘

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋‘๋‹ˆ

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋‘๋ƒ

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋‘ฌ(์š”)

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋‘์„ธ์š”

quit (smoking)

๋Š

๋Š๋‹ˆ

๋Š๋ƒ

๋Š์–ด(์š”)

๋Š์œผ์„ธ์š”

read

์ฝ

์ฝ๋‹ˆ

์ฝ๋ƒ

์ฝ์–ด(์š”)

์ฝ์œผ์„ธ์š”

rest

์‰ฌ

์‰ฌ๋‹ˆ

์‰ฌ๋ƒ

์‰ฌ์–ด(์š”)

์‰ฌ์„ธ์š”

sing

๋ถ€๋ฅด

๋ถ€๋ฅด๋‹ˆ

๋ถ€๋ฅด๋ƒ

๋ถˆ๋Ÿฌ(์š”)

๋ถ€๋ฅด์„ธ์š”

sit down

์•‰

์•‰๋‹ˆ

์•‰๋ƒ

์•‰์•„(์š”)

์•‰์œผ์„ธ์š”

sleep

์ž

์ž๋‹ˆ

์ž๋ƒ

์ž(์š”)

์ฃผ๋ฌด์„ธ์š”*

smoke

ํ”ผ์šฐ

ํ”ผ์šฐ๋‹ˆ

ํ”ผ์šฐ๋ƒ

ํ”ผ์›Œ(์š”)

ํ”ผ์šฐ์„ธ์š”

speak

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ•˜

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ•˜๋‹ˆ

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ•˜๋ƒ

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ•ด(์š”)

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ•˜์„ธ์š”

stand up

์ผ์–ด๋‚˜

์ผ์–ด๋‚˜๋‹ˆ

์ผ์–ด๋‚˜๋ƒ

์ผ์–ด๋‚˜(์š”)

์ผ์–ด๋‚˜์„ธ์š”

start

์‹œ์ž‘ํ•˜

์‹œ์ž‘ํ•˜๋‹ˆ

์‹œ์ž‘ํ•˜๋ƒ

์‹œ์ž‘ํ•ด(์š”)

์‹œ์ž‘ํ•˜์„ธ์š”

study

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•˜

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•˜๋‹ˆ

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•˜๋ƒ

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•ด(์š”)

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•˜์„ธ์š”

swim

์ˆ˜์˜ํ•˜

์ˆ˜์˜ํ•˜๋‹ˆ

์ˆ˜์˜ํ•˜๋ƒ

์ˆ˜์˜ํ•ด(์š”)

์ˆ˜์˜ํ•˜์„ธ์š”

take (vehicle)

ํƒ€

ํƒ€๋‹ˆ

ํƒ€๋ƒ

ํƒ€(์š”)

ํƒ€์„ธ์š”

talk

๋งํ•˜

๋งํ•˜๋‹ˆ

๋งํ•˜๋ƒ

๋งํ•ด(์š”)

๋ง์”€ํ•˜์„ธ์š”*

wait

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆฌ

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆฌ๋‹ˆ

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆฌ๋ƒ

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ ค(์š”)

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆฌ์„ธ์š”

walk

๊ฑท

๊ฑท๋‹ˆ

๊ฑท๋ƒ

๊ฑธ์–ด(์š”)

๊ฑธ์œผ์„ธ์š”

watch

๋ณด

๋ณด๋‹ˆ

๋ณด๋ƒ

๋ด(์š”)

๋ณด์„ธ์š”

wear

์ž…

์ž…๋‹ˆ

์ž…๋ƒ

์ž…์–ด(์š”)

์ž…์œผ์„ธ์š”

wear (shoes)

์‹ 

์‹ ๋‹ˆ

์‹ ๋ƒ

์‹ ์–ด(์š”)

์‹ ์œผ์„ธ์š”

work

์ผํ•˜

์ผํ•˜๋‹ˆ

์ผํ•˜๋ƒ

์ผํ•ด(์š”)

์ผํ•˜์„ธ์š”

write

์“ฐ

์“ฐ๋‹ˆ

์“ฐ๋ƒ

์จ(์š”)

์“ฐ์„ธ์š”


383

APPENDIX Formal Statement +ใ…‚/์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

Formal Statement Honorific +(์œผ)์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

Formal Question +ใ…‚/์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ?

Formal Question Honorific +(์œผ)์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ?

์นฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์น˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์นฉ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์น˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋‘ก๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋‘์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋‘ก๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋‘์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋Š์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋Š์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋Š์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋Š์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ฝ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ฝ์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ฝ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ฝ์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‰ฝ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‰ฌ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‰ฝ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‰ฌ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ถ€๋ฆ…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ถ€๋ฅด์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ถ€๋ฆ…๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ถ€๋ฅด์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์•‰์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์•‰์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์•‰์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์•‰์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์žก๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ฃผ๋ฌด์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค*

์žก๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ฃผ๋ฌด์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ*

ํ”ผ์›๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํ”ผ์šฐ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํ”ผ์›๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

ํ”ผ์šฐ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ผ์–ด๋‚ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ผ์–ด๋‚˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ผ์–ด๋‚ฉ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ผ์–ด๋‚˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‹œ์ž‘ํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‹œ์ž‘ํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‹œ์ž‘ํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‹œ์ž‘ํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ˆ˜์˜ํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ˆ˜์˜ํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ˆ˜์˜ํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ˆ˜์˜ํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

ํƒ‘๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํƒ€์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํƒ‘๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

ํƒ€์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋งํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ง์”€ํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค*

๋งํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ง์”€ํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ*

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆฝ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆฌ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆฝ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆฌ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ฑท์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ฑธ์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ฑท์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ฑธ์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ด…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ณด์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ด…๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ณด์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ž…์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ž…์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ž…์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ž…์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‹ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‹ ์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‹ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‹ ์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ผํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ผํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ผํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ผํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์”๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์“ฐ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์”๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์“ฐ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ


384

APPENDIX

Appendix 3: Verb Past Tense Endings Stem

Casual Question +์•˜/์—ˆ๋‹ˆ?

Casual Question +์•˜/์—ˆ๋ƒ?

Casual (Polite) +์•˜/์—ˆ์–ด(์š”)

Honorific +(์œผ)์…จ์–ด์š”

ask

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ณด

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ดค๋‹ˆ

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ดค๋ƒ

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ดค์–ด(์š”)

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ณด์…จ์–ด์š”

build

์ง“

์ง€์—ˆ๋‹ˆ

์ง€์—ˆ๋ƒ

์ง€์—ˆ์–ด(์š”)

์ง€์œผ์…จ์–ด์š”

buy

์‚ฌ

์ƒ€๋‹ˆ

์ƒ€๋ƒ

์ƒ€์–ด(์š”)

์‚ฌ์…จ์–ด์š”

call

์ „ํ™”ํ•˜

์ „ํ™”ํ–ˆ๋‹ˆ

์ „ํ™”ํ–ˆ๋ƒ

์ „ํ™”ํ–ˆ์–ด(์š”)

์ „ํ™”ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”

choose

๊ณ ๋ฅด

๊ณจ๋ž๋‹ˆ

๊ณจ๋ž๋ƒ

๊ณจ๋ž์–ด(์š”)

๊ณ ๋ฅด์…จ์–ด์š”

clean

์ฒญ์†Œํ•˜

์ฒญ์†Œํ–ˆ๋‹ˆ

์ฒญ์†Œํ–ˆ๋ƒ

์ฒญ์†Œํ–ˆ์–ด(์š”)

์ฒญ์†Œํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”

come

์˜ค

์™”๋‹ˆ

์™”๋ƒ

์™”์–ด(์š”)

์˜ค์…จ์–ด์š”

cook

(์Œ์‹) ๋งŒ๋“ค

๋งŒ๋“ค์—ˆ๋‹ˆ

๋งŒ๋“ค์—ˆ๋ƒ

๋งŒ๋“ค์—ˆ์–ด(์š”)

๋งŒ๋“œ์…จ์–ด์š”

dance

(์ถค) ์ถ”

์ท„๋‹ˆ

์ท„๋ƒ

์ท„์–ด(์š”)

์ถ”์…จ์–ด์š”

do

ํ•˜

ํ–ˆ๋‹ˆ

ํ–ˆ๋ƒ

ํ–ˆ์–ด(์š”)

ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”

draw

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ

๊ทธ๋ ธ๋‹ˆ

๊ทธ๋ ธ๋ƒ

๊ทธ๋ ธ์–ด(์š”)

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์…จ์–ด์š”

drink

๋งˆ์‹œ

๋งˆ์…จ๋‹ˆ

๋งˆ์…จ๋ƒ

๋งˆ์…จ์–ด(์š”)

๋“œ์…จ์–ด์š”*

eat

๋จน

๋จน์—ˆ๋‹ˆ

๋จน์—ˆ๋ƒ

๋จน์—ˆ์–ด(์š”)

๋“œ์…จ์–ด์š”*

give

์ฃผ

์คฌ๋‹ˆ

์คฌ๋ƒ

์คฌ์–ด(์š”)

์ฃผ์…จ์–ด์š”

go

๊ฐ€

๊ฐ”๋‹ˆ

๊ฐ”๋ƒ

๊ฐ”์–ด(์š”)

๊ฐ€์…จ์–ด์š”

go regularly

๋‹ค๋‹ˆ

๋‹ค๋…”๋‹ˆ

๋‹ค๋…”๋ƒ

๋‹ค๋…”์–ด(์š”)

๋‹ค๋‹ˆ์…จ์–ด์š”

help

๋„์™€์ฃผ

๋„์™€์คฌ๋‹ˆ

๋„์™€์คฌ๋ƒ

๋„์™€์คฌ์–ด(์š”)

๋„์™€์ฃผ์…จ์–ด์š”

leave

๋– ๋‚˜

๋– ๋‚ฌ๋‹ˆ

๋– ๋‚ฌ๋ƒ

๋– ๋‚ฌ์–ด(์š”)

๋– ๋‚˜์…จ์–ด์š”

listen

๋“ฃ

๋“ค์—ˆ๋‹ˆ

๋“ค์—ˆ๋ƒ

๋“ค์—ˆ์–ด(์š”)

๋“ค์œผ์…จ์–ด์š”

live

์‚ด

์‚ด์•˜๋‹ˆ

์‚ด์•˜๋ƒ

์‚ด์•˜์–ด(์š”)

์‚ฌ์…จ์–ด์š”

marry

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ•˜

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ–ˆ๋‹ˆ

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ–ˆ๋ƒ

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ–ˆ์–ด(์š”)

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”

meet

๋งŒ๋‚˜

๋งŒ๋‚ฌ๋‹ˆ

๋งŒ๋‚ฌ๋ƒ

๋งŒ๋‚ฌ์–ด(์š”)

๋งŒ๋‚˜์…จ์–ด์š”

order

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ•˜

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ–ˆ๋‹ˆ

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ–ˆ๋ƒ

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ–ˆ์–ด(์š”)

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”


385

APPENDIX

Formal Question

+์•˜/์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

Formal Statement Honorific +(์œผ)์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

+์•˜/์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ?

Formal Question Honorific +(์œผ)์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ?

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ดค์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ณด์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ดค์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ณด์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ง€์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ง€์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ง€์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ง€์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ƒ€์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‚ฌ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ƒ€์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‚ฌ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ „ํ™”ํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ „ํ™”ํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ „ํ™”ํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ „ํ™”ํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ณจ๋ž์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ณ ๋ฅด์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ณจ๋ž์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ณ ๋ฅด์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ฒญ์†Œํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ฒญ์†Œํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ฒญ์†Œํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ฒญ์†Œํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์™”์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์˜ค์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์™”์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์˜ค์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋งŒ๋“ค์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋งŒ๋“œ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋งŒ๋“ค์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋งŒ๋“œ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ท„์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ถ”์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ท„์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ถ”์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

ํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

ํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ทธ๋ ธ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ทธ๋ ธ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋งˆ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋“œ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค*

๋งˆ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋“œ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ*

๋จน์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋“œ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค*

๋จน์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋“œ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ*

์คฌ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ฃผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์คฌ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ฃผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ฐ”์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ฐ€์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ฐ”์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ฐ€์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋‹ค๋…”์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋‹ค๋‹ˆ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋‹ค๋…”์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋‹ค๋‹ˆ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋„์™”์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋„์™€์ฃผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋„์™”์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋„์™€์ฃผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋– ๋‚ฌ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋– ๋‚˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋– ๋‚ฌ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋– ๋‚˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋“ค์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋“ค์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋“ค์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋“ค์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‚ด์•˜์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‚ฌ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‚ด์•˜์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‚ฌ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋งŒ๋‚ฌ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋งŒ๋‚˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋งŒ๋‚ฌ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋งŒ๋‚˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

Formal Statement


386

APPENDIX Stem

Casual Question +์•˜/์—ˆ๋‹ˆ?

Casual Question +์•˜/์—ˆ๋ƒ?

Casual (Polite) +์•˜/์—ˆ์–ด(์š”)

Honorific +(์œผ)์…จ์–ด์š”

play

์น˜

์ณค๋‹ˆ

์ณค๋ƒ

์ณค์–ด(์š”)

์น˜์…จ์–ด์š”

quit (job)

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋‘

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋’€๋‹ˆ

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋’€๋ƒ

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋’€์–ด(์š”)

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋‘์…จ์–ด์š”

(smoking)

๋Š

๋Š์—ˆ๋‹ˆ

๋Š์—ˆ๋ƒ

๋Š์—ˆ์–ด(์š”)

๋Š์œผ์…จ์–ด์š”

read

์ฝ

์ฝ์—ˆ๋‹ˆ

์ฝ์—ˆ๋ƒ

์ฝ์—ˆ์–ด(์š”)

์ฝ์œผ์…จ์–ด์š”

rest

์‰ฌ

์‰ฌ์—ˆ๋‹ˆ

์‰ฌ์—ˆ๋ƒ

์‰ฌ์—ˆ์–ด(์š”)

์‰ฌ์…จ์–ด์š”

sing

๋ถ€๋ฅด

๋ถˆ๋ €๋‹ˆ

๋ถˆ๋ €๋ƒ

๋ถˆ๋ €์–ด(์š”)

๋ถ€๋ฅด์…จ์–ด์š”

sit down

์•‰

์•‰์•˜๋‹ˆ

์•‰์•˜๋ƒ

์•‰์•˜์–ด(์š”)

์•‰์œผ์…จ์–ด์š”

sleep

์ž

์žค๋‹ˆ

์žค๋ƒ

์žค์–ด(์š”)

์ฃผ๋ฌด์…จ์–ด์š”*

smoke

ํ”ผ์šฐ

ํ”ผ์› ๋‹ˆ

ํ”ผ์› ๋ƒ

ํ”ผ์› ์–ด(์š”)

ํ”ผ์šฐ์…จ์–ด์š”

speak

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ•˜

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ–ˆ๋‹ˆ

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ–ˆ๋ƒ

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ–ˆ์–ด(์š”)

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”

stand up

์ผ์–ด๋‚˜

์ผ์–ด๋‚ฌ๋‹ˆ

์ผ์–ด๋‚ฌ๋ƒ

์ผ์–ด๋‚ฌ์–ด(์š”)

์ผ์–ด๋‚˜์…จ์–ด์š”

start

์‹œ์ž‘ํ•˜

์‹œ์ž‘ํ–ˆ๋‹ˆ

์‹œ์ž‘ํ–ˆ๋ƒ

์‹œ์ž‘ํ–ˆ์–ด(์š”)

์‹œ์ž‘ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”

study

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•˜

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ–ˆ๋‹ˆ

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ–ˆ๋ƒ

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ–ˆ์–ด(์š”)

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”

swim

์ˆ˜์˜ํ•˜

์ˆ˜์˜ํ–ˆ๋‹ˆ

์ˆ˜์˜ํ–ˆ๋ƒ

์ˆ˜์˜ํ–ˆ์–ด(์š”)

์ˆ˜์˜ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”

take (vehicle)

ํƒ€

ํƒ”๋‹ˆ

ํƒ”๋ƒ

ํƒ”์–ด(์š”)

ํƒ€์…จ์–ด์š”

talk

๋งํ•˜

๋งํ–ˆ๋‹ˆ

๋งํ–ˆ๋ƒ

๋งํ–ˆ์–ด(์š”)

๋ง์”€ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”*

wait

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆฌ

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ ธ๋‹ˆ

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ ธ๋ƒ

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ ธ์–ด(์š”)

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆฌ์…จ์–ด์š”

walk

๊ฑท

๊ฑธ์—ˆ๋‹ˆ

๊ฑธ์—ˆ๋ƒ

๊ฑธ์—ˆ์–ด(์š”)

๊ฑธ์œผ์…จ์–ด์š”

watch

๋ณด

๋ดค๋‹ˆ

๋ดค๋ƒ

๋ดค์–ด(์š”)

๋ณด์…จ์–ด์š”

wear

์ž…

์ž…์—ˆ๋‹ˆ

์ž…์—ˆ๋ƒ

์ž…์—ˆ์–ด(์š”)

์ž…์œผ์…จ์–ด์š”

wear (shoes)

์‹ 

์‹ ์—ˆ๋‹ˆ

์‹ ์—ˆ๋ƒ

์‹ ์—ˆ์–ด(์š”)

์‹ ์œผ์…จ์–ด์š”

work

์ผํ•˜

์ผํ–ˆ๋‹ˆ

์ผํ–ˆ๋ƒ

์ผํ–ˆ์–ด(์š”)

์ผํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”

write

์“ฐ

์ผ๋‹ˆ

์ผ๋ƒ

์ผ์–ด(์š”)

์“ฐ์…จ์–ด์š”

quit


387

APPENDIX Formal Statement

Formal Question

+์•˜/์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

Formal Statement Honorific +(์œผ)์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

+์•˜/์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ?

Formal Question Honorific +(์œผ)์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ?

์ณค์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์น˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ณค์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์น˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋’€์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋‘์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋’€์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋‘์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋Š์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋Š์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋Š์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋Š์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ฝ์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ฝ์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ฝ์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ฝ์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‰ฌ์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‰ฌ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‰ฌ์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‰ฌ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ถˆ๋ €์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ถ€๋ฅด์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ถˆ๋ €์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ถ€๋ฅด์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์•‰์•˜์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์•‰์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์•‰์•˜์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์•‰์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์žค์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ฃผ๋ฌด์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค*

์žค์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ฃผ๋ฌด์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ*

ํ”ผ์› ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํ”ผ์šฐ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํ”ผ์› ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

ํ”ผ์šฐ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ผ์–ด๋‚ฌ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ผ์–ด๋‚˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ผ์–ด๋‚ฌ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ผ์–ด๋‚˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‹œ์ž‘ํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‹œ์ž‘ํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‹œ์ž‘ํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‹œ์ž‘ํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ˆ˜์˜ํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ˆ˜์˜ํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ˆ˜์˜ํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ˆ˜์˜ํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

ํƒ”์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํƒ€์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํƒ”์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

ํƒ€์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋งํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ง์”€ํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค*

๋งํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ง์”€ํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ*

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ ธ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆฌ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ ธ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆฌ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ฑธ์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ฑธ์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ฑธ์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ฑธ์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ดค์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ณด์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ดค์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ณด์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ž…์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ž…์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ž…์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ž…์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‹ ์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‹ ์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‹ ์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‹ ์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ผํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ผํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ผํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ผํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ผ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์“ฐ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ผ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์“ฐ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ


388

APPENDIX

Appendix 4: Verb Future Tense Endings Stem

Casual

Polite

Honorific

+(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

+(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

+(์œผ)์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

ask

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ณด

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ณผ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ณผ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ณด์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

build

์ง“

์ง€์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์ง€์„ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์ง€์œผ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

buy

์‚ฌ

์‚ด ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์‚ด ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์‚ฌ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

call

์ „ํ™”ํ•˜

์ „ํ™”ํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์ „ํ™”ํ•  ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์ „ํ™”ํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

choose

๊ณ ๋ฅด

๊ณ ๋ฅผ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๊ณ ๋ฅผ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๊ณ ๋ฅด์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

clean

์ฒญ์†Œํ•˜

์ฒญ์†Œํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์ฒญ์†Œํ•  ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์ฒญ์†Œํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

come

์˜ค

์˜ฌ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์˜ฌ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์˜ค์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

cook

(์Œ์‹) ๋งŒ๋“ค

๋งŒ๋“ค ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๋งŒ๋“ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๋งŒ๋“œ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

dance

(์ถค) ์ถ”

์ถœ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์ถœ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์ถ”์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

do

ํ•˜

ํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

ํ•  ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

ํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

draw

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ

๊ทธ๋ฆด ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๊ทธ๋ฆด ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

drink

๋งˆ์‹œ

๋งˆ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๋งˆ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๋“œ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”*

eat

๋จน

๋จน์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๋จน์„ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๋“œ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”*

give

์ฃผ

์ค„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์ค„ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์ฃผ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

go

๊ฐ€

๊ฐˆ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๊ฐˆ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๊ฐ€์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

go regularly

๋‹ค๋‹ˆ

๋‹ค๋‹ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๋‹ค๋‹ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๋‹ค๋‹ˆ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

help

๋„์™€์ฃผ

๋„์™€์ค„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๋„์™€์ค„ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๋„์™€์ฃผ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

leave

๋– ๋‚˜

๋– ๋‚  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๋– ๋‚  ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๋– ๋‚˜์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

listen

๋“ฃ

๋“ค์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๋“ค์„ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๋“ค์œผ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

live

์‚ด

์‚ด ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์‚ด ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์‚ฌ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

marry

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ•˜

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ•  ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

meet

๋งŒ๋‚˜

๋งŒ๋‚  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๋งŒ๋‚  ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๋งŒ๋‚˜์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

order

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ•˜

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ•  ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”


389

APPENDIX

Formal Question

+(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

Formal Statement Honorific +(์œผ)์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

+(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ?

Formal Question Honorific +(์œผ)์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ?

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ณผ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ณด์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ณผ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ?

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ณด์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ง€์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ง€์œผ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ง€์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ง€์œผ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‚ด ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‚ฌ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‚ด ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‚ฌ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ „ํ™”ํ•  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ „ํ™”ํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ „ํ™”ํ•  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ „ํ™”ํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ณ ๋ฅผ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ณ ๋ฅด์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ณ ๋ฅผ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ณ ๋ฅด์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ฒญ์†Œํ•  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ฒญ์†Œํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ฒญ์†Œํ•  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ฒญ์†Œํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์˜ฌ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์˜ค์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์˜ฌ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์˜ค์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋งŒ๋“ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋งŒ๋“œ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋งŒ๋“ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋งŒ๋“œ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ถœ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ถ”์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ถœ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ถ”์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

ํ•  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํ•  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

ํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ทธ๋ฆด ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ทธ๋ฆด ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋งˆ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋“œ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค*

๋งˆ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋“œ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ*

๋จน์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋“œ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค*

๋จน์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋“œ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ*

์ค„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ฃผ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ค„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ฃผ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ฐˆ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ฐ€์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ฐˆ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ฐ€์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋‹ค๋‹ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋‹ค๋‹ˆ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋‹ค๋‹ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋‹ค๋‹ˆ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋„์™€์ค„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋„์™€์ฃผ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋„์™€์ค„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋„์™€์ฃผ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋– ๋‚  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋– ๋‚˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋– ๋‚  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋– ๋‚˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋“ค์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋“ค์œผ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋“ค์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋“ค์œผ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‚ด ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‚ฌ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‚ด ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‚ฌ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ•  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ•  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋งŒ๋‚  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋งŒ๋‚˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋งŒ๋‚  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋งŒ๋‚˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ•  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ•  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

Formal Statement


390

APPENDIX Stem

Casual

Polite

Honorific

+(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

+(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

+(์œผ)์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

play

์น˜

์น  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์น  ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์น˜์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

quit (job)

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋‘

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋‘˜ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋‘˜ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋‘์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

quit (smoking)

๋Š

๋Š์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๋Š์„ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๋Š์œผ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

read

์ฝ

์ฝ์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์ฝ์„ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์ฝ์œผ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

rest

์‰ฌ

์‰ด ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์‰ด ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์‰ฌ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

sing

๋ถ€๋ฅด

๋ถ€๋ฅผ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๋ถ€๋ฅผ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๋ถ€๋ฅด์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

sit down

์•‰

์•‰์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์•‰์„ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์•‰์œผ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

sleep

์ž

์ž˜ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์ž˜ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์ฃผ๋ฌด์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”*

smoke

ํ”ผ์šฐ

ํ”ผ์šธ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

ํ”ผ์šธ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

ํ”ผ์šฐ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

speak

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ•˜

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ•  ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

stand up

์ผ์–ด๋‚˜

์ผ์–ด๋‚  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์ผ์–ด๋‚  ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์ผ์–ด๋‚˜์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

start

์‹œ์ž‘ํ•˜

์‹œ์ž‘ํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์‹œ์ž‘ํ•  ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์‹œ์ž‘ํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

study

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•˜

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•  ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

swim

์ˆ˜์˜ํ•˜

์ˆ˜์˜ํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์ˆ˜์˜ํ•  ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์ˆ˜์˜ํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

take (vehicle)

ํƒ€

ํƒˆ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

ํƒˆ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

ํƒ€์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

talk

๋งํ•˜

๋งํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๋งํ•  ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๋ง์”€ํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”*

wait

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆฌ

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆด ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆด ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆฌ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

walk

๊ฑท

๊ฑธ์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๊ฑธ์„ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๊ฑธ์œผ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

watch

๋ณด

๋ณผ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๋ณผ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๋ณด์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

wear

์ž…

์ž…์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์ž…์„ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์ž…์œผ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

wear (shoes)

์‹ 

์‹ ์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์‹ ์„ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์‹ ์œผ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

work

์ผํ•˜

์ผํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์ผํ•  ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์ผํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

write

์“ฐ

์“ธ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์“ธ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์“ฐ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”


391

APPENDIX Formal Statement

Formal Question

+(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

Formal Statement Honorific +(์œผ)์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

+(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ?

Formal Question Honorific +(์œผ)์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ?

์น  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์น˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์น  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์น˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋‘˜ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋‘์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋‘˜ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋‘์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋Š์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋Š์œผ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋Š์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋Š์œผ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ฝ์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ฝ์œผ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ฝ์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ฝ์œผ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‰ด ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‰ฌ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‰ด ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‰ฌ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ถ€๋ฅผ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ถ€๋ฅด์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ถ€๋ฅผ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ถ€๋ฅด์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์•‰์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์•‰์œผ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์•‰์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์•‰์œผ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ž˜ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ฃผ๋ฌด์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค*

์ž˜ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ฃผ๋ฌด์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ*

ํ”ผ์šธ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํ”ผ์šฐ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํ”ผ์šธ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

ํ”ผ์šฐ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ•  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ•  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ผ์–ด๋‚  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ผ์–ด๋‚˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ผ์–ด๋‚  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ผ์–ด๋‚˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‹œ์ž‘ํ•  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‹œ์ž‘ํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‹œ์ž‘ํ•  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‹œ์ž‘ํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ˆ˜์˜ํ•  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ˆ˜์˜ํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ˆ˜์˜ํ•  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ˆ˜์˜ํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

ํƒˆ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํƒ€์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํƒˆ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

ํƒ€์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋งํ•  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ง์”€ํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค*

๋งํ•  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ง์”€ํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ*

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆด ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆฌ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆด ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆฌ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ฑธ์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ฑธ์œผ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ฑธ์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ฑธ์œผ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ณผ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ณด์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ณผ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ณด์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ž…์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ž…์œผ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ž…์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ž…์œผ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‹ ์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‹ ์œผ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‹ ์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‹ ์œผ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ผํ•  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ผํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ผํ•  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ผํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์“ธ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์“ฐ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์“ธ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์“ฐ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ


392

APPENDIX

Appendix 5: Verb with +(์œผ)ใ„น๊นŒ(์š”)?; +(์œผ)ใ„น๋ž˜(์š”), Stem

+(์œผ)ใ„น๊นŒ(์š”) ?

I want toโ€ฆ / Do you want toโ€ฆ? +(์œผ)ใ„น๋ž˜(์š”)

Shall weโ€ฆ?

ask

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ณด

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ณผ๊นŒ(์š”)

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ณผ๋ž˜(์š”)

build

์ง“

์ง€์„๊นŒ(์š”)

์ง€์„๋ž˜(์š”)

buy

์‚ฌ

์‚ด๊นŒ(์š”)

์‚ด๋ž˜(์š”)

call

์ „ํ™”ํ•˜

์ „ํ™”ํ• ๊นŒ(์š”)

์ „ํ™”ํ• ๋ž˜(์š”)

choose

๊ณ ๋ฅด

๊ณ ๋ฅผ๊นŒ(์š”)

๊ณ ๋ฅผ๋ž˜(์š”)

clean

์ฒญ์†Œํ•˜

์ฒญ์†Œํ• ๊นŒ(์š”)

์ฒญ์†Œํ• ๋ž˜(์š”)

come

์˜ค

์˜ฌ๊นŒ(์š”)

์˜ฌ๋ž˜(์š”)

cook

(์Œ์‹) ๋งŒ๋“ค

๋งŒ๋“ค๊นŒ(์š”)

๋งŒ๋“ค๋ž˜(์š”)

dance

(์ถค) ์ถ”

์ถœ๊นŒ(์š”)

์ถœ๋ž˜(์š”)

do

ํ•˜

ํ• ๊นŒ(์š”)

ํ• ๋ž˜(์š”)

draw

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ

๊ทธ๋ฆด๊นŒ(์š”)

๊ทธ๋ฆด๋ž˜(์š”)

drink

๋งˆ์‹œ

๋งˆ์‹ค๊นŒ(์š”)

๋งˆ์‹ค๋ž˜(์š”)

eat

๋จน

๋จน์„๊นŒ(์š”)

๋จน์„๋ž˜(์š”)

give

์ฃผ

์ค„๊นŒ(์š”)

์ค„๋ž˜(์š”)

go

๊ฐ€

๊ฐˆ๊นŒ(์š”)

๊ฐˆ๋ž˜(์š”)

go regularly

๋‹ค๋‹ˆ

๋‹ค๋‹๊นŒ(์š”)

๋‹ค๋‹๋ž˜(์š”)

help

๋„์™€์ฃผ

๋„์™€์ค„๊นŒ(์š”)

๋„์™€์ค„๋ž˜(์š”)

leave

๋– ๋‚˜

๋– ๋‚ ๊นŒ(์š”)

๋– ๋‚ ๋ž˜(์š”)

listen

๋“ฃ

๋“ค์„๊นŒ(์š”)

๋“ค์„๋ž˜(์š”)

live

์‚ด

์‚ด๊นŒ(์š”)

์‚ด๋ž˜(์š”)

marry

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ•˜

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ• ๊นŒ(์š”)

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ• ๋ž˜(์š”)

meet

๋งŒ๋‚˜

๋งŒ๋‚ ๊นŒ(์š”)

๋งŒ๋‚ ๋ž˜(์š”)

order

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ•˜

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ• ๊นŒ(์š”)

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ• ๋ž˜(์š”)


393

APPENDIX

+(์œผ)์‹ค๋ž˜(์š”)?; +(์œผ)์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ?; +(์œผ)ใ„น๊ฒŒ(์š”),+๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค Would you like to? (Honorific) +(์œผ)์‹ค๋ž˜์š”?

Would you like to? (Honorific Formal) +(์œผ)์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ?

I will โ€ฆ +(์œผ)ใ„น๊ฒŒ(์š”)

I willโ€ฆ (Very Polite Formal) +๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ณด์‹ค๋ž˜์š”

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ณด์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ณผ๊ฒŒ(์š”)

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ณด๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ง€์œผ์‹ค๋ž˜์š”

์ง€์œผ์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ง€์„๊ฒŒ(์š”)

์ง“๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‚ฌ์‹ค๋ž˜์š”

์‚ฌ์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‚ด๊ฒŒ(์š”)

์‚ฌ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ „ํ™”ํ•˜์‹ค๋ž˜์š”

์ „ํ™”ํ•˜์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ „ํ™”ํ• ๊ฒŒ(์š”)

์ „ํ™”ํ•˜๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ณ ๋ฅด์‹ค๋ž˜์š”

๊ณ ๋ฅด์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ณ ๋ฅผ๊ฒŒ(์š”)

๊ณ ๋ฅด๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ฒญ์†Œํ•˜์‹ค๋ž˜์š”

์ฒญ์†Œํ•˜์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ฒญ์†Œํ• ๊ฒŒ(์š”)

์ฒญ์†Œํ•˜๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์˜ค์‹ค๋ž˜์š”

์˜ค์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์˜ฌ๊ฒŒ(์š”)

์˜ค๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋งŒ๋“œ์‹ค๋ž˜์š”

๋งŒ๋“œ์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋งŒ๋“ค๊ฒŒ(์š”)

๋งŒ๋“ค๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ถ”์‹ค๋ž˜์š”

์ถ”์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ถœ๊ฒŒ(์š”)

์ถ”๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํ•˜์‹ค๋ž˜์š”

ํ•˜์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

ํ• ๊ฒŒ(์š”)

ํ•˜๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์‹ค๋ž˜์š”

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ทธ๋ฆด๊ฒŒ(์š”)

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋“œ์‹ค๋ž˜์š”*

๋“œ์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ*

๋งˆ์‹ค๊ฒŒ(์š”)

๋งˆ์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋“œ์‹ค๋ž˜์š”*

๋“œ์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ*

๋จน์„๊ฒŒ(์š”)

๋จน๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ฃผ์‹ค๋ž˜์š”

์ฃผ์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ค„๊ฒŒ(์š”)

์ฃผ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ฐ€์‹ค๋ž˜์š”

๊ฐ€์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ฐˆ๊ฒŒ(์š”)

๊ฐ€๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋‹ค๋‹ˆ์‹ค๋ž˜์š”

๋‹ค๋‹ˆ์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋‹ค๋‹๊ฒŒ(์š”)

๋‹ค๋‹ˆ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋„์™€์ฃผ์‹ค๋ž˜์š”

๋„์™€์ฃผ์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋„์™€์ค„๊ฒŒ(์š”)

๋„์™€์ฃผ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋– ๋‚˜์‹ค๋ž˜์š”

๋– ๋‚˜์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋– ๋‚ ๊ฒŒ(์š”)

๋– ๋‚˜๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋“ค์œผ์‹ค๋ž˜์š”

๋“ค์œผ์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋“ค์„๊ฒŒ(์š”)

๋“ฃ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‚ฌ์‹ค๋ž˜์š”

์‚ฌ์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‚ด๊ฒŒ(์š”)

์‚ด๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ•˜์‹ค๋ž˜์š”

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ•˜์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ• ๊ฒŒ(์š”)

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ•˜๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋งŒ๋‚˜์‹ค๋ž˜์š”

๋งŒ๋‚˜์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋งŒ๋‚ ๊ฒŒ(์š”)

๋งŒ๋‚˜๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ•˜์‹ค๋ž˜์š”

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ•˜์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ• ๊ฒŒ(์š”)

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ•˜๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค


394

APPENDIX Stem

Shall weโ€ฆ? +(์œผ)ใ„น๊นŒ(์š”) ?

I want toโ€ฆ / Do you want to? +(์œผ)ใ„น๋ž˜(์š”)

play

์น˜

์น ๊นŒ(์š”)

์น ๋ž˜(์š”)

quit (job)

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋‘

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋‘˜๊นŒ(์š”)

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋‘˜๋ž˜(์š”)

quit (smoking)

๋Š

๋Š์„๊นŒ(์š”)

๋Š์„๋ž˜(์š”)

read

์ฝ

์ฝ์„๊นŒ(์š”)

์ฝ์„๋ž˜(์š”)

rest

์‰ฌ

์‰ด๊นŒ(์š”)

์‰ด๋ž˜(์š”)

sing

๋ถ€๋ฅด

๋ถ€๋ฅผ๊นŒ(์š”)

๋ถ€๋ฅผ๋ž˜(์š”)

sit down

์•‰

์•‰์„๊นŒ(์š”)

์•‰์„๋ž˜(์š”)

sleep

์ž

์ž˜๊นŒ(์š”)

์ž˜๋ž˜(์š”)

smoke

ํ”ผ์šฐ

ํ”ผ์šธ๊นŒ(์š”)

ํ”ผ์šธ๋ž˜(์š”)

speak

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ•˜

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ• ๊นŒ(์š”)

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ• ๋ž˜(์š”)

stand up

์ผ์–ด๋‚˜

์ผ์–ด๋‚ ๊นŒ(์š”)

์ผ์–ด๋‚ ๋ž˜(์š”)

start

์‹œ์ž‘ํ•˜

์‹œ์ž‘ํ• ๊นŒ(์š”)

์‹œ์ž‘ํ• ๋ž˜(์š”)

study

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•˜

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ• ๊นŒ(์š”)

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ• ๋ž˜(์š”)

swim

์ˆ˜์˜ํ•˜

์ˆ˜์˜ํ• ๊นŒ(์š”)

์ˆ˜์˜ํ• ๋ž˜(์š”)

take (vehicle)

ํƒ€

ํƒˆ๊นŒ(์š”)

ํƒˆ๋ž˜(์š”)

talk

๋งํ•˜

๋งํ• ๊นŒ(์š”)

๋งํ• ๋ž˜(์š”)

wait

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆฌ

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆด๊นŒ(์š”)

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆด๋ž˜(์š”)

walk

๊ฑท

๊ฑธ์„๊นŒ(์š”)

๊ฑธ์„๋ž˜(์š”)

watch

๋ณด

๋ณผ๊นŒ(์š”)

๋ณผ๋ž˜(์š”)

wear

์ž…

์ž…์„๊นŒ(์š”)

์ž…์„๋ž˜(์š”)

wear (shoes)

์‹ 

์‹ ์„๊นŒ(์š”)

์‹ ์„๋ž˜(์š”)

work

์ผํ•˜

์ผํ• ๊นŒ(์š”)

์ผํ• ๋ž˜(์š”)

write

์“ฐ

์“ธ๊นŒ(์š”)

์“ธ๋ž˜(์š”)


395

APPENDIX Would you like to? (Honorific) +(์œผ)์‹ค๋ž˜์š”?

Would you like to? (Honorific Formal) +(์œผ)์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ?

I will โ€ฆ +(์œผ)ใ„น๊ฒŒ(์š”)

I willโ€ฆ (Very Polite Formal) +๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์น˜์‹ค๋ž˜์š”

์น˜์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์น ๊ฒŒ(์š”)

์น˜๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋‘์‹ค๋ž˜์š”

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋‘์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋‘˜๊ฒŒ(์š”)

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋‘๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋Š์œผ์‹ค๋ž˜์š”

๋Š์œผ์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋Š์„๊ฒŒ(์š”)

๋Š๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ฝ์œผ์‹ค๋ž˜์š”

์ฝ์œผ์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ฝ์„๊ฒŒ(์š”)

์ฝ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‰ฌ์‹ค๋ž˜์š”

์‰ฌ์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‰ด๊ฒŒ(์š”)

์‰ฌ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ถ€๋ฅด์‹ค๋ž˜์š”

๋ถ€๋ฅด์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ถ€๋ฅผ๊ฒŒ(์š”)

๋ถ€๋ฅด๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์•‰์œผ์‹ค๋ž˜์š”

์•‰์œผ์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์•‰์„๊ฒŒ(์š”)

์•‰๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ฃผ๋ฌด์‹ค๋ž˜์š”*

์ฃผ๋ฌด์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ*

์ž˜๊ฒŒ(์š”)

์ž๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํ”ผ์šฐ์‹ค๋ž˜์š”

ํ”ผ์šฐ์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

ํ”ผ์šธ๊ฒŒ(์š”)

ํ”ผ์šฐ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ•˜์‹ค๋ž˜์š”

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ•˜์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ• ๊ฒŒ(์š”)

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ•˜๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ผ์–ด๋‚˜์‹ค๋ž˜์š”

์ผ์–ด๋‚˜์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ผ์–ด๋‚ ๊ฒŒ(์š”)

์ผ์–ด๋‚˜๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‹œ์ž‘ํ•˜์‹ค๋ž˜์š”

์‹œ์ž‘ํ•˜์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‹œ์ž‘ํ• ๊ฒŒ(์š”)

์‹œ์ž‘ํ•˜๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•˜์‹ค๋ž˜์š”

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•˜์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ• ๊ฒŒ(์š”)

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•˜๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ˆ˜์˜ํ•˜์‹ค๋ž˜์š”

์ˆ˜์˜ํ•˜์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ˆ˜์˜ํ• ๊ฒŒ(์š”)

์ˆ˜์˜ํ•˜๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํƒ€์‹ค๋ž˜์š”

ํƒ€์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

ํƒˆ๊ฒŒ(์š”)

ํƒ€๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ง์”€ํ•˜์‹ค๋ž˜์š”*

๋ง์”€ํ•˜์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ*

๋งํ• ๊ฒŒ(์š”)

๋ง์”€๋“œ๋ฆฌ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค*

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆฌ์‹ค๋ž˜์š”

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆฌ์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆด๊ฒŒ(์š”)

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆฌ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ฑธ์œผ์‹ค๋ž˜์š”

๊ฑธ์œผ์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ฑธ์„๊ฒŒ(์š”)

๊ฑท๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ณด์‹ค๋ž˜์š”

๋ณด์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ณผ๊ฒŒ(์š”)

๋ณด๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ž…์œผ์‹ค๋ž˜์š”

์ž…์œผ์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ž…์„๊ฒŒ(์š”)

์ž…๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‹ ์œผ์‹ค๋ž˜์š”

์‹ ์œผ์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‹ ์„๊ฒŒ(์š”)

์‹ ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ผํ•˜์‹ค๋ž˜์š”

์ผํ•˜์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ผํ• ๊ฒŒ(์š”)

์ผํ•˜๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์“ฐ์‹ค๋ž˜์š”

์“ฐ์‹œ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์“ธ๊ฒŒ(์š”)

์“ฐ๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค


396

APPENDIX

Appendix 6: Verbs with +์ž; +๊ณ  Stem

Letโ€™s โ€ฆ +์ž

and +๊ณ 

ask

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ณด

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ณด์ž

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ณด๊ณ 

build

์ง“

์ง“์ž

์ง“๊ณ 

buy

์‚ฌ

์‚ฌ์ž

์‚ฌ๊ณ 

call

์ „ํ™”ํ•˜

์ „ํ™”ํ•˜์ž

์ „ํ™”ํ•˜๊ณ 

choose

๊ณ ๋ฅด

๊ณ ๋ฅด์ž

๊ณ ๋ฅด๊ณ 

clean

์ฒญ์†Œํ•˜

์ฒญ์†Œํ•˜์ž

์ฒญ์†Œํ•˜๊ณ 

come

์˜ค

์˜ค์ž

์˜ค๊ณ 

cook

(์Œ์‹) ๋งŒ๋“ค

๋งŒ๋“ค์ž

๋งŒ๋“ค๊ณ 

dance

(์ถค) ์ถ”

์ถ”์ž

์ถ”๊ณ 

do

ํ•˜

ํ•˜์ž

ํ•˜๊ณ 

draw

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์ž

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ 

drink

๋งˆ์‹œ

๋งˆ์‹œ์ž

๋งˆ์‹œ๊ณ 

eat

๋จน

๋จน์ž

๋จน๊ณ 

give

์ฃผ

์ฃผ์ž

์ฃผ๊ณ 

go

๊ฐ€

๊ฐ€์ž

๊ฐ€๊ณ 

go regularly

๋‹ค๋‹ˆ

๋‹ค๋‹ˆ์ž

๋‹ค๋‹ˆ๊ณ 

help

๋„์™€์ฃผ

๋„์™€์ฃผ์ž

๋„์™€์ฃผ๊ณ 

leave

๋– ๋‚˜

๋– ๋‚˜์ž

๋– ๋‚˜๊ณ 

listen

๋“ฃ

๋“ฃ์ž

๋“ฃ๊ณ 

live

์‚ด

์‚ด์ž

์‚ด๊ณ 

marry

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ•˜

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ•˜์ž

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ•˜๊ณ 

meet

๋งŒ๋‚˜

๋งŒ๋‚˜์ž

๋งŒ๋‚˜๊ณ 

order

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ•˜

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ•˜์ž

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ•˜๊ณ 


397

APPENDIX

Stem

Letโ€™s โ€ฆ +์ž

and +๊ณ 

play

์น˜

์น˜์ž

์น˜๊ณ 

quit (job)

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋‘

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋‘์ž

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋‘๊ณ 

quit (smoking)

๋Š

๋Š์ž

๋Š๊ณ 

read

์ฝ

์ฝ์ž

์ฝ๊ณ 

rest

์‰ฌ

์‰ฌ์ž

์‰ฌ๊ณ 

sing

๋ถ€๋ฅด

๋ถ€๋ฅด์ž

๋ถ€๋ฅด๊ณ 

sit down

์•‰

์•‰์ž

์•‰๊ณ 

sleep

์ž

์ž์ž

์ž๊ณ 

smoke

ํ”ผ์šฐ

ํ”ผ์šฐ์ž

ํ”ผ์šฐ๊ณ 

speak

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ•˜

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ•˜์ž

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ•˜๊ณ 

stand up

์ผ์–ด๋‚˜

์ผ์–ด๋‚˜์ž

์ผ์–ด๋‚˜๊ณ 

start

์‹œ์ž‘ํ•˜

์‹œ์ž‘ํ•˜์ž

์‹œ์ž‘ํ•˜๊ณ 

study

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•˜

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•˜์ž

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•˜๊ณ 

swim

์ˆ˜์˜ํ•˜

์ˆ˜์˜ํ•˜์ž

์ˆ˜์˜ํ•˜๊ณ 

take (vehicle)

ํƒ€

ํƒ€์ž

ํƒ€๊ณ 

talk

๋งํ•˜

๋งํ•˜์ž

๋งํ•˜๊ณ 

wait

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆฌ

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆฌ์ž

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆฌ๊ณ 

walk

๊ฑท

๊ฑท์ž

๊ฑท๊ณ 

watch

๋ณด

๋ณด์ž

๋ณด๊ณ 

wear

์ž…

์ž…์ž

์ž…๊ณ 

wear (shoes)

์‹ 

์‹ ์ž

์‹ ๊ณ 

work

์ผํ•˜

์ผํ•˜์ž

์ผํ•˜๊ณ 

write

์“ฐ

์“ฐ์ž

์“ฐ๊ณ 


398

APPENDIX

Appendix 7: Verbs with +๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”),+์•˜/์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”) Stem

and / but (present) +๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

and / but (past) +์•˜/์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

and / but (future) +(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

ask

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ณด

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ณด๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ดค๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ณผ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

build

์ง“

์ง“๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์ง€์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์ง€์„ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

buy

์‚ฌ

์‚ฌ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์ƒ€๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์‚ด ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

call

์ „ํ™”ํ•˜

์ „ํ™”ํ•˜๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์ „ํ™”ํ–ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์ „ํ™”ํ•  ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

choose

๊ณ ๋ฅด

๊ณ ๋ฅด๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๊ณจ๋ž๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๊ณ ๋ฅผ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

clean

์ฒญ์†Œํ•˜

์ฒญ์†Œํ•˜๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์ฒญ์†Œํ–ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์ฒญ์†Œํ•  ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

come

์˜ค

์˜ค๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์™”๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์˜ฌ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

cook

(์Œ์‹) ๋งŒ๋“ค

๋งŒ๋“œ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋งŒ๋“ค์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋งŒ๋“ค ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

dance

(์ถค) ์ถ”

์ถ”๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์ท„๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์ถœ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

do

ํ•˜

ํ•˜๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

ํ–ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

ํ•  ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

draw

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๊ทธ๋ ธ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๊ทธ๋ฆด ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

drink

๋งˆ์‹œ

๋งˆ์‹œ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋งˆ์…จ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋งˆ์‹ค ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

eat

๋จน

๋จน๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋จน์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋จน์„ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

give

์ฃผ

์ฃผ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์คฌ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์ค„ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

go

๊ฐ€

๊ฐ€๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๊ฐ”๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๊ฐˆ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

go regularly

๋‹ค๋‹ˆ

๋‹ค๋‹ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋‹ค๋…”๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋‹ค๋‹ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

help

๋„์™€์ฃผ

๋„์™€์ฃผ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋„์™€์คฌ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋„์™€์ค„ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

leave

๋– ๋‚˜

๋– ๋‚˜๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋– ๋‚ฌ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋– ๋‚  ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

listen

๋“ฃ

๋“ฃ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋“ค์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋“ค์„ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

live

์‚ด

์‚ฌ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์‚ด์•˜๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์‚ด ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

marry

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ•˜

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ•˜๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ–ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ•  ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

meet

๋งŒ๋‚˜

๋งŒ๋‚˜๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋งŒ๋‚ฌ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋งŒ๋‚  ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

order

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ•˜

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ•˜๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ–ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ•  ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)


399

APPENDIX

& +(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”) Stem

and / but (present) +๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

and / but (past) +์•˜/์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

and / but (future) +(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

play

์น˜

์น˜๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์ณค๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์น  ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

quit (job)

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋‘

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋‘๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋’€๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋‘˜ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

quit (smoking)

๋Š

๋Š๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋Š์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋Š์„ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

read

์ฝ

์ฝ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์ฝ์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์ฝ์„ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

rest

์‰ฌ

์‰ฌ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์‰ฌ์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์‰ด ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

sing

๋ถ€๋ฅด

๋ถ€๋ฅด๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋ถˆ๋ €๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋ถ€๋ฅผ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

sit down

์•‰

์•‰๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์•‰์•˜๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์•‰์„ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

sleep

์ž

์ž๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์žค๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์ž˜ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

smoke

ํ”ผ์šฐ

ํ”ผ์šฐ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

ํ”ผ์› ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

ํ”ผ์šธ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

speak

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ•˜

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ•˜๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ–ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ•  ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

stand up

์ผ์–ด๋‚˜

์ผ์–ด๋‚˜๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์ผ์–ด๋‚ฌ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์ผ์–ด๋‚  ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

start

์‹œ์ž‘ํ•˜

์‹œ์ž‘ํ•˜๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์‹œ์ž‘ํ–ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์‹œ์ž‘ํ•  ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

study

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•˜

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•˜๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ–ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•  ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

swim

์ˆ˜์˜ํ•˜

์ˆ˜์˜ํ•˜๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์ˆ˜์˜ํ–ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์ˆ˜์˜ํ•  ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

take (vehicle)

ํƒ€

ํƒ€๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

ํƒ”๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

ํƒˆ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

talk

๋งํ•˜

๋งํ•˜๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋งํ–ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋งํ•  ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

wait

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆฌ

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆฌ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ ธ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆด ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

walk

๊ฑท

๊ฑท๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๊ฑธ์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๊ฑธ์„ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

watch

๋ณด

๋ณด๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋ดค๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋ณผ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

wear

์ž…

์ž…๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์ž…์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์ž…์„ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

wear (shoes)

์‹ 

์‹ ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์‹ ์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์‹ ์„ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

work

์ผํ•˜

์ผํ•˜๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์ผํ–ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์ผํ•  ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

write

์“ฐ

์“ฐ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์ผ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์“ธ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)


400

APPENDIX

Appendix 8: Verbs with +๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”),+์•˜/์—ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”) Stem

Itโ€™s because โ€ฆ (present) +๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

Itโ€™s because โ€ฆ (past) +์•˜/์—ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

Itโ€™s because โ€ฆ (future) +(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

ask

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ณด

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ณด๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ดค๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ณผ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

build

์ง“

์ง“๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์ง€์—ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์ง€์„ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

buy

์‚ฌ

์‚ฌ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์ƒ€๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์‚ด ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

call

์ „ํ™”ํ•˜

์ „ํ™”ํ•˜๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์ „ํ™”ํ–ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์ „ํ™”ํ•  ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

choose

๊ณ ๋ฅด

๊ณ ๋ฅด๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๊ณจ๋ž๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๊ณ ๋ฅผ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

clean

์ฒญ์†Œํ•˜

์ฒญ์†Œํ•˜๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์ฒญ์†Œํ–ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์ฒญ์†Œํ•  ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

come

์˜ค

์˜ค๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์™”๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์˜ฌ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

cook

(์Œ์‹) ๋งŒ๋“ค

๋งŒ๋“ค๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋งŒ๋“ค์—ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋งŒ๋“ค ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

dance

(์ถค) ์ถ”

์ถ”๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์ท„๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์ถœ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

do

ํ•˜

ํ•˜๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

ํ–ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

ํ•  ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

draw

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๊ทธ๋ ธ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๊ทธ๋ฆด ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

drink

๋งˆ์‹œ

๋งˆ์‹œ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋งˆ์…จ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋งˆ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

eat

๋จน

๋จน๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋จน์—ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋จน์„ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

give

์ฃผ

์ฃผ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์คฌ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์ค„ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

go

๊ฐ€

๊ฐ€๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๊ฐ”๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๊ฐˆ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

go regularly

๋‹ค๋‹ˆ

๋‹ค๋‹ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋‹ค๋…”๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋‹ค๋‹ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

help

๋„์™€์ฃผ

๋„์™€์ฃผ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋„์™€์คฌ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋„์™€์ค„ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

leave

๋– ๋‚˜

๋– ๋‚˜๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋– ๋‚ฌ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋– ๋‚  ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

listen

๋“ฃ

๋“ฃ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋“ค์—ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋“ค์„ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

live

์‚ด

์‚ด๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์‚ด์•˜๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์‚ด ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

marry

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ•˜

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ•˜๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ–ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ•  ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

meet

๋งŒ๋‚˜

๋งŒ๋‚˜๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋งŒ๋‚ฌ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋งŒ๋‚  ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

order

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ•˜

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ•˜๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ–ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ•  ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)


401

APPENDIX

&+(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”) Stem

Itโ€™s because โ€ฆ (present) +๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

Itโ€™s because โ€ฆ (past) +์•˜/์—ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

Itโ€™s because โ€ฆ (future) +(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ ์š”

play

์น˜

์น˜๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์ณค๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์น  ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

quit (job)

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋‘

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋‘๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋’€๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋‘˜ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

quit (smoking)

๋Š

๋Š๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋Š์—ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋Š์„ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

read

์ฝ

์ฝ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์ฝ์—ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์ฝ์„ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

rest

์‰ฌ

์‰ฌ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์‰ฌ์—ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์‰ด ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

sing

๋ถ€๋ฅด

๋ถ€๋ฅด๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋ถˆ๋ €๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋ถ€๋ฅผ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

sit down

์•‰

์•‰๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์•‰์•˜๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์•‰์„ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

sleep

์ž

์ž๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์žค๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์ž˜ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

smoke

ํ”ผ์šฐ

ํ”ผ์šฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

ํ”ผ์› ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

ํ”ผ์šธ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

speak

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ•˜

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ•˜๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ–ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ•  ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

stand up

์ผ์–ด๋‚˜

์ผ์–ด๋‚˜๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์ผ์–ด๋‚ฌ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์ผ์–ด๋‚  ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

start

์‹œ์ž‘ํ•˜

์‹œ์ž‘ํ•˜๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์‹œ์ž‘ํ–ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์‹œ์ž‘ํ•  ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

study

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•˜

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•˜๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ–ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•  ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

swim

์ˆ˜์˜ํ•˜

์ˆ˜์˜ํ•˜๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์ˆ˜์˜ํ–ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์ˆ˜์˜ํ•  ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

take (vehicle)

ํƒ€

ํƒ€๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

ํƒ”๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

ํƒˆ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

talk

๋งํ•˜

๋งํ•˜๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋งํ–ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋งํ•  ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

wait

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆฌ

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆฌ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ ธ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆด ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

walk

๊ฑท

๊ฑท๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๊ฑธ์—ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๊ฑธ์„ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

watch

๋ณด

๋ณด๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋ดค๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋ณผ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

wear

์ž…

์ž…๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์ž…์—ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์ž…์„ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

wear (shoes)

์‹ 

์‹ ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์‹ ์—ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์‹ ์„ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

work

์ผํ•˜

์ผํ•˜๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์ผํ–ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์ผํ•  ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

write

์“ฐ

์“ฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์ผ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์“ธ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)


402

APPENDIX

Appendix 9: Casual Verb Endings+์•„/์–ด,+์•˜/์—ˆ์–ด, Stem

Present +์•„/์–ด

Past +์•˜/์—ˆ์–ด

Future +(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

ask

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ณด

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ด

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ดค์–ด

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ณผ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

build

์ง“

์ง€์–ด

์ง€์—ˆ์–ด

์ง€์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

buy

์‚ฌ

์‚ฌ

์ƒ€์–ด

์‚ด ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

call

์ „ํ™”ํ•˜

์ „ํ™”ํ•ด

์ „ํ™”ํ–ˆ์–ด

์ „ํ™”ํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

choose

๊ณ ๋ฅด

๊ณจ๋ผ

๊ณจ๋ž์–ด

๊ณ ๋ฅผ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

clean

์ฒญ์†Œํ•˜

์ฒญ์†Œํ•ด

์ฒญ์†Œํ–ˆ์–ด

์ฒญ์†Œํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

come

์˜ค

์™€

์™”์–ด

์˜ฌ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

cook

(์Œ์‹) ๋งŒ๋“ค

๋งŒ๋“ค์–ด

๋งŒ๋“ค์—ˆ์–ด

๋งŒ๋“ค ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

dance

(์ถค) ์ถ”

์ถฐ

์ท„์–ด

์ถœ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

do

ํ•˜

ํ•ด

ํ–ˆ์–ด

ํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

draw

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ

๊ทธ๋ ค

๊ทธ๋ ธ์–ด

๊ทธ๋ฆด ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

drink

๋งˆ์‹œ

๋งˆ์…”

๋งˆ์…จ์–ด

๋งˆ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

eat

๋จน

๋จน์–ด

๋จน์—ˆ์–ด

๋จน์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

give

์ฃผ

์ค˜

์คฌ์–ด

์ค„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

go

๊ฐ€

๊ฐ€

๊ฐ”์–ด

๊ฐˆ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

go regularly

๋‹ค๋‹ˆ

๋‹ค๋…€

๋‹ค๋…”์–ด

๋‹ค๋‹ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

help

๋„์™€์ฃผ

๋„์™€

๋„์™”์–ด

๋„์™€์ค„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

leave

๋– ๋‚˜

๋– ๋‚˜

๋– ๋‚ฌ์–ด

๋– ๋‚  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

listen

๋“ฃ

๋“ค์–ด

๋“ค์—ˆ์–ด

๋“ค์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

live

์‚ด

์‚ด์•„

์‚ด์•˜์–ด

์‚ด ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

marry

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ•˜

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ•ด

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ–ˆ์–ด

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

meet

๋งŒ๋‚˜

๋งŒ๋‚˜

๋งŒ๋‚ฌ์–ด

๋งŒ๋‚  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

order

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ•˜

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ•ด

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ–ˆ์–ด

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ


403

APPENDIX

+(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฑฐ์•ผ; +(์œผ)ใ„น๊นŒ; +(์œผ)ใ„น๋ž˜; +(์œผ)ใ„น๊ฒŒ Shall weโ€ฆ? +(์œผ)ใ„น๊นŒ?

I want toโ€ฆ +(์œผ)ใ„น๋ž˜

I willโ€ฆ +(์œผ)ใ„น๊ฒŒ

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ณผ๊นŒ

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ณผ๋ž˜

๋ฌผ์–ด๋ณผ๊ฒŒ

์ง€์„๊นŒ

์ง€์„๋ž˜

์ง€์„๊ฒŒ

์‚ด๊นŒ

์‚ด๋ž˜

์‚ด๊ฒŒ

์ „ํ™”ํ• ๊นŒ

์ „ํ™”ํ• ๋ž˜

์ „ํ™”ํ• ๊ฒŒ

๊ณ ๋ฅผ๊นŒ

๊ณ ๋ฅผ๋ž˜

๊ณ ๋ฅผ๊ฒŒ

์ฒญ์†Œํ• ๊นŒ

์ฒญ์†Œํ• ๋ž˜

์ฒญ์†Œํ• ๊ฒŒ

์˜ฌ๊นŒ

์˜ฌ๋ž˜

์˜ฌ๊ฒŒ

๋งŒ๋“ค๊นŒ

๋งŒ๋“ค๋ž˜

๋งŒ๋“ค๊ฒŒ

์ถœ๊นŒ

์ถœ๋ž˜

์ถœ๊ฒŒ

ํ• ๊นŒ

ํ• ๋ž˜

ํ• ๊ฒŒ

๊ทธ๋ฆด๊นŒ

๊ทธ๋ฆด๋ž˜

๊ทธ๋ฆด๊ฒŒ

๋งˆ์‹ค๊นŒ

๋งˆ์‹ค๋ž˜

๋งˆ์‹ค๊ฒŒ

๋จน์„๊นŒ

๋จน์„๋ž˜

๋จน์„๊ฒŒ

์ค„๊นŒ

์ค„๋ž˜

์ค„๊ฒŒ

๊ฐˆ๊นŒ

๊ฐˆ๋ž˜

๊ฐˆ๊ฒŒ

๋‹ค๋‹๊นŒ

๋‹ค๋‹๋ž˜

๋‹ค๋‹๊ฒŒ

๋„์™€์ค„๊นŒ

๋„์™€์ค„๋ž˜

๋„์™€์ค„๊ฒŒ

๋– ๋‚ ๊นŒ

๋– ๋‚ ๋ž˜

๋– ๋‚ ๊ฒŒ

๋“ค์„๊นŒ

๋“ค์„๋ž˜

๋“ค์„๊ฒŒ

์‚ด๊นŒ

์‚ด๋ž˜

์‚ด๊ฒŒ

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ• ๊นŒ

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ• ๋ž˜

๊ฒฐํ˜ผํ• ๊ฒŒ

๋งŒ๋‚ ๊นŒ

๋งŒ๋‚ ๋ž˜

๋งŒ๋‚ ๊ฒŒ

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ• ๊นŒ

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ• ๋ž˜

์ฃผ๋ฌธํ• ๊ฒŒ


404

APPENDIX Stem

Present +์•„/์–ด

Past +์•˜/์—ˆ์–ด

Future +(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

play

์น˜

์ณ

์ณค์–ด

์น  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

quit (job)

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋‘

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋‘ฌ

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋’€์–ด

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋‘˜ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

quit (smoking)

๋Š

๋Š์–ด

๋Š์—ˆ์–ด

๋Š์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

read

์ฝ

์ฝ์–ด

์ฝ์—ˆ์–ด

์ฝ์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

rest

์‰ฌ

์‰ฌ์–ด

์‰ฌ์—ˆ์–ด

์‰ด ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

sing

๋ถ€๋ฅด

๋ถˆ๋Ÿฌ

๋ถˆ๋ €์–ด

๋ถ€๋ฅผ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

sit down

์•‰

์•‰์•„

์•‰์•˜์–ด

์•‰์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

sleep

์ž

์ž

์žค์–ด

์ž˜ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

smoke

ํ”ผ

ํ”ผ์›Œ

ํ”ผ์› ์–ด

ํ”ผ์šธ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

speak

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ•˜

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ•ด

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ–ˆ์–ด

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

stand up

์ผ์–ด๋‚˜

์ผ์–ด๋‚˜

์ผ์–ด๋‚ฌ์–ด

์ผ์–ด๋‚  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

start

์‹œ์ž‘ํ•˜

์‹œ์ž‘ํ•ด

์‹œ์ž‘ํ–ˆ์–ด

์‹œ์ž‘ํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

study

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•˜

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•ด

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ–ˆ์–ด

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

swim

์ˆ˜์˜ํ•˜

์ˆ˜์˜ํ•ด

์ˆ˜์˜ํ–ˆ์–ด

์ˆ˜์˜ํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

take (vehicle)

ํƒ€

ํƒ€

ํƒ”์–ด

ํƒˆ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

talk

๋งํ•˜

๋งํ•ด

๋งํ–ˆ์–ด

๋งํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

wait

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆฌ

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ ค

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ ธ์–ด

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆด ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

walk

๊ฑท

๊ฑธ์–ด

๊ฑธ์—ˆ์–ด

๊ฑธ์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

watch

๋ณด

๋ด

๋ดค์–ด

๋ณผ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

wear

์ž…

์ž…์–ด

์ž…์—ˆ์–ด

์ž…์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

wear (shoes)

์‹ 

์‹ ์–ด

์‹ ์—ˆ์–ด

์‹ ์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

work

์ผํ•˜

์ผํ•ด

์ผํ–ˆ์–ด

์ผํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

write

์“ฐ

์จ

์ผ์–ด

์“ธ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ


405

APPENDIX Shall weโ€ฆ? +(์œผ)ใ„น๊นŒ?

I want toโ€ฆ +(์œผ)ใ„น๋ž˜

I willโ€ฆ +(์œผ)ใ„น๊ฒŒ

์น ๊นŒ

์น ๋ž˜

์น ๊ฒŒ

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋‘˜๊นŒ

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋‘˜๋ž˜

๊ทธ๋งŒ๋‘˜๊ฒŒ

๋Š์„๊นŒ

๋Š์„๋ž˜

๋Š์„๊ฒŒ

์ฝ์„๊นŒ

์ฝ์„๋ž˜

์ฝ์„๊ฒŒ

์‰ด๊นŒ

์‰ด๋ž˜

์‰ด๊ฒŒ

๋ถ€๋ฅผ๊นŒ

๋ถ€๋ฅผ๋ž˜

๋ถ€๋ฅผ๊ฒŒ

์•‰์„๊นŒ

์•‰์„๋ž˜

์•‰์„๊ฒŒ

์ž˜๊นŒ

์ž˜๋ž˜

์ž˜๊ฒŒ

ํ”ผ์šธ๊นŒ

ํ”ผ์šธ๋ž˜

ํ”ผ์šธ๊ฒŒ

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ• ๊นŒ

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ• ๋ž˜

์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ• ๊ฒŒ

์ผ์–ด๋‚ ๊นŒ

์ผ์–ด๋‚ ๋ž˜

์ผ์–ด๋‚ ๊ฒŒ

์‹œ์ž‘ํ• ๊นŒ

์‹œ์ž‘ํ• ๋ž˜

์‹œ์ž‘ํ• ๊ฒŒ

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ• ๊นŒ

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ• ๋ž˜

๊ณต๋ถ€ํ• ๊ฒŒ

์ˆ˜์˜ํ• ๊นŒ

์ˆ˜์˜ํ• ๋ž˜

์ˆ˜์˜ํ• ๊ฒŒ

ํƒˆ๊นŒ

ํƒˆ๋ž˜

ํƒˆ๊ฒŒ

๋งํ• ๊นŒ

๋งํ• ๋ž˜

๋งํ• ๊ฒŒ

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆด๊นŒ

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆด๋ž˜

๊ธฐ๋‹ค๋ฆด๊ฒŒ

๊ฑธ์„๊นŒ

๊ฑธ์„๋ž˜

๊ฑธ์„๊ฒŒ

๋ณผ๊นŒ

๋ณผ๋ž˜

๋ณผ๊ฒŒ

์ž…์„๊นŒ

์ž…์„๋ž˜

์ž…์„๊ฒŒ

์‹ ์„๊นŒ

์‹ ์„๋ž˜

์‹ ์„๊ฒŒ

์ผํ• ๊นŒ

์ผํ• ๋ž˜

์ผํ• ๊ฒŒ

์“ธ๊นŒ

์“ธ๋ž˜

์“ธ๊ฒŒ


406

APPENDIX

Appendix 10: Adjective Present Tense Endings Stem

Casual Question +๋‹ˆ?

Casual Question +๋ƒ?

Casual (Polite) +์•„/์–ด(์š”)

Honorific

afraid

๋ฌด์„ญ

๋ฌด์„ญ๋‹ˆ

๋ฌด์„ญ๋ƒ

๋ฌด์„œ์›Œ(์š”)

๋ฌด์„œ์šฐ์„ธ์š”

bad

๋‚˜์˜

๋‚˜์˜๋‹ˆ

๋‚˜์˜๋ƒ

๋‚˜๋น (์š”)

๋‚˜์˜์„ธ์š”

beautiful

์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ต

์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ต๋‹ˆ

์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ต๋ƒ

์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ค์›Œ(์š”)

์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ค์šฐ์„ธ์š”

big

ํฌ

ํฌ๋‹ˆ

ํฌ๋ƒ

์ปค(์š”)

ํฌ์„ธ์š”

boring

์žฌ๋ฏธ์—†

์žฌ๋ฏธ์—†๋‹ˆ

์žฌ๋ฏธ์—†๋ƒ

์žฌ๋ฏธ์—†์–ด(์š”)

์žฌ๋ฏธ์—†์œผ์„ธ์š”

bright

๋ฐ

๋ฐ๋‹ˆ

๋ฐ๋ƒ

๋ฐ์•„(์š”)

๋ฐ์œผ์„ธ์š”

busy

๋ฐ”์˜

๋ฐ”์˜๋‹ˆ

๋ฐ”์˜๋ƒ

๋ฐ”๋น (์š”)

๋ฐ”์˜์„ธ์š”

cheap

์‹ธ

์‹ธ๋‹ˆ

์‹ธ๋ƒ

์‹ธ(์š”)

์‹ธ์„ธ์š” q

clean

๊นจ๋—ํ•˜

๊นจ๋—ํ•˜๋‹ˆ

๊นจ๋—ํ•˜๋ƒ

๊นจ๋—ํ•ด(์š”)

๊นจ๋—ํ•˜์„ธ์š”

close

๊ฐ€๊น

๊ฐ€๊น๋‹ˆ

๊ฐ€๊น๋ƒ

๊ฐ€๊นŒ์›Œ(์š”)

๊ฐ€๊นŒ์šฐ์„ธ์š”

cloudy

ํ๋ฆฌ

ํ๋ฆฌ๋‹ˆ

ํ๋ฆฌ๋ƒ

ํ๋ ค(์š”)

ํ๋ฆฌ์„ธ์š”

cold(thing)

์ฐจ๊ฐ‘

์ฐจ๊ฐ‘๋‹ˆ

์ฐจ๊ฐ‘๋ƒ

์ฐจ๊ฐ€์›Œ(์š”)

์ฐจ๊ฐ€์šฐ์„ธ์š”

cold

์ถฅ

์ถฅ๋‹ˆ

์ถฅ๋ƒ

์ถ”์›Œ(์š”)

์ถ”์šฐ์„ธ์š”

complicated

๋ณต์žกํ•˜

๋ณต์žกํ•˜๋‹ˆ

๋ณต์žกํ•˜๋ƒ

๋ณต์žกํ•ด(์š”)

๋ณต์žกํ•˜์„ธ์š”

cool

์‹œ์›ํ•˜

์‹œ์›ํ•˜๋‹ˆ

์‹œ์›ํ•˜๋ƒ

์‹œ์›ํ•ด(์š”)

์‹œ์›ํ•˜์„ธ์š”

cute

๊ท€์—ฝ

๊ท€์—ฝ๋‹ˆ

๊ท€์—ฝ๋ƒ

๊ท€์—ฌ์›Œ(์š”)

๊ท€์—ฌ์šฐ์„ธ์š”

dangerous

์œ„ํ—˜ํ•˜

์œ„ํ—˜ํ•˜๋‹ˆ

์œ„ํ—˜ํ•˜๋ƒ

์œ„ํ—˜ํ•ด(์š”)

์œ„ํ—˜ํ•˜์„ธ์š”

dark

์–ด๋‘ก

์–ด๋‘ก๋‹ˆ

์–ด๋‘ก๋ƒ

์–ด๋‘์›Œ(์š”)

์–ด๋‘์šฐ์„ธ์š”

deep

๊นŠ

๊นŠ๋‹ˆ

๊นŠ๋ƒ

๊นŠ์–ด(์š”)

๊นŠ์œผ์„ธ์š”

delicious

๋ง›์žˆ

๋ง›์žˆ๋‹ˆ

๋ง›์žˆ๋ƒ

๋ง›์žˆ์–ด(์š”)

๋ง›์žˆ์œผ์„ธ์š” q

+(์œผ)์„ธ์š”


407

APPENDIX

Formal Question

+ใ…‚/์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

Formal Statement Honorific +(์œผ)์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

+ใ…‚/์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ?

Formal Question Honorific +(์œผ)์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ?

๋ฌด์„ญ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ฌด์„œ์šฐ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ฌด์„ญ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ฌด์„œ์šฐ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋‚˜์ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋‚˜์˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋‚˜์ฉ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋‚˜์˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ต์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ค์šฐ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ต์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ค์šฐ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

ํฝ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํฌ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํฝ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

ํฌ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์žฌ๋ฏธ์—†์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์žฌ๋ฏธ์—†์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์žฌ๋ฏธ์—†์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์žฌ๋ฏธ์—†์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ฐ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ฐ์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ฐ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ฐ์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ฐ”์ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ฐ”์˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ฐ”์ฉ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ฐ”์˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์Œ‰๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

x

์Œ‰๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

x

๊นจ๋—ํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊นจ๋—ํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊นจ๋—ํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊นจ๋—ํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ฐ€๊น์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ฐ€๊นŒ์šฐ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ฐ€๊น์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ฐ€๊นŒ์šฐ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

ํ๋ฆฝ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํ๋ฆฌ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํ๋ฆฝ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

ํ๋ฆฌ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ฐจ๊ฐ‘์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ฐจ๊ฐ€์šฐ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ฐจ๊ฐ‘์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ฐจ๊ฐ€์šฐ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ถฅ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

x

์ถฅ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ถ”์šฐ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ณต์žกํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ณต์žกํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ณต์žกํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ณต์žกํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‹œ์›ํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

x

์‹œ์›ํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‹œ์›ํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ท€์—ฝ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ท€์—ฌ์šฐ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ท€์—ฝ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ท€์—ฌ์šฐ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์œ„ํ—˜ํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์œ„ํ—˜ํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์œ„ํ—˜ํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์œ„ํ—˜ํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์–ด๋‘ก์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์–ด๋‘์šฐ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์–ด๋‘ก์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์–ด๋‘์šฐ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊นŠ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊นŠ์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊นŠ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊นŠ์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ง›์žˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

x

๋ง›์žˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ง›์žˆ์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

Formal Statement


408

APPENDIX Stem

Casual Question +๋‹ˆ?

Casual Question +๋ƒ?

Casual (Polite) +์•„/์–ด(์š”)

Honorific

difficult

์–ด๋ ต

์–ด๋ ต๋‹ˆ

์–ด๋ ต๋ƒ

์–ด๋ ค์›Œ(์š”)

์–ด๋ ค์šฐ์„ธ์š”

diligent

๋ถ€์ง€๋Ÿฐํ•˜

๋ถ€์ง€๋Ÿฐํ•˜๋‹ˆ

๋ถ€์ง€๋Ÿฐํ•˜๋ƒ

๋ถ€์ง€๋Ÿฐํ•ด(์š”)

๋ถ€์ง€๋Ÿฐํ•˜์„ธ์š”

dirty

๋”๋Ÿฝ

๋”๋Ÿฝ๋‹ˆ

๋”๋Ÿฝ๋ƒ

๋”๋Ÿฌ์›Œ(์š”)

๋”๋Ÿฌ์šฐ์„ธ์š”

easy

์‰ฝ

์‰ฝ๋‹ˆ

์‰ฝ๋ƒ

์‰ฌ์›Œ(์š”)

์‰ฌ์šฐ์„ธ์š”

expensive

๋น„์‹ธ

๋น„์‹ธ๋‹ˆ

๋น„์‹ธ๋ƒ

๋น„์‹ธ(์š”)

๋น„์‹ธ์„ธ์š”

far

๋ฉ€

๋จธ๋‹ˆ

๋จธ๋ƒ

๋ฉ€์–ด(์š”)

๋จธ์„ธ์š”

fat

๋šฑ๋šฑํ•˜

๋šฑ๋šฑํ•˜๋‹ˆ

๋šฑ๋šฑํ•˜๋ƒ

๋šฑ๋šฑํ•ด(์š”)

๋šฑ๋šฑํ•˜์„ธ์š”

fine(weather)

๋ง‘

๋ง‘๋‹ˆ

๋ง‘๋ƒ

๋ง‘์•„(์š”)

๋ง‘์œผ์„ธ์š”

fun

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ๋‹ˆ

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ๋ƒ

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์–ด(์š”)

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์œผ์„ธ์š”

good

์ข‹

์ข‹๋‹ˆ

์ข‹๋ƒ

์ข‹์•„(์š”)

์ข‹์œผ์„ธ์š”

handsome

์ž˜์ƒ๊ธฐ+์—ˆ

์ž˜์ƒ๊ฒผ๋‹ˆ

์ž˜์ƒ๊ฒผ๋ƒ

์ž˜์ƒ๊ฒผ์–ด(์š”)

์ž˜์ƒ๊ธฐ์…จ์–ด์š”

happy

๊ธฐ๋ถ„ ์ข‹

๊ธฐ๋ถ„ ์ข‹๋‹ˆ

๊ธฐ๋ถ„ ์ข‹๋ƒ

๊ธฐ๋ถ„ ์ข‹์•„(์š”)

๊ธฐ๋ถ„ ์ข‹์œผ์„ธ์š”

happy

ํ–‰๋ณตํ•˜

ํ–‰๋ณตํ•˜๋‹ˆ

ํ–‰๋ณตํ•˜๋ƒ

ํ–‰๋ณตํ•ด(์š”)

ํ–‰๋ณตํ•˜์„ธ์š”

hate/dislike

์‹ซ

์‹ซ๋‹ˆ

์‹ซ๋ƒ

์‹ซ์–ด(์š”)

์‹ซ์œผ์„ธ์š” q

heavy

๋ฌด๊ฒ

๋ฌด๊ฒ๋‹ˆ

๋ฌด๊ฒ๋ƒ

๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์›Œ(์š”)

๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์šฐ์„ธ์š”

high

๋†’

๋†’๋‹ˆ

๋†’๋ƒ

๋†’์•„(์š”)

๋†’์œผ์„ธ์š”

hot

๋œจ๊ฒ

๋œจ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ

๋œจ๊ฒ๋ƒ

๋œจ๊ฑฐ์›Œ(์š”)

๋œจ๊ฑฐ์šฐ์„ธ์š”

hot (spicy)

๋งต

๋งต๋‹ˆ

๋งต๋ƒ

๋งค์›Œ(์š”)

๋งค์šฐ์„ธ์š”

hot

๋ฅ

๋ฅ๋‹ˆ

๋ฅ๋ƒ

๋”์›Œ(์š”)

๋”์šฐ์„ธ์š” q

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ๋‹ˆ

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ๋ƒ

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์–ด(์š”)

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์œผ์„ธ์š”

+(์œผ)์„ธ์š”

(enjoyable)

(temperature) interesting (fun )


409

APPENDIX Formal Statement

Formal Question

+ใ…‚/์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

Formal Statement Honorific +(์œผ)์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

+ใ…‚/์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ?

Formal Question Honorific +(์œผ)์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ?

์–ด๋ ต์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์–ด๋ ค์šฐ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์–ด๋ ต์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์–ด๋ ค์šฐ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ถ€์ง€๋Ÿฐํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ถ€์ง€๋Ÿฐํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ถ€์ง€๋Ÿฐํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ถ€์ง€๋Ÿฐํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋”๋Ÿฝ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋”๋Ÿฌ์šฐ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋”๋Ÿฝ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋”๋Ÿฌ์šฐ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‰ฝ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‰ฌ์šฐ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‰ฝ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‰ฌ์šฐ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋น„์Œ‰๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋น„์‹ธ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋น„์Œ‰๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋น„์‹ธ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ฉ‰๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋จธ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ฉ‰๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋จธ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋šฑ๋šฑํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋šฑ๋šฑํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋šฑ๋šฑํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋šฑ๋šฑํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ง‘์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ง‘์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ง‘์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ง‘์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ข‹์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ข‹์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ข‹์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ข‹์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ž˜์ƒ๊ฒผ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ž˜์ƒ๊ธฐ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ž˜์ƒ๊ฒผ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ž˜์ƒ๊ธฐ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ธฐ๋ถ„ ์ข‹์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ธฐ๋ถ„ ์ข‹์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ธฐ๋ถ„ ์ข‹์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ธฐ๋ถ„ ์ข‹์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

ํ–‰๋ณตํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํ–‰๋ณตํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํ–‰๋ณตํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

ํ–‰๋ณตํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‹ซ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‹ซ์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‹ซ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‹ซ์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ฌด๊ฒ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์šฐ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ฌด๊ฒ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์šฐ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋†’์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋†’์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋†’์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋†’์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋œจ๊ฒ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋œจ๊ฑฐ์šฐ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋œจ๊ฒ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋œจ๊ฑฐ์šฐ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋งต์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋งค์šฐ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋งต์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋งค์šฐ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ฅ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

x

๋ฅ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋”์šฐ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ


410

APPENDIX Stem

Casual Question +๋‹ˆ?

Casual Question +๋ƒ?

Casual (Polite) +์•„/์–ด(์š”)

Honorific

ํฅ๋ฏธ์žˆ

ํฅ๋ฏธ์žˆ๋‹ˆ

ํฅ๋ฏธ์žˆ๋ƒ

ํฅ๋ฏธ์žˆ์–ด(์š”)

ํฅ๋ฏธ์žˆ์œผ์„ธ์š” q

kind

์นœ์ ˆํ•˜

์นœ์ ˆํ•˜๋‹ˆ

์นœ์ ˆํ•˜๋ƒ

์นœ์ ˆํ•ด(์š”)

์นœ์ ˆํ•˜์„ธ์š”

lazy

๊ฒŒ์œผ๋ฅด

๊ฒŒ์œผ๋ฅด๋‹ˆ

๊ฒŒ์œผ๋ฅด๋ƒ

๊ฒŒ์„๋Ÿฌ(์š”)

๊ฒŒ์œผ๋ฅด์„ธ์š”

light

๊ฐ€๋ณ

๊ฐ€๋ณ๋‹ˆ

๊ฐ€๋ณ๋ƒ

๊ฐ€๋ฒผ์›Œ(์š”)

๊ฐ€๋ฒผ์šฐ์„ธ์š”

long

๊ธธ

๊ธฐ๋‹ˆ

๊ธฐ๋ƒ

๊ธธ์–ด(์š”)

๊ธฐ์„ธ์š”

low

๋‚ฎ

๋‚ฎ๋‹ˆ

๋‚ฎ๋ƒ

๋‚ฎ์•„(์š”)

๋‚ฎ์œผ์„ธ์š”

narrow

์ข

์ข๋‹ˆ

์ข๋ƒ

์ข์•„(์š”)

์ข์œผ์„ธ์š”

noisy

์‹œ๋„๋Ÿฝ

์‹œ๋„๋Ÿฝ๋‹ˆ

์‹œ๋„๋Ÿฝ๋ƒ

์‹œ๋„๋Ÿฌ์›Œ(์š”)

์‹œ๋„๋Ÿฌ์šฐ์„ธ์š”

numerous

๋งŽ

๋งŽ๋‹ˆ

๋งŽ๋ƒ

๋งŽ์•„(์š”)

๋งŽ์œผ์„ธ์š”

old (people)

๋Š™+์—ˆ

๋Š™์—ˆ๋‹ˆ

๋Š™์—ˆ๋ƒ

๋Š™์—ˆ์–ด(์š”)

๋Š™์œผ์…จ์–ด์š”

old (thing)

๋‚ก+์•˜

๋‚ก์•˜๋‹ˆ

๋‚ก์•˜๋ƒ

๋‚ก์•˜์–ด(์š”)

x

pretty

์˜ˆ์˜

์˜ˆ์˜๋‹ˆ

์˜ˆ์˜๋ƒ

์˜ˆ๋ป(์š”)

์˜ˆ์˜์„ธ์š”

quick

๋น ๋ฅด

๋น ๋ฅด๋‹ˆ

๋น ๋ฅด๋ƒ

๋นจ๋ผ(์š”)

๋น ๋ฅด์„ธ์š”

quiet

์กฐ์šฉํ•˜

์กฐ์šฉํ•˜๋‹ˆ

์กฐ์šฉํ•˜๋ƒ

์กฐ์šฉํ•ด(์š”)

์กฐ์šฉํ•˜์„ธ์š”

sad

์Šฌํ”„

์Šฌํ”„๋‹ˆ

์Šฌํ”„๋ƒ

์Šฌํผ(์š”)

์Šฌํ”„์„ธ์š” q

salty

์งœ

์งœ๋‹ˆ

์งœ๋ƒ

์งœ(์š”)

์งœ์„ธ์š”

shallow

์–•

์–•๋‹ˆ

์–•๋ƒ

์–•์•„(์š”)

์–•์œผ์„ธ์š”

short

์งง

์งง๋‹ˆ

์งง๋ƒ

์งง์•„(์š”)

์งง์œผ์„ธ์š”

sick

์•„ํ”„

์•„ํ”„๋‹ˆ

์•„ํ”„๋ƒ

์•„ํŒŒ(์š”)

์•„ํ”„์„ธ์š”

slim

๋‚ ์”ฌํ•˜

๋‚ ์”ฌํ•˜๋‹ˆ

๋‚ ์”ฌํ•˜๋ƒ

๋‚ ์”ฌํ•ด(์š”)

๋‚ ์”ฌํ•˜์„ธ์š”

interesting

+(์œผ)์„ธ์š”

(attention)


411

APPENDIX Formal Statement

Formal Question

+ใ…‚/์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

Formal Statement Honorific +(์œผ)์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

+ใ…‚/์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ?

Formal Question Honorific +(์œผ)์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ?

ํฅ๋ฏธ์žˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

x

ํฅ๋ฏธ์žˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

ํฅ๋ฏธ์žˆ์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์นœ์ ˆํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์นœ์ ˆํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์นœ์ ˆํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์นœ์ ˆํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ฒŒ์œผ๋ฆ…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ฒŒ์œผ๋ฅด์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ฒŒ์œผ๋ฆ…๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ฒŒ์œผ๋ฅด์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ฐ€๋ณ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ฐ€๋ฒผ์šฐ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ฐ€๋ณ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ฐ€๋ฒผ์šฐ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊น๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ธฐ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊น๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ธฐ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋‚ฎ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋‚ฎ์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋‚ฎ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋‚ฎ์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ข์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ข์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ข์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ข์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‹œ๋„๋Ÿฝ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‹œ๋„๋Ÿฌ์šฐ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‹œ๋„๋Ÿฝ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‹œ๋„๋Ÿฌ์šฐ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋งŽ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋งŽ์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋งŽ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋งŽ์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋Š™์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋Š™์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋Š™์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋Š™์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋‚ก์•˜์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

x

๋‚ก์•˜์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

x

์˜ˆ์ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์˜ˆ์˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์˜ˆ์ฉ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์˜ˆ์˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋น ๋ฆ…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋น ๋ฅด์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋น ๋ฆ…๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋น ๋ฅด์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์กฐ์šฉํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์กฐ์šฉํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์กฐ์šฉํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์กฐ์šฉํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์Šฌํ”•๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

x

์Šฌํ”•๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์Šฌํ”„์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์งญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์งœ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์งญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์งœ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์–•์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์–•์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์–•์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์–•์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์งง์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์งง์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์งง์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์งง์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์•„ํ”•๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์•„ํ”„์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์•„ํ”•๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์•„ํ”„์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋‚ ์”ฌํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋‚ ์”ฌํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋‚ ์”ฌํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋‚ ์”ฌํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ


412

APPENDIX Stem

Casual Question +๋‹ˆ?

Casual Question +๋ƒ?

Casual (Polite) +์•„/์–ด(์š”)

Honorific

slow

๋Š๋ฆฌ

๋Š๋ฆฌ๋‹ˆ

๋Š๋ฆฌ๋ƒ

๋Š๋ ค(์š”)

๋Š๋ฆฌ์„ธ์š”

small

์ž‘

์ž‘๋‹ˆ

์ž‘๋ƒ

์ž‘์•„(์š”)

์ž‘์œผ์„ธ์š”

small

์ 

์ ๋‹ˆ

์ ๋ƒ

์ ์–ด(์š”)

์ ์œผ์„ธ์š”

smart

๋˜‘๋˜‘ํ•˜

๋˜‘๋˜‘ํ•˜๋‹ˆ

๋˜‘๋˜‘ํ•˜๋ƒ

๋˜‘๋˜‘ํ•ด(์š”)

๋˜‘๋˜‘ํ•˜์„ธ์š”

strong

ํŠผํŠผํ•˜

ํŠผํŠผํ•˜๋‹ˆ

ํŠผํŠผํ•˜๋ƒ

ํŠผํŠผํ•ด(์š”)

ํŠผํŠผํ•˜์„ธ์š”

tall

ํ‚ค๊ฐ€ ํฌ

ํ‚ค๊ฐ€ ํฌ๋‹ˆ

ํ‚ค๊ฐ€ ํฌ๋ƒ

ํ‚ค๊ฐ€ ์ปค(์š”)

ํ‚ค๊ฐ€ ํฌ์„ธ์š”

tasteless

๋ง›์—†

๋ง›์—†๋‹ˆ

๋ง›์—†๋ƒ

๋ง›์—†์–ด(์š”)

๋ง›์—†์œผ์„ธ์š” q

thick

๋‘๊ป

๋‘๊ป๋‹ˆ

๋‘๊ป๋ƒ

๋‘๊บผ์›Œ(์š”)

๋‘๊บผ์šฐ์„ธ์š”

thin (people)

๋งˆ๋ฅด+์•˜

๋ง๋ž๋‹ˆ

๋ง๋ž๋ƒ

๋ง๋ž์–ด(์š”)

๋งˆ๋ฅด์…จ์–ด์š”

thin (thing)

์–‡

์–‡๋‹ˆ

์–‡๋ƒ

์–‡์•„(์š”)

์–‡์œผ์„ธ์š”

thirsty

๋ชฉ๋งˆ๋ฅด

๋ชฉ๋งˆ๋ฅด๋‹ˆ

๋ชฉ๋งˆ๋ฅด๋ƒ

๋ชฉ๋ง๋ผ(์š”)

๋ชฉ๋งˆ๋ฅด์„ธ์š” q

tired

ํ”ผ๊ณคํ•˜

ํ”ผ๊ณคํ•˜๋‹ˆ

ํ”ผ๊ณคํ•˜๋ƒ

ํ”ผ๊ณคํ•ด(์š”)

ํ”ผ๊ณคํ•˜์„ธ์š” q

ugly

๋ชป์ƒ๊ธฐ+์—ˆ

๋ชป์ƒ๊ฒผ๋‹ˆ

๋ชป์ƒ๊ฒผ๋ƒ

๋ชป์ƒ๊ฒผ์–ด(์š”)

๋ชป์ƒ๊ธฐ์…จ์–ด์š”

warm

๋”ฐ๋œปํ•˜

๋”ฐ๋œปํ•˜๋‹ˆ

๋”ฐ๋œปํ•˜๋ƒ

๋”ฐ๋œปํ•ด(์š”)

๋”ฐ๋œปํ•˜์„ธ์š”

weak

์•ฝํ•˜

์•ฝํ•˜๋‹ˆ

์•ฝํ•˜๋ƒ

์•ฝํ•ด(์š”)

์•ฝํ•˜์„ธ์š”

wide

๋„“

๋„“๋‹ˆ

๋„“๋ƒ

๋„“์–ด(์š”)

๋„“์œผ์„ธ์š”

young

์ Š

์ Š๋‹ˆ

์ Š๋ƒ

์ Š์–ด(์š”)

์ Š์œผ์„ธ์š”

+(์œผ)์„ธ์š”

(quantity)


413

APPENDIX Formal Statement

Formal Question

+ใ…‚/์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

Formal Statement Honorific +(์œผ)์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

+ใ…‚/์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ?

Formal Question Honorific +(์œผ)์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ?

๋Š๋ฆฝ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋Š๋ฆฌ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋Š๋ฆฝ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋Š๋ฆฌ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ž‘์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ž‘์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ž‘์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ž‘์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ ์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ ์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋˜‘๋˜‘ํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋˜‘๋˜‘ํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋˜‘๋˜‘ํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋˜‘๋˜‘ํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

ํŠผํŠผํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํŠผํŠผํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํŠผํŠผํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

ํŠผํŠผํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

ํ‚ค๊ฐ€ ํฝ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํ‚ค๊ฐ€ ํฌ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํ‚ค๊ฐ€ ํฝ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

ํ‚ค๊ฐ€ ํฌ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ง›์—†์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

x

๋ง›์—†์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ง›์—†์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋‘๊ป์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋‘๊บผ์šฐ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋‘๊ป์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋‘๊บผ์šฐ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ง๋ž์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋งˆ๋ฅด์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ง๋ž์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋งˆ๋ฅด์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์–‡์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์–‡์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์–‡์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์–‡์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ชฉ๋งˆ๋ฆ…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

x

๋ชฉ๋งˆ๋ฆ…๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ชฉ๋งˆ๋ฅด์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

ํ”ผ๊ณคํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

x

ํ”ผ๊ณคํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

ํ”ผ๊ณคํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ชป์ƒ๊ฒผ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ชป์ƒ๊ธฐ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ชป์ƒ๊ฒผ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ชป์ƒ๊ธฐ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋”ฐ๋œปํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋”ฐ๋œปํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋”ฐ๋œปํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋”ฐ๋œปํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์•ฝํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์•ฝํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์•ฝํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์•ฝํ•˜์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋„“์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋„“์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋„“์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋„“์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ Š์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ Š์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ Š์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ Š์œผ์‹ญ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ


414

APPENDIX

Appendix 11: Adjective Past Tense Endings Stem

Casual Question +์•˜/์—ˆ๋‹ˆ?

Casual Question +์•˜/์—ˆ๋ƒ?

Casual (Polite) +์•˜/์—ˆ์–ด(์š”)

Honorific

afraid

๋ฌด์„ญ

๋ฌด์„œ์› ๋‹ˆ

๋ฌด์„œ์› ๋ƒ

๋ฌด์„œ์› ์–ด(์š”)

๋ฌด์„œ์šฐ์…จ์–ด์š”

bad

๋‚˜์˜

๋‚˜๋นด๋‹ˆ

๋‚˜๋นด๋ƒ

๋‚˜๋นด์–ด(์š”)

๋‚˜์˜์…จ์–ด์š”

beautiful

์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ต

์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ค์› ๋‹ˆ

์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ค์› ๋ƒ

์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ค์› ์–ด(์š”)

์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ค์šฐ์…จ์–ด์š”

big

ํฌ

์ปธ๋‹ˆ

์ปธ๋ƒ

์ปธ์–ด(์š”)

ํฌ์…จ์–ด์š”

boring

์žฌ๋ฏธ์—†

์žฌ๋ฏธ์—†์—ˆ๋‹ˆ

์žฌ๋ฏธ์—†์—ˆ๋ƒ

์žฌ๋ฏธ์—†์—ˆ์–ด(์š”)

์žฌ๋ฏธ์—†์œผ์…จ์–ด์š”

bright

๋ฐ

๋ฐ์•˜๋‹ˆ

๋ฐ์•˜๋ƒ

๋ฐ์•˜์–ด(์š”)

๋ฐ์œผ์…จ์–ด์š”

busy

๋ฐ”์˜

๋ฐ”๋นด๋‹ˆ

๋ฐ”๋นด๋ƒ

๋ฐ”๋นด์–ด(์š”)

๋ฐ”์˜์…จ์–ด์š”

cheap

์‹ธ

์ŒŒ๋‹ˆ

์ŒŒ๋ƒ

์ŒŒ์–ด(์š”)

์‹ธ์…จ์–ด์š” q

clean

๊นจ๋—ํ•˜

๊นจ๋—ํ–ˆ๋‹ˆ

๊นจ๋—ํ–ˆ๋ƒ

๊นจ๋—ํ–ˆ์–ด(์š”)

๊นจ๋—ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”

close

๊ฐ€๊น

๊ฐ€๊นŒ์› ๋‹ˆ

๊ฐ€๊นŒ์› ๋ƒ

๊ฐ€๊นŒ์› ์–ด(์š”)

๊ฐ€๊นŒ์šฐ์…จ์–ด์š”

cloudy

ํ๋ฆฌ

ํ๋ ธ๋‹ˆ

ํ๋ ธ๋ƒ

ํ๋ ธ์–ด(์š”)

ํ๋ฆฌ์…จ์–ด์š”

cold (thing)

์ฐจ๊ฐ‘

์ฐจ๊ฐ€์› ๋‹ˆ

์ฐจ๊ฐ€์› ๋ƒ

์ฐจ๊ฐ€์› ์–ด(์š”)

์ฐจ๊ฐ€์šฐ์…จ์–ด์š”

cold

์ถฅ

์ถ”์› ๋‹ˆ

์ถ”์› ๋ƒ

์ถ”์› ์–ด(์š”)

์ถ”์šฐ์…จ์–ด์š” q

complicated

๋ณต์žกํ•˜

๋ณต์žกํ–ˆ๋‹ˆ

๋ณต์žกํ–ˆ๋ƒ

๋ณต์žกํ–ˆ์–ด(์š”)

๋ณต์žกํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”

cool

์‹œ์›ํ•˜

์‹œ์›ํ–ˆ๋‹ˆ

์‹œ์›ํ–ˆ๋ƒ

์‹œ์›ํ–ˆ์–ด(์š”)

์‹œ์›ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”

cute

๊ท€์—ฝ

๊ท€์—ฌ์› ๋‹ˆ

๊ท€์—ฌ์› ๋ƒ

๊ท€์—ฌ์› ์–ด(์š”)

๊ท€์—ฌ์šฐ์…จ์–ด์š”

dangerous

์œ„ํ—˜ํ•˜

์œ„ํ—˜ํ–ˆ๋‹ˆ

์œ„ํ—˜ํ–ˆ๋ƒ

์œ„ํ—˜ํ–ˆ์–ด(์š”)

์œ„ํ—˜ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”

dark

์–ด๋‘ก

์–ด๋‘์› ๋‹ˆ

์–ด๋‘์› ๋ƒ

์–ด๋‘์› ์–ด(์š”)

์–ด๋‘์šฐ์…จ์–ด์š”

deep

๊นŠ

๊นŠ์—ˆ๋‹ˆ

๊นŠ์—ˆ๋ƒ

๊นŠ์—ˆ์–ด(์š”)

๊นŠ์œผ์…จ์–ด์š”

delicious

๋ง›์žˆ

๋ง›์žˆ์—ˆ๋‹ˆ

๋ง›์žˆ์—ˆ๋ƒ

๋ง›์žˆ์—ˆ์–ด(์š”)

๋ง›์žˆ์œผ์…จ์–ด์š” q

+(์œผ)์…จ์–ด์š”


415

APPENDIX

Formal Statement

Formal Question

+์•˜/์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

Formal Statement Honorific +(์œผ)์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

+์•˜/์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ?

Formal Question Honorific +(์œผ)์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ?

๋ฌด์„œ์› ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ฌด์„œ์šฐ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ฌด์„œ์› ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ฌด์„œ์šฐ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋‚˜๋นด์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋‚˜์˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋‚˜๋นด์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋‚˜์˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ค์› ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ค์šฐ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ค์› ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ค์šฐ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ปธ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํฌ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ปธ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

ํฌ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์žฌ๋ฏธ์—†์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์žฌ๋ฏธ์—†์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์žฌ๋ฏธ์—†์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์žฌ๋ฏธ์—†์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ฐ์•˜์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ฐ์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ฐ์•˜์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ฐ์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ฐ”๋นด์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ฐ”์˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ฐ”๋นด์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ฐ”์˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ŒŒ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

x

์ŒŒ์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

x

๊นจ๋—ํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊นจ๋—ํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊นจ๋—ํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊นจ๋—ํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ฐ€๊นŒ์› ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ฐ€๊นŒ์šฐ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ฐ€๊นŒ์› ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ฐ€๊นŒ์šฐ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

ํ๋ ธ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํ๋ฆฌ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํ๋ ธ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

ํ๋ฆฌ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ฐจ๊ฐ€์› ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ฐจ๊ฐ€์šฐ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ฐจ๊ฐ€์› ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ฐจ๊ฐ€์šฐ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ถ”์› ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

x

์ถ”์› ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ถ”์šฐ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ณต์žกํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ณต์žกํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ณต์žกํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ณต์žกํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‹œ์›ํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‹œ์›ํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‹œ์›ํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‹œ์›ํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ท€์—ฌ์› ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ท€์—ฌ์šฐ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ท€์—ฌ์› ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ท€์—ฌ์šฐ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์œ„ํ—˜ํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์œ„ํ—˜ํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์œ„ํ—˜ํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์œ„ํ—˜ํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์–ด๋‘์› ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์–ด๋‘์šฐ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์–ด๋‘์› ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์–ด๋‘์šฐ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊นŠ์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊นŠ์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊นŠ์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊นŠ์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ง›์žˆ์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

x

๋ง›์žˆ์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ง›์žˆ์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ


416

APPENDIX Stem

Casual Question +์•˜/์—ˆ๋‹ˆ?

Casual Question +์•˜/์—ˆ๋ƒ?

Casual (Polite) +์•˜/์—ˆ์–ด(์š”)

Honorific

difficult

์–ด๋ ต

์–ด๋ ค์› ๋‹ˆ

์–ด๋ ค์› ๋ƒ

์–ด๋ ค์› ์–ด(์š”)

์–ด๋ ค์šฐ์…จ์–ด์š”

diligent

๋ถ€์ง€๋Ÿฐํ•˜

๋ถ€์ง€๋Ÿฐํ–ˆ๋‹ˆ

๋ถ€์ง€๋Ÿฐํ–ˆ๋ƒ

๋ถ€์ง€๋Ÿฐํ–ˆ์–ด(์š”)

๋ถ€์ง€๋Ÿฐํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”

dirty

๋”๋Ÿฝ

๋”๋Ÿฌ์› ๋‹ˆ

๋”๋Ÿฌ์› ๋ƒ

๋”๋Ÿฌ์› ์–ด(์š”)

๋”๋Ÿฌ์šฐ์…จ์–ด์š”

easy

์‰ฝ

์‰ฌ์› ๋‹ˆ

์‰ฌ์› ๋ƒ

์‰ฌ์› ์–ด(์š”)

์‰ฌ์šฐ์…จ์–ด์š”

expensive

๋น„์‹ธ

๋น„์ŒŒ๋‹ˆ

๋น„์ŒŒ๋ƒ

๋น„์ŒŒ์–ด(์š”)

๋น„์‹ธ์…จ์–ด์š”

far

๋ฉ€

๋ฉ€์—ˆ๋‹ˆ

๋ฉ€์—ˆ๋ƒ

๋ฉ€์—ˆ์–ด(์š”)

๋จธ์…จ์–ด์š”

fat

๋šฑ๋šฑํ•˜

๋šฑ๋šฑํ–ˆ๋‹ˆ

๋šฑ๋šฑํ–ˆ๋ƒ

๋šฑ๋šฑํ–ˆ์–ด(์š”)

๋šฑ๋šฑํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”

fine (weather) fun (enjoyable) good

๋ง‘

๋ง‘์•˜๋‹ˆ

๋ง‘์•˜๋ƒ

๋ง‘์•˜์–ด(์š”)

๋ง‘์œผ์…จ์–ด์š”

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ๋‹ˆ

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ๋ƒ

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์–ด(์š”)

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์œผ์…จ์–ด์š”

์ข‹

์ข‹์•˜๋‹ˆ

์ข‹์•˜๋ƒ

์ข‹์•˜์–ด(์š”)

์ข‹์œผ์…จ์–ด์š”

handsome

์ž˜์ƒ๊ธฐ+์—ˆ

์ž˜์ƒ๊ฒผ์—ˆ๋‹ˆ

์ž˜์ƒ๊ฒผ์—ˆ๋ƒ

์ž˜์ƒ๊ฒผ์—ˆ์–ด(์š”)

์ž˜์ƒ๊ธฐ์…จ์—ˆ์–ด์š”

happy

๊ธฐ๋ถ„ ์ข‹ ํ–‰๋ณตํ•˜

๊ธฐ๋ถ„ ์ข‹์•˜๋ƒ ํ–‰๋ณตํ–ˆ๋ƒ

๊ธฐ๋ถ„ ์ข‹์•˜์–ด(์š”) ํ–‰๋ณตํ–ˆ์–ด(์š”)

๊ธฐ๋ถ„ ์ข‹์œผ์…จ์–ด์š”

happy

๊ธฐ๋ถ„ ์ข‹์•˜๋‹ˆ ํ–‰๋ณตํ–ˆ๋‹ˆ

hate/dislike

์‹ซ

์‹ซ์—ˆ๋‹ˆ

์‹ซ์—ˆ๋ƒ

์‹ซ์—ˆ์–ด(์š”)

์‹ซ์œผ์…จ์–ด์š” q

heavy

๋ฌด๊ฒ

๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์› ๋‹ˆ

๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์› ๋ƒ

๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์› ์–ด(์š”)

๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์šฐ์…จ์–ด์š”

high

๋†’

๋†’์•˜๋‹ˆ

๋†’์•˜๋ƒ

๋†’์•˜์–ด(์š”)

๋†’์œผ์…จ์–ด์š”

hot

๋œจ๊ฒ

๋œจ๊ฑฐ์› ๋‹ˆ

๋œจ๊ฑฐ์› ๋ƒ

๋œจ๊ฑฐ์› ์–ด(์š”)

๋œจ๊ฑฐ์šฐ์…จ์–ด์š”

hot (spicy)

๋งต

๋งค์› ๋‹ˆ

๋งค์› ๋ƒ

๋งค์› ์–ด(์š”)

๋งค์šฐ์…จ์–ด์š”

hot (temperature) interesting (fun )

๋ฅ

๋”์› ๋‹ˆ

๋”์› ๋ƒ

๋”์› ์–ด(์š”)

๋”์šฐ์…จ์–ด์š” q

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์—ˆ๋‹ˆ

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์—ˆ๋ƒ

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์—ˆ์–ด(์š”)

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์œผ์…จ์–ด์š” q

+(์œผ)์…จ์–ด์š”

ํ–‰๋ณตํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”


417

APPENDIX Formal Statement

Formal Question

+์•˜/์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

Formal Statement Honorific +(์œผ)์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

+์•˜/์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ?

Formal Question Honorific +(์œผ)์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ?

์–ด๋ ค์› ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์–ด๋ ค์šฐ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์–ด๋ ค์› ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์–ด๋ ค์šฐ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ถ€์ง€๋Ÿฐํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ถ€์ง€๋Ÿฐํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ถ€์ง€๋Ÿฐํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ถ€์ง€๋Ÿฐํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋”๋Ÿฌ์› ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋”๋Ÿฌ์šฐ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋”๋Ÿฌ์› ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋”๋Ÿฌ์šฐ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‰ฌ์› ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

x

์‰ฌ์› ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‰ฌ์šฐ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋น„์ŒŒ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋น„์‹ธ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋น„์ŒŒ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋น„์‹ธ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ฉ€์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋จธ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ฉ€์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋จธ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋šฑ๋šฑํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋šฑ๋šฑํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋šฑ๋šฑํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋šฑ๋šฑํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ง‘์•˜์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ง‘์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ง‘์•˜์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ง‘์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ข‹์•˜์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ข‹์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ข‹์•˜์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ข‹์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ž˜์ƒ๊ฒผ์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ž˜์ƒ๊ธฐ์…จ์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ž˜์ƒ๊ฒผ์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ž˜์ƒ๊ธฐ์…จ์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ*

๊ธฐ๋ถ„ ์ข‹์•˜์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ธฐ๋ถ„ ์ข‹์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ธฐ๋ถ„ ์ข‹์•˜์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ธฐ๋ถ„ ์ข‹์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

ํ–‰๋ณตํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํ–‰๋ณตํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํ–‰๋ณตํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

ํ–‰๋ณตํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‹ซ์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‹ซ์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค q

์‹ซ์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‹ซ์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์› ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์šฐ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์› ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์šฐ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋†’์•˜์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋†’์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋†’์•˜์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋†’์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋œจ๊ฑฐ์› ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋œจ๊ฑฐ์šฐ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋œจ๊ฑฐ์› ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋œจ๊ฑฐ์šฐ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋งค์› ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋งค์šฐ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋งค์› ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋งค์šฐ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋”์› ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

x

๋”์› ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋”์šฐ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ


418

APPENDIX Stem

Casual Question +์•˜/์—ˆ๋‹ˆ?

Casual Question +์•˜/์—ˆ๋ƒ?

Casual (Polite) +์•˜/์—ˆ์–ด(์š”)

Honorific

ํฅ๋ฏธ์žˆ

ํฅ๋ฏธ์žˆ์—ˆ๋‹ˆ

ํฅ๋ฏธ์žˆ์—ˆ๋ƒ

ํฅ๋ฏธ์žˆ์—ˆ์–ด(์š”)

ํฅ๋ฏธ์žˆ์œผ์…จ์–ด์š”

kind

์นœ์ ˆํ•˜

์นœ์ ˆํ–ˆ์—ˆ๋‹ˆ

์นœ์ ˆํ–ˆ์—ˆ๋ƒ

์นœ์ ˆํ–ˆ์—ˆ์–ด(์š”)

์นœ์ ˆํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”

lazy

๊ฒŒ์œผ๋ฅด

๊ฒŒ์„๋ €๋‹ˆ

๊ฒŒ์„๋ €๋ƒ

๊ฒŒ์„๋ €์–ด(์š”)

๊ฒŒ์œผ๋ฅด์…จ์–ด์š”

light

๊ฐ€๋ณ

๊ฐ€๋ฒผ์› ๋‹ˆ

๊ฐ€๋ฒผ์› ๋ƒ

๊ฐ€๋ฒผ์› ์–ด(์š”)

๊ฐ€๋ฒผ์šฐ์…จ์–ด์š”

long

๊ธธ

๊ธธ์—ˆ๋‹ˆ

๊ธธ์—ˆ๋ƒ

๊ธธ์—ˆ์–ด(์š”)

๊ธฐ์…จ์–ด์š”*

low

๋‚ฎ

๋‚ฎ์•˜๋‹ˆ

๋‚ฎ์•˜๋ƒ

๋‚ฎ์•˜์–ด(์š”)

๋‚ฎ์œผ์…จ์–ด์š”

narrow

์ข

์ข์•˜๋‹ˆ

์ข์•˜๋ƒ

์ข์•˜์–ด(์š”)

์ข์œผ์…จ์–ด์š”

noisy

์‹œ๋„๋Ÿฝ

์‹œ๋„๋Ÿฌ์› ๋‹ˆ

์‹œ๋„๋Ÿฌ์› ๋ƒ

์‹œ๋„๋Ÿฌ์› ์–ด(์š”)

์‹œ๋„๋Ÿฌ์šฐ์…จ์–ด์š”

numerous

๋งŽ

๋งŽ์•˜๋‹ˆ

๋งŽ์•˜๋ƒ

๋งŽ์•˜์–ด(์š”)

๋งŽ์œผ์…จ์–ด์š”

old (people)

๋Š™+์—ˆ

๋Š™์—ˆ์—ˆ๋‹ˆ

๋Š™์—ˆ์—ˆ๋ƒ

๋Š™์—ˆ์—ˆ์–ด(์š”)

๋Š™์œผ์…จ์—ˆ์–ด์š”

old (thing)

๋‚ก+์•˜

๋‚ก์•˜์—ˆ๋‹ˆ

๋‚ก์•˜์—ˆ๋ƒ

๋‚ก์•˜์—ˆ์–ด(์š”)

x

pretty

์˜ˆ์˜

์˜ˆ๋ปค๋‹ˆ

์˜ˆ๋ปค๋ƒ

์˜ˆ๋ปค์–ด(์š”)

์˜ˆ์˜์…จ์–ด์š”

quick

๋น ๋ฅด

๋นจ๋ž๋‹ˆ

๋นจ๋ž๋ƒ

๋นจ๋ž์–ด(์š”)

๋น ๋ฅด์…จ์–ด์š”

quiet

์กฐ์šฉํ•˜

์กฐ์šฉํ–ˆ๋‹ˆ

์กฐ์šฉํ–ˆ๋ƒ

์กฐ์šฉํ–ˆ์–ด(์š”)

์กฐ์šฉํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”

sad

์Šฌํ”„

์ŠฌํŽ๋‹ˆ

์ŠฌํŽ๋ƒ

์ŠฌํŽ์–ด(์š”)

์Šฌํ”„์…จ์–ด์š” q

salty

์งœ

์งฐ๋‹ˆ

์งฐ๋ƒ

์งฐ์–ด(์š”)

์งœ์…จ์–ด์š”

shallow

์–•

์–•์•˜๋‹ˆ

์–•์•˜๋ƒ

์–•์•˜์–ด(์š”)

์–•์œผ์…จ์–ด์š”

short

์งง

์งง์•˜๋‹ˆ

์งง์•˜๋ƒ

์งง์•˜์–ด(์š”)

์งง์œผ์…จ์–ด์š”

sick

์•„ํ”„

์•„ํŒ ๋‹ˆ

์•„ํŒ ๋ƒ

์•„ํŒ ์–ด(์š”)

์•„ํ”„์…จ์–ด์š”

slim

๋‚ ์”ฌํ•˜

๋‚ ์”ฌํ–ˆ๋‹ˆ

๋‚ ์”ฌํ–ˆ๋ƒ

๋‚ ์”ฌํ–ˆ์–ด(์š”)

๋‚ ์”ฌํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”

interesting

+(์œผ)์…จ์–ด์š”

(attention)


419

APPENDIX Formal Statement

Formal Question

+์•˜/์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

Formal Statement Honorific +(์œผ)์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

+์•˜/์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ?

Formal Question Honorific +(์œผ)์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ?

ํฅ๋ฏธ์žˆ์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

x

ํฅ๋ฏธ์žˆ์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

ํฅ๋ฏธ์žˆ์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์นœ์ ˆํ–ˆ์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์นœ์ ˆํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์นœ์ ˆํ–ˆ์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์นœ์ ˆํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ฒŒ์„๋ €์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ฒŒ์œผ๋ฅด์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ฒŒ์„๋ €์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ฒŒ์œผ๋ฅด์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ฐ€๋ฒผ์› ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ฐ€๋ฒผ์šฐ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ฐ€๋ฒผ์› ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ฐ€๋ฒผ์šฐ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ธธ์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ธฐ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ธธ์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๊ธฐ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋‚ฎ์•˜์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋‚ฎ์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋‚ฎ์•˜์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋‚ฎ์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ข์•˜์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ข์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ข์•˜์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ข์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‹œ๋„๋Ÿฌ์› ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‹œ๋„๋Ÿฌ์šฐ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‹œ๋„๋Ÿฌ์› ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์‹œ๋„๋Ÿฌ์šฐ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋งŽ์•˜์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋งŽ์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋งŽ์•˜์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋งŽ์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋Š™์—ˆ์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋Š™์œผ์…จ์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋Š™์—ˆ์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋Š™์œผ์…จ์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋‚ก์•˜์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

x

๋‚ก์•˜์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

x

์˜ˆ๋ปค์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์˜ˆ์˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์˜ˆ๋ปค์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์˜ˆ์˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋นจ๋ž์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋น ๋ฅด์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋นจ๋ž์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋น ๋ฅด์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์กฐ์šฉํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์กฐ์šฉํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์กฐ์šฉํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์กฐ์šฉํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ŠฌํŽ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

x

์ŠฌํŽ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์Šฌํ”„์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์งฐ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์งœ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์งฐ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์งœ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์–•์•˜์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์–•์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์–•์•˜์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์–•์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์งง์•˜์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์งง์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์งง์•˜์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์งง์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์•„ํŒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์•„ํ”„์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์•„ํŒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์•„ํ”„์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋‚ ์”ฌํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋‚ ์”ฌํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋‚ ์”ฌํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋‚ ์”ฌํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ


420

APPENDIX Stem

Casual Question +์•˜/์—ˆ๋‹ˆ?

Casual Question +์•˜/์—ˆ๋ƒ?

Casual (Polite) +์•˜/์—ˆ์–ด(์š”)

Honorific

slow

๋Š๋ฆฌ

๋Š๋ ธ๋‹ˆ

๋Š๋ ธ๋ƒ

๋Š๋ ธ์–ด(์š”)

๋Š๋ฆฌ์…จ์–ด์š”

small

์ž‘

์ž‘์•˜๋‹ˆ

์ž‘์•˜๋ƒ

์ž‘์•˜์–ด(์š”)

์ž‘์œผ์…จ์–ด์š”

small

์ 

์ ์—ˆ๋‹ˆ

์ ์—ˆ๋ƒ

์ ์—ˆ์–ด(์š”)

์ ์œผ์…จ์–ด์š”

smart

๋˜‘๋˜‘ํ•˜

๋˜‘๋˜‘ํ–ˆ๋‹ˆ

๋˜‘๋˜‘ํ–ˆ๋ƒ

๋˜‘๋˜‘ํ–ˆ์–ด(์š”)

๋˜‘๋˜‘ํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”

strong

ํŠผํŠผํ•˜

ํŠผํŠผํ–ˆ๋‹ˆ

ํŠผํŠผํ–ˆ๋ƒ

ํŠผํŠผํ–ˆ์–ด(์š”)

ํŠผํŠผํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”

tall

ํ‚ค๊ฐ€ ํฌ

ํ‚ค๊ฐ€ ์ปธ๋‹ˆ

ํ‚ค๊ฐ€ ์ปธ๋ƒ

ํ‚ค๊ฐ€ ์ปธ์–ด(์š”)

ํ‚ค๊ฐ€ ํฌ์…จ์–ด์š”

tasteless

๋ง›์—†

๋ง›์—†์—ˆ๋‹ˆ

๋ง›์—†์—ˆ๋ƒ

๋ง›์—†์—ˆ์–ด(์š”)

๋ง›์—†์œผ์…จ์–ด์š” q

thick

๋‘๊ป

๋‘๊บผ์› ๋‹ˆ

๋‘๊บผ์› ๋ƒ

๋‘๊บผ์› ์–ด(์š”)

๋‘๊บผ์šฐ์…จ์–ด์š”

thin

๋งˆ๋ฅด+์•˜

๋ง๋ž๋‹ˆ

๋ง๋ž๋ƒ

๋ง๋ž์–ด(์š”)

๋งˆ๋ฅด์…จ์—ˆ์–ด์š”

thin (thing)

์–‡

์–‡์•˜๋‹ˆ

์–‡์•˜๋ƒ

์–‡์•˜์–ด(์š”)

์–‡์œผ์…จ์–ด์š”

thirsty

๋ชฉ๋งˆ๋ฅด

๋ชฉ๋ง๋ž๋‹ˆ

๋ชฉ๋ง๋ž๋ƒ

๋ชฉ๋ง๋ž์–ด(์š”)

๋ชฉ๋งˆ๋ฅด์…จ์–ด์š” q

tired

ํ”ผ๊ณคํ•˜

ํ”ผ๊ณคํ–ˆ๋‹ˆ

ํ”ผ๊ณคํ–ˆ๋ƒ

ํ”ผ๊ณคํ–ˆ์–ด(์š”)

ํ”ผ๊ณคํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š” q

ugly

๋ชป์ƒ๊ธฐ+์—ˆ

๋ชป์ƒ๊ฒผ์—ˆ๋‹ˆ

๋ชป์ƒ๊ฒผ์—ˆ๋ƒ

๋ชป์ƒ๊ฒผ์—ˆ์–ด(์š”)

๋ชป์ƒ๊ธฐ์…จ์—ˆ์–ด์š”

warm

๋”ฐ๋œปํ•˜

๋”ฐ๋œปํ–ˆ๋‹ˆ

๋”ฐ๋œปํ–ˆ๋ƒ

๋”ฐ๋œปํ–ˆ์–ด(์š”)

๋”ฐ๋œปํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”

weak

์•ฝํ•˜

์•ฝํ–ˆ๋‹ˆ

์•ฝํ–ˆ๋ƒ

์•ฝํ–ˆ์–ด(์š”)

์•ฝํ•˜์…จ์–ด์š”

wide

๋„“

๋„“์—ˆ๋‹ˆ

๋„“์—ˆ๋ƒ

๋„“์—ˆ์–ด(์š”)

๋„“์œผ์…จ์–ด์š”

young

์ Š

์ Š์—ˆ๋‹ˆ

์ Š์—ˆ๋ƒ

์ Š์—ˆ์–ด(์š”)

์ Š์œผ์…จ์–ด์š”

+(์œผ)์…จ์–ด์š”

(quantity)

(people)


421

APPENDIX Formal Statement

Formal Question

+์•˜/์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

Formal Statement Honorific +(์œผ)์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

+์•˜/์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ?

Formal Question Honorific +(์œผ)์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ?

๋Š๋ ธ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋Š๋ฆฌ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋Š๋ ธ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋Š๋ฆฌ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ž‘์•˜์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ž‘์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ž‘์•˜์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ž‘์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ ์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ ์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ ์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ ์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋˜‘๋˜‘ํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋˜‘๋˜‘ํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋˜‘๋˜‘ํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋˜‘๋˜‘ํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

ํŠผํŠผํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํŠผํŠผํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํŠผํŠผํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

ํŠผํŠผํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

ํ‚ค๊ฐ€ ์ปธ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํ‚ค๊ฐ€ ํฌ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํ‚ค๊ฐ€ ์ปธ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

ํ‚ค๊ฐ€ ํฌ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ง›์—†์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

x

๋ง›์—†์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ง›์—†์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋‘๊บผ์› ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋‘๊บผ์šฐ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋‘๊บผ์› ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋‘๊บผ์šฐ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ง๋ž์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋งˆ๋ฅด์…จ์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ง๋ž์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋งˆ๋ฅด์…จ์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์–‡์•˜์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์–‡์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์–‡์•˜์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์–‡์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ชฉ๋ง๋ž์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

x

๋ชฉ๋ง๋ž์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ชฉ๋งˆ๋ฅด์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

ํ”ผ๊ณคํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

x

ํ”ผ๊ณคํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

ํ”ผ๊ณคํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ชป์ƒ๊ฒผ์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ชป์ƒ๊ธฐ์…จ์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ชป์ƒ๊ฒผ์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋ชป์ƒ๊ธฐ์…จ์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋”ฐ๋œปํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋”ฐ๋œปํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋”ฐ๋œปํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋”ฐ๋œปํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์•ฝํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์•ฝํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์•ฝํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์•ฝํ•˜์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋„“์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋„“์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋„“์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

๋„“์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ Š์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ Š์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ Š์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ

์ Š์œผ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ


422

APPENDIX

Appendix 12: Adjective Future Tense Endings Stem

Supposition Casual +(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

Supposition Polite +(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

afraid

๋ฌด์„ญ

๋ฌด์„œ์šธ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๋ฌด์„œ์šธ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

bad

๋‚˜์˜

๋‚˜์  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๋‚˜์  ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

beautiful

์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ต

์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ค์šธ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ค์šธ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

big

ํฌ

ํด ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

ํด ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

boring

์žฌ๋ฏธ์—†

์žฌ๋ฏธ์—†์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์žฌ๋ฏธ์—†์„ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

bright

๋ฐ

๋ฐ์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๋ฐ์„ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

busy

๋ฐ”์˜

๋ฐ”์  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๋ฐ”์  ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

cheap

์‹ธ

์Œ€ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์Œ€ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

clean

๊นจ๋—ํ•˜

๊นจ๋—ํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๊นจ๋—ํ•  ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

close

๊ฐ€๊น

๊ฐ€๊นŒ์šธ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๊ฐ€๊นŒ์šธ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

cloudy

ํ๋ฆฌ

ํ๋ฆด ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

ํ๋ฆด ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

cold(thing)

์ฐจ๊ฐ‘

์ฐจ๊ฐ€์šธ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์ฐจ๊ฐ€์šธ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

cold

์ถฅ

์ถ”์šธ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์ถ”์šธ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

complicated

๋ณต์žกํ•˜

๋ณต์žกํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๋ณต์žกํ•  ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

cool

์‹œ์›ํ•˜

์‹œ์›ํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์‹œ์›ํ•  ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

cute

๊ท€์—ฝ

๊ท€์—ฌ์šธ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๊ท€์—ฌ์šธ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

dangerous

์œ„ํ—˜ํ•˜

์œ„ํ—˜ํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์œ„ํ—˜ํ•  ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

dark

์–ด๋‘ก

์–ด๋‘์šธ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์–ด๋‘์šธ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

deep

๊นŠ

๊นŠ์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๊นŠ์„ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

delicious

๋ง›์žˆ

๋ง›์žˆ์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๋ง›์žˆ์„ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”


423

APPENDIX

Supposition Honorific +(์œผ)์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

Supposition Polite Formal +(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

Supposition Honorific Formal +(์œผ)์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ฌด์„œ์šฐ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๋ฌด์„œ์šธ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ฌด์„œ์šฐ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋‚˜์˜์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๋‚˜์  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋‚˜์˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ค์šฐ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ค์šธ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ค์šฐ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํฌ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

ํด ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํฌ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์žฌ๋ฏธ์—†์œผ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์žฌ๋ฏธ์—†์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์žฌ๋ฏธ์—†์œผ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ฐ์œผ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๋ฐ์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ฐ์œผ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ฐ”์˜์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๋ฐ”์  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ฐ”์˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‹ธ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์Œ€ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‹ธ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊นจ๋—ํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๊นจ๋—ํ•  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊นจ๋—ํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ฐ€๊นŒ์šฐ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๊ฐ€๊นŒ์šธ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ฐ€๊นŒ์šฐ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํ๋ฆฌ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

ํ๋ฆด ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํ๋ฆฌ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ฐจ๊ฐ€์šฐ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์ฐจ๊ฐ€์šธ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ฐจ๊ฐ€์šฐ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ถ”์šฐ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์ถ”์šธ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ถ”์šฐ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ณต์žกํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๋ณต์žกํ•  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ณต์žกํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‹œ์›ํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์‹œ์›ํ•  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‹œ์›ํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ท€์—ฌ์šฐ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๊ท€์—ฌ์šธ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ท€์—ฌ์šฐ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์œ„ํ—˜ํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์œ„ํ—˜ํ•  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์œ„ํ—˜ํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์–ด๋‘์šฐ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์–ด๋‘์šธ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์–ด๋‘์šฐ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊นŠ์œผ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๊นŠ์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊นŠ์œผ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ง›์žˆ์œผ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๋ง›์žˆ์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ง›์žˆ์œผ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค


424

APPENDIX Stem

Supposition Casual +(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

Supposition Polite +(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

difficult

์–ด๋ ต

์–ด๋ ค์šธ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์–ด๋ ค์šธ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

diligent

๋ถ€์ง€๋Ÿฐํ•˜

๋ถ€์ง€๋Ÿฐํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๋ถ€์ง€๋Ÿฐํ•  ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

dirty

๋”๋Ÿฝ

๋”๋Ÿฌ์šธ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๋”๋Ÿฌ์šธ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

easy

์‰ฝ

์‰ฌ์šธ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์‰ฌ์šธ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

expensive

๋น„์‹ธ

๋น„์Œ€ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๋น„์Œ€ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

far

๋ฉ€

๋ฉ€ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๋ฉ€ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

fat

๋šฑ๋šฑํ•˜

๋šฑ๋šฑํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๋šฑ๋šฑํ•  ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

fine(weather)

๋ง‘

๋ง‘์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๋ง‘์„ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

fun (enjoyable)

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์„ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

good

์ข‹

์ข‹์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์ข‹์„ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

handsome

์ž˜์ƒ๊ธฐ+์—ˆ

์ž˜์ƒ๊ฒผ์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์ž˜์ƒ๊ฒผ์„ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

happy

๊ธฐ๋ถ„ ์ข‹

๊ธฐ๋ถ„ ์ข‹์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๊ธฐ๋ถ„ ์ข‹์„ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

happy

ํ–‰๋ณตํ•˜

ํ–‰๋ณตํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

ํ–‰๋ณตํ•  ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

hate/dislike

์‹ซ

์‹ซ์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์‹ซ์„ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

heavy

๋ฌด๊ฒ

๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์šธ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์šธ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

high

๋†’

๋†’์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๋†’์„ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

hot

๋œจ๊ฒ

๋œจ๊ฑฐ์šธ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๋œจ๊ฑฐ์šธ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

hot (spicy)

๋งต

๋งค์šธ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๋งค์šธ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

hot (temperature)

๋ฅ

๋”์šธ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๋”์šธ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

interesting (fun )

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์„ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”


425

APPENDIX Supposition Honorific +(์œผ)์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

Supposition Polite Formal +(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

Supposition Honorific Formal +(์œผ)์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์–ด๋ ค์šฐ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์–ด๋ ค์šธ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์–ด๋ ค์šฐ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ถ€์ง€๋Ÿฐํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๋ถ€์ง€๋Ÿฐํ•  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ถ€์ง€๋Ÿฐํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋”๋Ÿฌ์šฐ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๋”๋Ÿฌ์šธ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋”๋Ÿฌ์šฐ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‰ฌ์šฐ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์‰ฌ์šธ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‰ฌ์šฐ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋น„์‹ธ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๋น„์Œ€ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋น„์‹ธ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋จธ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๋ฉ€ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋จธ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋šฑ๋šฑํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๋šฑ๋šฑํ•  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋šฑ๋šฑํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ง‘์œผ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๋ง‘์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ง‘์œผ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์œผ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์œผ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ข‹์œผ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์ข‹์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ข‹์œผ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ž˜์ƒ๊ธฐ์…จ์„ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์ž˜์ƒ๊ฒผ์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ž˜์ƒ๊ธฐ์…จ์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ธฐ๋ถ„ ์ข‹์œผ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๊ธฐ๋ถ„ ์ข‹์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ธฐ๋ถ„ ์ข‹์œผ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํ–‰๋ณตํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

ํ–‰๋ณตํ•  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํ–‰๋ณตํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‹ซ์œผ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์‹ซ์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‹ซ์œผ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์šฐ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์šธ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์šฐ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋†’์œผ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๋†’์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋†’์œผ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋œจ๊ฑฐ์šฐ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๋œจ๊ฑฐ์šธ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋œจ๊ฑฐ์šฐ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋งค์šฐ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๋งค์šธ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋งค์šฐ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋”์šฐ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๋”์šธ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋”์šฐ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์œผ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์œผ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค


426

APPENDIX Stem

Supposition Casual +(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

Supposition Polite +(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

ํฅ๋ฏธ์žˆ

ํฅ๋ฏธ์žˆ์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

ํฅ๋ฏธ์žˆ์„ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

kind

์นœ์ ˆํ•˜

์นœ์ ˆํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์นœ์ ˆํ•  ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

lazy

๊ฒŒ์œผ๋ฅด

๊ฒŒ์œผ๋ฅผ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๊ฒŒ์œผ๋ฅผ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

light

๊ฐ€๋ณ

๊ฐ€๋ฒผ์šธ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๊ฐ€๋ฒผ์šธ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

long

๊ธธ

๊ธธ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๊ธธ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

low

๋‚ฎ

๋‚ฎ์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๋‚ฎ์„ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

narrow

์ข

์ข์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์ข์„ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

noisy

์‹œ๋„๋Ÿฝ

์‹œ๋„๋Ÿฌ์šธ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์‹œ๋„๋Ÿฌ์šธ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

numerous

๋งŽ

๋งŽ์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๋งŽ์„ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

old (people)

๋Š™ (future) ๋Š™+์—ˆ (supposition)

๋Š™์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ ๋Š™์—ˆ์„ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๋Š™์„ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š” ๋Š™์—ˆ์„ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

old (thing)

๋‚ก (future) ๋‚ก+์•˜ (supposition)

๋‚ก์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ ๋‚ก์•˜์„ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๋‚ก์„ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”๏ผ ๋‚ก์•˜์„ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

pretty

์˜ˆ์˜

์˜ˆ์  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์˜ˆ์  ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

quick

๋น ๋ฅด

๋น ๋ฅผ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๋น ๋ฅผ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

quiet

์กฐ์šฉํ•˜

์กฐ์šฉํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์กฐ์šฉํ•  ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

sad

์Šฌํ”„

์Šฌํ”Œ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์Šฌํ”Œ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

salty

์งœ

์งค ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์งค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

shallow

์–•

์–•์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์–•์„ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

short

์งง

์งง์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์งง์„ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

sick

์•„ํ”„

์•„ํ”Œ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์•„ํ”Œ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

slim

๋‚ ์”ฌํ•˜

๋‚ ์”ฌํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๋‚ ์”ฌํ•  ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

interesting (attention)


427

APPENDIX Supposition Honorific +(์œผ)์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

Supposition Polite Formal +(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

Supposition Honorific Formal +(์œผ)์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํฅ๋ฏธ์žˆ์œผ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

ํฅ๋ฏธ์žˆ์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํฅ๋ฏธ์žˆ์œผ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์นœ์ ˆํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์นœ์ ˆํ•  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์นœ์ ˆํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ฒŒ์œผ๋ฅด์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๊ฒŒ์œผ๋ฅผ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ฒŒ์œผ๋ฅด์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ฐ€๋ฒผ์šฐ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๊ฐ€๋ฒผ์šธ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ฐ€๋ฒผ์šฐ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ธฐ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”*

๊ธธ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๊ธฐ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค*

๋‚ฎ์œผ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๋‚ฎ์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋‚ฎ์œผ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ข์œผ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์ข์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ข์œผ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‹œ๋„๋Ÿฌ์šฐ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์‹œ๋„๋Ÿฌ์šธ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์‹œ๋„๋Ÿฌ์šฐ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋งŽ์œผ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๋งŽ์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋งŽ์œผ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋Š™์œผ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š” ๋Š™์œผ์…จ์„ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š” x

๋Š™์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค/ ๋Š™์—ˆ์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค*

๋Š™์œผ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค ๋Š™์œผ์…จ์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค x

๋‚ก์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค๏ผ ๋‚ก์•˜์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์˜ˆ์˜์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์˜ˆ์  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์˜ˆ์˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋น ๋ฅด์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๋น ๋ฅผ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋น ๋ฅด์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์กฐ์šฉํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์กฐ์šฉํ•  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์กฐ์šฉํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์Šฌํ”„์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์Šฌํ”Œ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์Šฌํ”„์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์งœ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์งค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์งœ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์–•์œผ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์–•์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์–•์œผ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์งง์œผ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์งง์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์งง์œผ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์•„ํ”„์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์•„ํ”Œ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์•„ํ”„์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋‚ ์”ฌํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๋‚ ์”ฌํ•  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋‚ ์”ฌํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค


428

APPENDIX Stem

Supposition Casual +(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

Supposition Polite +(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

slow

๋Š๋ฆฌ

๋Š๋ฆด ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๋Š๋ฆด ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

small

์ž‘

์ž‘์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์ž‘์„ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

small (quantity)

์ 

์ ์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์ ์„ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

smart

๋˜‘๋˜‘ํ•˜

๋˜‘๋˜‘ํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๋˜‘๋˜‘ํ•  ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

strong

ํŠผํŠผํ•˜

ํŠผํŠผํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

ํŠผํŠผํ•  ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

tall

ํ‚ค๊ฐ€ ํฌ

ํ‚ค๊ฐ€ ํด ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

ํ‚ค๊ฐ€ ํด ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

tasteless

๋ง›์—†

๋ง›์—†์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๋ง›์—†์„ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

thick

๋‘๊ป

๋‘๊บผ์šธ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๋‘๊บผ์šธ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

thin(people)

๋งˆ๋ฅด+์•˜

๋ง๋ž์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๋ง๋ž์„๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

thin(thing)

์–‡

์–‡์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์–‡์„ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

thirsty

๋ชฉ๋งˆ๋ฅด

๋ชฉ๋งˆ๋ฅผ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๋ชฉ๋งˆ๋ฅผ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

tired

ํ”ผ๊ณคํ•˜

ํ”ผ๊ณคํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

ํ”ผ๊ณคํ•  ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

ugly

๋ชป์ƒ๊ธฐ+์—ˆ

๋ชป์ƒ๊ฒผ์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๋ชป์ƒ๊ฒผ์„ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

warm

๋”ฐ๋œปํ•˜

๋”ฐ๋œปํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๋”ฐ๋œปํ•  ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

weak

์•ฝํ•˜

์•ฝํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์•ฝํ•  ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

wide

๋„“

๋„“์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

๋„“์„ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

young

์ Š

์ Š์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์ Š์„ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”


429

APPENDIX Supposition Honorific +(์œผ)์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

Supposition Polite Formal +(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

Supposition Honorific Formal +(์œผ)์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋Š๋ฆฌ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๋Š๋ฆด ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋Š๋ฆฌ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ž‘์œผ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์ž‘์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ž‘์œผ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ ์œผ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์ ์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ ์œผ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋˜‘๋˜‘ํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๋˜‘๋˜‘ํ•  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋˜‘๋˜‘ํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํŠผํŠผํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

ํŠผํŠผํ•  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํŠผํŠผํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํ‚ค๊ฐ€ ํฌ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

ํ‚ค๊ฐ€ ํด ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํ‚ค๊ฐ€ ํฌ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ง›์—†์œผ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๋ง›์—†์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ง›์—†์œผ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋‘๊บผ์šฐ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๋‘๊บผ์šธ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋‘๊บผ์šฐ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋งˆ๋ฅด์…จ์„ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๋ง๋ž์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋งˆ๋ฅด์…จ์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์–‡์œผ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์–‡์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์–‡์œผ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ชฉ๋งˆ๋ฅด์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๋ชฉ๋งˆ๋ฅผ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ชฉ๋งˆ๋ฅด์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํ”ผ๊ณคํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

ํ”ผ๊ณคํ•  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

ํ”ผ๊ณคํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ชป์ƒ๊ธฐ์…จ์„ ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๋ชป์ƒ๊ฒผ์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋ชป์ƒ๊ธฐ์…จ์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋”ฐ๋œปํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๋”ฐ๋œปํ•  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋”ฐ๋œปํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์•ฝํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์•ฝํ•  ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์•ฝํ•˜์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋„“์œผ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

๋„“์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

๋„“์œผ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ Š์œผ์‹ค ๊ฑฐ์˜ˆ์š”

์ Š์„ ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค

์ Š์œผ์‹ค ๊ฒ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค


430

APPENDIX

Appendix 13: Adjectives with +๊ณ ; +๋„ค(์š”) Stem

and +๊ณ 

Exclamation

+๋„ค(์š”)

afraid

๋ฌด์„ญ

๋ฌด์„ญ๊ณ 

๋ฌด์„ญ๋„ค(์š”)

bad

๋‚˜์˜

๋‚˜์˜๊ณ 

๋‚˜์˜๋„ค(์š”)

beautiful

์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ต

์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ต๊ณ 

์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ต๋„ค(์š”)

big

ํฌ

ํฌ๊ณ 

ํฌ๋„ค(์š”)

boring

์žฌ๋ฏธ์—†

์žฌ๋ฏธ์—†๊ณ 

์žฌ๋ฏธ์—†๋„ค(์š”)

bright

๋ฐ

๋ฐ๊ณ 

๋ฐ๋„ค(์š”)

busy

๋ฐ”์˜

๋ฐ”์˜๊ณ 

๋ฐ”์˜๋„ค(์š”)

cheap

์‹ธ

์‹ธ๊ณ 

์‹ธ๋„ค(์š”)

clean

๊นจ๋—ํ•˜

๊นจ๋—ํ•˜๊ณ 

๊นจ๋—ํ•˜๋„ค(์š”)

close

๊ฐ€๊น

๊ฐ€๊น๊ณ 

๊ฐ€๊น๋„ค(์š”)

cloudy

ํ๋ฆฌ

ํ๋ฆฌ๊ณ 

ํ๋ฆฌ๋„ค(์š”)

cold(thing)

์ฐจ๊ฐ‘

์ฐจ๊ฐ‘๊ณ 

์ฐจ๊ฐ‘๋„ค(์š”)

cold

์ถฅ

์ถฅ๊ณ 

์ถฅ๋„ค(์š”)

complicated

๋ณต์žกํ•˜

๋ณต์žกํ•˜๊ณ 

๋ณต์žกํ•˜๋„ค(์š”)

cool

์‹œ์›ํ•˜

์‹œ์›ํ•˜๊ณ 

์‹œ์›ํ•˜๋„ค(์š”)

cute

๊ท€์—ฝ

๊ท€์—ฝ๊ณ 

๊ท€์—ฝ๋„ค(์š”)

dangerous

์œ„ํ—˜ํ•˜

์œ„ํ—˜ํ•˜๊ณ 

์œ„ํ—˜ํ•˜๋„ค(์š”)

dark

์–ด๋‘ก

์–ด๋‘ก๊ณ 

์–ด๋‘ก๋„ค(์š”)

deep

๊นŠ

๊นŠ๊ณ 

๊นŠ๋„ค(์š”)

delicious

๋ง›์žˆ

๋ง›์žˆ๊ณ 

๋ง›์žˆ๋„ค(์š”)


431

APPENDIX

Stem

and +๊ณ 

Exclamation

+๋„ค(์š”)

difficult

์–ด๋ ต

์–ด๋ ต๊ณ 

์–ด๋ ต๋„ค(์š”)

diligent

๋ถ€์ง€๋Ÿฐํ•˜

๋ถ€์ง€๋Ÿฐํ•˜๊ณ 

๋ถ€์ง€๋Ÿฐํ•˜๋„ค(์š”)

dirty

๋”๋Ÿฝ

๋”๋Ÿฝ๊ณ 

๋”๋Ÿฝ๋„ค(์š”)

easy

์‰ฝ

์‰ฝ๊ณ 

์‰ฝ๋„ค(์š”)

expensive

๋น„์‹ธ

๋น„์‹ธ๊ณ 

๋น„์‹ธ๋„ค(์š”)

far

๋ฉ€

๋ฉ€๊ณ 

๋จธ๋„ค(์š”)

fat

๋šฑ๋šฑํ•˜

๋šฑ๋šฑํ•˜๊ณ 

๋šฑ๋šฑํ•˜๋„ค(์š”)

fine(weather)

๋ง‘

๋ง‘๊ณ 

๋ง‘๋„ค(์š”)

fun (enjoyable)

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ๊ณ 

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ๋„ค(์š”)

good

์ข‹

์ข‹๊ณ 

์ข‹๋„ค(์š”)

handsome

์ž˜์ƒ๊ธฐ+์—ˆ

์ž˜์ƒ๊ฒผ๊ณ 

์ž˜์ƒ๊ฒผ๋„ค(์š”)

happy

๊ธฐ๋ถ„ ์ข‹

๊ธฐ๋ถ„ ์ข‹๊ณ 

๊ธฐ๋ถ„ ์ข‹๋„ค(์š”)

happy

ํ–‰๋ณตํ•˜

ํ–‰๋ณตํ•˜๊ณ 

ํ–‰๋ณตํ•˜๋„ค(์š”)

hate/dislike

์‹ซ

์‹ซ๊ณ 

์‹ซ๋„ค(์š”)

heavy

๋ฌด๊ฒ

๋ฌด๊ฒ๊ณ 

๋ฌด๊ฒ๋„ค(์š”)

high

๋†’

๋†’๊ณ 

๋†’๋„ค(์š”)

hot

๋œจ๊ฒ

๋œจ๊ฒ๊ณ 

๋œจ๊ฒ๋„ค(์š”)

hot (spicy)

๋งต

๋งต๊ณ 

๋งต๋„ค(์š”)

hot (temperature)

๋ฅ

๋ฅ๊ณ 

๋ฅ๋„ค(์š”)

interesting (fun )

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ๊ณ 

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ๋„ค(์š”)


432

APPENDIX Stem

and +๊ณ 

Exclamation

ํฅ๋ฏธ์žˆ

ํฅ๋ฏธ์žˆ๊ณ 

ํฅ๋ฏธ์žˆ๋„ค(์š”)

kind

์นœ์ ˆํ•˜

์นœ์ ˆํ•˜๊ณ 

์นœ์ ˆํ•˜๋„ค(์š”)

lazy

๊ฒŒ์œผ๋ฅด

๊ฒŒ์œผ๋ฅด๊ณ 

๊ฒŒ์œผ๋ฅด๋„ค(์š”)

light

๊ฐ€๋ณ

๊ฐ€๋ณ๊ณ 

๊ฐ€๋ณ๋„ค(์š”)

long

๊ธธ

๊ธธ๊ณ 

๊ธฐ๋„ค(์š”)

low

๋‚ฎ

๋‚ฎ๊ณ 

๋‚ฎ๋„ค(์š”)

narrow

์ข

์ข๊ณ 

์ข๋„ค(์š”)

noisy

์‹œ๋„๋Ÿฝ

์‹œ๋„๋Ÿฝ๊ณ 

์‹œ๋„๋Ÿฝ๋„ค(์š”)

numerous

๋งŽ

๋งŽ๊ณ 

๋งŽ๋„ค(์š”)

old (people)

๋Š™+์—ˆ

๋Š™์—ˆ๊ณ 

๋Š™์—ˆ๋„ค(์š”)

old (thing)

๋‚ก+์•˜

๋‚ก์•˜๊ณ 

๋‚ก์•˜๋„ค(์š”)

pretty

์˜ˆ์˜

์˜ˆ์˜๊ณ 

์˜ˆ์˜๋„ค(์š”)

quick

๋น ๋ฅด

๋น ๋ฅด๊ณ 

๋น ๋ฅด๋„ค(์š”)

quiet

์กฐ์šฉํ•˜

์กฐ์šฉํ•˜๊ณ 

์กฐ์šฉํ•˜๋„ค(์š”)

sad

์Šฌํ”„

์Šฌํ”„๊ณ 

์Šฌํ”„๋„ค(์š”)

salty

์งœ

์งœ๊ณ 

์งœ๋„ค(์š”)

shallow

์–•

์–•๊ณ 

์–•๋„ค(์š”)

short

์งง

์งง๊ณ 

์งง๋„ค(์š”)

sick

์•„ํ”„

์•„ํ”„๊ณ 

์•„ํ”„๋„ค(์š”)

slim

๋‚ ์”ฌํ•˜

๋‚ ์”ฌํ•˜๊ณ 

๋‚ ์”ฌํ•˜๋„ค(์š”)

interesting

+๋„ค(์š”)

(attention)


433

APPENDIX Stem

and +๊ณ 

Exclamation

+๋„ค(์š”)

slow

๋Š๋ฆฌ

๋Š๋ฆฌ๊ณ 

๋Š๋ฆฌ๋„ค(์š”)

small

์ž‘

์ž‘๊ณ 

์ž‘๋„ค(์š”)

small (quantity)

์ 

์ ๊ณ 

์ ๋„ค(์š”)

smart

๋˜‘๋˜‘ํ•˜

๋˜‘๋˜‘ํ•˜๊ณ 

๋˜‘๋˜‘ํ•˜๋„ค(์š”)

strong

ํŠผํŠผํ•˜

ํŠผํŠผํ•˜๊ณ 

ํŠผํŠผํ•˜๋„ค(์š”)

tall

ํ‚ค๊ฐ€ ํฌ

ํ‚ค๊ฐ€ ํฌ๊ณ 

ํ‚ค๊ฐ€ ํฌ๋„ค(์š”)

tasteless

๋ง›์—†

๋ง›์—†๊ณ 

๋ง›์—†๋„ค(์š”)

thick

๋‘๊ป

๋‘๊ป๊ณ 

๋‘๊ป๋„ค(์š”)

thin(people)

๋งˆ๋ฅด+์•˜

๋ง๋ž๊ณ 

๋ง๋ž๋„ค(์š”)

thin(thing)

์–‡

์–‡๊ณ 

์–‡๋„ค(์š”)

thirsty

๋ชฉ๋งˆ๋ฅด

๋ชฉ๋งˆ๋ฅด๊ณ 

๋ชฉ๋งˆ๋ฅด๋„ค(์š”)

tired

ํ”ผ๊ณคํ•˜

ํ”ผ๊ณคํ•˜๊ณ 

ํ”ผ๊ณคํ•˜๋„ค(์š”)

ugly

๋ชป์ƒ๊ธฐ+์—ˆ

๋ชป์ƒ๊ฒผ๊ณ 

๋ชป์ƒ๊ฒผ๋„ค(์š”)

warm

๋”ฐ๋œปํ•˜

๋”ฐ๋œปํ•˜๊ณ 

๋”ฐ๋œปํ•˜๋„ค(์š”)

weak

์•ฝํ•˜

์•ฝํ•˜๊ณ 

์•ฝํ•˜๋„ค(์š”)

wide

๋„“

๋„“๊ณ 

๋„“๋„ค(์š”)

young

์ Š

์ Š๊ณ 

์ Š๋„ค(์š”)


434

APPENDIX

Appendix 14: Adjectives with +(์œผ)ใ„ด๋ฐ(์š”), Stem

and / but (present)

+(์œผ)ใ„ด๋ฐ(์š”)

and / but (past) +์•˜/์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

and / but (future) +(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

afraid

๋ฌด์„ญ

๋ฌด์„œ์šด๋ฐ(์š”)

๋ฌด์„œ์› ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋ฌด์„œ์šธ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

bad

๋‚˜์˜

๋‚˜์œ๋ฐ(์š”)

๋‚˜๋นด๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋‚˜์  ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

beautiful

์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ต

์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ค์šด๋ฐ(์š”)

์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ค์› ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ค์šธ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

big

ํฌ

ํฐ๋ฐ(์š”)

์ปธ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

ํด ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

boring

์žฌ๋ฏธ์—†

์žฌ๋ฏธ์—†๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์žฌ๋ฏธ์—†์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์žฌ๋ฏธ์—†์„ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

bright

๋ฐ

๋ฐ์€๋ฐ(์š”)

๋ฐ์•˜๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋ฐ์„ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

busy

๋ฐ”์˜

๋ฐ”์œ๋ฐ(์š”)

๋ฐ”๋นด๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋ฐ”์  ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

cheap

์‹ธ

์‹ผ๋ฐ(์š”)

์ŒŒ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์Œ€ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

clean

๊นจ๋—ํ•˜

๊นจ๋—ํ•œ๋ฐ(์š”)

๊นจ๋—ํ–ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๊นจ๋—ํ•  ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

close

๊ฐ€๊น

๊ฐ€๊นŒ์šด๋ฐ(์š”)

๊ฐ€๊นŒ์› ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๊ฐ€๊นŒ์šธ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

cloudy

ํ๋ฆฌ

ํ๋ฆฐ๋ฐ(์š”)

ํ๋ ธ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

ํ๋ฆด ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

cold(thing)

์ฐจ๊ฐ‘

์ฐจ๊ฐ€์šด๋ฐ(์š”)

์ฐจ๊ฐ€์› ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์ฐจ๊ฐ€์šธ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

cold

์ถฅ

์ถ”์šด๋ฐ(์š”)

์ถ”์› ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์ถ”์šธ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

complicated

๋ณต์žกํ•˜

๋ณต์žกํ•œ๋ฐ(์š”)

๋ณต์žกํ–ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋ณต์žกํ•  ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

cool

์‹œ์›ํ•˜

์‹œ์›ํ•œ๋ฐ(์š”)

์‹œ์›ํ–ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์‹œ์›ํ•  ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

cute

๊ท€์—ฝ

๊ท€์—ฌ์šด๋ฐ(์š”)

๊ท€์—ฌ์› ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๊ท€์—ฌ์šธ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

dangerous

์œ„ํ—˜ํ•˜

์œ„ํ—˜ํ•œ๋ฐ(์š”)

์œ„ํ—˜ํ–ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์œ„ํ—˜ํ•  ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

dark

์–ด๋‘ก

์–ด๋‘์šด๋ฐ(์š”)

์–ด๋‘์› ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์–ด๋‘์šธ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

deep

๊นŠ

๊นŠ์€๋ฐ(์š”)

๊นŠ์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๊นŠ์„ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

delicious

๋ง›์žˆ

๋ง›์žˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋ง›์žˆ์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋ง›์žˆ์„ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)


435

APPENDIX

+์•˜์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”) & +(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”) Stem

and / but (present)

+(์œผ)ใ„ด๋ฐ(์š”)

and / but (past) +์•˜/์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

and / but (future) +(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

difficult

์–ด๋ ต

์–ด๋ ค์šด๋ฐ(์š”)

์–ด๋ ค์› ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์–ด๋ ค์šธ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

diligent

๋ถ€์ง€๋Ÿฐํ•˜

๋ถ€์ง€๋Ÿฐํ•œ๋ฐ(์š”)

๋ถ€์ง€๋Ÿฐํ–ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋ถ€์ง€๋Ÿฐํ•  ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

dirty

๋”๋Ÿฝ

๋”๋Ÿฌ์šด๋ฐ(์š”)

๋”๋Ÿฌ์› ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋”๋Ÿฌ์šธ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

easy

์‰ฝ

์‰ฌ์šด๋ฐ(์š”)

์‰ฌ์› ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์‰ฌ์šธ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

expensive

๋น„์‹ธ

๋น„์‹ผ๋ฐ(์š”)

๋น„์ŒŒ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋น„์Œ€ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

far

๋ฉ€

๋จผ๋ฐ(์š”)

๋ฉ€์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋ฉ€ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

fat

๋šฑ๋šฑํ•˜

๋šฑ๋šฑํ•œ๋ฐ(์š”)

๋šฑ๋šฑํ–ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋šฑ๋šฑํ•  ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

fine(weather)

๋ง‘

๋ง‘์€๋ฐ(์š”)

๋ง‘์•˜๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋ง‘์„ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

fun (enjoyable)

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์„ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

good

์ข‹

์ข‹์€๋ฐ(์š”)

์ข‹์•˜๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์ข‹์„ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

handsome

์ž˜์ƒ๊ธฐ+์—ˆ

์ž˜์ƒ๊ฒผ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์ž˜์ƒ๊ฒผ์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์ž˜์ƒ๊ฒผ์„ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

happy

๊ธฐ๋ถ„ ์ข‹

๊ธฐ๋ถ„ ์ข‹์€๋ฐ(์š”)

๊ธฐ๋ถ„ ์ข‹์•˜๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๊ธฐ๋ถ„ ์ข‹์„ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

happy

ํ–‰๋ณตํ•˜

ํ–‰๋ณตํ•œ๋ฐ(์š”)

ํ–‰๋ณตํ–ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

ํ–‰๋ณตํ•  ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

hate/dislike

์‹ซ

์‹ซ์€๋ฐ(์š”)

์‹ซ์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์‹ซ์„ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

heavy

๋ฌด๊ฒ

๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์šด๋ฐ(์š”)

๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์› ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์šธ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

high

๋†’

๋†’์€๋ฐ(์š”)

๋†’์•˜๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋†’์„ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

hot

๋œจ๊ฒ

๋œจ๊ฑฐ์šด๋ฐ(์š”)

๋œจ๊ฑฐ์› ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋œจ๊ฑฐ์šธ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

hot (spicy)

๋งต

๋งค์šด๋ฐ(์š”)

๋งค์› ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋งค์šธ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

hot (temperature)

๋ฅ

๋”์šด๋ฐ(์š”)

๋”์› ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋”์šธ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

interesting (fun )

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์„ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)


436

APPENDIX Stem

and / but (present)

+(์œผ)ใ„ด๋ฐ(์š”)

and / but (past) +์•˜/์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

and / but (future) +(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

ํฅ๋ฏธ์žˆ

ํฅ๋ฏธ์žˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

ํฅ๋ฏธ์žˆ์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

ํฅ๋ฏธ์žˆ์„ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

kind

์นœ์ ˆํ•˜

์นœ์ ˆํ•œ๋ฐ(์š”)

์นœ์ ˆํ–ˆ์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์นœ์ ˆํ•  ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

lazy

๊ฒŒ์œผ๋ฅด

๊ฒŒ์œผ๋ฅธ๋ฐ(์š”)

๊ฒŒ์„๋ €๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๊ฒŒ์œผ๋ฅผ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

light

๊ฐ€๋ณ

๊ฐ€๋ฒผ์šด๋ฐ(์š”)

๊ฐ€๋ฒผ์› ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๊ฐ€๋ฒผ์šธ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

long

๊ธธ

๊ธด๋ฐ(์š”)

๊ธธ์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๊ธธ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

low

๋‚ฎ

๋‚ฎ์€๋ฐ(์š”)

๋‚ฎ์•˜๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋‚ฎ์„ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

narrow

์ข

์ข์€๋ฐ(์š”)

์ข์•˜๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์ข์„ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

noisy

์‹œ๋„๋Ÿฝ

์‹œ๋„๋Ÿฌ์šด๋ฐ(์š”)

์‹œ๋„๋Ÿฌ์› ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์‹œ๋„๋Ÿฌ์šธ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

numerous

๋งŽ

๋งŽ์€๋ฐ(์š”)

๋งŽ์•˜๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋งŽ์„ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

old (people)

๋Š™+์—ˆ

๋Š™์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋Š™์—ˆ์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋Š™์„ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)/

interesting (attention)

๋Š™์—ˆ์„ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”) old (thing)

๋‚ก+์•˜

๋‚ก์•˜๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋‚ก์•˜์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋‚ก์„ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)๏ผ ๋‚ก์•˜์„ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

pretty

์˜ˆ์˜

์˜ˆ์œ๋ฐ(์š”)

์˜ˆ๋ปค๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์˜ˆ์  ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

quick

๋น ๋ฅด

๋น ๋ฅธ๋ฐ(์š”)

๋นจ๋ž๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋น ๋ฅผ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

quiet

์กฐ์šฉํ•˜

์กฐ์šฉํ•œ๋ฐ(์š”)

์กฐ์šฉํ–ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์กฐ์šฉํ•  ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

sad

์Šฌํ”„

์Šฌํ”ˆ๋ฐ(์š”)

์ŠฌํŽ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์Šฌํ”Œ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

salty

์งœ

์ง ๋ฐ(์š”)

์งฐ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์งค ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

shallow

์–•

์–•์€๋ฐ(์š”)

์–•์•˜๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์–•์„ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

short

์งง

์งง์€๋ฐ(์š”)

์งง์•˜๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์งง์„ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

sick

์•„ํ”„

์•„ํ”ˆ๋ฐ(์š”)

์•„ํŒ ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์•„ํ”Œ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

slim

๋‚ ์”ฌํ•˜

๋‚ ์”ฌํ•œ๋ฐ(์š”)

๋‚ ์”ฌํ–ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋‚ ์”ฌํ•  ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)


437

APPENDIX Stem

and / but (present)

+(์œผ)ใ„ด๋ฐ(์š”)

and / but (past) +์•˜/์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

and / but (future) +(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

slow

๋Š๋ฆฌ

๋Š๋ฆฐ๋ฐ(์š”)

๋Š๋ ธ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋Š๋ฆด ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

small

์ž‘

์ž‘์€๋ฐ(์š”)

์ž‘์•˜๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์ž‘์„ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

small (quantity)

์ 

์ ์€๋ฐ(์š”)

์ ์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์ ์„ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

smart

๋˜‘๋˜‘ํ•˜

๋˜‘๋˜‘ํ•œ๋ฐ(์š”)

๋˜‘๋˜‘ํ–ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋˜‘๋˜‘ํ•  ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

strong

ํŠผํŠผํ•˜

ํŠผํŠผํ•œ๋ฐ(์š”)

ํŠผํŠผํ–ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

ํŠผํŠผํ•  ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

tall

ํ‚ค๊ฐ€ ํฌ

ํ‚ค๊ฐ€ ํฐ๋ฐ(์š”)

ํ‚ค๊ฐ€ ์ปธ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

ํ‚ค๊ฐ€ ํด ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

tasteless

๋ง›์—†

๋ง›์—†๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋ง›์—†์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋ง›์—†์„ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

thick

๋‘๊ป

๋‘๊บผ์šด๋ฐ(์š”)

๋‘๊บผ์› ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋‘๊บผ์šธ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

thin(people)

๋งˆ๋ฅด+์•˜

๋ง๋ž๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋ง๋ž์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋ง๋ž์„ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

thin(thing)

์–‡

์–‡์€๋ฐ(์š”)

์–‡์•˜๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์–‡์„ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

thirsty

๋ชฉ๋งˆ๋ฅด

๋ชฉ๋งˆ๋ฅธ๋ฐ(์š”)

๋ชฉ๋ง๋ž๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋ชฉ๋งˆ๋ฅผ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

tired

ํ”ผ๊ณคํ•˜

ํ”ผ๊ณคํ•œ๋ฐ(์š”)

ํ”ผ๊ณคํ–ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

ํ”ผ๊ณคํ•  ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

ugly

๋ชป์ƒ๊ธฐ+์—ˆ

๋ชป์ƒ๊ฒผ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋ชป์ƒ๊ฒผ์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋ชป์ƒ๊ฒผ์„ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

warm

๋”ฐ๋œปํ•˜

๋”ฐ๋œปํ•œ๋ฐ(์š”)

๋”ฐ๋œปํ–ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋”ฐ๋œปํ•  ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

weak

์•ฝํ•˜

์•ฝํ•œ๋ฐ(์š”)

์•ฝํ–ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์•ฝํ•  ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

wide

๋„“

๋„“์€๋ฐ(์š”)

๋„“์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

๋„“์„ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)

young

์ Š

์ Š์€๋ฐ(์š”)

์ Š์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ(์š”)

์ Š์„ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์š”)


438

APPENDIX

Appendix 15: Adjectives with +๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”), Stem

Itโ€™s because โ€ฆ (present) +๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”).

Itโ€™s because โ€ฆ (past) +์•˜/์—ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

Itโ€™s because โ€ฆ (future) +(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

afraid

๋ฌด์„ญ

๋ฌด์„ญ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋ฌด์„œ์› ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋ฌด์„œ์šธ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

bad

๋‚˜์˜

๋‚˜์˜๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋‚˜๋นด๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋‚˜์  ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

beautiful

์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ต

์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ต๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ค์› ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ค์šธ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

big

ํฌ

ํฌ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์ปธ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

ํด ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

boring

์žฌ๋ฏธ์—†

์žฌ๋ฏธ์—†๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์žฌ๋ฏธ์—†์—ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์žฌ๋ฏธ์—†์„ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

bright

๋ฐ

๋ฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋ฐ์•˜๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋ฐ์„ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

busy

๋ฐ”์˜

๋ฐ”์˜๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋ฐ”๋นด๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋ฐ”์  ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

cheap

์‹ธ

์‹ธ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์ŒŒ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์Œ€ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

clean

๊นจ๋—ํ•˜

๊นจ๋—ํ•˜๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๊นจ๋—ํ–ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๊นจ๋—ํ•  ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

close

๊ฐ€๊น

๊ฐ€๊น๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๊ฐ€๊นŒ์› ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๊ฐ€๊นŒ์šธ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

cloudy

ํ๋ฆฌ

ํ๋ฆฌ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

ํ๋ ธ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

ํ๋ฆด ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

cold(thing)

์ฐจ๊ฐ‘

์ฐจ๊ฐ‘๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์ฐจ๊ฐ€์› ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์ฐจ๊ฐ€์šธ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

cold

์ถฅ

์ถฅ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์ถ”์› ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์ถ”์šธ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

complicated

๋ณต์žกํ•˜

๋ณต์žกํ•˜๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋ณต์žกํ–ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋ณต์žกํ•  ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

cool

์‹œ์›ํ•˜

์‹œ์›ํ•˜๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์‹œ์›ํ–ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์‹œ์›ํ•  ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

cute

๊ท€์—ฝ

๊ท€์—ฝ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๊ท€์—ฌ์› ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๊ท€์—ฌ์šธ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

dangerous

์œ„ํ—˜ํ•˜

์œ„ํ—˜ํ•˜๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์œ„ํ—˜ํ–ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์œ„ํ—˜ํ•  ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

dark

์–ด๋‘ก

์–ด๋‘ก๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์–ด๋‘์› ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์–ด๋‘์šธ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

deep

๊นŠ

๊นŠ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๊นŠ์—ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๊นŠ์„ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

delicious

๋ง›์žˆ

๋ง›์žˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋ง›์žˆ์—ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋ง›์žˆ์„ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)


439

APPENDIX

+์•˜/์—ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”) & +(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”) Stem

Itโ€™s because โ€ฆ (present) +๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”).

Itโ€™s because โ€ฆ (past) +์•˜/์—ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

Itโ€™s because โ€ฆ (future) +(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

difficult

์–ด๋ ต

์–ด๋ ต๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์–ด๋ ค์› ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์–ด๋ ค์šธ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

diligent

๋ถ€์ง€๋Ÿฐํ•˜

๋ถ€์ง€๋Ÿฐํ•˜๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋ถ€์ง€๋Ÿฐํ–ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋ถ€์ง€๋Ÿฐํ•  ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

dirty

๋”๋Ÿฝ

๋”๋Ÿฝ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋”๋Ÿฌ์› ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋”๋Ÿฌ์šธ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

easy

์‰ฝ

์‰ฝ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์‰ฌ์› ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์‰ฌ์šธ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

expensive

๋น„์‹ธ

๋น„์‹ธ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋น„์ŒŒ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋น„์Œ€ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

far

๋ฉ€

๋ฉ€๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋ฉ€์—ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋ฉ€ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

fat

๋šฑ๋šฑํ•˜

๋šฑ๋šฑํ•˜๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋šฑ๋šฑํ–ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋šฑ๋šฑํ•  ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

fine(weather)

๋ง‘

๋ง‘๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋ง‘์•˜๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋ง‘์„ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

fun (enjoyable)

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์„ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

good

์ข‹

์ข‹๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์ข‹์•˜๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์ข‹์„ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

handsome

์ž˜์ƒ๊ธฐ+์—ˆ

์ž˜์ƒ๊ฒผ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์ž˜์ƒ๊ฒผ์—ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์ž˜์ƒ๊ฒผ์„ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

happy

๊ธฐ๋ถ„ ์ข‹

๊ธฐ๋ถ„ ์ข‹๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๊ธฐ๋ถ„ ์ข‹์•˜๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๊ธฐ๋ถ„ ์ข‹์„ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

happy

ํ–‰๋ณตํ•˜

ํ–‰๋ณตํ•˜๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

ํ–‰๋ณตํ–ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

ํ–‰๋ณตํ•  ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

hate/dislike

์‹ซ

์‹ซ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์‹ซ์—ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์‹ซ์„ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

heavy

๋ฌด๊ฒ

๋ฌด๊ฒ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์› ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์šธ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

high

๋†’

๋†’๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋†’์•˜๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋†’์„ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

hot

๋œจ๊ฒ

๋œจ๊ฒ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋œจ๊ฑฐ์› ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋œจ๊ฑฐ์šธ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

hot (spicy)

๋งต

๋งต๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋งค์› ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋งค์šธ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

hot

๋ฅ

๋ฅ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋”์› ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋”์šธ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์—ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์„ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

(temperature) interesting (fun )


440

APPENDIX Stem

Itโ€™s because โ€ฆ (present) +๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”).

Itโ€™s because โ€ฆ (past) +์•˜/์—ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

Itโ€™s because โ€ฆ (future) +(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

ํฅ๋ฏธ์žˆ

ํฅ๋ฏธ์žˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

ํฅ๋ฏธ์žˆ์—ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

ํฅ๋ฏธ์žˆ์„ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

kind

์นœ์ ˆํ•˜

์นœ์ ˆํ•˜๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์นœ์ ˆํ–ˆ์—ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์นœ์ ˆํ•  ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

lazy

๊ฒŒ์œผ๋ฅด

๊ฒŒ์œผ๋ฅด๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๊ฒŒ์„๋ €๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๊ฒŒ์œผ๋ฅผ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

light

๊ฐ€๋ณ

๊ฐ€๋ณ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๊ฐ€๋ฒผ์› ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๊ฐ€๋ฒผ์šธ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

long

๊ธธ

๊ธธ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๊ธธ์—ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๊ธธ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

low

๋‚ฎ

๋‚ฎ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋‚ฎ์•˜๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋‚ฎ์„ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

narrow

์ข

์ข๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์ข์•˜๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์ข์„ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

noisy

์‹œ๋„๋Ÿฝ

์‹œ๋„๋Ÿฝ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์‹œ๋„๋Ÿฌ์› ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์‹œ๋„๋Ÿฌ์šธ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

numerous

๋งŽ

๋งŽ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋งŽ์•˜๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋งŽ์„ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

old (people)

๋Š™+์—ˆ

๋Š™(์—ˆ)๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋Š™์—ˆ์—ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋Š™์„ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)/ ๋Š™์—ˆ์„ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

old (thing)

๋‚ก+์•˜

๋‚ก(์•˜)๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋‚ก์•˜์—ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋‚ก์„ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)๏ผ ๋‚ก์•˜์„ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

pretty

์˜ˆ์˜

์˜ˆ์˜๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์˜ˆ๋ปค๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์˜ˆ์  ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

quick

๋น ๋ฅด

๋น ๋ฅด๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋นจ๋ž๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋น ๋ฅผ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

quiet

์กฐ์šฉํ•˜

์กฐ์šฉํ•˜๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์กฐ์šฉํ–ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์กฐ์šฉํ•  ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

sad

์Šฌํ”„

์Šฌํ”„๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์ŠฌํŽ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์Šฌํ”Œ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

salty

์งœ

์งœ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์งฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์งค ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

shallow

์–•

์–•๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์–•์•˜๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์–•์„ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

short

์งง

์งง๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์งง์•˜๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์งง์„ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

sick

์•„ํ”„

์•„ํ”„๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์•„ํŒ ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์•„ํ”Œ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

slim

๋‚ ์”ฌํ•˜

๋‚ ์”ฌํ•˜๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋‚ ์”ฌํ–ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋‚ ์”ฌํ•  ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

interesting (attention)


441

APPENDIX Stem

Itโ€™s because โ€ฆ

Itโ€™s because โ€ฆ

Itโ€™s because โ€ฆ

(present)

(past)

(future)

+๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”).

+์•˜/์—ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

+(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

slow

๋Š๋ฆฌ

๋Š๋ฆฌ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋Š๋ ธ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋Š๋ฆด ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

small

์ž‘

์ž‘๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์ž‘์•˜๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์ž‘์„ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

small (quantity)

์ 

์ ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์ ์—ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์ ์„ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

smart

๋˜‘๋˜‘ํ•˜

๋˜‘๋˜‘ํ•˜๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋˜‘๋˜‘ํ–ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋˜‘๋˜‘ํ•  ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

strong

ํŠผํŠผํ•˜

ํŠผํŠผํ•˜๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

ํŠผํŠผํ–ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

ํŠผํŠผํ•  ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

tall

ํ‚ค๊ฐ€ ํฌ

ํ‚ค๊ฐ€ ํฌ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

ํ‚ค๊ฐ€ ์ปธ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

ํ‚ค๊ฐ€ ํด ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

tasteless

๋ง›์—†

๋ง›์—†๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋ง›์—†์—ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋ง›์—†์„ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

thick

๋‘๊ป

๋‘๊ป๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋‘๊บผ์› ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋‘๊บผ์šธ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

thin(people)

๋งˆ๋ฅด+์•˜

๋ง๋ž๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋ง๋ž์—ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋ง๋ž์„ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

thin(thing)

์–‡

์–‡๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์–‡์•˜๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์–‡์„ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

thirsty

๋ชฉ๋งˆ๋ฅด

๋ชฉ๋งˆ๋ฅด๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋ชฉ๋ง๋ž๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋ชฉ๋งˆ๋ฅผ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

tired

ํ”ผ๊ณคํ•˜

ํ”ผ๊ณคํ•˜๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

ํ”ผ๊ณคํ–ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

ํ”ผ๊ณคํ•  ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

ugly

๋ชป์ƒ๊ธฐ+์—ˆ

๋ชป์ƒ๊ฒผ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋ชป์ƒ๊ฒผ์—ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋ชป์ƒ๊ฒผ์„ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

warm

๋”ฐ๋œปํ•˜

๋”ฐ๋œปํ•˜๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋”ฐ๋œปํ–ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋”ฐ๋œปํ•  ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

weak

์•ฝํ•˜

์•ฝํ•˜๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์•ฝํ–ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์•ฝํ•  ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

wide

๋„“

๋„“๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋„“์—ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

๋„“์„ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

young

์ Š

์ Š๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์ Š์—ˆ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)

์ Š์„ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋“ (์š”)


442

APPENDIX

Appendix 16: Casual Adjective Endings Stem

Present +์•„/์–ด

Past +์•˜/์—ˆ์–ด

Future / Supposition +(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

afraid

๋ฌด์„ญ

๋ฌด์„œ์›Œ

๋ฌด์„œ์› ์–ด

๋ฌด์„œ์šธ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

bad

๋‚˜์˜

๋‚˜๋น 

๋‚˜๋นด์–ด

๋‚˜์  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

beautiful

์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ต

์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ค์›Œ

์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ค์› ์–ด

์•„๋ฆ„๋‹ค์šธ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

big

ํฌ

์ปค

์ปธ์–ด

ํด ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

boring

์žฌ๋ฏธ์—†

์žฌ๋ฏธ์—†์–ด

์žฌ๋ฏธ์—†์—ˆ์–ด

์žฌ๋ฏธ์—†์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

bright

๋ฐ

๋ฐ์•„

๋ฐ์•˜์–ด

๋ฐ์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

busy

๋ฐ”์˜

๋ฐ”๋น 

๋ฐ”๋นด์–ด

๋ฐ”์  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

cheap

์‹ธ

์‹ธ

์ŒŒ์–ด

์Œ€ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

clean

๊นจ๋—ํ•˜

๊นจ๋—ํ•ด

๊นจ๋—ํ–ˆ์–ด

๊นจ๋—ํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

close

๊ฐ€๊น

๊ฐ€๊นŒ์›Œ

๊ฐ€๊นŒ์› ์–ด

๊ฐ€๊นŒ์šธ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

cloudy

ํ๋ฆฌ

ํ๋ ค

ํ๋ ธ์–ด

ํ๋ฆด ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

cold(thing)

์ฐจ๊ฐ‘

์ฐจ๊ฐ€์›Œ

์ฐจ๊ฐ€์› ์–ด

์ฐจ๊ฐ€์šธ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

cold

์ถฅ

์ถ”์›Œ

์ถ”์› ์–ด

์ถ”์šธ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

complicated

๋ณต์žกํ•˜

๋ณต์žกํ•ด

๋ณต์žกํ–ˆ์–ด

๋ณต์žกํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

cool

์‹œ์›ํ•˜

์‹œ์›ํ•ด

์‹œ์›ํ–ˆ์–ด

์‹œ์›ํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

cute

๊ท€์—ฝ

๊ท€์—ฌ์›Œ

๊ท€์—ฌ์› ์–ด

๊ท€์—ฌ์šธ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

dangerous

์œ„ํ—˜ํ•˜

์œ„ํ—˜ํ•ด

์œ„ํ—˜ํ–ˆ์–ด

์œ„ํ—˜ํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

dark

์–ด๋‘ก

์–ด๋‘์›Œ

์–ด๋‘์› ์–ด

์–ด๋‘์šธ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

deep

๊นŠ

๊นŠ์–ด

๊นŠ์—ˆ์–ด

๊นŠ์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

delicious

๋ง›์žˆ

๋ง›์žˆ์–ด

๋ง›์žˆ์—ˆ์–ด

๋ง›์žˆ์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ


443

APPENDIX

+์•„/์–ด, +์•˜/์—ˆ์–ด, +(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฑฐ์•ผ Stem

Present +์•„/์–ด

Past +์•˜/์—ˆ์–ด

Future / Supposition +(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

difficult

์–ด๋ ต

์–ด๋ ค์›Œ

์–ด๋ ค์› ์–ด

์–ด๋ ค์šธ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

diligent

๋ถ€์ง€๋Ÿฐํ•˜

๋ถ€์ง€๋Ÿฐํ•ด

๋ถ€์ง€๋Ÿฐํ–ˆ์–ด

๋ถ€์ง€๋Ÿฐํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

dirty

๋”๋Ÿฝ

๋”๋Ÿฌ์›Œ

๋”๋Ÿฌ์› ์–ด

๋”๋Ÿฌ์šธ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

easy

์‰ฝ

์‰ฌ์›Œ

์‰ฌ์› ์–ด

์‰ฌ์šธ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

expensive

๋น„์‹ธ

๋น„์‹ธ

๋น„์ŒŒ์–ด

๋น„์Œ€ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

far

๋ฉ€

๋ฉ€์–ด

๋ฉ€์—ˆ์–ด

๋ฉ€ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

fat

๋šฑ๋šฑํ•˜

๋šฑ๋šฑํ•ด

๋šฑ๋šฑํ–ˆ์–ด

๋šฑ๋šฑํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

fine(weather)

๋ง‘

๋ง‘์•„

๋ง‘์•˜์–ด

๋ง‘์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

fun (enjoyable)

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์–ด

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์–ด

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

good

์ข‹

์ข‹์•„

์ข‹์•˜์–ด

์ข‹์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

handsome

์ž˜์ƒ๊ธฐ+์—ˆ

์ž˜์ƒ๊ฒผ์–ด

์ž˜์ƒ๊ฒผ์—ˆ์–ด

์ž˜์ƒ๊ฒผ์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

happy

๊ธฐ๋ถ„ ์ข‹

๊ธฐ๋ถ„ ์ข‹์•„

๊ธฐ๋ถ„ ์ข‹์•˜์–ด

๊ธฐ๋ถ„ ์ข‹์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

happy

ํ–‰๋ณตํ•˜

ํ–‰๋ณตํ•ด

ํ–‰๋ณตํ–ˆ์–ด

ํ–‰๋ณตํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

hate/dislike

์‹ซ

์‹ซ์–ด

์‹ซ์—ˆ์–ด

์‹ซ์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

heavy

๋ฌด๊ฒ

๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์›Œ

๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์› ์–ด

๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์šธ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

high

๋†’

๋†’์•„

๋†’์•˜์–ด

๋†’์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

hot

๋œจ๊ฒ

๋œจ๊ฑฐ์›Œ

๋œจ๊ฑฐ์› ์–ด

๋œจ๊ฑฐ์šธ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

hot (spicy)

๋งต

๋งค์›Œ

๋งค์› ์–ด

๋งค์šธ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

hot (temperature)

๋ฅ

๋”์›Œ

๋”์› ์–ด

๋”์šธ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

interesting (fun )

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์–ด

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์—ˆ์–ด

์žฌ๋ฏธ์žˆ์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ


444

APPENDIX Stem

Present +์•„/์–ด

Past +์•˜/์—ˆ์–ด

Future / Supposition +(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

interesting (attention) kind

ํฅ๋ฏธ์žˆ

ํฅ๋ฏธ์žˆ์–ด

ํฅ๋ฏธ์žˆ์—ˆ์–ด

ํฅ๋ฏธ์žˆ์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

์นœ์ ˆํ•˜

์นœ์ ˆํ•ด

์นœ์ ˆํ–ˆ์—ˆ์–ด

์นœ์ ˆํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

lazy

๊ฒŒ์œผ๋ฅด

๊ฒŒ์„๋Ÿฌ

๊ฒŒ์„๋ €์–ด

๊ฒŒ์œผ๋ฅผ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

light

๊ฐ€๋ณ

๊ฐ€๋ฒผ์›Œ

๊ฐ€๋ฒผ์› ์–ด

๊ฐ€๋ฒผ์šธ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

long

๊ธธ

๊ธธ์–ด

๊ธธ์—ˆ์–ด

๊ธธ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

low

๋‚ฎ

๋‚ฎ์•„

๋‚ฎ์•˜์–ด

๋‚ฎ์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

narrow

์ข

์ข์•„

์ข์•˜์–ด

์ข์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

noisy

์‹œ๋„๋Ÿฝ

์‹œ๋„๋Ÿฌ์›Œ

์‹œ๋„๋Ÿฌ์› ์–ด

์‹œ๋„๋Ÿฌ์šธ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

numerous

๋งŽ

๋งŽ์•„

๋งŽ์•˜์–ด

๋งŽ์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

old (people)

๋Š™+์—ˆ

๋Š™์—ˆ์–ด

๋Š™์—ˆ์—ˆ์–ด

๋Š™์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ/ ๋Š™์—ˆ์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

old (thing)

๋‚ก+์•˜

๋‚ก์•˜์–ด

๋‚ก์•˜์—ˆ์–ด

๋‚ก์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ๏ผ ๋‚ก์•˜์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

pretty

์˜ˆ์˜

์˜ˆ๋ป

์˜ˆ๋ปค์–ด

์˜ˆ์  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

quick

๋น ๋ฅด

๋นจ๋ผ

๋นจ๋ž์–ด

๋น ๋ฅผ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

quiet

์กฐ์šฉํ•˜

์กฐ์šฉํ•ด

์กฐ์šฉํ–ˆ์–ด

์กฐ์šฉํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

sad

์Šฌํ”„

์Šฌํผ

์ŠฌํŽ์–ด

์Šฌํ”Œ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

salty

์งœ

์งœ

์งฐ์–ด

์งค ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

shallow

์–•

์–•์•„

์–•์•˜์–ด

์–•์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

short

์งง

์งง์•„

์งง์•˜์–ด

์งง์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

sick

์•„ํ”„

์•„ํŒŒ

์•„ํŒ ์–ด

์•„ํ”Œ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

slim

๋‚ ์”ฌํ•˜

๋‚ ์”ฌํ•ด

๋‚ ์”ฌํ–ˆ์–ด

๋‚ ์”ฌํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ


445

APPENDIX Stem

Present +์•„/์–ด

Past +์•˜/์—ˆ์–ด

Future / Supposition +(์œผ)ใ„น ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

slow

๋Š๋ฆฌ

๋Š๋ ค

๋Š๋ ธ์–ด

๋Š๋ฆด ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

small

์ž‘

์ž‘์•„

์ž‘์•˜์–ด

์ž‘์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

small

์ 

์ ์–ด

์ ์—ˆ์–ด

์ ์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

smart

๋˜‘๋˜‘ํ•˜

๋˜‘๋˜‘ํ•ด

๋˜‘๋˜‘ํ–ˆ์–ด

๋˜‘๋˜‘ํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

strong

ํŠผํŠผํ•˜

ํŠผํŠผํ•ด

ํŠผํŠผํ–ˆ์–ด

ํŠผํŠผํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

tall

ํ‚ค๊ฐ€ ํฌ

ํ‚ค๊ฐ€ ์ปค

ํ‚ค๊ฐ€ ์ปธ์–ด

ํ‚ค๊ฐ€ ํด ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

thick

๋‘๊ป

๋‘๊บผ์›Œ

๋‘๊บผ์› ์–ด

๋‘๊บผ์šธ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

thin(people)

๋งˆ๋ฅด+์•˜

๋ง๋ž์–ด

๋ง๋ž์—ˆ์–ด

๋ง๋ž์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

thin(thing)

์–‡

์–‡์•˜์–ด

์–‡์•˜์–ด

์–‡์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

thirsty

๋ชฉ๋งˆ๋ฅด

๋ชฉ๋ง๋ž์–ด

๋ชฉ๋ง๋ž์–ด

๋ชฉ๋งˆ๋ฅผ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

tired

ํ”ผ๊ณคํ•˜

ํ”ผ๊ณคํ•ด

ํ”ผ๊ณคํ–ˆ์–ด

ํ”ผ๊ณคํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

tasteless

๋ง›์—†

๋ง›์—†์–ด

๋ง›์—†์—ˆ์–ด

๋ง›์—†์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

ugly

๋ชป์ƒ๊ธฐ+์—ˆ

๋ชป์ƒ๊ฒผ์–ด

๋ชป์ƒ๊ฒผ์—ˆ์–ด

๋ชป์ƒ๊ฒผ์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

warm

๋”ฐ๋œปํ•˜

๋”ฐ๋œปํ•ด

๋”ฐ๋œปํ–ˆ์–ด

๋”ฐ๋œปํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

weak

์•ฝํ•˜

์•ฝํ•ด

์•ฝํ–ˆ์–ด

์•ฝํ•  ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

wide

๋„“

๋„“์–ด

๋„“์—ˆ์–ด

๋„“์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

young

์ Š

์ Š์–ด

์ Š์—ˆ์–ด

์ Š์„ ๊ฑฐ์•ผ

(quantity)


446

APPENDIX

Appendix 17: Particles and Suffixes +์€/๋Š”

Topic Particles

๋‚˜๋Š” ๋ชจ๋‚ด์‹œ ๋Œ€ํ•™๊ต ํ•™์ƒ์ด์—์š”.

+๊ป˜์„œ๋Š”

(after nouns, pronouns)

ํ• ์•„๋ฒ„์ง€๊ป˜์„œ๋Š” ์‹ ๋ฌธ์„ ์ฝ์œผ์„ธ์š”.

Subject Particles

๋‚ ์”จ๊ฐ€ ์ข‹์•„์š”.

(after nouns, pronouns)

ํ• ์•„๋ฒ„์ง€๊ป˜์„œ ์˜ค์…จ์–ด์š”.

Object Particles

์ดˆ์ฝœ๋ฆฟ์„ ์ข‹์•„ํ•ด์š”.

(honorific)

+์ด/๊ฐ€ +๊ป˜์„œ

(honorific)

+์„/๋ฅผ

(after nouns, pronouns) +์—๊ฒŒ/ํ•œํ…Œ

+๊ป˜

Direction Particles

to (a person)

(with people)

์ˆ˜๋ฏธ์—๊ฒŒ ์ด์•ผ๊ธฐํ–ˆ์–ด์š”.

(honorific)

+์—๊ฒŒ(์„œ)/ํ•œํ…Œ(์„œ)

์„ ์ƒ๋‹˜๊ป˜ ๋ง์”€ ๋“œ๋ ธ์–ด์š”. Source Particles

from (a person) ์ˆ˜๋ฏธ์—๊ฒŒ์„œ ๋ฐ›์•˜์–ด์š”.

Destination Particle

+์—

to (a location) ํ•™๊ต์— ๊ฐ€์š”.

Dictection Particle

+ (์œผ)๋กœ

to, towards ํ•™๊ต๋กœ ๊ฐ€์š”.

Location Particle

+์—

in; at; on ๊ต์‹ค์— ์žˆ์–ด์š”.

+์—์„œ

+์—

Location Particle

in; at; on

(with action verb)

๋ชจ๋‚ด์‹œ ๋Œ€ํ•™๊ต์—์„œ ๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•ด์š”.

Time Particle

In; at; on ์›”์š”์ผ์— ํ•œ๊ตญ์–ด ์ˆ˜์—… ์žˆ์–ด์š”.

Rate and Ratio Particle

+์—

per ํ•œ ๊ฐœ์— 2000 ์›์ด์—์š”.

Instrument Particle

+ (์œผ)๋กœ

by means of ๋ฒ„์Šค๋กœ ์™€์š”.

+์˜

โ€ฆ+์—์„œ

...+๊นŒ์ง€

Possessive

's

Particle

์„ ์ƒ๋‹˜์˜ ์ฑ…

Delimiter Particles

from ... to โ€ฆ (distance) ๋ฉœ๋ฒ„๋ฅธ์—์„œ ์‹œ๋“œ๋‹ˆ๊นŒ์ง€

โ€ฆ+๋ถ€ํ„ฐ

โ€ฆ+๊นŒ์ง€

Delimiter Particles

from ... to โ€ฆ (time) ํ•œ ์‹œ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ๋‘ ์‹œ๊นŒ์ง€

+๋งŒ

Delimiter Particle

only 10 ๋‹ฌ๋Ÿฌ๋งŒ ์ฃผ์„ธ์š”

+๋ฐ–์— (with negative)

Delimiter Particle

only; no more than 10 ๋‹ฌ๋Ÿฌ๋ฐ–์— ์—†์–ด์š”.


447

APPENDIX +๋งˆ๋‹ค

Delimiter Particle

each, every, all ํ† ์š”์ผ๋งˆ๋‹ค ์•Œ๋ฐ”ํ•ด์š”

+๋„

Emphasis Particle

also, too ํ•œ๊ตญ์–ด๋„ ๊ณต๋ถ€ํ•ด์š”

+์—๋Š” (์—+๋Š”)

Combined Emphasis

ํ† ์š”์ผ์—๋Š”

+์—์„œ๋Š” (์—์„œ+๋Š”)

Particles

๋ชจ๋‚ด์‹œ ๋Œ€ํ•™๊ต์—์„œ๋Š”

+์—๋„ (์—+๋„) +๋“ค

๋ฉœ๋ฒ„๋ฅธ์—๋„ Plural Suffix

students ํ•™์ƒ๋“ค

+ํ•˜๊ณ 

Conjunction Particles

and

+๊ณผ/์™€

(between nouns)

์‚ฌ๊ณผํ•˜๊ณ  ๋ฐฐ with

+(์ด)๋ž‘

์œ ๋ฏธํ•˜๊ณ  ๋จน์—ˆ์–ด์š” + (์ด)๋‚˜

+๋ณด๋‹ค

Conjunction Particles

or

(between nouns)

์‚ฌ๊ณผ๋‚˜ ๋ฐฐ

Comparision Particle

rather than, compared with ์‚ฌ๊ณผ๋ณด๋‹ค ๋ฐฐ๊ฐ€ ์ข‹์•„์š”

๋•Œ๋ฌธ์—

Reasons

because of ๋„ˆ ๋•Œ๋ฌธ์—


448

APPENDIX

Appendix 18: Korean Editing Symbols & Handwriting Sheet Korean Editing Symbols Symbols or or

Meaning

Example

Add a space

or

Delete a space

or

Delete

or

Insert

or

Replace

or

Replace

Change word order Cannot understand

or


Surname:

Given Names:

page

of

240 blocks




Korean Keyboard Layout


Turn static files into dynamic content formats.

Createย aย flipbook
Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.